ee ee —eOw— er ee ee ns ee aes Pe Phat dM ene Papal e paid Alpat sae gh Ys iatead tad At uy afin ta tela dad aral ' atele aval ma aie att ' at itinniielars aha HA fis ths pital { it } i Reailae ataiisgsy say toe Mtoe! nat ypeetedaye diasele ge Noe tte ad : 3 Ri i alah ied NTT aigt ah ital } (i huiatel ane thee dst a , igle Minded ys, 21k a “ = anon. Se == Leta | YAR AEa faye ; “ 4} i Ua f 4 ul A Niwa) ape! bt tides am sates bye Hi nip ite pelts cada] ete agy ty PERT? sig} nanditie W4 er Saede tat Va eaee LM halts “ a) f aunt al : My Ha Navtedsaad { Ett Hyeterdnddandedns ana is aay iLife Trey Latte Hehehe) tee Teste ipertheh i ‘inion at bm i i See eS tallig i Aait i 4 itelsaletobin Wiens jal ——— = 3 Soest ee SSS 3 ae reer =o ae =e SESS ELS ss S a toelele eee Sora em ae = Se Ped KEBOOND (939 ALEX. AGASSIZ. Hibrary of the Museum OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS, Founded by private subscription, in 1861. Deposited by ALEX. AGASSIZ. No. 3 Sms AU & 30, (887 — Jarl Bi (862 wir THE ANNALS) { { AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.) CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.L.S3& WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., P.L.S., F.GS., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S. aera VOL. XX.—FIFTH SERIES. Ne ~ ~ LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.,; KENT AND CO.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS: MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : HODGES, FOSTER, AND cO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. = Mister “Omnes res creatse sunt divine sapientiz et potentiz testes, divitie felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapzentia Domini; ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—Linnavs. “Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut quouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.”—Brucnner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. Suess Gps oo scolar The sylvan powers Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818. CONTENTS OF VOL, XX. [FIFTH SERIES. } NUMBER CXV. I. The Significance of the Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous Fishes. By Epwarp E. Princz, St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. (CET e5) TTD 0 ales a ce case aces AISI pRB Ec Ac TGIER Fie Hote PRR NA aI II. Notes on Coleoptera, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.—Part VI. By Francis P. Pascor, F.L.S. &c. (Plate 1) III. Catalogue of Ceylon Algz in the Herbarium of the British Museum. By GEorcE Murray, F.L.S., Assistant, British Museum, and Examiner in Botany, Glasgow University .................. IV. Contribution to the Knowledge of the Land-Planariz. By Whe; Gig LEVESON, o oaneoanoosogocone su coco sooocanoOe Ore : V. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians in the British Museum (Natural History).—Part III. By G. A. BouLencER .... VI. A List of fifty Erotylide from Japan, including thirty-five new Species and four new Genera. By Grorer Lewis, F.LS. .. New Book :—The Agricultural Pests of India, and of Eastern and Southern Asia, Vegetable and Animal, injurious to Man and his Products, By Surgeon-General Epwarp BaLFouR.......... On the Phylogeny of the Bopyrine, by MM. A. Giard and J. Bon- nier ; On Parasitic Castration in Lupagurus Bernhardus, Linné, Page 21 41 50 53 and in Gebia stellata, Montagu, by M. A. Giard.......... 76—78 lv CONTENTS. NUMBER CxXVI. Page VII. Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &e. By Nastia \Whvig Wi) Kurmss. (CBE OV )ene cosoosoosgnadcode'on0 666 81 VIII. On new Reptiles and Batrachians from North Borneo. By Gry AS BOURENGIR i): jchiantvnieloiets sy rorenemecrotenn of leteeeee eres coe eae 95 TX. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under the - Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. VI. By Prof. ee M.D., DB PSEC UU S yo OC C sete yegeses ays seits os tla de snl aeves 2p eravoro nel ore onde eavoRS NG) erence 97 X. Some new Hypotrichous Infusoria from American Fresh Waters. By Atrrep C. Stoxes, M.D. (Plate III.)............ 104. XI. Descriptions of new Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera (Pyralites) from the Solomon Islands. By Arruur G. Burimr, RSE G:, FUAS., Ge. re cee siete ay: ereee eee: nies) eae 114 XII. Description of a new Species of Nucleolites, with Remarks on the Subdivisions of the Genus. By Prof. F. Jerrrry Brett, M.A., SecsbeMiShs tex ecched oi Resale heens SENSOR AAs EPs chtsae onsets tcc cate meena ce 125 XIII. Description of two new Squirrels from North Borneo. By (Oimoisansy MNOS Odo molo cone bu udcoadusooodonoouaceoapoanoon 127 XIV. Descriptions of two new Species of Butterflies from South Aviesdnemmectigny lay i5l; (Conosio SHysG Geooedccdoudedodocacascoes 129 XV. Descriptions of some new Species of Land-Shells from Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. By EpGar A. SMITH .............. 130 Proceedings of the Geological Society .................... 134—148 On the Races of the Honey-Bee, by the Rev. H. W. Lett, M.A., T.C.D; On the Organization of Chetopterus, by M. Joyeux- Latfuie ; Further Note on the Generic Name Muelleri va, by F. Jetirey Bell ; On a Copepod (Cancerilla tubulata, Dalyell) para- siti¢ upon Amphiur a squamata, Delle Chiaje, by M. A. Giard ; On some Points in the Anatomy of the Rhynchobdellean Hiru- dinea, by M. Georges Dutilleul; Note on some Reptiles from Sumatra described by Bleeker in 1860, by G. A. Boulenger 143—152 NUMBER CXVII. XVI. The Sponge-fauna of Madras. A Report on a Collection of Sponges obtained in the Neighbourhood of Madras by Edgar Thurs- ton, Esq. By Arrnur Deny, B.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant in ‘the Zoolo- gical Department of the British Museum. (Plates IDG JUE ES on 3 153 XVI. On the Pyrochrode of Japan, By Groren Lewis, F.L.S. 165 CONTENTS. Vv Page XVIIL On anew Species of Semvonotus from the Lower Oolite of Brora, Sutherlandshire. By A. Smira Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.S., of the British Museum (Natural History). (Plate VIII.) .. 175 XIX. Description of a new Genus of Chalcosiid Moths allied to Pedopiila. By Antuur G. Buturr, F.1S., B-Z.8.,&e..........- 180 XX. Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &. By ARTHUR WM, WaTERS.—Part II. (Plates V. & VI.) .......... 181. XXI. Polyparium ambulans, a new Ceelenterate. By Dr. A. KORnOtNERE. wCP lato exci.) ee 8 \ ton. atric cisedery tusksl ole Wad ole che ave 203 XXII. Description of a new Genus and Species of Polyzonide. yao hy PENNE SHO COCK mn (InlateeNelOVe) bias web ntstine selene oe enc 222 XXIII. Descriptions of new Species of Cicadide. By W. L. AD FS ATVAIN A eee oh pase tah euses sci bae meres ame. | hemes sme i AR Ma RTs 226 XXIV. On the Blood-corpuscles of the Cyclostomata. By Prof. De ARo W.. THOMPSON, Dundeers caters orvetss ats Weck e sis ciercuert cree 231 XXY. Note on a new Type of Compound Eye. By F. E. ISyoDINAIRD, IWAN, NSE Gee bo mee open nUOb SUD Ebola be ba buu coos ad 233 XXVI. Note on the Hapuku of New Zealand (Polyprion pro- Gis). SBP AD Yas aN, (Crompusnme, INES! odo hoooe ous oo adooUOOOEeO 236 XXVIL. On Australian Fishes of the Genus Beryr. By Dr. A. GUN DERE ALU SS sare fay eetev ac cde Pe dsiinws.. bday DAV IMAC UN Erie clees sheds Ric eco ated 237 XXVIII. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from the Solomon Islands, collected by C. M. Woodford, ede By A. G. I URE PMO Sis Ey Zi see Cap ahtore a eae fe tous Pas cee detec) S| ie toeuegs ls 240 On the Structure of the Branchia of the Prosobranchiate Gastero- pods, by M. Félix Bernard; Description of a newly-excluded Young of the Ormthorhynchus paradoxus, by Sir Richard Owen, K.C.b., F.RS., &c. ; Aulax hypocheridis, a new Gall-fly, by J. J. Kieffer; Anatomy and Histology of the Salivary Glands in the Cephalopoda, by M. L. Joubin; Habitat of Peripatus JEGUOHURM |x] ENO 1985 Uewtiveyy 1M ab eococsoceoauude 247 —252 NUMBER CXVIII. XXIX. Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &e. By ArtHuR Wm. WarteErs.—Part III. (Plate VII.)............ 253 XXX. Descriptions of eight new Species of Asiatic Butterflies. lB IAL, CorGeHismOapsn.% yo asin cob cee c o ae ao ones belo eb rIgOe aco 265 XXXI. Description of a new Rat from North Borneo. By OLp- SUED MGT O MAS: TRY). iat ena hoetteya stema: eee ts aor dt y Rup neh see 269 vi CONTENTS. Page XXXII. Notes on Sphingede from the Malay Peninsula, and Description of a new Species of Ambulyx from North Borneo. By AWWa Jie IDSA oe cchis Gao BANOO OOM e Omen anda coowo6 ocd CH 270 XXXIIL On the Interpretation of Polyparvum ambulans, Korot- Mi Joye I, IMEMHIM 5ddadonboocoddosgandoomoroboocooe 278 XXXIV. On a remarkable new Species of Cladorhiza obtained by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ By ArtHur DeEnpy, B.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum. (Plate XV.) 279 XXXYV. On the Classification of the Diplopoda. By R. Innrs Pocock, Assistant Naturalist British Museum ................-> 283 XXXVI. Descriptions of new or little-known South-American Frogs of the Genera Paludicola and Hyla. By G. A. BoULENGER.. 295 XXXVII. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. VIII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, IG Del PRD Sl teleitohi cc siaa aedlo aisiore tho Olid SU MMe Hola ooo codindd 300 XXXVIII. A new Species of Zygena from the Kurrachee Har- bour. By James A. Murray, Vict. Nat. Hist. Inst. ............ 304 XXXIX. Scent-organs in Phryganide. By Dr. WiItHELM NIGGA TR ee ci Nerehacetscereie oy oe ete ace ones searevede’s susp tee mucroRNGee seta nie |emsencoaee 305 XL. On the Sense-organs of the Turbellaria. By Dr. L. Boumre 308 XLI. Notes. on Batrachians from Perak. By Dr. A. GinruEr, Dn Siasht wl ded eirene. NN B) Bee emnains aig bane o dee mkclon to donc coe Cony < 312 Observation on Multiplication in Amabe, by Lillie E. Holman; On the Byssal Organ of the Lamellibranchiata, by M. Ludwig Reichel; Ovyo-viviparous Generation in Tropedonotus ; Litera- ture of the Fossil Ganoid, Semzonotus, by A. Smith Wood- WAT harry siijak cle Mite gh eas mielos Wn siya s hea eae 816—320 NUMBER CXIXx. XLII. The True Nature of the ‘ Madreporic System ” of Echino- dermata, with Remarks on Nephridia. By Prof. Marcus M. Har- TO Gy DSc; MAMIE EUS Ul ot oo. uase voters tu etac tie ate Melee ee ea aie ea 321 XLUI. The New System of Chalinine, with some Brief Observa- tions upon Zoological Nomenclature. By ArtHuR DEnpy, B.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Mii Se ima terse a SARs eeu atehed alsin coats rece intiararekelo ape eae aie meaae 326 XLIV. A List of the Japanese Stlphide, with Descriptions of new Species aby Gror Grllimyis,ebeuiS:.) eee eee 388 XLV. On the so-called Microdon nuchalis, Dixon, from the Chalk of Sussex, a new Species of Platux. By A. Surrm Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural History).......... 342 CONTENTS. . vil Page XLVI. List of Reptiles and Batrachians from Cyprus. By G. A. IBOUMINGIIN 6.5510 moc oo or UoLoo ee o pop OOD Sonam Ou Ce mmbeennd ook 344 XLVII. On the Affinity of the North-American Lizard-Fauna. IE yg Chay AValS OU TMNGIR ey ctelaisia sedate verter ae a nae eas nee ar apse 345 XLVIII. Notes on Volutharpa Perryi, By Epvear A. Smiru .. 347 _ XLIX. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Cureulio- nidee, mostly Asiatic—Part IV. By Francis P. Pascor, F.L.S. SECM AN LPM ie hehe oa) ot oh et ook aueh sah Gtovel muck ood shee o) a ape N AG VeUPUIak 348 LL. On the Phylogeny and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. By HDi ©) TAO MEMAIHANIN ates cians Coors ays aie) a risen Sir els ete eerste) Haan ees 361 LI. On the Mammals collected by Captain C. E. Yate, C.S.L., of the Afghan Boundary Commission. By J.Scunty .............. 578 On the Affinities of the so-called Torpedo (Cyclobatis, Egerton) from the Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon, by A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S; Zygena dissimilis, Murray, by Francis Day, F.Z.8. &e.; On the Sexual Generation of Chermes abietis, Linn., loyy 1Die; So GSN 545 oh pd adbaovoob bbe adc dboogesc 389—390 NUMBER CXxX, LU. On “ Orthoceras {Endoceras | duplex,” Wahlenberg et auctt., with Descriptions of three new Species of Endoceras from the Ordo- vician of Sweden and Russia contained in the British Museum (Natural History). By Arrour H. Foorp, F.G.S. ............ 393 LIII. Description of a new Species of Evechinus. By F. JEFFREY Je ypne Ie, IMT ING (CEMNHE) OQVIN LS IEE Yet) Bob udceccdascunoooouKs 403 LIV. On a rare Himalayan Toad, Cophophryne sikkimensis, Blyth. yg Cap DO ULHINGE River crcte state sicloraeecene a tekshetcutc rs nary Aba 405 LV. A List of the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained near Mus- cat, Arabia, and presented to the British Museum by Surgeon-Major Sa Oo Jayakaren bys Gre ALE bOMMENGER nr series 7254... 407 LVI. Notes on Argonauta Bottgerr. By EpGar A. Sirs. (“2laire oS WAU, SHAS) 5 oie oe cog ge eo coco one da uonbSedmM oHbeco~ 409 LVII. Note on the Variations of Amphiura Chiat, Forbes. By Vas dfrouab ghey opel BY DN By Cp lhd [EVANS ana ella ceca cee On car Sain reert chet a Rae 411 LVIII. Description of a new Snake from Afghanistan. By G. A. OUIGEING IER ete) ye a clere SEs orton Am IS Gah erat beet 413 LIX. Descriptions of two new Species of Hyponomeutide from the Solomon Islands. By A. G. Butimr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &....... 414 LX. Descriptions of two new Species of Cicadide. By W. L. IDASTW AINE: Siesta east bia coir © acd bg Sictbar cc r atts Blac h eecee bin pe Mes Ea 415 LXI. Studies on the Enchytreide. By Dr. W. MicHar.sen. (Plante Xs VUO)) eater upiud.cios noo mp obldodog Cunenaniencee 417 Vill CONTENTS. Page LXII. Mr. Dendy on the Chaining. By R. von LENDENFELD 428 LXUI. Descriptions of six new Species of Butterflies captured by My. John Whitehead at Kina Balu LOB La North Borneo. By J5l, ESMoRTASWEGUS, Loeauaoregeonno oo boobob bo osbe sob OKDOoa cone 432 LXIV. On the Development of the Sexual Products in Spongilla. By AR) Maree BB. se cscs pai abe avsscaeas slenebepe Gleiege ic, eateveas sees Rae 435 LXV. Diagnoses of two new Glesatacik NBsee Mammalia. By (Chosmimnannesd) (METOMUNSs 64060000000000006 Suda beeen ed eee So mod ob oc 440 Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain ............ 441 Proceedings of the Geological Society -.....0-.4052 0.405 4400s 443 Higa crenulata (Liitken), by J. Duncan Matthews, F.R.S.E.; Sebas- tes norvegicus, by J. Duncan Matthews, F.R.S.E.; On a new Genus of Phosphorescent Lumbricidze, and on the Type- species of that Genus, Photodrilus phosphoreus, Dugés, by M. A. Giard ; Note on anew Species of Cercopithecus from Kaffa, in Central Africa, by Dr. Enrico H. Giglioli; On the Formation of the Caleareous Cor puscles in Holothuria, by M. Edgard Hérouard 444 450 PLATES IN VOL. XX. Prater I, New Genera and Species of Coleoptera. “II. Eggs of Osseous Fishes. “III. Freshwater Infusoria. “IV. Ne WAL “VII. “VIII. Semionotus Joassi. nel Australian Bryozoa. Aie.© a XII. “XIII. Polyparium ambulans. Y¥ XIV. Pseudodesmus verrucosus. XV. Cladorhiza pentacrinus. * XVI. Batrachians from Perak. “XVII. Argonauta Bottgeri Eyechinus rarituberculatus. “XVIII. New Enchytreide. Madras Sponges. TO THE READER, In this year of Jubilees I have no small satisfaction in calling attention to the fact that the present Number closes the hundredth volume and the fiftieth year of the existence of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ Fifty years ago, fresh from the teachings of Hhrenberg and profoundly influenced by the spirit of scientific research which then, as now, prevailed in Germany, I suggested to Mr. Richard Taylor the establishment of a journal in which, while its pages were freely open to the original contributions of English naturalists, special attention should be paid to the researches of continental observers; and the result was the starting of the ‘Annals of Natural History,’ with which, subsequently, the well-known ‘ Magazine of Natural History ’ of Loudon and Charlesworth was amalgamated. The hope that such an undertaking, venturesome as it appeared, might prove a success was not disappointed—the ‘ Annals’ immedi- ately met with cordial support on the part of the most zealous students of nature in this country, and from its very commence- ment to the present day its pages have been enriched by valuable contributions from our most eminent naturalists. Consequently we can now look back upon a series of important original papers on various branches of Natural History which have made their appearance in the ‘ Annals,’ while at the same time the communication of the results of the researches of continental naturalists has never been lost sight of; and the Editors feel that they have done good service in bringing under the notice of their fellow-workers in this country many il most important contributions published abroad. Under these circumstances I hope that I shall not be considered to be actuated by vanity in claiming that the Journal which I helped to set on foot fifty years ago, and the superintendence of which has been under my charge ever since, has in no small degree aided in the marked progress made by Natural- History studies in this country during the last half-century. It may have been remarked, perhaps, that since the publi- cation of the late Charles Darwin’s ‘ Origin of Species’ and other works, which have produced a greater effect upon human thought, not only in Natural History, but in the most varied departments, than any thing published since the days of Newton and Linneus, the Editors of the ‘ Annals’ have taken a position towards the new doctrine either opposed, or, at least, more or less ‘‘ agnostic,” to use the phrase by which Mr. Darwin himself characterized his position with regard to religious matters. This, however, has been without prejudice to a sincere admiration of the character and attainments of the man whose work in the most various departments of Natural History always showed a depth and solidity which, perhaps, in many minds were too much thrown into the shade by the brilliancy of his theoretical results. It must be recol- lected that some of the best systematic work done in this country during the last fifty years came from the same hand which has changed the whole face of Natural History, and that in his younger days his first introduction to Natural History consisted in collecting Insects and Plants, the inci- dents and pleasures connected with which seem to have been most vividly retained in his mind nearly to the end of his days. This lesson may be taken to heart by those who are too much inclined to start from the other end. To return to the point from which we started. With the next number a Sixth Series will commence, and I trust that the ‘Annals’ may still receive the same kind support which iil has always hitherto been accorded to it, and, further, that I may personally continue to enjoy the same friendship with the numerous contributors which it has been my good fortune to experience throughout the long course of the Journal’s existence. In conclusion, I must not fail to state how much I have been indebted to my Co-Kditors, and especially to my dear friends the late Prof. Arthur Henfrey and Dr. J. EK. Gray, and to my present colleagues, Dr. Giinther and W.S. Dallas— to the latter especially, who had taken a most active part in superintending the publication for many years before his name appeared on the Titlepage. WILLIAM FRANCIS. Val./20. 0. FIFTH SERIES. No. 115. INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. No. OXV. JULY 1887, Bear pepe +h a CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pa.D., F.R.S., || WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.L.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., P.L.S., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S. BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND GHARLESWORTH’S ““MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” WITH TWO PLATES. Illustrative of Mr. F. P. Pascoe’s Paper on new Coleoptera, and Mr. E. E. Prince’s on the Eges of Osseous Fishes. LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, Sold by Longmans, Green, and Co. ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.; Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. ~ BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. au : Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN. ) ZOOLOGY. Stncz September 1879, when the work was commenced, Fifty-eight Parts (including that now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed as follows :— Mammalia. By HE. R. Auston. (Complete. Pp. xx and 220, pls. xxii.) Aves. By O.Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i-xxxv.) Reptilia. By A. GtnruEr. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i.—xxv.) Arachnida Acaridea. By Orro Sroxz. (Pp. 1-8, pls. i—vi.) Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1(ApEPHaGA). By H. W. Barrs. (Complete. Pp. x and 316, pls. xiii.) Coleoptera. Vol. I. part2 (ApEPHAGA; HypRoPHILID#, &c.). By D.SHaRp. (Pp. 1-744, pls. 1.-xix.) Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsetapHipm). By D. Smarr. (Pp. 1-64, pls. i, ii.) : Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 2 (PEctTiniconniA; LAMELLICORNIA). By H. W. Bates. (Pp. 1-64, pls. i.--iii.) Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Smrricornia). By C. O. Warrruovust. (Pp. 1-32, pls. i., 11.) Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (MaxacopErmara). By H. 8. Gornam. (Complete. Pp. xii and 372, pls, xiii.) Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 1 (HerzRomEeRA). By G. C. Cuampion, (Pp. 1-272, pls. i—xi.) Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Lonercornta): by H. W. Bates. (BRUCHIDES): by D.SHarnp. (Complete. Pp. xii and 526, pls. xxvi.) _ Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyropHaGa). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-504, pls. i.—xxviil.) Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 2 (PHyToPHaaa, continued), By J. S. Baty. (Pp. 1-124, pls. 1.-iv.) é Hymenoptera. By P. Cameron. (Pp. 1-400, pls. i-xvi.) _ Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F, D. GopmAN and O. Satvin. (Pp. 1-487, pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. 1. (Pp.1—82, pls. xlviii—l.) Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-240, pls. i—xxiii.) Rhynchota Heteroptera. By W.L. Distant. (Pp. 1-504, pls. i.—xxviii.) Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-24, pls. i.-iii.) Diptera. By Baron R. von Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls: i—ii.) BOTANY. Of the Botany Twenty-two Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. I., pp. 1-619 and titlepage, pls. i—xxxy.; Vol. II., pp. 1-621 and titlepage, pls. xxxvi—lxix.; Vol. IL., pp. 1-711, pls. lxx.-cix.; Vol. IV., pp. 1-144. The Price of each Zoological Part is 2ls., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d. London: Published for the Editors by R. H. PorrEr, 10 Chandos Street, Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W. Royal 8vo, with woodcuts, price 28. 6d. ASPECTS OF THE BODY IN VERTEBRATES AND INVERTEBRATES. By SIR RICHARD OWEN, K.C.B., F.R.S., &e. Tayior and Francrs, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. Royal 8vo, plice 28. 6d., i Y : | A CATALOGUE OF COLEOPTERA JAPANESE ARCHIPELAGO. By GEORGE LEWIS. Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FIFTH SERIES.] SEE CBECCP CECT per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes: Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymph» Craterides, ite sub undas ; Tte, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’ 3 NV. Parthenii Giannettasii Ec). 1. No. 115. JULY 1887. I.—The Significance of the Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous Fishes. By Epwarp EH. Prince, St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. [Plate IT.] Mucu has been recently written upon the relation of the food- yolk and the germ in Teleostean eggs, yet little unanimity seems to characterize the conclusions reached by various observers. It is generally allowed that the free margin of the thickened blastodermic ring is really the lip of the blasto- pore—the entire periphery being so, and not merely, as Mr. Cunningham has ably shown *, an invaginated arc, as in the Elasmobranchs. The difference of opinion that exists arises, however, from the various views held as to the nature of the yolk and its function during development. Hiickel, from his study of a pelagic ovum, concluded that the yolk in Tele- ostean eggs was emphatically distinct from the germ f, a con- trast in the main constituents of the egg that M. Coste seems to have first truly signalized f. Later investigators (Klein, * Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci., Nov. 1885. + Jenaische Zeitschr. vol. ix. 1875, { Gazette médic. de Paris,’ No. 17, 1855, p. 257. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 1 2 Mr. HE. K. Prince on the Significance of the Kingsley and Conn, and others) have adopted this view, according to which the egg of an osseous fish is, perhaps, one of the most marked examples of the meroblastic type. In the Mammalian ovum we know that there is no such broad distinction ; but, as in Amphioxus, the yolk that is present and the active protoplasm are so intermingled that segmentation iscomplete. The Amphibian ovam—Aana, for example, is also holoblastic; but the yolk so preponderates towards the vegetal pole that the cleavage-furrows, beginning at the opposite or animal pole, progress with increasing diffi- culty as they approach the former region. The animal pole in the Amphibian egg is distinguished by the great abun- dance of active protoplasm and the minute size of the sus- pended yolk-spherules, as well as its more rapid cleavage. Still more marked is this bipolar segregation in the Sauropsidan and Elasmobranch ovum; but in the Teleostean egg it is most complete—a distinctly marked germinal disk, composed almost entirely of clear protoplasm, being formed by the with- drawal of germinal matter from the granular yolk. ‘The separation may be very apparent, even before fertilization, in certain Teleosteans—a discus proligerus collecting, similar to the superficial protoplasmic disk seen lying upon the yellow food-yolk in the mature Selachian ovum. Usually both constituents are so intermingled as to be undis- tinguishable in the living egg until a period of one or two hours has elapsed after the entrance of the spermatozoon, when the translucent homogeneous blastodisk is rapidly out- lined at the animal pole, either at the upper or the lower side of the egg, according to the species*. The separation of germinal matter from the food-yolk is carried to such a degree in the Teleostean ovum that it presents a marked contrast to the type of egg seen in the bird or shark, and still more in the frog or lamprey (compare figs. 1 and 2, PI. II.). Hi. van Beneden, in his classical memoir “ Sur la composition et la signification de lceuf”’ t, speaks of the nutritive part as deutoplasm, and lays stress on its non-integral or accessory nature, on its purely passive function, and on the fact that in some eges it is absent, though when it is present it serves to nourish the blastoderm and embryo. ‘This contrast between the deutoplasm and the germinal protoplasm is illustrated in a marked degree in the Teleostean ovum, yet the existence in it * In the Salmonide the germ surmounts the upper pole of the egg, whereas in the ova of the Pleuronectide and Gadide it is formed at the inferior pole. + E. van Beneden, Mém. Cour. l'Acad. Roy. de Belgique, tome xxxiv. 1870. Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous Fishes. 3 of an extra-blastodermic layer of protoplasm (figs. 1, 9, and 10, cp. and perib., Pl. II.) must not be ignored. The very fact, however, that such an area or periblastic ring exists supports the view here propounded. If the protoplasm inter- fused amongst the yolk becomes, by a physical process of separation and superficial transference, concentrated at the animal pole, as represented in the diagram fig. 9, Pl. II., it is easy to see that some of it may be left at the margin as a peripheral ring. The process is slow, and much protoplasm may continue to pass towards the animal pole, even after the germinal disk is defined and segmentation is in progress. Such, in fact, is the case, and this is the explanation of the extra-germinal area, appropriately called periblast. Mr. G. Brook aptly expressed the condition of this area when he said * that the germinal protoplasm is for the most part included in the first two cells of the blastodisk, and, “as if not to waste any material, the remainder collects around this disk and is afterwards developed into the periblast.” Further away from the disk the periblast (figs. 9 and 10, perid., Pl. IL.) thins out and gradually passes into a filmy protoplasmic layer, uniformly investing the remaining surface of the yolk and known as the cortical layer (Pl. II. figs. 9 and 10, pervb.). Kingsley and Conn affirm + that in the earliest stages the periblast is not present ; and, paradoxical as it may seem, they are right, for the periblast, as such, does not exist until a later period—until, in fact, the limits of the disk are indicated with some precision by the progress of segmentation (compare figs. 1 and 9, Pl. II.). The protoplasmic cortex, of which the periblast forms merely a thickened annular portion, is really present from the moment that superficial segregation begins, and so long as the process continues the cortical layer persists, and even in advanced embryos it is distinguishable, passing beneath the embryonic trunk, between the hypoblast and the remnant of the yolk (Pl. IL. fig. 11, c.p.). Segrega- tion is not only superficial but, as stated elsewhere f, there is also a subgerminal transference, and Mr. Brook has shown § that in Clupea these deep-seated tracts form definite ramifica- tions amongst the yolk. The periblast is simply germinal matter which has not yet entered the disk, and that it gradu- * Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci., Jan. 1885, p. 4. + Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., April 1883, p. 202. t “Develop. of the Food-Fishes,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1886, vol. xvii. p 447. § ‘Fourth Annual Report of Fishery Board for Scotland,’ 1885, App. F, no. i. pp. 34, 36. 1* 4 Mr. E. Ei. Prince on the Significance of the ates into the yolk below is not surprising, for its protoplasm is continually tn transita. Now the yolk in the Amphibian ovum becomes divided by eleavage into large nucleated yolk-cells, just as in the egg of Petromyzon (Pi. I. fig. 2, y), and enters more or less inti- mately into the formation of the embryo. The ventral lining of the mesenteron is really yolk-hypoblast, and arises directly from the yolk-cells proper, as Mr. Shipley shows in Petro- myzon: the dorsal wall “is composed of columnar cells re- sembling those of the general epiblast ; the cells forming the floor have the same characters as the yolk-cells”” * (Pl. II. fig. 7,y). Nothing like this is seen in the Teleostean egg, though Mr. Brook, relinquishing the view referred to on a prior page, has adopted the conception that Teleostean and Amphibian ova are similar even in the details of their deve- lopment “the derivatives of the animal and vegetative poles are in both cases practically identical.’’ If the mesenteron in Osseous Fishes does not arise as a slit in the thickened median hypoblast, as the greater part of it really seems to do, but is largely built up out of nucleated periblast, as Mr. Cun- ningham has suggested +, the yolk is still not directly con- cerned in the process, the periblast being, as Klein says, a continuation of the germ, both are ‘one and the same sub- stance’’ +. Kupffer’s vesicle, which arises as a sub-embryonic chamber, is not ventrally limited by the yolk, but by the periblast. ‘Throughout the embryonic period in Teleosteans the periblast intervenes as a continuous layer between the yolk and the germ (as shown in PI. II. figs. 7 and 11, e.p.). Oellacher speaks of the germ as feeding on the yolk §, and Kingsley and Conn say that particles of yolk seem to be taken in after segmentation has begun ||, while Klein expresses the view, which Mr. Brook adopts, that the periblast performs the digestive function, so that, as the last-named author says, “large masses of yolk are incorporated within its substance and assimilated”. The formation of the disk and early pro- toplasmic cortex is due, it is granted, to a kind of physical transference, mainly superficial segregation: At what point, it may be asked, does such segregation cease and digestion begin ? No such point can be determined. The yolk, in fact, does not diminish to such an extent as the theory of digestion plus segregation would imply, as we see by comparing the * Quart. Journ. Microse. Sci., Jan, 1887, p. 329. + Ibid., Jan. 1885, p. 7, and Nov. 1885, pp. 20, 21. t Ibid. vol. xvi. 1876, p. 118. § Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. xxii. p. 4. || Zoe. eit. p. 127. {| ‘ Report of Fishery Board for Scotland,’ 1885, p. 35. Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous Fishes. 9) bulk of the yolk in the early ovum (PI. II. fig. 1, y) and in a later stage when the embryo is fairly advanced, as in PI. II. fig. 3, y, and the very slight diminution that does occur (vide Pl. Il. fig. 4, y) can be accounted for by the continued sepa- ration of the interfused protoplasm. ‘The large size of the yolk-mass, in the emerged embryos of pelagic and demersal forms alike, indicates that any very active process of digestion is doubtful. ‘That the globular ball of yolk is not an integral part of the germ or embryo is sufficiently shown by the ease with which it can be removed from its periblastic and embry- onic envelopes in hardened specimens. ‘The yolk seems to be chiefly utilized during the early stages of the active liberated embryo, diminishing greatly during the first fortnight after hatching (compare figs. 4 and 6,y, Pl. I1.), and in those species which develop a vitelline circulation the rapid removal of the yolk-granules can be readily understood. In pelagic forms, without such vascular provision, the yolk is less rapidly used up ; and, doubtless, in these the coeliac and hepatic blood-vessels, being in close proximity to the yolk- surface, effect the absorption. All this evidences the accessory nature of the yolk in Teleosteans. It is an appendage—a ceenogenetic addition or adaptation, as Hickel regarded it—not directly contributing to the building up of the tissues, but mainly serving to fur- nish pabulum to the delicate and rudimentary embryo on emerging from the ege _It is not more essentially connected with the development of the germ than the egg-envelope *. In hardened preparations it shows a granular structure, and when physically manipulated often has the texture of dense cork ; and in the young salmon, as Professor M‘Intosh long ago described, the yolk becomes less fluid, and by-and-by springs from the touch of a glass rod like a rounded and smooth bit of cartilage on simply transferring the embryo from fresh to salt watery. Im the living egg it is a clear albuminoid matrix of the consistency of syrup, readily issuing from a puncture in the yolk-sac (Pl. Il. fig. 5, y), and containing minute vesicles and refrangible particles, with the addi- tion, in certain species, of large oleaginous spheres. ‘Lhe presence of these spheres in the yolk adds strength to the view that it is a nutritive appendix, for, as shown in a pre- * Vide Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. xvi. 1876.—Note on p. 56, where Prof. Ray Lankester distinguishes the added food-material and egg-enve- lopes as “ matrificial ” and not “ ovificial” elements, like the protoplasm of the egg-cell proper. tT Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. viii. 1868, p. 153. 6 Mr. E. E. Prince on the Significance of the vious paper *, the globules in question seem to have no inti- mate connexion with development, and are best regarded as redundant and probably ancestral elements, still persisting, but not immediately utilized by the germ. If this view be correct, that the yolk is a trophic appen- dage, consisting in the later stages almost purely of inert nutritive matter, that the germ is discoblastic and becomes a discogastrula when the germinal cavity appears beneath it (Pl. II. fig. 10, g.c.), and hence that the invaginated rim represents the primitive enteric involution, like the inflected arc in Elasmobranchs and Amphibians, then the interpreta- tion of the features presented by the Teleostean ovum becomes greatly simplified. Balfour speaks of such a mass of unseg- mented yolk as corresponding to the large cells of the vegetal pole in a blastosphere ; and E. van Beneden similarly regarded the deutoplasmic globe in a pelagic Teleostean ovum as a large endodermic cell, with a constitution analogous to a fat- cell +, a view shared by Hoffman and others. But the Tele- ostean germ never forms a blastosphere, with a more or less centrally situated segmentation-cavity or blastoccel, in addi- tion to the Jarge subgerminal chamber, which is always present at some stage. Van Bambeke alone amongst observers really describes a blastoccel in the egg of an osseous fish ; but Oellacher, Kingsley and Conn, and other authors regard such an intrablastodermic cavity as an artificial product, and not a normal feature. The sub-blastodermic cavity present in the Teleostean ovum (PI. II. fig. 10, g.c.) must be the homologue not of the Amphibian and Selachian segmentation-cavity, so-called, but of the enteric cavity, whose external opening is the blastopore. The germ, thus separated by a germinal cavity from the yolk, consists of two lamelle, ectoderm and primitive endoderm, like a two-layered gastrula ; the external layer or epiblast appears to be one cell in thick- ness; but the endoderm, or “ lower layer,” consists of several layers of cells (Pl. II. fig. 10, g). From its mouth or blasto- pore the yolk forms an enormous protruding mass, an exag- geration of the yolk-plug which fills up the anus of Rusconi in Rana (Pl. Il fig. 10, y). The important feature in the Teleostean egg is not the fact that the yolk is stored away at one pole of the egg, for the egg of the Amphibian or Cyclostome may be described as simply the ovum of Amphioxus with a large amount of trophic matter stored away in its lower part, nor that the yolk-cells * “On the Presence of Oleaginous Spheres in the Yolk of Teleostean Ova,” Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist., Aug. 1886. + Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. xviii. 1878, p, 52. Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous Fishes, 7 are broken down and form a syncytium, but that the germinal matter is so concentrated at one pole as to have little more connexion with the yolk than that of juxtaposition. The yolk seems to have no essential réle in segmentation, but is an appendage to the early germ as to the later embryo. The nature and function of the periblast and cortical protoplasm need not be dwelt upon; they are continuous with and form part and parcel of the germ. ‘The origin and fate of the nuclei which appear in them is by no means decided. As Klein declared, they are not identical with the yolk nuclei of the HKlasmobranch egg *, and they probably originate, as Agassiz and Whitman hold, and as Wenckebach’s recent researches tend to show f, in the segmented blastoderm itself. We know how greatly the food-yolk, when it crowds seg- menting cells, alters their character and disposition ; and the possibility seems naturally to follow that when, as in the Teleostean egg, the yolk becomes almost wholly separated from the germ, a less distorted and more primitive condition may be resumed. We can thus understand how, notwith- standing the great bulk of the yolk, the blastopore in Osseous Fishes is symmetrical, and coincides with the entire inflected margin of the germ, while the germ itself forms, not a blasto- sphere with a transient segmentation-cavity, as well as a permanent enteric invagination, but a concave two-layered gastrula, enclosing or rather arching over a primitive gastric chamber (Pl. H. fig. 10, g.c.). In this enteric chamber, roofed over by invaginated hypoblast and with a floor of peri- blast (Pl. 11. fig. 10, perzb.), the globe of passive yolk-matter (Pl. Il. fig. 10, y) is seated, and projects trom the blastopore until the free margin of the latter has so far progressed over its surface as to entirely envelop it. It persists in the peri- visceral cavity as a ventral protuberance for some time after the embryo has emerged (Pl. II. fig. 6, y) until it is com- pletely disintegrated and absorbed. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IL Fig. 1. Ovum of Gadus eglefinus, fifth hour; four blastomeres nearly completed. 06/., blastomeres; ¢.p., cortical protoplasm passing to the animal pole; y, yolk. Fig. 2. Ovum of Petromyzon fluriatilis, about same stage as fig. 1 (after Shipley), showing the yolk included in the segmentation pro- cess. 6/., blastomeres; y, yolk. * Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. xvi. 1876, p. 128. + Archiv f. mikr. Anat. Bd. xxviii. 1886. Fig. Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera . Ovum of G. eglefinus, some time after closure of the blastopore ; the embryo fairly advanced, but the yolk (y) shows very slight diminution. . Ovum of G. eglefinus; embryo about to emerge from the egg- capsule, which is ruptured. The yolk (y) has diminished to some extent, and a perivitelline chamber intervenes between the yolk-surface and the embryonic membrane (¢.m.). . Emerged embryo of a Pleuronectid, species not known, Portion of the yolk seen protruding from an accidental rupture in the embryonic membrane (e.m.). . Embryo of Gadus eglefinus, six days after hatching ; yolk (y) still persisting, but showing very evident diminution. . Transverse section through embryo of Petromyzon (after Shipley). Yolk-cells (y) entering actively into the formation of the embry- onic tissues, especially the gut (vy): n, notochord ; mes., meso- blast. . Transverse section of Gadus eglefinus, about same stage as fig. 7. The yolk (y) is separated from the embryo by the cortical protoplasm (e.p.) and the hypoblast (Ayp.), and does not directly form embryonic tissue. , notochord ; mes., mesoblast. Fig. 9. Diagram of Teleostean ovum when the periblast (perzb.) is first Fig. Fig. clearly distinguishable. The radial arrows indicate the passage towards the surface of the protoplasm mingled with the yolk (y), and forming the cortical protoplasm (e.p.). g, germ. 10. Diagram of Teleostean ovum at a later stage. No intra-blasto- dermic segmentation-cavity exists; but a germinal cavity (g.c.) exists, roofed over by the germ and floored by periblast (perib.). 11. Transverse section of G. eglefinus on second day after hatching. The cortical protoplasm (ce. p.) still separates the embryo from the yolk (y). The hypoblastic gut (g) is now fully formed and invested by a layer of mesoblast; its lumen is ciliated. e.m., embryonic membrane formed of two layers, epiblast and hypo- blast. 11.—WNotes on Coleoptera, with Descriptions of new Genera and Spectes.—Part VI. By Francis P. Pascog, F.L.S., Ke. [Plate I. List of Genera and Species. COLYDIIDAE. TELEPHORID®. Bothrideres impressus. Dritin 2. PTINIDAK. _ Salinnen ‘ SE ugeusis nigripennis, Clada (n. 7.) Waterhousei. Selasia pulchra. laticeps. and Spectes of Coleoptera. 9 TENEBRIONID:, Immedia integra. OPATRINZE Euphloeus (7. g.) verrucosus. Woryasus Cag. uae CNODALONINE. | TENTYRUNZE Pimplema ampliata. Chariotheca violacea. Carchares (. g.) macer. LAGRITDE. CossYPHIN2. Barsenis (x. g.) fulvipes. Cossyphus limbatus. pusillus, RHIPIDIIDA. yaaa ee Aporrhipis (x. g.) flexilis. Cyrtotyche quadra. BRENTHID A. % ITHYSTENIN/ *, She eh Diurus sphacelatus. Immedia erosa. Cediocera (x. g.) longicornis. Bothrideres impressus. B. elongatus, niger, subopacus; prothorace disco reticulatim punc- tato, in medio postico oblongo-excavato, tuberculis duobus in cayitate inclusis; tibiis anticis subtriangularibus. Long. 42 lin. Hab. Grahamstown. Oblong, black, nearly opaque ; prothorax not broader than long, gradually narrowing from near the apex to the base, the anterior angles rounded, disk reticulately punctured, with a deep oblong excavation beginning from towards the apex and continued to the base, and having two flat tubercles in the cavity; scutellum conspicuous ; elytra broadest at the base, produced at the shoulders, each with five raised carina, the one bordering the suture flat, all minutely punctured, the interstices with a double row of large punctures; body be- neath with scattered punctures ; tibie stout, the outer edge toothed, the anterior subtriangular. A well-marked species whose nearest affinity is perhaps with the Gabon B. rubricollis. In no other species, except B. nocturnus, are the anterior tibie so short and so broadly dilated. CLADA. Caput breve, deflexum; palpi maxillares articulo ultimo ovali. * In 1862 I proposed, to change Guérin’s name of Leptorhynchus into Tthystenus, it having been used twice previously. Adopted by Lacor- daire it became the type of his “groupe Ithysténides.” Since Guérin’s time the same name has been taken up by five different authors for as many genera. In the Munich Catalogue the authors, scorning to go out- side the Coleoptera, adhere to Guérin’s name. 10 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera Oculi prominentes, pilosi. Antenne flabellate, articulo basali brevi, arcuato, apicem versus incrassato, secundo breviusculo, tertioad decimum ramulos lineares emittentibus, ultimo elongato. Protlovax transversus, modice convexus, apice truncatus. Hlytra latiuscula, ad latera parallela. Pedes mediocres; tars: articulo basali incrassato ; wngutcule graciles, divaricati. Cowe antice et intermediz contigue. Corpus pilosum. The characters of this genus are much the same as those of Ptilinus, but the broad and less convex form and the hairy body are sufficiently distinctive. The tarsi stouter at the base and gradually narrower to the last joimt, may be contrasted with the linear tarsi of Pélinus. I have named the species after Mr. C. O. Waterhouse, to whom I am indebted for many valuable hints. Clada Waterhouset. (Pl. I. fig. 4.) C. latiuscula, subconvexa, rufo-ferruginea, supra pilis numerosis erectis vestita. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Cape (Grahamstown). Rather broad, moderately convex, reddish ferruginous, darker on the prothorax; eyes, body above, and legs clothed with erect long hairs; antenne with the first two joints luteous, the remainder dark brown, the first only hairy ; head and prothorax closely punctured; scutellum covered withdecum- bent hairs; elytra not broader than the prothorax, somewhat glossy, coarsely and closely punctured ; body beneath slightly glossy, sparingly pubescent, dark brown, abdomen paler ; basal joint of the tarsi not longer than two next together. Eugeusis nigripennis. (Pl. I. fig. 7.) E. breviuscula, pubescens, rufo-fulva ; elytris subnitide nigris; an- tennis, articulo basali excepto, fuscis, pilcsis. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Burmah. Rather short, pubescent, reddish fulvous, the elytra blackish, but a little lighter at the base ; head large, broad; eyes small, black, distant from the prothorax ; antenne blackish, except the basal joint, and covered with short hairs, third joint longest, the rest gradually shorter and slighter; prothorax transverse, finely punctured, a broad concavity on each side at the base; scutellum triangular; elytra about two thirds longer than broad, closely and minutely punctured, each with three faintly raised lines; abdomen with seven segments. This description is from a female ; the male has probably flabellate antenne, as in L. pa/pator. Prof. Westwood seems inclined to place the genus with the Telephorine ; Lacordaire and Species of Coleoptera. 11 refers it to the Driline*. It is a most remarkable form, owing to its very large palpi, by which it is principally differentiated from Selasta. Judging from Westwood’s figure, the eyes are close to the prothorax, in which respect it differs widely from the above. Selasia pulchra. (Pl. I. fig. 8.) S. breviuscula, modice convexa, fulva, pilis dispersis aureis vestita ; elytris in medio fusco-nebulosis; capite parvulo. Long. 34 lin. Hab. Delagoa Bay. Rather short and broad, the sides subparallel, fulvous, somewhat glossy, the elytra with a tinge of brown, except at the margins, and clothed with numerous (but not to the naked eye) conspicuous golden hairs, each arising from a minute puncture ; head slightly exserted, much narrower than the prothorax ; last joint of the maxillary palpi subsecuriform ; eyes black ; antennee not extending to the base of the prothorax, the latter transverse, the base slightly emarginate in the middle; scutellum long, triangular; elytra substriate-punc- tate ; body beneath and legs paler, hairy. Only the males of this genus are known, but it only con- tained two West-African species, and one (doubtfully con- generic) from India. ‘They are all exceedingly scarce in collections ; of one species only a single example is known ac- cording to Lacordaire. Selasia laticeps. S. latiuscula, paulo convexa, pilosa, testacea; elytris pone basin gradatim infuscatis ; capite prothorace latitudine «quali. Long. 22 lin. Hab. Bombay. Moderately broad, slightly convex, clothed with long slender hairs, generally testaceous, but gradually deepening into brown behind the base of the elytra; head short, as broad as the prothorax ; antenne extending to the elytra, brownish, except the two basal joints, and furnished with stiff hairs ; eyes large and close to the prothorax, the latter transverse, the base slightly rounded, the disk sparsely punctured ; scutel- lum rather large, triangular ; elytra broader than the prothorax at the base, the sides nearly parallel ; irregularly and minutely punctured ; legs slender ; tarsi filiform. I, at first, thought this species was generically differentiated from Selasia on account, inter alia, of its broad head, deeply immersed in the prothorax, and purposed calling it Blastesis ; * Prof. Westwood (Modern Class. of Insects) ranks them as families, Telephoridz is now strictly equivalent to the older Malacodermata. 12 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera but for the present, as I have not cared to risk injury by examining the mouth, I leave it in Selasva. DORYAGUS. Caput exsertum, transversum ; clypeus haud discretus, apice emar- ginatus; mentum breve, antice rotundatum; palpi mazillares securiformes. Oculi transversi. Antenne claviformes. Prothorax convexus, basi sinuatus. lytra subconvexa, ovata, humeris dentato-productis. Femora valida; tibiw antice in medio late angulate, apice sulcatee; tarsi breves. The sterna and abdomen are mainly as in Anomalipus, to which this genus is allied. Its chief differential characters are its prothorax very convex and not dilated at the sides, and its short tarsi in part received into a groove in the tibia. Perhaps the comparative shortness of the third antennal joint may be a good generic character. Doryagus talpa. (PI. I. fig. 9.) D. oblongo-ovalis, niger, subnitidus ; antennis articulo tertio quam primus haud longiore. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Natal. Oblong-oval, black, somewhat glossy ; head closely granu- late; antennee pitchy, rather short, the third joint not Jonger than the first, the rest transverse and gradually thicker to the tenth, the last smaller, rounded; prothorax semicircularly emarginate anteriorly, the sides rounded and bounded by a fine raised line, disk finely and closely punctured, the spaces between the posterior punctures forming narrow irregular lines ; scutellum very transverse ; elytra moder ately convex, rounded at the sides and apex, narrower at the base, the shoulders with a marked tooth-like process ; striate-punctate, punctures small, the fourth stria not attaining the base; fore tibie strongly angulated in the middle, the apex, and also of the other tibiae, erooved for the reception of the basal joints of the tarsi, these furnished with a few short spinous hairs beneath. CARCHARES. Caput exsertum, postice constrictum ; clypeus a capite haud discre- tus; labrwn transversum ; labium leviter emarginatum; palpz mecillares articulo call subtriangulari. On ula reniformes. Antenne normales, articulo secundo breyi, tertio elongato, quarto ad septimum sequalibus, ceteris leviter incrassatis, ultimo longiore. Prothorax transversus, convexus, lateraliter rotundatus, margine anguste carinato. Llytra ovalia, convexa ; epipleurad angusta. Prosternum elevatum ; mesosternum subdepressum ¢ ; processus inter- covalis latus, antice subangulatus. Abdomen segmento quarto ana Species of Coleoptera. 13 brevi. Pedes graciles ; femora antica crassiora, dente acuto armata ; tibie posticee elongatee ; tarsi filiformes, postici articulis primo et ultimo equalibus ; wngucculis longis, divaricatis. With the facies of Mesostena angusta this genus, according to Lacordaire’s arrangement, is more allied to the North- American Trdorophus, but the mandibles are not uncovered by the labrum to the same extent as in 7. levis, for example. The most striking peculiarity is the well-developed tooth on the anterior thickened femora. Carchares macer. (PI. I. fig. 3.) C. oblongo-ovatus, nitide niger ; labro, antennis tarsisque ferrugineis. Long. 5 lin. Hab. Ngami. Oblong-ovate, black, shining; labrum, palpi, antenne, and tarsi pale ferruginous ; head rather narrow, finely punctured, more closely on the constricted portion, between the antennary orbiis a semicircular impression ; prothorax rather broader than long, with minute scattered punctures; elytra with larger punctures and faintly striated; body beneath smooth and finely punctured ; intermediate and posterior femora mo- derately clavate, their tibiz moderately curved. Cossyphus limbatus. C. latiusculus, testaceo-piceus, late marginatus, marginibus leviter reticulatis ; elytris subseriatim punctatis; scutello transversim triangulari. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Cochin-China. Rather broadly ovate, not narrowed behind, testaceous pitchy, the body not broader than the pale diaphanous margin ; prothorax finely punctured ; scutellum transversely triangular ; elytra irregularly punctured, the punctures larger than those on the prothorax ; legs slender. Cossyphus * is one of the most isolated forms among the Coleoptera. A foliaceous margin surrounds the thorax and elytra as well as the head, which is imbedded under it. The species are all very similar in form and colour, but vary in size; they have no wings or they are useless for flight, yet are found in Africa, north and south, India, Java, and South Australia. C. Hoffmanseggit is a common species under stones around Lisbon. ‘The species here described is remarlsable for its broad diaphanous margin, apparently indistinctly reticulated owing to its uniform coloration. * Cossyphus, Fabr. 1792 ; id. Dum. 1802 (Birds) ; 7d. Val. 1839 (Fishes). 14 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera Cossyphus pusillus. C. sublatiusculus, testaceo-piceus, modice marginatus, marginibus conspicue reticulatis; scutello valde transverso, postice rotun- dato; elytris sat rude seriatim punctatis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Rangoon. ; Less broadly ovate, not narrowed behind, testaceous pitchy, the margins of the normal breadth and very obviously reticu- late ; prothorax finely punctured; scutellum very transverse, rounded behind; elytra rather coarsely punctured in somewhat irregular rows ; legs slender. About the size of C. pygmeus, but more broadly rounded in front, and the margins very distinctly reticulated. As in the preceding species, the elytra are without raised lines, except at the suture. Cyrtotyche quadra. C. fulvo-picea; prothorace vix transverso, tuberculis quatuor, duo apice minora, duo fere in medio majora, instructo; tibiis sub- rectis. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Delagoa Bay. Ovate, fulvous pitchy ; front of the head and clypeus coarsely and densely punctured; antenne blackish, last four joints forming the club; prothorax not broader than the elytra, con- vex above, narrowed at the base, four glossy tubercles on the disk, the two smaller near the apex, the two larger in the middle, one opaque tubercle on each side, and another (carini- form) below, the intervals coarsely and irregularly foveate ; elytra broadest behind the middle, closely tuberculate, the larger tubercles in two rows on each elytron, close to and nearly confined to the sutural region a row of punctures with smaller tubercles accompanying them; body beneath and legs brownish, not glossy, abdomen punctured; femora and tibie roughly punctured, the latter nearly straight ; anterior tarsal joints, except the last, very short. Very distinct from C. satanas, the only other species, but unmistakably congeneric, although the character of curved tibize must now be dropped. C. satanas is a darker and much larger species, and has four oblong tubercles disposed trans- versely across the middle of the prothorax; the tubercles on the elytra are conical and more irregularly distributed, and the tibie are remarkably curved, but only towards the apex. Lacordaire has figured the species in his ‘ Atlas’ (pl. lv. fig. 5), but has erroneously applied to it the name of a species of an allied genus—Hutelus nodosus. and Species of Coleoptera. 15 Immedia erosa. I, rotundata, valde convexa, cuprea; prothorace utrinque apicem versus incurvato; elytris seriatim ampliato-punctatis. Long. 4 lin. flab. Bahia. Rounded, very convex, copper-brown, beneath darker; head with small, somewhat scattered, punctures; antenne ferru- ginous, eighth and ninth joints rounded, the tenth nearly as long as broad; prothorax very short, the sides towards the apex incurved, disk irregularly punctured, each puncture with a bright green scale at the base; scutellum black, glossy, tri- angular; elytra with rows of largely impressed close-set punctures or fovex, each having a greenish or bluish tint at the base ; palpi and legs glossy ferruginous, the latter dotted with minute white scales. A much larger species than J. occulta *, and at once differ- entiated by the incurvature of the sides of the prothorax ; the clypeus also is better marked off from the head, and the terminal joints of the antenne have a somewhat different form. ‘The genus is more allied to Spherotus than to Cyrto- soma, but the metasternum in both is much shorter than in the typical Cnodalonine and Helopine. Immedia integra. I. rotundata, valde convexa, cuprea; prothorace utrinque rotun- dato ; elytris sparse seriatim punctatis, punetis majusculis, viridi- annulatis. Long. 32 lin, Hab. Rio Janeiro. Rounded, very convex, copper-brown; head finely punc- tured; antenne ferruginous, eighth to tenth joints obconic ; prothorax very short, the sides rounded, disk finely punc- tured ; scutellum black, triangular; elytra with rows of rather large distant punctures, each surrounded with a greenish ring ; legs copper-brown. Very like the preceding, but with the sides of the protborax entire and the terminal joints of the antenne, except the last, obconic and longer than broad. If the three species are held to be congeneric, then the character derived from the antenns will be seen to be only of specific value. EUPHL@US. Mentum quadratum; palpi mavillares securiformes; mandibule acute; labrum breve. Antenne articulis 8, 9, 10 transversis. * ‘Annals, Jan. 1882, p. 33. This species is represented in ‘ Aid,’ vol. 11. pl. clviil. fig. 2. 16 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera Prothorax transyersus, basi truncatus. Scutellwm conspicuum. Elytra leviter convexa, humeris rotundatis; thre mutica; tarsi exigui, angusti. In Zophius the ninth and tenth joints of the antenne only are slightly transverse, and with the terminal joint scarcely forming a club; in Huph/eus there is a very marked club of four joints ; this character and the small tarsi are the only technical ones differentiating the two genera. In Osdara the clypeus is distinctly limited, the mentum trapeziform, and the tarsi dilated. Lacordaire, in his key, separates these and allied genera by the “ moderately broad” and “ broad” inter- coxal processes ; but the difference is scarcely perceptible. Euphleus verrucosus. E. ovatus, modice convexus, fusco-niger, supra rugosus; prothorace margine crenato ; tibiis fere rectis. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Malabar. Ovate, moderately convex, brownish black ; head slightly exserted, tuberculate, the clypeus marked off from the head by a shallow depression; antenne pitchy, slightiy pubes- cent ; prothorax rounded and crenated at the sides, its poste- rior angles pointed, the disk closely covered with tubercles varying in size; scutellum smooth, glossy, transversely trian- gular; elytra shortly ovate, not broader than the prothorax, with rows of small mammiform tubercles along the striee and much larger ones between them, the latter dotted with minute white scales ; body beneath and femora rugose ; tibiee minutely tuberculate ; tarsi ferruginous. PIMPLEMA. Caput parvum, ad oculos retractum ; clypeus a capite haud discre- tus; palpi mawillares validi, cylindrici. Antenne modice elongate, articulis sexto ad undecimum crassioribus, hoc multo longiore. Prothorax valde transversus, lateribus subplanatis. lytra latis- sima, convexa; epipleure postice obsolete. Hemora infra canalicu- lata; tibiw recte ; turst lineares. Coww antice globose. Prosternum clavatum ; mesosternum latum, antice leviter emarginatum ; pro- cessus intercoxalis antice rotundatus. Mr. C. Waterhouse tells me that he thinks this genus is iden- tical with Hades, Thoms., which that author placed in Nilio- nide, from which it differs in the globose and non-contiguity of the anterior cox. Hades, however, is not available, having been previously employed for a genus of Lepidoptera. The and Species of Coleoptera. 17 species here described has the peculiarity of being rather broader than long, and is allied to Artactes, but it has not, as in that genus, the anterior tarsi dilated, a narrow mesosternum, nor the process between the posterior coxe triangular. Hemz- cyclus has the anterior coxe transverse, a character of only generic importance in this group. Pimplema ampliata. P, latissima, valde convexa, nigra, nitida, infra picea; pedibus tes- taceis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Penang. Very broad and very convex, glossy black; head minutely punctured, scarcely produced beyond the edge of the pro- thorax; antenne pitchy, slightly hairy, third joint longest ; prothorax nearly twice as broad as long, impunctate, strongly incurved anteriorly; scutellum broadly triangular; elytra finely punctured in rows widely apart; body beneath pitchy, sparsely punctured ; legs testaceous, hairy. Chariotheca violacea. C. sat breviter ovalis, violacea vel cyanea, nitida; antennis, scu- tello, corpore infra pedibusque nitide nigro-fuscis. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Dorey. Rather short, ovate, violet or bluish, shining; antennz, scutellum, body beneath, and legs dark or blackish brown ; antenne with the seventh to the tenth joints transverse ; head and prothorax with minute scattered punctures; scutellum transversely triangular; elytra seriate-punctate, punctures small, distant, the rows widely apart; prosternum coarsely, abdomen finely punctured ; metasternum, except anteriorly, impunctate. A smaller and shorter species than any of its congeners, and almost uniformly coloured above. C. amaroides, from Lizard Island, from its short metasternum can hardly be retained in this genus. BARSENIS. Caput parvum, collo angusto protensum. Oculi supra contigui, infra conjuncti. Antenne flabellate, articulo ultimo longiore. Palpi maaillares securiformes. Prothorax cylindricus. Llytra ovata. Pedes mediocres; tibie lineares; tarsi articulo penultimo sub- bilobo, postici et intermedii articulo basali elongato ; wnguiculi simplices. Prosternum inter coxas elevatum. Coxe antice et intermedi subglobose. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 2 18 Mr. F’. P. Pascoe on new Genera The head, except the neck, clypeus, and the organs com- posing the mouth, is entirely enveloped by the eyes, which are largely faceted. The anterior cotyloid cavities being closed in behind places this genus with the Lagriide; the pectinate antenne give it the facies of a Pyrochroid. Hmydodes is another genus of this family, but with the antennz only par- tially pectinate. Barsenis fulvipes. (PI. I. fig. 6.) B. ovata, rufo-brunnea, fere glabra ; antennis fuliginosis, pubescen- tibus ; corpore infra pedibusque fulvis. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Higa (Brazil). Ovate, rufous brown, nearly smooth, except for a few long, slender, erect hairs; antennee pubescent, as long as the elytra, the basal joint rather short, stout, second very short, third to the tenth emitting a moderately long and slender branch from the apex, the last joint as long as the two preceding together ; prothorax longer than broad, with scattered punctures unequal in size ; scutellum large, rounded behind ; elytra much broader than the prothorax, striate-punctate, punctures approximate ; body beneath and legs fulvous; tarsi hairy. APORRHIPIS. Caput transversum. Oculi prominuli, laterales, subrotundati. An- tenne flabellata, ante oculos inserte. Prothoraw transversus, utrinque reflexo-marginatus. Hlytra elongata, dehiscentia. Cove antice separate ; tebiw muticee ; tarsi lineares ; wngwucult minuti. Abdomen 5-segmentatum. Allied to Rhipidius, in which the eyes are contiguous both above and beneath. ‘The unique specimen here described, although perfect, is an extremely delicate form, and it is not easy to examine satisfactorily. The mouth, except the labial palpi, appears to be atrophied, as in Rhzpidius, and, like which, the insect is probably parasitic. The antenne, which are inserted in a cavity on each side of a knob-like protuberance in front, appear to be only six-jointed, but there may be ten, their long processes being so involved as to make certainty impossible. Aporrhipis flecilis, (Pl. I. fig. 1.) A, fusea, rufo-tineta, subtiliter pilosa; prothorace disco depresso, angulis posticis acutis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Para. Brown, with a rufous tint in part, clothed with minute hairs ; and Species of Coleoptera. 19 head depressed ; eyes black, finely granulate ; palpi filiform ; antennee five- or six-jointed ?, the basal joint stout, the second very short, third with a short branch at the apex, a longer branch on the fourth, followed by five of still greater lencth, and all sprinkled with numerous hairs; prothorax transverse, narrow in front, rapidly broader to the base, its posterior angles acute, the disk slightly concave on each side; scu- tellum narrowly elongate ; elytra rounded at the shoulder and apex, the disk flat, with three slender raised lines; legs pale, tibize dilated towards and obliquely truncate at the apex. Diurus sphacelatus. D. modice elongatus, parallelus, fuscus, squamis obscure griseis valde dispersis, sed ad apicem elytrorum magis approximatis; antennis novem-articulatis, articulis basalibus crassiusculis. Long. 13-14 lin. (3), 5-10 (@). Hab. Andaman. Moderately elongate, with the sides parallel, dark brown, with here and there a few oval dull greyish scales sunk in the punctures, more crowded at the apex, the tailed portion with long slender scales; head and rostrum, as far as the insertion of the antennee, with tuberculiform close-set scales ; antenne nine-jointed, stoutish, especially the basal joints, clothed with long accumbent scales, the first four joints dark brown, the fifth and three following whitish, the latter very short, the fifth as long as the fourth and much curved, the last or ninth black, cylindrical ; prothorax slightly grooved; elytra seriate-punc- tate, interstices raised ; body beneath brown, greyish scales on the abdomen and a stripe of the same kind along the side; legs brown, dotted with elliptic and elongate grey scales. M. Ritsema has described two species (Notes Leyden Mus. iv. p. 214) with nine-jointed antenne, one, D. antennatus, from Java, also with the fifth joint curved, “ strongly resem- bling D. furcillatus,” differentiated, besides the antenne, by the “ elongate tails of the elytra.” In D. sphacelatus the tails are scarcely half the Jength of the elytra, while they are as long or longer in D. furcillatus. When there is a departure from a normal character some amount of variability may be expected to occur even in the same species. I may mention here that what I considered was the female of my Diurus dispar, Lacordaire was of opinion was an undeve- loped male. Gemminger and von Harold, however, give it a place in their ‘Catalogus’ as a distinct species. [I am now inclined to regard it as a dimorphic male of D. furcillatus, such as we find in many Anthribide ; its normal male com- O% 20 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Coleoptera. panion in my collection has eleven-jointed antenne, as also has one specimen in the British Museum. CEDIOCERA. Diuro affinis, sed corpus esquamosum, prothorax sulcatus, antennee 11-articulatee, longiores, lineares, et coxee anticee separate. Ros- trum apice angustum. Hlytra canaliculata. emora basi at- tenuata. To these it may be added that the last three joints of the antenne are much the longest; but I am not disposed to place much reliance on their relative length as a generic character. The females have the apical half of the rostrum much more slender than in Diurus. Cediocera longicornis. (Pl. I. fig. 5.) CO. anguste elongata, fusco-ferruginea, regione suturali nigro-fusca ; antennis in mare ad apicem abdominis extensis. Long. 13 lin. Hab. Andaman. Long and narrow, ferruginous brown, the sutural region dark brown; head with a shallow groove in the middle extending to the apex of the rostrum; antenne extending to the apex of the abdomen, the basal joint pyriform, the second to the seventh of equal length, the last three ‘much, and gradually, longer; prothorax reticulate-punctate at the sides, especially near the base; elytra striate-punctate, the inter- stices raised ; the tail very slender and nearly as long as the rest of the elytra; body beneath pitchy, smooth ; legs slender ; first joint of the tarsi nearly as long as the rest tovether. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1. Aporrhipis flevilis, and first four joints of antenna. Fig. 2. Taphroderes filiformis, and fore tibia and tarsus (‘ Annals,’ Nov. 1872, ser. 4, vol. x. p. 319). Fig. 3. Carchares macer. Fig. 4. Clada Waterhouset, and first three joints of antenna. Fig. 5. Cediocera longicornis (the antennee are too short). Fig. 6. Barsenis fulvipes, and first three joints of antenna. Fig. 7. Eugeusis nigripennis, and maxillary and labial palpi. 8 Fug. 8. Selasia pulchra, and three joints of antenna. Fig. 9. Doryagus talpa, and fore tibia and tarsus. Fig. 10. Telethrus ebeninus, distal part of fore tibiaand the tarsus (‘Annals,’ Jan. 1882, ser. 5, vol. ix. p. 29). Fig. 11. Exapineus politus, and distal part of fore tibia and the tarsus (loc. cit. p. 34). On Ceylon Alge in the British Museum. 91 IlI.— Catalogue of Ceylon Algae in the Herbarium of the British Museum. By Georce Murray, F.L.S., Assistant, British Museum, and Examiner in Botany, Glasgow Uni- versity. WHEN the Trustees of the British Museum acquired the collection of Algee formed by the late Prof. Dickie of Aber- deen, it was found that it contained a partly-named series collected by Mr. Ferguson in Ceylon. I have revised and completed the naming of this series so far as I judged it pos- sible from the material. There are a fair number of specimens (as in all collections of Algee) to which it is not possible to give more than a generic name. I have withheld these, and among them a species of Callophyllis and one of Bryopsis, which Prot. Dickie believed to benew. On most of these fur- ther material may, it is to be hoped, throw light. One species of Spirogyra, one Zygnema, one Sirogonium, one Cladophora, one Prasiola, and one Lyngbya have also received MS. names from Prof. Dickie. Mr. A. W. Bennett has kindly promised to deal with these in a paper on new freshwater Algze in the British Museum Herbarium. Prof. Harvey’s list of Duplicate Ceylon Algz extends to 105 numbers, not 106 as numbered. Nos. 48 and 87 are wanting, and no. 30 occurs twice. I have quoted all those named by him in full, or that I have found named since by Agardh, though a few of them are not in the British Museum. I have omitted the one Diatom Biddulphia pulchella, Grev., in the list. It was not distributed by Harvey, and we have no specimen of it from Ceylon. Harvey’s list as quoted numbers 87. ‘Ten are quoted as collected by Kjellman only. Myr. Ferguson, in addition to those collected by Harvey and by himself, has added 126 to the list, which in all numbers 223. I make this Catalogue public now with the hope that by this means its extension may be more rapidly effected. Other collectors have been at work and, so far as the result of their labours supplements this list, it is to be hoped it will be made known. An examination of the Algal Herbarium at Kew may be expected to yield additions, and the fotal would be consider- ably augmented by the citation of the Diatoms in the ‘ Cata- logue des Diatomiées de lIe Ceylan,’ by Dr. G. Leuduger- Fortmorel. The British Museum Herbarium contains cer- tain unpublished series of Alge, which I have quoted in giving the distribution, e.g. ‘* Bombay, Hobson!” and 22 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the “Kurrachee, Murray!” In those cases where no distribution 1s given the species is recorded for Ceylon only, so far as I can ascertain. ‘Taking only the marine Alge of the list it is found that there are 118 Floridee, 33 Pheophycex, and 57 Chlorophycesw. Of these 17 Florides, 2 Pheophycee, and 7 Chlorophycez are, so far as is known, peculiar to Ceylon. Of the rest, 60 Florides, 21 Pheophycew, and 27 Chloro- phycee: have been previously recorded for the Indian Ocean (including in it the Red Sea), many of these being species widely distributed throughout the shores of tropical, subtro- pical, and temperate seas. 8 Florideew, 2 Pheophycee, and 1 green alga, hitherto known only from the Cape, are now recorded from Ceylon as well. Of Atlantic forms, 17 Flori- dee, 5 Phexophycee, and 15 Chlorophycee, some of them known from Australia and from the Pacific as well, may be said to have now doubled the Cape. Of species hitherto re- corded from Australia alone, 7 Floride and 1 green alga are added to the Ceylon list, while of Pacific species (includ- ing some common to Australia) 5 Floridew, 3 Pheophycee, and 5 Chlorophyceze are now known to extend to the Indian Ocean. Lastly, and this is an unsatisfactory record, 4 Flori- dez and 1 green alga, hitherto recorded from the Mediter- ranean or Adriatic only, go to compose the following list. Speculation on this record would be worthless in the pre- sent state of our knowledge ; but I may venture to point out that ships’ bottoms traversing the Suez Canal may be expected in time to affect the distribution of Mediterranean and Red Sea and Indian Ocean species. I, FLORIDEX. CERA MIE. Callithamnion pygmeum, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Adriatic. Callithamnion purpuriferum, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope. Callithamnion thyrsigerum, Thw. Harvey! No. 47. Ferguson ! Griffithsia corallina?, J. Ag., var. Harvey! No. 46. Geogr. distr. Atlantic Ocean (from Scotland to the Cana- ries), Mediterranean. Herbarium of the British Museum. 23 Grifithsia neapolitana, Nag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Naples. Ceramium miniatum, Suhr. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Pacific, Australia (St. Vincent, Cape Verds?). Centroceras clavulatum, Ag. Harvey! No. 43. Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans. Centroceras macracanthum, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Coast of Brazil. Centroceras hyalacanthum, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Antilles, St. Vincent, Cape Verds. Centroceras brachyacanthum, Kiitz. Ferguson ! | Geogr. distr. Antilles. Carpoblepharis ceylanica, Harv. Harvey ! No. 42. Ferguson! CRYPTONEMIACE. Halymenia platycarpa, Ag. Harvey! No. 52 (sub Sarcodia). Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Pacific (Friendly Islands). Halymenia floresia, Clem. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Australia, Mediterranean, Atlantic. Halymenia imbricata, Dickie, n. sp. ‘¢ Peltate, palmately lobed, lobes imbricate ; apices convex, laciniate.”— Dickie, MS. Ferguson ! Tutucorin, April 1875. “Found in dense, soft, flabby masses.’ —Lerguson. Halymenia amena, Bory. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Cape Comorin. 24 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the Halymenia dubia, Bory. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Cape Comorin. Grateloupia filicina, Wulf. Harvey! No. 40. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Cape of Good Hope, Pacific, throughout Atlantic, Mediterranean. Cryptonemia rigida, Harv. Harvey! No. 51. GIGARTINE. Gigartina acicularis, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Kurrachee (Murray !), Mediterranean, At- lantic; Cuba. Gymnogongrus pygmeus, Grev. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. Gymnogongrus glomeratus, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Cape of Good Hope. Gymnogongrus vermicularis, Turn. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Cape of Good Hope, Chili and Peru, New Caledonia. Gymnogongrus ligulatus, Harv. Harvey ! No. 50. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Japan? [J.G. Agardh, Spec. Gen. et Ord. Alg. vol. iii. p. 214, says, “ G. ligulatus, Harv., Alg. Ceyl. mihi est Cryptonemiz sp.”’] Phyllophora Maitlardi, Mont. et M. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. [J. G. Agardh, loc. cit. p- 682, states, “Fide iconis dates hee mihi nulla species Phyllophore videtur, sed Cryptonemie species e sectione Acrodisci, ad Cr. rigidam accedens, si cum hac non omnino identica sit.” The specimen so named by Prof. Dickie has not the least resemblance to Cryptonemia rigida. It is dis- tinctly a Phyllophora. I am inclined to regard it as P. rubens, var. | Herbarium of the British Museum. 25 Kallymenia perforata, J. Ag. Hb. J. E. Gray! Ferguson! Geogr. distr. [Agardh describes the species from a Ceylon specimen in Herb. J. EK. Gray, now in Herb. Mus. Brit. SPYRIDIEA. Spyridia insignis, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 44. Ferguson. Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. CHAMPIES. Champia parvula, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Atlantic, Pacific, Australia. Champia affinis, Hook. et Harv. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand. Champia ceylanica, Harv. Harvey! No. 92. Champia compressa, Harv. Harvey! No. 16. Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope, Australia ? RHODYMENIACE. Chrysymenia uvaria, Wulf. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Tropical and subtropical Atlantic Geer and America) and Australia. Chrysymenia obovata, Sond. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Australia. Desmia tripinnata, J. Ag. ~ Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope. Desmia Hornemanni, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. disir. Cape of Good Hope. 26 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the Desmia ambigua, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 21, and var. pulvinata, Harv. No. 91. Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, from Ceylon to Australia. SQUAMARIES. Peyssonnelia rubra, Grev. Harvey! No. 41. (No specimen from Harvey in Herb. Mus. Brit.). Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Adriatic. [Agardh criticises Harvey’s naming of P. rubra from the Friendly Islands, and states that the Australian specimens are P. Gunniana. He further states that he has not seen Harvey’s Ceylon specimen. While I therefore quote Harvey’s No. 41 with hesitation, having seen no specimen, I give Ferguson’s specimen as P. rubra on Prof. Dickie’s authority. They are certainly quite distinct from Harvey’s Friendly-Island specimens and the Australian specimens referred by Agardh to P. Gunniana. On the other hand, they are more like P. Duby?, Crn., as named by Dickie himself, than the Mediterranean P. rubra that I have seen.] PORPHYRACES. Porphyra laciniata, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans. Porphyra vulgaris, Ag. Harvey! No. 82. Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans. SPH ROCOCCOIDEA. Corallopsis cacalia, J. Ag. Harvey ! No. 30. Geogr. distr. Red Sea. Gracilaria lichenotdes, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 95. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Persian Gulf, Bombay (Hob- son!). Gracilaria confervoides, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian, Southern, Pacific, and Atlantic Oceans. Gracilaria crassa, Harv. Harvey ! No. 29. Herbarium of the British Museum. 27 Gracilaria multipartita, Clem. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Throughout Atlantic, Mediterranean, and Gulf of Mexico; New Zealand. Gracilaria corticata, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 96, sub Rhodymenia purpurascens, Harv. Harvey ! No. 28. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, and Indian Ocean ; Kurrachee (Murray !). Gracilaria obtusa, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 30 d7s. (No specimen from Harvey in Herb. Mus. Brit.) Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. (Cfr. Agardh, Sp. Gen. et Ord. Alg. vol. ii. pars i. p. 590, and vol. 111. p. 426.) Sarcodia ceylanica, Harv. Harvey! No. 27. Ferguson! DELESSERIEA. Nitophyllum marginale, Harv. Harvey! No. 26. Nitophyllum maculatum, Sond. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope. Caloglossa Leprieurti, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Australia, and New Zealand, Atlantic. HELMINTHOCLADIACEA. Nemalion ? attenuatum, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. Scinaia furcellata, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean (Kurrachee, Murray !, Bom- bay, Hobson !), Australia, Japan, Atlantic, and Mediterranean. Scinata carnosa, Harv. Harvey ! No. 38. Ferguson! 28 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the Liagora pulverulenta, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Atlantic (trop. Amer.). Lvagora viscida, Forsk. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Australia, Pacific, tropical and subtropical Atlantic, Mediterranean. . Galaxaura fragilis, Lam. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Japan, Madeira. Galaxaura rugosa, Sol. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Tropical Atlantic, Mauritius, S. Andamans, China, Tahiti. [Agardh does not accept the Indian and Pacific specimens he has seen as G. rugosa. Having com- pared them with Atlantic specimens I cannot regard Agardh’s reasons for separating them as sufficiently strong. | Galuxaura lapidescens, Lam. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Throughout tropical and subtropical oceans. Galaxaura Pikeana, Dickie. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mauritius. CHATANGIE. Zanardinia marginata, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 36 (sub Galazaura). Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Throughout tropical and subtropical oceans. GELIDIES. Prterocladia lucida, KR. By. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Australia, New Zealand, Lord Howe’s Island, St. Helena. Gelidium variabile, Grev. Harvey! No. 33. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. Gelidium corneum, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 31, var. proliferum. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian, Pacific, and Atlantic Oceans. Gelidium acrocarpum, Harv. Harvey! No. 34. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Friendly Islands. Herbarium of the British Museum. 29 Gelidium intricatum, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Pacific. Gelidium rigidum, Vahl. Harvey! No. 82. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Tropical and subtropical Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. HYPNEACES. Hypnea hamulosa, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Indian Ocean (Kur- rachee, Murray!) ; Formosa, Cape of Good Hope. Doubtful specimen from Martinique. Hypnea spinella, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. West Indies, Philippines. Hypnea pannosa, J. Ag.? Harvey! No. 94. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Gulf of Mexico. Agardh is doubtful of the Indian-Ocean specimens; Ferguson’s Ceylon, Harvey’s Cey- lon and Friendly-Island, and Pike’s Mauritius specimens certainly hardly agree with a Barbadoes specimen named by Dickie, but I have not seen the type. SoLIERIEZ. Meristotheca papulosa, Mont. Harvey! No. 39, sub Halymenia ceylanica, Harv. Fer- guson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea and Indian Ocean. Rhabdonia tenera, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Atlantic (West Indies and North America). Rhabdonia robusta, Grev., var. Wighttt, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. ['The other variety, 8. flagelli- formis, is Australian. | CHONDRIEH. Laurencia heteroclada, Harv. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr, Australia. 30 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the Laurencia perforata, Mont. Harvey! No. 19. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. In tropical and subtropical seas. Laurencia obtusa, Huds. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans. Laurencia hybrida, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 18. Geogr. distr. Mediterranean and Atlantic (Europe). Laurencia ceylanica, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 17. Laurencia concinna, Mont. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Australia, Philippines. Laurencia fastigiata, Mont. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mediterranean. RHODOMELE. Acanthophora Delilei, Lam. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Mediterranean. Acanthophora dendroides, Harv. Harvey! No. 10. Geogr. distr. Australia, Indian Ocean (Bombay, Hobson!) Acanthophora Thierti, Lam. Harvey! No. 9. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Throughout warm and temperate Atlantic, Pacific (Friendly Islands). Martensia fragilis, Harv. Harvey! No. d. Bryothamnion Seaforthii, Kitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. West Indies, Florida, Mexico, Brazil. Bostrychia tenella, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 11 (sub B. calamistrata, Mont.). Geogr. distr. Throughout warmer Atlantic, Cape of Good Hope, Pacific (Friendly Islands). Herbarium of the British Museum. 31 Rhodomela (?) crassicaulis, Harv Harvey! No. 8. [Agardh places this species amone ‘ species excluse,” without giving it another resting-place. | Polysiphonia secunda, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Atlantic, and Mediterranean. Polysiphonia obscura, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Throughout Atlantic, Mediterranean. Polysiphonia Thwaitesii, Harv. Harvey! No. 15. Ferguson! Polysiphonia utricularis, Zanard. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean (Kurrachee, Mur- ray !). Polysiphonia mollis, Hook. et Harv. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Australia. Polysiphonia corymbosa, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 12. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Bombay (Hobson !). Polysiphonia ferulacea, Suhr. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Atlantic, Australia, Pacific. Polysiphonia glomerulata, Ag. Harvey! No. 13. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Pacific, Australia. Spec. inquir. Polysiphonia rigiduia, Kitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. West Indies. Neurymenia fraxinifolia, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 49 (sub Dictymenia). Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Madagascar, Western Aus- tralia. 32 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the Polyzonia jungermannioides, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 6 (sub Levedllia gracilis, Dne.). Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Australia. Dasya struthiopenna, J. Ag. Ferguson ! . Geogr. distr. Australia. Dasya stuposa, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 7 (sub D. crassipes, Harv.). Ferguson ! Dasya Hussoniana, Mont. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea. Dasya villosa, Harv. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Australia. Dasya naccarioides, Harv. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Australia. Dasya Lallemandi, Mont. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Kurrachee (Murray !), Australia. Dictyurus purpurascens, Bory. Harvey! No.1. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. Vanvoorstia spectabilis, Harv. Harvey! No. 3. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Mauritius. Vanvoorstia coccinea, Harv. Harvey! No. 4. Ferguson! Claudea multifida, Hary. Harvey ! No. 2. CoRALLINES. Lapalidium roseum, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Adriatic. Herbarium of the British Museum. 33. Melobesia verrucata, Lam. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mauritius, throughout Atlantic, Mediter- ranean. ’ Amphiroa fragilissima, Lam, Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Bermuda, West Indies, St. Vincent (Cape Verds), St. Helena, Admiralty Island, Indian Ocean (South Andamans). Amphiroa rigida, Lam. Harvey! No. 22. Geogr. distr. Mediterranean. Amphiroa dilatata, Lam. Harvey ! No. 23. No specimen from Harvey in Hb. Mus. Brit. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean (Kurrachee, Murray!), Cape of Good Hope, Japan. Amphiroa anceps, Lam. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mauritius, West Indies. Amphiroa Bowerbanku, Harv. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr, Cape of Good Hope. Cheilosporum cultratum, Aresch. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Cape of Good Hope, Brazil, West Indies. Chetlosporum pulchellum, Harv. Harvey ! No. 24. Arthrocardia capensis, Leach. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Cape.of Good Hope. Jania micrarthrodia, Lam. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Australia, New Zealand. Jania natalensis, Harv., var. tenutor, Harv. Harvey! No. 25. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Natal. Ann. & Mag. N. Tlist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 3 34 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the Il. PHHOPHYCES. FUCACEA. Cystosetra triquetra, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope, Red Sea. Cystoseira articulata, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, (China Sea ?). Cystophyllum muricatum, J. Ag., var. virgata, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr, Australia, New Caledonia, Sunda Islands, Persian Gulf. [The above variety occurs both in the Persian Gulf and Australia. | Sargassum piluliferum, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Pacific (Japanese waters). Sargassum polycystum, Ag. ? Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. Sargassum ilicifolium, Ag. Harvey! No. 103. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Red Sea, Paeific. Sargassum Wightii, Grev. Harvey! No. 106. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, (Australia ?). Sargassum asperifolium, Her. et Mart. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Socotra (Balfour !) Turbinarta vulgaris, Ag. Harvey! No. 102. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Australia, China seas. J. G. Agardh (Spec. Gen. et Ord. Alg. vol. i. p. 267) notes ‘ad Zeylonam Mus. Paris.” Herbarium of the British Museum. 35 DICTYOTACE. Dictyota fasciola, Lam. Harvey! No. 57. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, West Indies. Dictyota dichotoma, Lam. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans. Dictyota crenulata, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Pacific Ocean (coast of Mexico). Dictyota Kunthi, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. South Pacific. Dictyota acuminata, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Socotra (Balfour!), Bombay ( Hobson !). Taonia Schredert, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Atlantic (Brazil) and Gulf of Mexico. Padina pavonia, Gaill. Harvey! No. 55. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans. Halyseris delicatula, Lam. Harvey! No. 54. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Atlantic (Mexico, West Indies, Brazil). J. G. Agardh (Spec. Gen. et Ord. Alg. vol. 1. p. 116) notes that he possesses an aberrant form from Pernambuco, but doubts its claims to be regarded as a distinct species. The ‘Challenger’ specimens from Fernando Noronha also differ from the typical H. delicatula, and in some respects only, not in all, agree with Agardh’s. Halyseris polypodioides, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Atlantic, Southern Ocean (Tasmania). 3% 36 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alga in the Zonaria lobata, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Atlantic, from Canaries, Bermuda, West Indies, and Brazil, to Cape of Good Hope. Stachospermum patens, Hering. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Kurrachee (Murray !). Stachospermum marginatum, Ag. Harvey! No. 53. Geogr. distr. Red Sea. Staechospermum maculatum, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, viz. Mauritius, Bombay (Hob- son!), Kurrachee (Murray !). Stechospermum Suhrit, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. South Africa. ECTOCARPACEE. Eetocarpus arabicus, Kiitz. On Chnoospora fastigiata. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea (on Sargassum). Lctocarpus indicus, Sond. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. Lictocarpus macrocarpus, Harv. Harvey! No. 101. Ferguson! Sphacelaria furcigera, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Island of Karak, Persian Gulf. MESOGL@ACEA. Dermonema dichotomum, Grev. Alg. Wet. ined. in Harv. List Dup. Ceyl. Alg. Harvey ! No. 93. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, viz. Malabar (Law! Alg. Wet.), Madras (Hb. Hook.), Mauritius; Pacific (Spruce!). This last Iocality presumably extends the distribution to South- American shores. Herbarium of the British Museum. 37 Cladosiphon erythreum, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea. ARTHROCLADIACEA, Chncospora fastigiata, J. Ag. Harvey! No. 60. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. SPOROCHNACEZ. Asperococcus sinuosus, Roth. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Kurrachee (Murray !), Mauritius, Australia, throughout Atlantic, Mediterranean, &c. Asperococcus ortentalis, J. Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. RALFSIACER. Ralfsia ceylanica, Harv. Harvey! No. 59. This Alga was not distributed with Harvey’s numbered set; but the British Museum possesses a specimen which had been sent to Prof. Dickie from the Trinity College herbarium. Ferguson! Ill. CHLOROPHYCES, SIPHONACEA. Caulerpa asplenioides, Grev. Harvey! No. 65. [Published in Harvey’s list; no speci- men in Herb. Mus. Brit.] Geogr. distr. St. Thomas, Jamaica (Chitty !), Australia. Caulerpa clavifera, Ag. Harvey ! No. 62. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Throughout tropical and subtropical seas. Caulerpa fissidentoides, Grev. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. Caulerpa imbricata. Kjellman! Sub Chauvinia, Witt. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice. No. 346. 38 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the The above form is not to be confused with Chauvinia imbricata, Harv. Phycol. Austr., an Alga allied to Delesseria. Chauvinia of Harvey was established since “the genus Chau- vinta, Bory, founded on a part of the older genus Caulerpa, has not been generally adopted by botanists.” Kiitzing, who maintained the Chauvinia of Bory, quotes Chauvinia imbri- cata, Harv., as Delesseria rigida, Harv. (Harv. Alg. Exsice. Austr. No. 276). Dr. Kjellman, following Kiitzing in maintaining Bory’s Chauwvinia, has since published, as above, C. imbricata, Kjellm. Caulerpa laxa, Grev. Harvey ! No. 64. Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. Caulerpa macrophysa, Sond. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Atlantic, coast of Central America. Caulerpa mexicana, Sond. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mexico, West Indies, Bermuda, Florida, St. Vincent, Cape Verds. Caulerpa plumaris, Ag. Harvey! No.61. Ferguson! Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exxsice. No. 344. Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Red Sea, Pacific, Australia, Venezuela, West Indies, Florida. Caulerpa scalpelliformis, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Kurrachee (Murray!), Bombay (Hobson !), Mauritius, Australia, Brazil, Angola. Caulerpa sedoides, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Kurrachee (Murray!), Australia, Pacific, West Indies. Caulerpa taxifolia, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Throughout tropical seas. Stephanocelium verticillatum, Kitz. Ferguson! Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice. No. 347. Geogr. distr. Torres Straits, Central America. Herbarium of the British Museum. 39 Halimeda gracilis, Harv. Harvey ! No. 72. Halimeda macroloba, Dne. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Pacific, Australia. Halimeda opuntia, Lam. Harvey! No. 71. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. 'Throughout tropical seas. Halimeda triloba, Dne. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, South Pacific, West Indies. Halimeda tuna, Lam. Ferguson! Harvey! No. 70. [Harvey did not distribute this species, and there is no Ceylon specimen of his collecting in Herb. Mus. Brit.] Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Florida, West Indies, Brazil, St. Vincent, Cape Verds. Udotea flabellata, Lam. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Torres Straits, Friendly Islands, Bermuda, West Indies. Codium adherens, Ag. Harvey ! No. 69. Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Mauritius, Friendly Islands, Medi- terranean, British Channel, Bermuda, West Indies. Codium tomentosum, J. Ag. Harvey ! No. 68. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate seas. Bryopsis hypnoides, Lam. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. British Channel. Bryopsis pachynema, G. v. Mart. Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsicc. No. 349. Geogr. distr. Sumatra. Bryopsis plumosa, Ag. : Harvey! No. 66, and B. plumosa, Ag. var., No. 67. Fer- guson ! Geogr. distr. 'Throughout all warm and temperate seas. 40 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alge in the Bryopsis thuyotdes, Kiitz. Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice. No. 348. Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Guadaloupe. VALONIACEA. Valonia confervoides, Harv. Harvey! No. 73. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Friendly Islands. Valonia fastigiata, Harv. Harvey ! No. 74. Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Pacific. Valonia Forbesit, Harv. Harvey ! No. 75. Geogr. distr. Friendly Islands. Valonia utricularis, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Atlantic (coast of Spain and Madeira), Friendly Islands. Ascothamnion intricatum, Kitz. Hb. 8. O. Gray! No collector’s name. Geogr. distr. Friendly Islands, Mediterranean, Guadeloupe (West Indies). Microdictyon Agardhianum, Dne. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Pacific. Anadyomene flabellata, Lam. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Bermuda, West Indies. Dictyospheria favulosa, Dne. Harvey! No. 77. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Pacific West Indies, ULVACEZ. Enteromorpha compressa, L. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. 'Throughout all oceans. Enteromorpha complanata, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. European coasts, Indian, Pacific, and Ant- arctic oceans. Herbarium of the British Museum. Al Enteromorpha africana, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Cape of Good Hope. Ulva fasciata, Delile. Harvey! No. 100. Ferguson! Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Hsicc. No. 432. Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean (Kurrachee, Wurray!, Bombay, Hobson !), Mediterranean, tropical Atlantic, and Pacific (Chili). Ulva fenestrata, Post. et Rupr. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Kamtschatka. Ulva latissima, L. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Throughout all oceans. Ulva reticulata, Forsk. Harvey! No. 83. _ Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean (Kurrachee, Murray !), Philip- pines. BATRACHOSPERMES. Batrachospermum moniliforme, Roth. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Kurope, North and South America, Cape of Good Hope, New Zealand, Falkland Islands. Batrachospermum Thwattesii, Dickie, n. sp. “Main branches numerous, flagelliform, pinnated below, with numerous, alternate, flagelliform, simple ramuli; apices of rami naked. Whorls of ramelli crowded at base of rami, more distant toward the upper part, interstices with numerous moniliform simple ramelli.”—Dickie, MS. Thwaites! Herb. Per. C. Province, No. 17, Feb. 1870. CONFERVACE. Cladophora anastomosans, Harv. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Australia, Tongatabu. Cladophora heteropsis, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Algeria, south of France. 42 Mr. G. Murray on Ceylon Alga in the Cladophora mauritiana, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mauritius. Cladophora valonioides, Sond. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Australia. Cladophora Thwattesit, Harv. Harvey ! No. 78. Cladophora prolifera, Kitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Mediterranean, Madeira, Barbadoes. Rhizoclonium fontinale, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Kurope. Chetomorpha erea, Dillw. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Throughout all warm and temperate oceans. Chetomorpha antennina, Kiitz. Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Eixsicc. No. 318. Geogr. distr. Indian, Pacific, and Atlantic oceans. Cheetomorpha clavata, Kitz. Harvey! No. 79. Ferguson! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Cape of Good Hope, West Indies. Chetomorpha implexa, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Atlantic (English Channel), Mediterranean, Cuba. Chetomorpha indica, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean, Persian Gulf. Chetomorpha obscura, Kjellm. Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice. No. 320. Chetomorpha media, Kiitz. Harvey ! No. 98 (sub Conferva media, Ag.). Geogr. distr. Indian Ocean. Herbarium of the British Museum. 43 Conferva affinis, Kitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Europe, Anamallay, Neilgherries (Halconer !). - Conferva lucens, Harv. Harvey! No. 97. Ferguson! Conferva utriculosa, Kiitz.; B. ceylanica, Wille. Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice. No. 430. Gdogonium gracile, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Europe. (Qdogonium ochroleucum, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Europe. ZYGNEMACE. Spirogyra Braunti, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Germany. Spirogyra decimina, Miller. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Europe, Asia, and America. Spirogyra laxa, Kitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Germany. Spirogyra majuscula, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Kurope. Spirogyra tropica, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. West Indies, Amazon. Sirogonium ceylanicum, Wittr. Kjellman! Wittr. et Nordst. Alg. Exsice. No. 358. IV. ScHIZOPHYCEA. Scytonema tomentosum, Kitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Kurope. 44 Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planarie. Scytonema penicillaitum, Ag. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Blekingia. Lyngbya majuscula, Hook. Harvey ! No. 84. Geogr. distr. Mauritius, Socotra (Balfour !), Europe, North America, Bermuda, Martinique. Trichodesmium erythreum, Ehrenb. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Chinese Sea. Hypheothrix conferve, Kiitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Germany. Cylindrospermum macrospermum, Kitz. Ferguson ! Geogr. distr. Throughout Europe. IV.— Contribution to the Knowledge of the Land-Planarice. By Dr. D. BERGENDAL*. In the orchid-house of the Botanic Garden in Berlin some Bipalia were observed last autumn. ‘These have since greatly multiplied there, and I have made a careful investigation of them in the Berlin Zoological Institute. In 1878 Moseley described | Bipalium kewense from the hothouses of Kew Gardens. The form here observed seems to be identical with this, although the ground-colour of the back is usually more of an olive-green and the streaks are almost quite black. The head is comparatively small, with a dark crescent upon the upper surface. The mouth is situated further forward than in most other Bepalia, at the anterior end of the second third of the body. ‘The animals found are all without any developed sexual organs. Only in one animal have I been able to interpret some small aggregations of cells in the sec- tions as the rudiments of testes. Of the oviducts and vasa deferentta I have never observed any traces. In other Bi- * Translated from the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger, No. 249, April 18, 1887, pp. 218-224. + Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p, 238. Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planarice. 45 palia an external sexual orifice can be easily detected even in small individuals ; but in this case I have never succeeded in doing so even in larger animals. About 1 centim. behind the mouth one sometimes sees a slight impression, which perhaps might be regarded as an indication of this aperture. The creeping movement of the worms is effected almost exclusively by the long and strong cilia which clothe the sides of the creeping-sole. The middle of the margin of this is set with short strong cilia, which, however, move very feebly. When creeping the worms are almost cylindrical; in fact the dorso-ventral axis is even longer than the transverse axis. Multiplication by Transverse Diviston. The number of sexually immature animals has greatly increased in the conservatory. Even in the autumn a great number of small worms were to be observed. Close exam- ination showed that many of these presented no heads, and that in others the development of the heads was very unequal. Animals which were cut with a pair of scissors into several pieces did not die, but each piece formed a new head and mouth. In the renewal of the head a white point is first of all developed, and this gradually enlarges. At first the streaks of the body can usually be traced on to the young head-lobe. With the development of the papille and eyes the typical pigmentation also makes its appearance. The renewal of the pharynx can be noted from without during its progress by the fact that the middle dorsal streak becomes widened over the spot where the mouth is being formed. I have also observed spontaneous transverse division. Three times animals from which I had cut away cephalic portions of considerable size constricted off corresponding pieces from the posterior extremity, and all the three pieces afterwards became regenerated. Once, under such circum- stances, two posterior pieces were thrown off. On separating a smaller anterior portion I have observed no posterior ab- striction ; nor does such a thing always occur when larger pieces are cut off. It would seem that this depended upon whether the animals had been previously well nourished. These worms also divide without having received any external injury. These Bzpalia are generally found in the reversed pots upon which the pots with plants stand; and I once found in such a pot three pieces which had been produced from one worm by transverse division. The plants had not been moved for a fortnight or three weeks, and the fissional cica- 46 Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planaric. trices and the course of the streaks showed that the divisions had taken place at the utmost two days before. That all the three pieces were together in the same pot also makes it quite certain that the divisions had occurred recently and spontaneously. The cephalic and posterior portions were of equal length. In these divisions therefore the definite posi- tion of the mouth must be of great importance. When pos- terior pieces are cut away, however, no anterior abstrictions occur. The histological phenomena of regeneration cannot here be discussed. The great quantity of small portions of worms which have been observed in the conservatories, although some of these, of course, are formed by injuries, show that these phe- nomena are by no means of rare occurrence, and therefore we find among the Land-Planariz the same asexual mode of increase which has recently been demonstrated in the case of the freshwater forms. The Excretory Vascular Apparatus. Metschnikoff has already described two longitudinal trunks in Geodesmus. On the other hand, von Kennel has since investigated the same animal, and believes that the excretory canals are only vacuities in the parenchyma, and hence he regards it as a matter of course that in sections nothing can be seen of the few flagelliferous cells. Von Kennel’s obser- vations, however, seem chiefly to relate to the freshwater Planariz ; in these Lang and Iijima have since found regu- lar excretory ducts. The pigmentation and the numerous bacilli of the Land- Planariz have hitherto hindered the study of this apparatus in the living animal. The heads in course of regeneration and still unpigmented, however, furnish a pretty good oppor- tunity for such observations, which may also be made on the ventral surfaces of worms which have been divided by a hori- zontal cut with a pair of sharp scissors. Crushed preparations, which may be observed in weak solutions of chloride of sodium, also furnish very good results in favourable cases, Hitherto I have been able to establish the following facts. The apparatus presents:—(1) ciliated funnels with a very strong flicker; (2) irregular but reticulated canals; and (3) longitudinal trunks. The last-mentioned are slightly undu- lated and are situated to the number of two or more on each side, dorsal and lateral to the ramifications of the intestine. Ventral longitudinal trunks have also been observed. The longitudinal trunks consist of large perforated cells and Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planarie. 47 exhibit thick cilia, the tuberculiform basal parts of which give the walls a reticulate appearance. From the longitu- dinal trunks issue straight transverse canals, which may be in part discharging and in part collecting canals. From the conditions found by Lang in Gunda we should expect a regular arrangement of these ; but hitherto I have been unable to recognize it, although the small number of such transverse canals is decidedly in favour of it. The longitudinal trunks are so deeply seated in the paren- chyma that they can scarcely be observed except in sections. The reticular canals and the ciliated funnels, on the other hand, must be studied in the living tissue. In the head we see, both on the dorsal and the ventral side, a great number of canals situated near the surface, which run in curves or reticulately, and sometimes form nearly coil-like loops, In these canals I have frequently seen structures which I must for the present interpret as strong ciliations. They resemble the “ flammes vibratiles’’ which Francotte has described in Derostomum and Monocelis. Metschnikoff also states some- thing of the same kind with regard to the longitudinal canals of Geodesmus. I cannot regard them as phantasms produced by ciliary movement, because they are only to be seen here and there and because in crushed preparations I believe I have seen in exposed aquiferous vessels very long protoplasmic tongues pointed at both ends. They sometimes appear more membrane-like, and are then attached to the wall of the vessel by one margin. However, they can hardly represent those described by Francotte in Polycelis. With the reticular canals the ciliated funnels are connected by very narrow longer or shorter canals, in which usually no phenomena of movement occur. The ciliated funnels are often placed in pits in groups of three or four together, and they present a large rounded excretory cell in which I have repeatedly observed vacuoles which emptied themselves into the funnel. Almost always there are ciliated funnels in the marginal papille of the head. I hope to be able hereafter to complete these exceedingly troublesome observations. The Nervous System and Sense-orguns. Moseley regarded the nerve-trunks as a “ primitive vas- cular system,” but nevertheless believed that the nerves tra~ verse them. Graff, von Kennel, Lang, and Iijima have shown that they are true nervous cords. In our Bipalium the sections of the nerve-trunks situated beneath the ramifications of the intestine are oval in transverse slices, and show a difference 48 Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planarie. of structure in different parts. In some places we see the septal (Lalkenbildung) formation which is so much referred to; in others, the longitudinally running nerve-fibrils, cut across, are very distinct. Between these longitudinal trunks there are transverse commissures, which are very thin and often branched, which is probably the reason why Moseley and von ~ Kennel did not see them. In older specimens, preserved in alcohol, of Bipalium diana, from the Zoological Museum in Berlin, I have also found these commissures. Near the head such commissures are particularly numerous. Further, strong arched nerves are emitted outwards, and these form a plexus under the skin. This plexus cannot be found everywhere ; it is particularly well developed in the head and the fore part of the body. Such peripheral branches often start from the same spots as the transverse commissures, and at some of these points of ramification the dotted substance and the ganglion-cells become so numerous that one might almost describe it as a ganglion-formation*. No thickening of the longitudinal trunks was, however, observed. The ganglion- cells are large, have very large nuclei which stain rather faintly, and show two or three processes. The longitudinal nerves decrease very much in size in the caudal extremity ; they curve towards one another and unite. In the cephalic portion is situated the flat and greatly extended brain, the formation of which by the union and thickening of two longi- tudinal trunks is to be recognized particularly distinctly in the hinder part of the brain. In the lateral portions of the brain we see great masses of dotted substance in transverse sections. Numerous ganglion-cells also occur in the brain, but their arrangement in the different parts cannot be described without figures. Moseley has already stated that there are on the anterior margin of the head some papille, between which there occur little pits furnished with cilia. These papille, which are situated in a groove, are square in transverse section in B. kewense, and show an epithelium of rather small cells. The anterior surface of the papille is not beset with mov- able cilia; the lateral surfaces bound the passages leading to the pits and exhibit very strong cilia. ‘The tissue of the papille consists in great part of muscular fibres, which give the papille great mobility. It is remarkable that we see in the papille no large nerve-trunks, nor is there any structure of the epithelium which would seem to indicate that they are sense-organs. ‘The epithelial cells * Tijima states that he found ganglia in the freshwater Planarie, but that they possess but few ganglion-cells. Dr. D. Bergendal on the Land-Planarie. 49 usually stain very strongly, and hence they cannot be well investigated. The observation of the living animal, however, _ fully establishes the interpretation of these papille as tactile organs. In the above-mentioned pits, which are nearly spherical, the epithelial cells are much smaller, but they also stain strongly and can scarcely be washed out. From the anterior part of the brain, which rather forms a nervous plexus, strong nerve-branches run to the pits. The nerve-fibrils become thicker, and immediately beneath the pit we see a club- shaped bundle of long spindle-shaped and bacillar terminations of fibres. From these, small prolongations, which are of capillary fineness even under very high powers, run outwards between the cells of the epidermis. How they behave when there I cannot yet say. ‘They are not connected with the rather strongly vibrating cilia which occupy the bottoms of the pits. Around this nerve-mass are placed larger, curved, fibriform granular structures, which pass to the lateral epithe- lial cells of the passages leading to the pits and agree in their appearance and reactions with the secretion-products of the glands. Motile cilia can hardly perhaps be interpreted as nerve-terminations, and therefore it seems probable that there are sense-hairs in the bottom of the pits among the cilia. The groups of strongly motile cilia of the freshwater Planariz discovered by von Kennel have been regarded by Iijima as tactile organs, which can hardly be correct. They seem, however, to agree with these pits in Bipalium, and ought, perhaps, to be interpreted as olfactory organs or organs of taste. Hyyes occur in this species in enormous numbers. They form a zone of three or four rows near the margin of the head, and are also placed on the sides (not on the back) of the whole body, even to the hindermost end. The largest eyes are situated just behind the head. The eyes nearly agree in structure with those of the other Triclades. The crystalline cone is formed in the same way of several nucleated clavate cells. The nucleus seen by Moseley in the hindmost part of the eye belongs to the pigmentiferous cell. Nerves run to the eyes from the superficial nerve-plexus. Sometimes I have observed a gangliniform enlargement beside or in front of the eyes. As regards other organs and structural conditions, I give here only the following remarks:—The whole body is pro- vided with cilia. Between the ordinary epithelial cells we see here and there groups of slenderer bacilliform cells which may possibly be sense-organs. The rhabdites are of two Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5, Vol. xx. 4 50 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new kinds, as J may remark in opposition to yjima. Most of them are small and fusiform, but a good many are filiform, and more or lessrolled up together. ‘The two kinds are found together in the same cells, and both are also thrown off, for which reason I cannot regard them as developmental stages. As already stated, the bacilli are expelled under strong irri- tation, as, for example, when the animals are placed in Miller’s solution, picric acid, picro-sulphuric acid, or chromic acid. In hardening them in corrosive sublimate, hot alcohol, or osmic acid, only the tips of a few bacilli usually make their appearance. The musculature consists of an external layer of ring- muscles, external bundles of longitudinal muscles, and a great many internal longitudinal muscular fibres, to which are added dorso-ventral and transverse fibres. In passing, I may state here that in Bipalium diana I have observed an encysted Nematode. In the unpaired limb of the intestine there was far forward the radula of a Gaste- ropod. I can confirm von Kennel’s statements as to the occurrence and the mode of opening of the vitelline glands. I hope in the course of the year to publish a more detailed memoir, furnished with figures, upon the points here noticed, and in this I shall furnish more complete statements as to the histological characters of the nervous system and the sense- organs, which cannot well be done here without figures. I will also give the necessary notices of the literature and com- parisons with other forms. I have lately received well-pre- served material of some other Land-Planarie. V.— Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians in the British Museum (Natural History).—Part III. By G. A. BOULENGER. Anniella texana. Head less depressed, snout more rounded than in A, pulchra. Nasal shield semidivided, a horizontal suture extending from the nostril to the second labial; frontal twice as broad as long; anterior supraocular nearly as broad as the distance which separates it from its fellow; interparietal and occipital divided (anomalously ?) by a longitudinal suture ; six upper labials—first very small, below the nasal, second largest and in contact with the preefrontal and a loreal, third Reptiles and Batrachians. 51 and fourth entering the eye; a narrow shield separates the third labial from the loreal; five lower labials. ‘T'wenty- eight scales round the middle of the body. No enlarged preanal scales. Tail ending obtusely, three eighths of the total length. Dark grey above, with three fine black longi- tudinal lines ; sides and lower surfaces whitish. From snout to vent 145 millim.; tail 85. A single specimen from El Paso, Texas. Eremias guineensis. Snout moderate, obtusely pointed. Lower eyelid scaly. First upper labial in contact with the lower and posterior nasals and the anterior loreal; frontonasal separated from the rostral by the upper nasals; two preefrontals; two supra- oculars ; two series of small scales between the loreal and the anterior supraocular ; a series of granules between the supra- oculars and the supraciliaries; no occipital; no auricular denticulation; subocular bordering the lip, between the fourth and fifth upper labials; the three anterior pairs of chin-shields in contact. No gular fold; collar attached, distinct only at the sides. Scales granular, oval, sixty across the middle of the body. Ventral plates broader than long, in straight longitudinal and transverse series; ten longitudinal series, outer composed of smaller plates. ‘Two consecutive enlarged preanals. The hind limb reaches the ear. One series of large and two of small subtibial plates. Twenty-one femoral pores on each side. Upper caudal scales strongly keeled. Head pale brownish above; three black bands, sepa- rated by narrower white ones, on each side along the temple and body to the groin, the two upper continued on the tail ; the lower black band crosses the ear; a greyish, white-dotted vertebral band, edged on each side by a black line, which is separated from the broader black lateral band by a white line ; limbs black above, with round white spots. A single young specimen, from Brass, mouths of the Niger: from snout to vent 24 millim.; tail 36. The origin of this specimen is of particular interest as filling up a gap in the distribution of the genus to which it belongs ; no Hremias had yet been found on the west coast of Africa between the Sahara and the Congo. CACOSTERNUM, g. n. (Engystomatidarum). Pupil horizontal. Tongue pyriform, free and notched behind. Palate toothless, without dermal ridges. Tympa- 3 Ae 52 On new Reptiles and Batrachians. num hidden. Fingers and toes free, tips not dilated. Outer metatarsals united. No precoracoids; coracoids slender ; sternum extremely small, cartilaginous. Diapophysis of sacral vertebra strongly dilated. Cacosternum nanum. Habit ranoid. Head of moderate size; snout rounded, without canthus rostralis; loreal region slightly concave ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid. Fingers and toes slender, with obtuse tips and strong subarticular tubercles; first finger shorter than second; a rudiment of web between the toes; a round inner metatarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold. 'Tarso-metatarsal articulation reaching the tip of the snout. Skin smooth; a strong fold from the eye to the shoulder. Pale olive or greyish above, with darker spots, forming more or less distinct cross-bands on the limbs; a dark temporal spot, edged with whitish inferiorly; throat and lower surface of legs grey, with a whitish network ; belly whitish, with a few large grey spots, and on each side a few smaller black ones. Male with a subgular vocal sac. Two male specimens, measuring 19 millim. from snout to veut, from Vleis, Kaffraria; presented by F. P. M. Weale, Esq. Bufo Muellert. Closely allied to B. pulcher, Blgr. Crown without bony ridges; snout short, obliquely truncate, with perpendicular lores ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tym- panum very indistinct. Fingers rather long, somewhat widening and truncate at the end, first much shorter than second; toes rather short, webbed to the tips, which are slightly swollen; metatarsal tubercles two, flat and very indistinct ; the membrane bordering the inner toe extends as a fine fold along the tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the anterior border of the orbit. Skin nearly smooth above, granular inferiorly ; no parotoids. Black above, with lighter wavy lines or marblings, and with round white dots on the sides and limbs; throat and belly marbled with brown. Male with a subgular vocal sac. From snout to vent 30 millim. A single male specimen from Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Received from the Natural History Museum of Basle. I have named the species in honour of my friend Dr. F. Miller, the learned curator to whose efforts is due the prominent posi- tion now held by the Herpetological Collection of the Basle Museum. Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 53 Hyla Copii. Tongue circular, nicked and free behind. Vomerine teeth in two short transverse groups in the middle between the choanee. Head broader than long, rather strongly depressed ; snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis very feebly marked; loreal region concave ; inter- orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers free, toes three-fourths webbed; disks smaller than the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles moderate; a very distinct fold along the inner side of the tarsus. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Upper surfaces with small smooth warts ; lower surfaces (gular sac included) closely granulate; a strong fold across the chest. Greyish olive above, with more or less distinct darker spots or marblings on the head and body, and cross-bands on the limbs; hinder side of thighs with small brown mottlings ; front half of throat brown. Male with a large external gular vocal sac. From snout to vent 42 millim. Two male specimens from El Paso, Texas. This species, which I have pleasure in dedicating to the celebrated American herpetologist, resembles H. versicolor, from which it is at once distinguished by the absence of web between the fingers, VI.—A List of fifty Erotylide from Japan, including thirty- five new Species and four new Genera. By GEORGE LEWIS, F.L.S. ' THE first descriptions of Japanese Erotylidee were published by Mr. G. R. Crotch in 1873; and since then, as the country has been gradually opened for inland travel, species have been added from time to time until the present day, when the list contains fifty species. Marseul’s Catalogue for Europe gives twenty-three species, and Heyden’s for Siberia twenty-four ; but the last and the present list can have no pretention to completeness. The majority of the known Erotylide are from the New World. Japan is a country which is in many ways favourable to the group, as the damp elevated forests which occupy large areas in the mountainous districts produce quantities of fungi from the early days of spring to the last days of autumn. 54 Mr. G. Lewis on Hrotylide from Japan. Edible mushrooms are an article of commerce, and are largely exported to China, being at the same time one of the sources of revenue to the government, which in many districts has the monopoly of the forests where they grow. In May 1880, when I first went into the forests in the Hakone district, I found large oaks felled for the purpose of mushroom-culture ; the horizontal trunks were covered with mushrooms through- out their length from spawn sown, purposely I believe, in the summer previous. I had filled several large sheets and cap- tured as many new species before I was warned that govern- ment property was being destroyed and the penalties for such conduct severe. But in the wilder forests, which are rarely trodden even by the native peasants, fungi are equally plen- tiful, and there is no lack of hunting-ground for the ento- mologist. Most of the Erotylide in Japan are imagos before the middle of June, and very few survive at the end of the year to hybernate. An exception is Dacne picta, which may be found under Planera-bark any day in January close to the bund at Yokohama. In the second and fourth stages they are all fungivorous, and during pupation are dependent on the moisture in the plants in which they remain imbedded for their preservation. _ In temperate climates the Hrotylidee often appear to be of periodical occurrence; but if this is not strictly true the collector is at any rate greatly dependent on fortui- tous circumstances, such as season and place, for the capture of the rarer species, and these contingencies sometimes occur only at long intervals. In Kioto, within the temple compound of the Nishi Honwanji, I found on the 17th June, 1881, Aulacochilus japonicus in the greatest profusion on fungi on some upright cherry-poles, and numerous specimens were crushed on the pathways; and this was not a remarkable henomenon considering the habits of the family. There is one character in the family to which it is neces- sary specially to allude. In a long series of specimens the largest examples are invariably males. I have one example of Encaustes prenobilis which measures 35 millim., and the smallest male measures 30 millim. The first is perhaps the largest Erotylian in any cabinet, and I can still remember the muscular sensation its weight caused as it feigned death in my hand when I took it off an old beech at Nikko. The largest female measures 31 millim., and there are several only 16. In Eudemonius tuberculifrons and Neotriplax atrata the larger size of the males is conspicuous, and it is evident from the material in hand that this characteristic is a family trait. In the Languride the females are the larger, Mr, G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 55 and this is the rule also in the Chrysomelide. In the wood- feeding Lucanide the males again are the largest, and this character is a family one; it is not generic or specific. In the Cerambycide it is not constant either way, the female is smallest in Monohammus grandis, Waterhouse, but the males are more usually so. I have placed Microsternus and Megalodacne among the Dacnini because the tarsi are visibly five-jointed. ‘The species placed under Encaustini have no true prosternal keel. There is only one synonym to record, which is very satis- factory. List of Species, arranged generically and according to their specific similitude. DACNINI. Dacne japonica, Crotch. picta, Crotch. zonaria. fungorum. Microsternus perforatus, Lewzs. Crotchi. — tricolor. higonius. Megalodacne bellula, Lewis. ENCAUSTINI. Encaustes preenobilis, Lewis. Episcapha Fortunei, Crotch. — Gorhami, Lewis. taishoensis, Lewis. hamata, Lewis. Renania atrocyanea. TRIPLACINI. Neotriplax atrata. Lewisii, Crotch. —— hiplagiata. pallidicincta. Cyrtotriplax sobrina. — centralis. pantherina. latifasciata. Cyrtotriplax nigropunctata. pallidiventris. cenchris. — maculifrons. discalis. —— rufipennis. niponensis, Lewis. solivaga. circumecincta, ‘tripartiaria. basalis. similis. ruficornis. connectens. Triplax gracilenta, Solsky [seberica, Crotch]. devia. —— ainonia. suftlava. — letabilis. canalicollis. discicollis. japonica, Crotch. atricapilla. Eudemonius tuberculifrons. EROTYLINI. Aulacochilus Bedeli, Harold. japonicus, Crotch. Satelia scitula. The three following genera have tarsi with five distinct joints :-— Dacne japonica. Dacne japonica, Crotch, Ent. Mon. Mag. ix. p. 188 (1878). This species is not very common; it has been taken at 56 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. Nagasaki, Nikko, and Sapporo. It varies in size from 3 to 42 millim. Dacne picta. Daene picta, Crotch, J. ce. p. 188 (1873). Common at Nagasaki and near Yokohama. Found under the bark of Planera in winter. Dacne zonaria. Elongato-ovalis, nigra, nitida; elytris macula humerali tarsisque rufis. L. 3} mill. Densely black and shining; head and thorax sparsely and somewhat coarsely punctate, the latter strongly marginate laterally ; elytra punctate-striate, with punctures in lines down the interstices, punctures rather finer than those of thorax, one red belt, oblique, touching the edge only at the humeral prominence at the base, leaving a black margin both at external and sutural edges; the hamate pattern, so com- mon in the family, is rather broad at the scutellum. The antennee, sometimes obscurely reddish at the base, are some- what long and the club somewhat free ; the tarsi and knees are reddish. Beneath, the head and prosternum are coarsely and rather rugosely punctured; the intercoxal lines reach the base of the prosternum ; the mesosternum is rather finely punctured. The colour separates this species from the other Japanese species, and the antennee are proportionally longer, with the club lax. It is also unlike any other species I know. Found at Kiga, Miyanoshita, and Nikko abundantly ; Konosé, Fukushima, and Sapporo are other localities for it. Dacne fungorum. Oblonga, nigra, nitida; elytris macula humerali, capite, antennis pedibusque rufis. L. 3 mill. Oblong, black and shining ; head and thorax sparsely and rather coarsely punctate, the first red, the latter black, with lateral margin obscurely piceous and anteriorly narrowly con- colorous with head; elytra punctate-striate, interstices some- what similarly punctured, with a red irregular blotch at the humeral angle which touches the edge only at the base; antenne, legs, and tarsi wholly red. Beneath, the prosternum is very minutely rugose and punctured somewhat similarly to the metasternum ; the intercoxal or prosternal striz advance anteriorly a little beyond the coxe, and posteriorly touch Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 57 the base of the prosternum; the mesosternum is more coarsely punctured, and the abdomen is piceous. One speci- men, evidently a variety, is obscurely 4-maculate. This insect is relatively much broader than D. zonaria ; the humeral spot agrees fairly well with that of D. bipustulata, Thunb., from Europe and Siberia, but it is larger and broader. I have only six specimens of this species—five (including the variety) from Nikko, the other from Horobetzu, in Yezo. MIcROSTERNUS. Microsternus, Lewis, Ent. Mon. Mag. xxiv. p. 3 (1887). Form rather elongate, convex; eyes granulate, moderately prominent; thorax with large punctures, leaving a space in front of the scutellum smooth ; elytra finely punctate-striate, pattern varied ; antenne rather robust, second and third joints nearly same length, fourth to eighth moniliform, all same length, eighth rather thicker, the club is compressed and oval; last joint of maxillary palpus but little enlarged ; pro- sternum coarsely sculptured at sides, with the central process raised, marginate and triangular, the median area more or less smooth ; the mesosternum is very transverse, and, except under a high power, looks like a margin to the metasternum ; tarsi distinctly five-jointed, the fourth smaller than the third, and not padded. Intwospecies, I. Ulker and higonius, the thorax is laterally sulcate, the furrow being deepest anteriorly. Microsternus perforatus, Lewis. Microsternus perforatus, Lewis, Ent. Mon. Mag. xxiy. p. 3 (1887). Episcapha perforata, Lewis, 7. c. p. 140 (1888). Very similar to MW. Crotchi; it is larger and darker in colour, and the fasciee are more defined, with the branch that spreads upwards round the hamate pattern narrower, and the humeral spot is larger and more rotundate. As in MW. tricolor and Crotch the thorax is simply marginate at the sides, not sulcate. Taken on Oyayama and at Yuyama, in Higo. Two specimens. Microsternus Crotchi. Elongato-ovatus, piceo-brunneus, capite tenui et parce punctato; thorace utrinque parum grosse punctato, ante scutellum levi; elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis, transversim bifasciatis ; antennis pedibusque obscure nigris. L. 5 mill. 58 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. Head irregularly punctate, with two oblique impressions between the antenne; thorax marginate laterally, coarsely punctate, somewhat densely at the sides, sparsely in the middle, with a transverse space before the scutellum smooth ; the elytra are finely punctate-striate, the interstices with smaller punctures scattered irregularly ; at the base there is a broad yellowish fascia, which leaves a humeral spot, and the usual hamate pattern behind the seutellum, black, and another before the apex, which leaves the suture and outer edge black. Beneath, the sternal plates are similar to those of M. tricolor, as noted below. Two specimens, from Nishimura in Yamato, are all I obtained. Microsternus tricolor. Elongato-ovatus, obscure rufo-brunneus, capite thoraceque parce punctatis; elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis, interstitiis inconspicue puncticulatis, luteo-fasciatis ; pedibus brunneis; antennis infus- catis. L. 4 mill. Head and thorax irregularly and sparsely punctate, reddish brown above, but darker beneath, marginate at the sides ; elytra with a black humeral spot surrounded by a yellow band, which is narrow at the outer edge, but posteriorly about as broad as the black spot; in the middle of the elytra is a broad irregular black band which, on reaching the fourth stria, becomes concolorous with the head and thorax, and at the second stria extends up to the scutellum ; before the apex is a second black band with even edges, and it is separated from the central band by a yellow fascia, broadest at fourth stria; apex reddish yellow. ‘The prosternal process is trian- gular, marginate and impunctate; the sides of the pro- sternum are thickly and coarsely granulate; mesosternum inconspicuous. I obtained five examples at Yuyama, in Higo, in May 1881. Microsternus higonius. Oblongo-ovatus, piceus ; thorace rufo maculato; elytris punctato- striatis, rufis, nigro 6-maculatis; antennis pedibusque rufo- brunneis. L. 23 mill. Head and thorax with large scattered punctures, first wholly piceous, second with a longitudinal reddish mark on each side on the disk in a line behind the eyes; the thorax has a broad, raised, lateral margin, parallel to which is a somewhat deep furrow; in front of the scutellum is a crenulate arched line (corresponding a little to the lines common in Abre?), Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 59 which divides the smooth space from the punctate portion ; the elytra are red, with a black. spot, not well defined, at the humeral angle, a second larger and formed as a band near the middle, commencing in the interstice of the second and third strie and touching the outer edge, a third, the size of the humeral one, on the disk before the apex, covering the space from the second to the fifth stria, the interstices are incon- spicuously punctured and the scutellum is semicircular and smooth. The smooth space before the scutellum has been given as a generic character, and in the present insect the punc- tures bordering it are obliterated posteriorly, which gives an appearance as of a crenulate arch; the sides of the thorax are more deeply sulcate than in Microsternus Ulket, Crotch. This very peculiar insect is unfortunately unique. It was taken at Yuyama, in Higo, June 1881. Megalodacne bellula, Lewis. Megalodacne bellula, Lewis, Ent. Mon. Mag. xx. p. 189 (1888), xxiv. p- 3 (1887) (sterna figured). In fungi on the beech. The following genus has the prosternal keel broad and ill- defined, and only visible between the coxee :— Encaustes prenobilis, Lewis. Encaustes prenobilis, Lewis, Ent. Mon. Mag. xx. p. 139 (1883). Found in the beech-forests of all the islands. In the two following genera there is no prosternal keel :— LEpiscapha Fortunet, Crotch. Episcapha Fortunet, Crotch, . c. p. 188 (1873), p. 140 (1883). On fungi on Adzes only ; fairly common. Episcapha Gorhamz, Lewis. Episeapha Gorhami, Lewis, 1. c. p. 140 (1888). Abundant in the elevated forests. Episcapha taishoensis, Lewis. Episcapha tarshoensis, Lewis, 1. ¢. p. 79 (1874), p. 140 (1888), Found in Yezo in 1880 and in Higo in 1881; it is not rare. 60 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide: from Japan. Episcapha hamata, Lewis. Episcapha hamata, Lewis, J. c. p. 140 (1883). Not found by myself. RENANIA. Antenne as long as the head and thorax ; first joint stout and short, second and fourth to seventh moniliform and equal in length, third one half longer than fourth, eighth very slightly triangular, ninth and tenth compressed and transversely trian- gular, eleventh rotundate, the last three forming a rather lax club; maxillary palpi short and not dilated; head moderate, with eyes slightly prominent, and rather coarsely granulate; thorax about one third wider than long, with anterior angles a little produced ; elytra about four times as long as the thorax, subparallel; scutellum transverse; legs rather long; fourth joint of tarsus very small. Prosternum marginate at the coxe only, widening out anteriorly without a keel or raised portion. I do not see any sexual differences ; the mesosternum is rather large, and is, with the prosternum, formed much as in Hpiscapha, near to which genus Renania may be placed. The name of the brilliant French étérateur has been adopted. Renania atrocyanea. Subelongata, atro-cyanea ; capite thoraceque sat parce punctulatis ; elytris punctato-striatis. L. 6-63 mill. Rather elongate, above dark cyaneous, beneath more obscure; head feebly biimpressed between the antenne, rather more thickly punctured before than behind; thorax somewhat similarly punctured, with two shallow foveee at the base, near the middle of each elytron; the margin has a fine stria behind, and is strongly marginate at the sides ; the anterior angles are a little produced, with a small and very distinct fovea in the centre of the interstice; the legs are rather elongate and simple in both sexes. I obtained eleven examples of this species incidentally while beating brushwood in June, but could not trace it to any fungus. One example was found under bark on Oyama in December 1880; Chiuzenji and Kashiwagi are the other localities for it. NEOTRIPLAX (type atrata, Lewis). Antenne about the length of the thorax, first and second Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 61 joints short and stout, third as long as fourth and fifth together and more slender, fourth to eighth moniliform, seventh and eighth enlarging, ninth to eleventh transverse, compressed, and together forming an oval club; last joint of the maxillary palpus triangularly dilated and rather robust ; head robust; eyes very moderately prominent, rather coarsely granulate; thorax as broad again as the length, with narrow reflexed margins; legs in male rather robust, with tarsi dilated, first and second joints transversely triangulate ; female, legs and tarsi slender. Prosternum marginate before and behind, without true striz, and distinctly constricted between the coxe; mesosternum wide and moderately transverse. Neotriplax atrata. Oblongo-ovata, convexiuscula, nigra, nitida, parce punctulata ; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis punctulatis; antennis pedi- busque nigris. L. 54-74 mill. This species is congeneric with and very similar to Cyrtotr?- plax Lewisit, Crotch ; but it is larger and broader and wholly black. Both species have a semicircular line between the antennee, which divides the epistoma from the forehead. The eneral facies, distinct foliation of the club of the antenne, the dilated tarsi, and the absence of true prosternal lines are sufficient to remove it from Cyrtotriplax, of which genus bipustulata, I’., is the type. This insect was found not uncommonly in localities where the beech and oak grow in elevated forests; and I obtained it in all the islands. It varies much in size. Neotriplax Lewisit. Cyrtotriplax Lewis, Crotch, Ent. Mon. Mag. ix. p. 189 (1878). I once found this in great profusion at Nagasaki in fungoid growth on rails, as recorded by Crotch. In 1880 I found it not uncommonly in the environs of Yokohama, and in the autumn, about October 29th, I saw a large assemblage of it near Nikko. Neotriplax biplagiata. Ovata, nigra, nitida, macula humerali sanguinea ; elytris punctato- striatis, interstitils puncticulatis. L. 32 mill. Densely black, except the antenne, palpi, and humeral spot, which occupies the interstices of the fifth, sixth, and seventh striz, but does not touch the edge; the antenne are piceous and the palpi flavous. ‘The prosternum is rather 62 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. broad posteriorly, narrowed at the coxe, the strie turn out- wards at the coxe, nearly touching the sides of the thorax ; the anterior edge of the prosternum is marginate. The antennee have the two basal joints rather large, the third to eighth small, and the club is compressed and oblong-ovate. I took an example at Miyanoshita and a second on Oyama in May 1880, and both appear from the tarsi to be females. Neotriplax pallidicincta. Ovata, obscure nigra, nitida; elytris pallidicinctis; antennis pedi- busque infuscatis. L. 3} mill. Head rather sparsely, evenly punctured, thorax with fine punctures on the disk and before the scutellum, more coarsely punctate on each side of base; elytra punctate-striate, inter- stices irregularly puncticulate, the outer edge rather broadly yellow, the band being double the breadth at the humeral angle, where it includes the fifth stria, and the band widens again before the apex ; the abdomen is pitchy brown. This and the preceding species, if the males are known to me, are without the conspicuously dilated tarsi seen in N. atrata and Lewisi?; but I do not consider the material at hand sufficient to decide the question. ‘The prosternum is formed on the same plan in the four species. Fukushima, two specimens, July 1881, also probably females. Cyrtotriplax sobrina. C. consobrine proxime affinis, sed paulo major; nigra, nitida; antennis pedibusque nigris; elytrorum maculasanguinea tripartita. L. 43-5 mill. This is the Japanese representative of C. consobrina and bi- pustulata. The punctuation is the same, but the red elytral fascia is divided into three parts; a broad sinuate band, touching the outer edge, extends inwards to the second stria, leaving the suture black, and then passes upwards to the base of each elytron, occupying the space of the interstices between the third and fifth strie. The legs and tarsi are longer, and the tibiee, especially the middle pair, more dilated. The prosternal strie are hamate anteriorly, and terminate at a point distant from one another. In C. consobrina the pro- sternal strie tend throughout their length to converge, and do nearly meet in front. Cyrtotriplax centralis. Ovata, nigra, nitida; ore, antennarum funiculo tarsisque rufis ; Mr. G. Lewis on Hrotylide from Japan. 63 capite parum grosse punctato, utrinque rufo; scutello nigro ; elytris basi rufis, apice nigris, in medio nigro-punctatis. LL. 44 mill, This species is a true Oyrtotriplax, and in many characters is similar to C. sobrina: the thorax is much less wide, the lateral margin more robust; the club of the antenne alone is black, the head is triangularly black in front, red at the sides ; the elytra are red at the base, and in the central region this colour extends halfway down, enclosing a round black spot immediately below the scutellum ; at the sides of the elytra the black colour encroaches on the red to the middle of the fourth interstice. The prosternum is rugosely punctate, with strie widely separate and not hamate; the mesosternum is red at base. Captured between Nikaido and Kashiwagi, June 15, 1881. Cyrtotriplax pantherina. Ovata, rufo-testacea, nigro maculata; antennis pedibusque testaceis. L. 42 mill. Red; head and thorax somewhat densely punctate; head with a black oblong spot between the eyes, two larger spots on thorax, touching its base at centre of each elytron; scutellum black ; elytra with two large black transverse spots at the edge below the humeral angle and two spots behind the scutellum, confluent at the suture; the apical portion has a very wide irregular band which leaves the ends of the elytra alone red. The prosternal lines are anteriorly hooked and nearly con- verge; the fore part of the prosternum and the metasternum are dark-coloured. 3 A good series was brought from Oyayama, near Kuma- moto, in Higo, June 1881, by a native collector. Cyrtotriplax latifasciata. Ovata, nigra, nitida, capite basi rufo, scutello nigro; elytris late bifasciatis ; antennis (basi excepta) pedibusque nigris. L. 34 mill. Black and shining ; head and thorax rather finely punctu- late, former transversely red at base, latter wholly black; the* elytra are black, with a broad fascia at the base, apically irregular, broadest between fifth and sixth strie, narrowest at third; the second band is broadest at the same point, the anterior one is slightly the wider, and the extremities of the elytra are reddish; the posterior line of the posterior red band is not irregular; the legs are black, with the tarsi red. 64 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylides from Japan. The prosternal striz are turned inwards anteriorly, but are not hamate, and are widely separate. Taken in Higo. Cyrtotriplax nigropunctata. Ovata, nigra, nitida, punctata; ore, antennarum funiculo tarsisque piceis ; elytris rufis, apice, punctis regioneque scutellari nigris. L. 33 mill. Black ; head rather more coarsely punctured than thorax ; elytra red, with a large semicircular spot round the scutellum and two small spots transversely placed to each other before the middle of each elytron, one on the elytral edge, the other on the fifth and sixth strie, black; the apices of the elytra for about one third of their length are also black, the pattern ending in two semicircular edges, divided into two parts at the fifth stria. The prosternal strie curve inwards anteriorly, but are widely separate from each other. IT took this at Miyanoshita in May 1880. Cyrtotriplax pallidiventris. Ovata, nigra, nitida, ore abdomineque rufo-testaceis. L. 4 mill. Ovate, black and shining; head and thorax rather thickly punctured, and seen under the microscope to be minutely strigose; base of the head obscurely pitchy red; the elytra very distinctly punctate-striate, with the interstices nearly smooth ; the legs are rather robust. Beneath, the pro- and mesosternum are rugosely punctate, the fourth posterior seg- ment of the abdomen reddish yellow; the prosternal lines continue narrowly round the base, and gradually approach each other anteriorly, but owing to the rugose surface it is difficult to see whether they meet or not. I captured three examples near the waterfall at Chiuzenji, Aug. 22, 1881. Cyrtotriplax cenchris. Late ovata, rufa; elytris apice infuscatis, antice nigro 4-maculatis. L. 23-3 mill. » Rather broadly ovate, red ; head punctate, thoracic punc- tures finer and more scattered; elytra wholly punctate, the strie being indistinct owing to a similar sculpture of the interstices; each elytron has two black spots (smaller and larger in different specimens), one below the humeral angle, with the second posterior to it, the apex being infuscate, as though a third spot were obsolete ; round the two black spots the colour is sometimes yellowish, giving a tricolour appear- Mr. G. Lewis on Hrotylide from Japan. 65 ance to the specimens; but this is not always the case; the club of the antenne is infuscate. Beneath the body is wholly red, and anteriorly the prosternal lines are widely separate and very slightly bent inwards. Legs red and not robust. I took a small series at Fukushima, July 28, 1881, one at Kashiwagi in June, and later I received it from Higo. Cyrtotriplax maculifrons. Late ovata, nigra, nitida; capite basi transversim rufo; elytris distincte punctato-striatis, mterstitiis sparsim punctulatis, rufis, antice bimaculatis, postice fasciis duabus latis communibus ; antennarum funiculo tarsisque rufis. L. 3-33 mill. Rather broadly ovate, black; head and thorax equally punctured, the first red between the eyes, the second wholly black; scutellum and elytra red, latter with two large, rather transverse, black spots before the middle and beginning inwardly in the centre of the second interstice, and covering five striz, before the apex is a large black spot common to both elytra, being joined at the suture, which leaves the apex and a narrow marginal spacered. Beneath, all the abdominal segments are red; the prosternum is broad at the base, the strie leaving a triangular space, widest at base ; anteriorly the strize are incurved, but terminate moderately apart. Found on Oyama, May 25, 1880, and two others came from Higo in the spring of the following year. Cyrtotriplax discalis. Ovata, nigra, nitida; antennis tarsisque piceis, scutello rufo; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctulatis, rufis, posticis disci late nigris. L. 3-3; mill. Ovate, black; head more coarsely punctured than thorax, the latter with punctures much scattered, and under the micro- _ scope the surface is seen to possess a minute mosaic-like sculpture ; the elytra are red at the base for nearly one third of their length, when the disk posteriorly becomes black, leaving only a narrow margin red. Beneath, the surface is sculptured minutely, like the thorax; the last segments of the abdomen have reddish margins; the mesosternum more transverse than usual in the genus; prosternal striz straight at sides and anteriorly slightly turned inwards. Taken at Nikko and Kashiwagi. ‘Two examples only. Cyrtotripiax rufipennis. Ovata, nigra, nitida; elytris rufis, distincte punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctulatis ; subtus abdomine marginali tes- taceo. L. 4 mill. Black; head and thorax sparsely and not coarsely punc- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 5 66 Mr. G. Lewis on Hrotylidee from Japan. tate, the first narrowly red at base, both very minutely strigose under a high power, the second with lateral margins piceous ; scutellum and elytra red, the latter distinctly punctate-striate ; interstices with fine, somewhat irregular punctures, although sometimes appearing to be set in rows; first three joints of antenne and club piceous, intermediate joints sometimes and tarsi always reddish. Prosternum rather rugose, stric straight, turned inwards anteriorly, but fairly wide apart; abdominal segments two to five margined with yellow posteriorly. Three examples, on Rakuwayama, near Hitoyoshi, May 3, 1881. Cyrtotriplax niponensis, Lewis. Cyrtotriplax niponensis, Lewis, Ent. Mon. Mag. xi. p. 78 (1874). This species is wholly black, except the base of the an- tenne, the palpi, and cox, which are pitchy red. The pro- sternal lines are slightly curved at the tips. It varies in size from 3 to 4 millim., and occurs commonly at Nikko and Miyanoshita; and I obtained it also sparingly in all the islands, including Sado. Reitter records it from Siberia. Cyrtotriplax solivaga. Ovata, nigra, nitida, ore antennisque piceis; elytris in medio obscure rufo-punctatis. L. 47 mill. Black ; head and thorax evenly and somewhat sparsely punctured (minutely strigose under microscope) ; elytra rather strongly punctate-striate, with interstices very finely and sparsely puncticulate. Below the humeral angle on the sixth stria there is an obscure reddish spot. Prosternal process raised and triangular, the stria meeting at the anterior edge, thus A, completely enclosing the space between; and this last character will distinguish it from any other Japanese species at present known. I obtained this in the beech-forest to the south of the lake at Hakone, April 23, 1880. Cyrtotriplax circumcincta. Late ovata, nigra, nitida, punctata; elytris parum latis, flavo-rufis ; antennis pedibusque nigris. L. 4 mill. Black and shining; head and thorax somewhat densely but not coarsely punctate, minutely strigose (very distinctly so under microscope); elytra punctate-striate, interstices wholly punctulate, at the base, outside the fourth stria, red, after the middle this red margin narrows to the seventh stria. Beneath, the anterior portion of the metasternum and first segment of abdomen are transversely red; the four poste- Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 67 rior segments of the latter are also red; the prosternal pro- cess is rather raised in front, and the striz resemble those of C. niponensis. Three specimens, taken at Miyanoshita, May 1880. Cyrtotriplax tripartiaria. Ovata, nigra, nitida, ore antennisque piceo-rufis ; capite thoraceque parum dense punctatis; scutello rufo; elytris antice rufis, postice nigris. L. 4 mill. Black, shining; thorax evenly and somewhat densely punctate ; scutellum smooth and red; elytra, base wholly red, apex wholly black, each colour occupying about half the elytral area; behind the scutellum the black encroaches on the red, at the fifth stria and outer edge the red encroaches on the black. Beneath, the sides of the abdomen are broadly red, also the tarsi; the prosternal lines are anteriorly hamate. I possess four specimens from Higo. Cyrtotriplax basalis. Breviter ovata, nigra, nitida; antennis pedibusque dilutioribus, capite basi rufo thoraceque parum dense punctatis; scutello nigro; elytris basalibus rufis, punctato-striatis, interstitiis obscure punc- ticulatis ; tibiis robustis. L. 3; mill. Black and shining; head and thorax evenly and somewhat densely punctured; neck reddish; elytra punctate-striate, punctures rather fine, interstices very finely puncticulate; the region behind the scutellum is piceous to the breadth of one interstice; after the first stria a red band begins, which widens out on the interstices on each side of the fifth stria and touches the outer edge. Beneath, the elytral fold is red at the humeral angle, and the anterior edge of the prosternum is transversely obscure yellow; the prosternum is minutely rugosely strigose, the sculpture assuming the mosaic form on the metasternum ; the prosternal lines are bent inward at their apex. Iswept one example of this very distinct species on Oyama, May 24, 1880. The following species have black or blue black elytra and the thorax wholly red or nearly so, and superficially appear to be like an ordinary Triplax except in being convex :— Cyrtotriplax similis. Oblongo-ovata, rufa, nitida; elytris nigris, punctato-striatis ; anten- nis basi pedibusque rufis. L. 5 mill. Red ; head and thorax sparsely and rather evenly punctured, the punctures at the base of the head being relatively large ; the scutellum is obscurely red, broadly margined at the sides with black; the elytra are somewhat finely punetate-striate, 5 68 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. with interstices finely and sparsely punctulate; the antenne have the basal joints red, five to eight darker and the club blackish ; legs red, with the tibie rather robust, the middle pair angulated at the base. Beneath wholly red ; prosternum with six or seven punctures, with the stria slightly curved anteriorly. I took only five examples at Nikko and Kashiwagi. Cyrtotriplax ruficornis. Oblongo-ovata, capite elytrisque nigris ; antennis pedibusque rufis. L. 43 mill. Head and thorax evenly and sparsely punctured, punctures at the base of the head not large, as they arein C. similis; head, elytra, meso- and metasterna black, the rest red ; the prosternal lines are very long and nearly touch the anterior edge; the pro- sternal process is somewhat raised and truncate in front; the tibie are not robust or angulate, as in the last species. One example taken at Nikko and another at Kashiwagi. Cyrtotriplax connectens. Oblongo-ovata, capite elytrisque nigris, pedibus flavis. L. 3? mill.' Head and thorax sparsely and evenly punctate, head black, antenne red with club infuscate; thorax red, narrowly black behind the neck and in front of the scutellum; scutellum and elytra black, latter punctate-striate, the interstices with well- marked punctures, often in rows. Beneath, the thorax is red with infuscate base; abdomen broadly margined with obscure yellow, the rest black ; prosternal lines anteriorly very fine and disappearing gradually in front of the coxe ; the mesosternum has a few large punctures; metasternum with finer and more numerous punctures; legs and palpi yellow, former not ro- bust. Ikenchaiya, June 22, 1881. The specific’ name is chosen because the species leads out of Cyrtotriplax into Triplax. Triplax gracilenta is a very similar species to this, and I am not sure, when a fair revision of the family is made, the two genera will be declared distinct. Thus it appears from the material now at hand that Cyrto- triplax has species which link it very closely with Triplax ; in other words, it may be said that the convexity of the forms in the first genus is not always pronounced. Triplax gracilenta. Triplax gracilenta, Solsky, Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 23 (1879). Triplax sibirica, Crotch, Revis. p. 90. Oblongo-ovata; thorace flavo, antice et postice anguste infuscato ; antennis pedibusque flavis. L. 3? mill. Head black, punctate ; thorax flavous, with a narrow band Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 69 before the scutellum and another behind the neck, infuscate ; punctures of thorax finer on the disk than on the sides ; scutel- lum black, with a very few minute punctures ; elytra punctate- striate, interstices irregularly punctate, punctures most visible between the suture and the first stria. Monsieur Hiller obtained this at Hagi, near Shimonoseki, and I took six specimens from a fungus on Salix, at Nowata, June 22, 1880. Triplax devia. Oblongo-ovata, nigra; thorace rufo, antice et postice rotunde nigro maculato; antennis tarsisque infuscatis. L. 33-4 mill. Head red, with clypeus and spot before the neck (often covered by thorax) infuscate; punctures rather large and sometimes ocellate, surface very minutely strigose; thorax rather evenly punctate, but punctures largest at the sides ; behind the neck and in front of the scutellum are two large round black spots; elytra punctate-striate, interstices irre- gularly and finely punctate. Beneath, the prosternum is rugose and punctate, black between the coxe, raised in the middle and slightly acute in front, lines incurved anteriorly or bent, being difficult to see owing to the rugosity of the surface; meso- sternum with a variolous sculpture ; abdomen, segments very minutely sculptured throughout, with fair-sized punctures interspersed, and in the three median segments the punctures are arranged in transverse bands. Abundant at Hitoyoshi, May 3, 1881. ‘Taken also at Nikko and Miyanoshita not uncommonly. Triplax ainonia. Oblongo-ovata, subopaca, dense punctata; thorace flavo, antice et postice in medio infuscato; antennis (claya excepta) pedibusque flavis. L. 3-33 mill. Above a little opaque and densely punctate; head and elytra obscurely, not intensely, black; the thorax is yellow, with a transverse antescutellar spot fuscous, and a similarly coloured maculation behind the head, which is characteristic because posteriorly much narrowed in the middle; the scutel- lum is blackish with seven or eight punctures ; the elytra are punctate-striate, and all the interstices distinctly punctate, the punctures composing the strie not varying much in size from those of the interstices. Beneath, the prosternal process isa little raised, but the striae do not go much beyond the coxe and terminate gradually. On the pro- and mesosternum the punctuation is rather large; the metasternum is minutely strigose (when seen under a high power) and sparsely punc- tate ; the abdominal segments are also densely punctate. 70 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. The coloration is very similar indeed to that of the last species, but it is readily known by the punctuation. I took some specimens from a fungus growing out of the lintel of an Aino hut near Shiraoi, and I have other examples from Sapporo and various places in South Yezo, and I think it is common in that district; but my visit to this Japanese Ultima Thule was of short duration. Triplax sufflava. Oblonga, pallide testacea; antennis pedibusque subinfuscatis. L. 44 mill. Pale yellow, head sparsely but coarsely punctured ; thorax with coarse punctures at the base on each side, with fine ones in front of the scutellum. The punctures forming the elytral strize are also large, interstices less coarsely punctate, punc- tures placed in irregular rows, the apical disk of the elytra is suffused with a brownish colour; the scutellum is smooth. The last nine joints of the antenna are brownish, and the apical joint of the palpus is so transverse that its breadth equals the length of the first eight joimts of the antenna. ‘The pro- sternum has no proper lateral lines or striz, but the cox: are marginate. Three examples, taken variously at Nikko, Chiuzenji, and on the road to Shingu in Yamato. Triplax letabilis. Oblonga, nigra, nitida; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis tenuiter punctatis ; antennis pedibusque in totum testaceis. L. 34 mill. Black and very shining; elytra punctate-striate, interstices faintly punctured; legs, palpi, and antenne testaceous, the latter somewhat abbreviated and robust, six to eight joints being slightly transverse. Beneath, the prosternum is almost impunctate, the prosternal process is raised, widest at base and terminating anteriorly acutely, the lateral lines meet in front at the edge of the prosternum. ‘The mesosternum is transverse, almost impunctate, the metasternum is angulate on each side near the coxe and sparsely puncticulate. The abdominal segments are microscopically strigose and obscurely red, except the basal ones, which are dark at the sides. I obtained one example by a fortuitous stroke of the sweeping-net near the Ikenchaiya in Yamato, June 22, 1881. Triplax canalicollis. Oblongo-ovata, nigra, nitida, punctata; thorace lateraliter canalicu- lato; capite, antennis pedibusque rufis. L. 33 mill. Black, shining; head, legs, palpi, antenne (which are very small) and four apical segments of abdomen red; the thorax Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 71 is fairly punctured, with sides distinctly canaliculate. The punctures are large on the prosternum and the surface rather rugose; the lateral strie do not pass anteriorly beyond the coxe, where they area little incurved at right angles. The abdomen is microscopically strigose, with some scattered punc- tures. Four specimens, from Hakodate, Hitoyoshi, and Kashiwagi, localities showing a wide distribution for the species. Triplax discicollis. Elongato-oblonga, nigra, nitida; thorace flavo, disco infuscato pedi- busque flavis; antennis basi rufis. L. 5 mill. Head and thorax sparsely but rather coarsely punctured, the first black, the second yellow with disk largely and some- what irregularly infuscate (in one specimen the dark disk is longitudinal only); scutellum impunctate; elytra finely punctate-striate, interstices irregularly and somewhat indis- tinctly puncticulate; legs pale; antenne, first three or four joints reddish, the rest infuscate. ‘The prosternum has scattered and rather coarse punctures, the prosternal lines terminating immediately before the coxe. In general coloration this species is similar to 7. amena, Solsky, with the exception of the elytra and abdomen, which are black. In 7. amena the elytra are subcyaneous and the abdomen red, and the outline is somewhat broadly ovate. I obtained only five examples at Miyanoshita and Kashi- wagi. Triplax japonica. Triplax japonica, Crotch, Ent. Mon. Mag. ix. 1873, p. 189. “ Oblonga, lete ferruginea, antennis (basi excepta), pectore elytrisque nigris.” Additional localities for this species are Junsai, Hakodate, Sendai, Miyanoshita, Kiga, and Hitoyoshi. “ It resembles rufipes.” Triplax atricapilla. Oblonga, subparallela, lete rufa; capite, antennis, pedibus elytrisque dimidio apicali nigris. L. 63 mill. This fine species is almost the same in colour and structure as T’. apicata, Crotch, from Assam. The only differences I see are that the head is wholly black and the prosternal lines more parallel in 7. atricapilla. I found one at Nara, June 30, 1881, and afterwards re- ceived four specimens from Higo. All are exactly alike. 72 Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. EUDAMONIUS. Antenne fine and slender, the length of the thorax, first joint relatively stout and short, second short and much con- stricted before the middle, third somewhat small at the base and not so long as fourth and fifth together, fourth to eighth moniliform, sixth to eighth smaller than two preceding, ninth to eleventh equal in length, feebly (they are almost moniliform) dilated and not closely pressed ; last jomt of maxillary palpus very transverse; head with eyes prominent, not coarsely granulate; thorax broader than long, the middle of the base encroaching on the region of the scutellum; elytra sub- parallel, rather convex, with eight striz ; a sutural stria; legs rather short, tarsal joints one to three equal in length and breadth. Prosternum striate between the coxee, strie touching the base ; mesosternum moderately large. g. Epistoma tuberculate anteriorly ; tibive robust, anterior pair strongly rugose on the inner surface ; tarsi moderately dilated. 9. Epistoma subconvex ; head smaller than in male, with the eyes more prominent ; the legs and tarsi also are more slender. ‘This sex is much smaller than the male. The genus is allied to Amblyopus. Hudemonius tuberculifrons. Oblongo-ovatus, parum convexus ; capite nigro; thorace flavo, ante scutellum punctisque quatuor disci nigris ; elytris punctato-striatis, pedibusque nigris. L. 5-8 mill. Oblong-ovate, rather convex; head, antennee (except second joint, which is pitchy red), elytra, legs, meso- and metasterna, and base of prosternum narrowly black ; thorax flavous, with four black spots in a transverse line and a large black spot before the scutellum; head and thorax somewhat closely punctured, the latter with marginal striz on all sides fine ; elytra punctate-striate, with an additional sutural stria which does not touch the base; the interstitial punctuation is fine and seattered. The prosternum is somewhat raised in the centre, with two short coxal strize ; the mesosternum is proportioned much as in Amblyopus, to which genus Hudemonius is appa- rently allied. The sexual characters as given above are very remarkable and conspicuous. I took it at Miyanoshita and at Chiuzenji, abundantly in fungi on old cherry-trees, in May and June, and in August a few specimens at Sapporo, in Yezo. Mr. G. Lewis on Erotylide from Japan. 73 Aulacochilus Bedeli, Harold. Aulacochilus Bedeli, Harold, MT. Miinchn. ent. Ver. iv. p. 170. This species was first taken by Hilgendorf at Nikko ; I ob- tained it in Higo early in June, and at the end of the month not uncommonly at Nara and Bukenji. Aulacochilus japonicus, Crotch. Aulacochilus japonicus, Crotch, Ent. Mon. Mag. 1873, p. 189. On my second visit to Japan I found this insect, as above stated (p. 54), in Kioto, June 17, 1881, and other examples at Yokohama and Mayebashi. In both the Japanese species of this genus, the prosternal strie terminate before the coxa, and the mesosternum is very widely marginate anteriorly. SATELIA. Antenne as long as the thorax, first joint rather large, second smaller and round, third slightly longer than fourth and fifth together, third to eighth of nearly the same thickness, ninth to eleventh forming an oblong-ovate club; last joint of maxil- lary palpus robust and not angular; head moderate ; eyes not prominent; scutellum cordate ; prosternal process as in A ulaco- chilus violaceus (fig. 2, Ent. Mon. Mag. xxiv. p. 3, 1887) ; the mesosternum has a crenulate arched line beginning at the base and anteriorly crossing the centre. The general facies of this genus is that of a small Dacne, but the tarsi and pro- sternum are similar to those of Aulacochilus. Satelia scitula. Oblongo-ovata, subzeneo-nigra, nitida, capite obscure rufo; elytris anticis oblique, apice transversim flavo-maculatis ; antennis ob- scure rufis, pedibus rufo-testaceis. L. 23-22 mill. Head and thorax evenly and rather finely punctured, the first usually red, sometimes piceous, second black or obscure zneous black with distinct lateral margins; the elytra are punctate-striate with the interstices vaguely puncticulate, the anterior yellow fascia begins before the middle of the elytron between the first and second stria and after the fourth stria passes up to the humeral angle, the posterior band is trans- verse, leaving the suture and apex black ; the arched crenu- late stria of the mesosternum is a very striking character; the prosternum in front of the anterior coxee has large subocellate punctures, within the prosternal lines the sculpture is rather rugose. I took about a dozen examples in Higo and a few in Yamato. ‘The species is a little variable in regard to the size of the fasciee. 74 Bibliographical Notice. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. The Agricultural Pests of India, and of Eastern and Southern Asia, Vegetable and Animal, injurious to Man and his Products. By - Surgeon-General Epwarp Batrour. Sm. 8vo. London: B. Quaritch, 1887. Wuew a book is published with a benevolent object in view it becomes a most ungrateful task to find fault with it; and this unfortunately is what we have to do in the case of the little volume whose title stands at the head of this notice. Some knowledge of natural history, and especially of entomology, would seem to be necessary tor the production of such a book; but this qualification apparently is not possessed by the author, or he could not have committed such a series of blunders as he is here guilty of. Thus, in a list of enemies of the coffee-plant taken from Nietner, he has substituted Coleoptera for Hemiptera and included under the former head three Coccidee, an Aphis, and a Bug, together with a Fungus (but as regards the last Nietner must bear a part of the blame), and then converted Nietner’s Coleoptera into Orthoptera: Ancylonycha is said to belong to the Orthoptera, although it produces the ““ White Grub” of the coffee-planters; and Heliothis armigera is referred to repeatedly as Orthopterous, and definitely said to be “one of the Gryllide,”’ although it is immediately afterwards said to have “ caterpillars’ belonging to it, which ‘“ pass into the pupa and perfect form” within the capsules of the poppy, the perfect form being a ‘‘ moth.” These are small matters; but a better idea of the peculiar fitness of the author for his undertaking may be formed from the following account of animal parasites :—‘‘ Animal parasites,” we are told, “attack man and other animals. Among them may be named Acari, sp., the Argas, Ascarides, Ancylostomum, Bothriocephalus, Cysticerci, Echinococei, Filaria, Fistularia, flea, flukes, harvest-bug, Helmintha, louse, @stridea, Oxyurus, Sarcoptus, Spiroptera, Stron- gylus, Tenia, Thecosoma, tick, Tricocephalus. The bites of all are painful, many of them dangerous.” (The italics are ours ; fancy the bite of an Echinococcus or Cysticercus!) And then we are told that “there are at least other six orders of noxious animals which, though so called, are not parasites, but which havea special interest to stock-owners and veterinary practitioners, viz. Nematoda, Tre- matoda, Cestoda, Acanthocephala, Diptera, and Trachearia.” Mr. Balfour mentions two entomologists of note who assisted him in the preparation of his book, and one of whom, he says, “ revised nearly the whole in manuscript and the proofs as they passed through the press ;” we can only say that the latter gentleman must have contented himself with a very perfunctory execution of the task he undertook. We should hardly have devoted so much space to the considera- tion of such a work as this but for the fact that the author has un- doubtedly hit upon a serious want, and we cordially agree with Miss Ormerod in the sentiments she expresses in a letter to the author which he prints in his “ Prefatory Remarks.” In fact no one can Bibliographical Notice. 75 doubt the immense importance of obtaining a clear and definite knowledge of those enemies of the agriculturist whose ravages are so often fatal to his hopes, and by calling attention to the want of any satisfactory body of information upon the injurious organisms of our Indian possessions the author certainly merits the thanks of all who have an interest in such matters. In the few opening pages of his work he has referred to several exceedingly interesting points and given some valuable advice; but in attempting to carry out his scheme in detail he has, we think, entirely mistaken the course to be pursued. The body of the work consists of a series of articles, many of them very short, arranged in alphabetical order, and as the subjects treated of are generally indicated by their scien- tific names, the book is evidently not well adapted for readers unacquainted with natural history. To a certain extent this diffi- culty is got over by means of a rather copious index ; but this does not seem to be quite complete, and a much more judicious course with regard to the native names of the pests described would have been to insert them in their places with cross-references to the articles in which the species are noticed. Further, we are told in many articles that the creatures referred to belong to this or that class or order, but without any indications of the characters by which such groups are distinguished, although, in the great majority of cases, a rough notion of these distinctions might be intelligibly given in very few words. In fact the broad defects of the book might easily be remedied without adding seriously, if at all, to its bulk, if only certain per- fectly unnecessary articles were omitted. What possible ground there can be for introducing into a treatise on ‘“ Agricultural Pests” a notice on “ Actiniz and Medusze” (chiefly dealing with Physalia) one is at a loss to understand ; crocodiles also seem rather out of place; and the article on Fish, relating chiefly to such species as are poisonous when eaten, or furnished with spines with which they can inflict wounds, seems equally supererogatory. Cannabis sativa is mentioned solely on account of the intoxicating properties of some of its products; the Tse-tse fly has certainly nothing to do with India; gnats or mosquitos are not agricultural pests ; so also leeches and fleas. With regard to the latter insects our author quotes, apparently with approval, the statement of a writer that “he had found fleas in limestone caverns, where their only possible supply of food was the animal matter that may have remained in the fossils, of which the limestone was chiefly composed!” Many creatures are mentioned as pests because they attack men, such as bees and wasps, scorpions, centipedes, &c., but they can hardly be said to confine their attentions to agriculturists any more than the land-leeches and fleas above mentioned. A species of Epéira is noticed on account of its gigantic webs, which may be inconvenient to travellers. In certain articles frost, heavy rain, continuous wet weather, and hot winds are mentioned as if they were pests, but no remedial or preventive measures are suggested. But it is needless to multiply examples of faults of omission and commission. ‘There is not a page of the book, except perhaps in the 76 Miscellaneous. introductory portion, that is not open to serious criticism, and it is much to be regretted that, having taken up so important a task, the author has not performed it more satisfactorily. He may, per- haps, urge that it is a first attempt; but while this would be an excuse for much imperfection of special knowledge, it will not justify the peculiar faults which it has been our unwelcome duty to point out. MISCELLANEOUS. On the Phylogeny of the Bopyrine. By MM. A. Giarp and J. Bonnier. Tur Bopyrine are comparatively rare animals, and parasitic upon a restricted number of genera of Crustacea belonging to the groups Cirripedia, Ostracoda, Schizopoda, and Decapoda. Con- fining ourselyes for the present to the species parasitic upon Decapoda and especially on the Decapoda of European seas, we may remark this first interesting fact, that every species of Decapod infested by Bopyrinz is so generally by two or more different species, and that very often in the same locality and sometimes even on the same individual. Thus, we find on Xantho floridus, Cepon pilula, G. & B., and Canerion floridus, G. & B. ; on Pilumnus hirtellus, Cepon elegans, G. & B., and Cancrion miser, G. & B.; on Portunus arcuatus, Cepon Portuni, Kossm., and Portunion salvatoris, Kossm.; on Pagurus Bernhardus, Phry«us Paguri, Rathke, and Pleurocrypta Hyndmann, Sp. B. & W.; on Galathea squamifera, Pleurocrypta Galathee, Hesse, and Gyge Galathee, Sp. B.& W.; on Porcellana longicornis, Pleurocrypta Por- cellane, Hesse, and Entoniscus Muelleri, G. & B.; on Callianassa subterranea, Ione thoracica, Mont., and Pseudione sp., Kossm. ; on the species of the genus Hippolyte, Bopyrine of the genera Phryxus, Gyge, Bopyroides, and Bopyrina, &c. All these Bopyrine, even the Entoniscide, are in reality external parasites. Nevertheless, according to the position which they occupy upon their host, the Bopyrine of the Decapoda may be divided into three distinct ethological groups :—1, abdominal para- sites; 2, branchial parasites ; 3, visceral parasites. Now the diffe- rent species infesting the same Decapod generally belong to different ethological groups. If we seek for analogous examples in other fami- lies we may cite the Branchiobdelle, three species of which infest Astacus flwiatilis, each in a particular region of the body; and three species, parallel to our European types, have likewise been indicated in the Japanese crayfish. Another example is furnished by the Diptera of the family Mistride, several species of which, some cuticolar, others cavicolar or gastricolar, infest at the same time certain types of Cervide or Equide. Facts of this kind, absolutely incomprehensible under the old hypothesis of the fixity of species, become exceedingly instructive if we accept the theory Miscellaneous. 717 of descent with modification. They indicate, in fact, that several states of symbiotic equilibrium have been successively established between the phylum of the parasites and that of their hosts. Still more, in the particular case of the Bopyrinz, we can, by a careful study of the embryogeny, determine the order in which these various states of equilibrium have been produced, follow step by step the modifications caused in the organism by a parasitism gradually becoming more and more complete, and thus give a truly natural classification of these animals. The first larva of the Bopyrine is very uniform throughout the group. By the long duration of its pelagic existence it teaches us that the ancestors of the Bopyrine were for a long time free forms, By its general organization it shows us that this ancestral form must have approached the Aigide, and more especially ELurydice. The differential peculiarities which these first larvee present are furnished chiefly by the sixth pair of thoracic feet, and are in relation with the emergence of the embryo from the host which harboured the parent, and not, as has been supposed, with its en- trance into a new host; from this it results that the modifications are numerous, especially in the group in which the parasitism is most decided, that is to say the Entoniscide. The second free larval form has been called by us the Cryptoniscian embryo or Cryptoniscus-stage, because the males of the Cryptonis- cidze represent in a more complete fashion this transitory phase in the development of the other Bopyrinz. It is under this form that the fixation of the Bopyrian upon its host is effected at the com- mencement of its parasitic life. In several Entoniscians (Portunion Menadis and P. Kossmanni), and in Phrywus Paguri, we have ascertained the presence of several Cryptoniscian embryos, attached to adult females provided with males. In some of them we have even observed spermatozoids apparently mature and normal. We may inquire whether, when the place upon the host is thus preoccu- pied, the Cryptoniscian larvee do not, at least temporarily, play the part of complemental males. The attached larva speedily under- goes a series of transformations which, in the female Cryptoniscide, are accomplished in very different fashion from that which occurs in the other Bopyrine. Further, while in the Cryptoniscidee the male stops in its deve- lopment at the second larval form, in the other Bopyrine it con- tinues its evolution, and acquires a more or less Idotheiform aspect. We notice also that there exists an astonishing superposition of parasites and a triple parallelism between the genera Cryptonscus, Zeuxo, and Danala of the family Cryptoniscide, and the genera Peltogaster, Lerncodiscus, and Sacculina of the group Rhizocephala, and the genera Pagurus, Porcellana, and Cancer of the infested Decapoda. Lastly, the singular coexistence of parasitic Cirripedes in all the types of Decapoda infested by Bopyrine, and the existence of forms such as Phryxus resupinatus, which, although no longer belonging to the group Cryptoniscidz are still nevertheless indirect parasites of the Decapoda, lead us to the hypothesis that the Bopyrine were 78 Miscellaneous. introduced among the Dacapoda by the Rhizocephalan Cirripedes. While one branch of the Cryptoniscidee has remained faithful to its first hosts, another has become adapted to direct parasitism upon the Decapods, and has given origin to the group of Phryxus, Bopyrus, and the Entoniscide. Thus, by a fact of ethological atavism, would be explained the simultaneous presence, so often ascertained, in the same Decapod, of a Rhizocephalan and a Bopyrian parasite (Sacculina Carcint and Portunion Meenadis, Entoniscus Porcellance and Lerneodiscus Por- cellane, &¢.). The existence of a Phryxoid stage in the evolution of the females of most Bopyrine shows that the genus Phryvus may be regarded as the stock from which there have issued, on the one hand, the Toninz, which are in a manner an exaggeration of it; and, on the other, the asymmetrical branchial Bopyrine. This Phryxoid stage is observed in Pleurocrypta, Bopyrus, Cepon, Ione, &e. It has caused many errors on the part of the zoologists who first studied these animals. The Phrywus-stage of Cepon typus was taken by Duvernoy for the male of that Bopyrian. Phryxus fusticaudatus, Sp. B. & W.,is the Phrywus-stage of Pleurocrypta Hyndmanni, Sp. B. & W.*; Phryxus longibranchiatus, Sp. B. & W., corresponds in part to the Phryaus-stage of Pleurocrypta Galathew, Hesse (non Sp. B. & W.t). In the Entoniscidee the Phrywus-stage appears less distinctly, and it is possible that this group may have diverged from the stock at a very ancient period, which would be in accord- ance with its more decided parasitism.— Comptes Rendus, May 9, 1887, p. 1309. On Parasitic Castration in Kupagurus Bernhardus, Linné, and in Gebia stellata, Montagu. By M. A. Giarp. In a recent memoirt I made known the curious morphological effects produced in several Decapod Crustacea by the castration pro- duced by the presence of Rhizocephalan or Bopyrid parasites. Fur- ther and very remarkable examples of these phenomena are presented by the hermit-crabs infested by Phrywus Pagurt, Rathke, and by the Gebie infested by Gyge branchialis, Corn. & Pane. Although Phryxus Paguri is an absolutely external parasite, the modifications which it occasions are as extensive as those observed in certain Brachyura in consequence of their infestation by Rhizocephalans. It is well known what are the external sexual characters of the Eupagurt. In the female the genital aperture is situated upon the basal joint of the third pair of thoracic feet; in the male this orifice is placed upon the base of the fifth pair of feet, which bears * We have met with this Bopyrian of the branchial cavity of Pagurus Bernhardus at Roscoff, and at Equihen, near Boulogne-sur-Mer. + We have studied this parasite of Galathea squamifera at Roscoff and at Fécamp. ; ¢ Bull. Sci. du Nord, tome xvii. (1887), pp. 1-28. Translated in ‘Annals,’ May 1887, pp. 825-345. Miscellaneous. 79 a small papilla; the large chela of the first pair of thoracic feet is rather stronger in the male than in the female. As regards the abdomen, the first segment is destitute of limbs in both sexes. In the female segments 2, 3, 4, and 5 bear, on the left side, appendages formed of a basal joint terminated by two branches. On the second segment the outer branch is shorter than the inner one; on the third, the two branches are nearly of the same length; on the fourth, the outer branch is a little longer, and on the fifth segment it is much longer than the inner one. The appendages 2, 3, 4 are constructed to retain the eggs. For this purpose their basal joints bear two tufts of hairs; the inner branch also presents two tufts of hairs, one at its extremity, the other on a highly developed posterior swelling. In the male segment 2 is destitute of appendages, segments 3, 4, and 5 bear on the left side biramose feet, of which the inner branch, which is always without a posterior enlargement, is much smaller than the outer one. The appendages of the fifth segment are very similar in the two sexes. The male hermit-crabs infested by Phryaus Paguri are scarcely altered in the thoracic region, except that the large chela may be a little smaller than usual. But the abdomen presents appendages in equal number to those of the female, and constructed absolutely as in the female, although of rather smaller dimensions. On opening one of these males with female abdominal feet we find the testis containing spermatophores of much less than the normal size (about one half), and very imperfect spermatozoids. I expected to meet with the same phenomena, perhaps even more accentuated, in male hermit-crabs infested by Peltogaster Pagurt; but, astonishing to say, there is nothing of the kind; and notwith- standing the more profound action which we should be inclined, @ priort, to ascribe to the Peltogaster, that Rhizocephalan produces no apparent modification of the external characters of the male sex, although it causes the sterility of its host. The female hermit-crabs infested by Peltogaster, on the other hand, are frequently modified, and the modifications of course affect the abdominal feet. The tufts of hairs on the basal joint and the posterior ovigerous projection of the branch disappear more or less completely ; further, the inner branch is generally smaller than the outer one, even in the appendages 2 and 3; in one word, the abdominal feet of these castrated females clearly approach those of the male sex. From what precedes we are led to conclude either that certain Peltogasters attach themselves to the hermit-crabs at a later period than the Phryai or that the Peltogasters exert a slower action than the Phry«i, and do not prevent the sexual differentiation from being produced, at least in the male sex. The former interpreta- tion, in our opinion, is the more probable. Further, the facts just noted seem to indicate that the Phryat in general attach themselves to the hermit-crabs at an age when the sexual differentiation has not been effected, and while the Decapod crustacean still presents the embryonic abdominal feet. Now Fritz 80 Miscellaneous. Miller has made known a Phry«us of the Brazilian coast (Phrywus resupinatus) which constantly attaches itself to hermit-crabs infested by Peltogaster purpureus, and often upon the very peduncle of that Rhizocephalan. If we accept the hypothesis of the inoculation of the larvae of Rhizocephala put forward by M. Y. Delage, it would therefore be necessary to suppose that the larva of Phrywus resupi- natus divines which are the hermit-crabs inoculated with an embryo Peltogaster, and the precise place at which this embryo will emerge from the abdomen of the hermit-crab. We can escape from this curious conclusion only by assuming, upon a still more curious hypothesis, that the embryos of Phryaus themselves are also inocu- lated and follow the larvee of Peltogaster in their internal migration. Who would accept such a complication? On the other hand, all becomes simple on the theory of direct fixation, and we may find in the new facts above described a confirmation of the opinion expressed by us, that in the phylogenetic series the Cirripedes have been the introducers of the Bopyride among the Decapod crustaceans. The Isopods, originally parasitic upon the Rhizocephala, have infested the higher crustacean, at first indirectly, but afterwards directly. I have endeavoured to extend the observations relating to para- sitic castration to other Decapods, but unfortunately the materials for such an investigation are difficult to get together. Notwith- standing my great desire to do so, I have as yet been unable to examine male Callianasse infested either by Parthenopea subterra- nea or by Lone thoracica. Although Gebia stellata, Montagu, is abundant at various parts of the coast of France (especially at Con- carneau), I have never found on our shores the parasitic Bopyrid of that species, Gyge branchialis, Cornalia and Panceri. I possess a single example of an infested Gebca, which came from the Labo- ratory at Naples. This specimen, however, is a male, and I have been able to ascertain that it presents the first pair of simple abdo- minal feet which normally exists only in the female; the chela of the first pair of thoracic feet has remained stronger than in the females. Nardo, who observed in a locality where Giyge branchialis is abundant, says that he has sometimes found the first abdominal appendage in both sexes :—‘‘Io posso assicurare pero che di tali appendici poste una per lato sotto il primo anello dell’ Addome, va pure fornita la femmina, ed essere anche vero che talvolta ne sono entrambi sprovvedati.” *, It is probable that these abnormal males were or had been infested by Gyge. The Brachyura infested by the Bopyride of the genus Cepon (Pilumnus hirtellus and Xantho floridus) and examples of Porcellana longicornis infested by Pleurocryptus Porcellane have presented no appreciable modification of the external sexual characters.—Comptes Rendus, April 18, 1887, p. 1113. * Nardo, ‘ Annotazioni illustranti 54 specie di Crostacei,’ Venice, 1869, p. 100. CONTENTS OF NUMBER 115.—Fifth Series. I. The Significanee of the Yolk in the Eggs of Osseous Fishes. By Epwarp E. Princz, St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. (Plate II.) II. Notes on Coleoptera, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.—Part VI. By Francis P. Pascon, F.L.S. &. (Plate I.) . TI. Catalogue of Ceylon Alge in the Herbarium of the British Museum. By Guorer Murray, F.L.S., Assistant, British Museum, and Examiner in Botany, Glasgow University ........ Dre ete So IV. Contribution. to the Knowledge of the -Land-Planarie. By HP BERGMNDAE yes i 3, oar db arate ee NO LS v. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians in the British Museum (Natural History).—Part III. By G..A. Boutnnerr .... VI. A List of fifty Hrotylide from Japan, including thirty-five new Species and four new.Genera. By Grorcr Lewis, F.LS...... BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICH. - — The Agricultural Pests of India, and of Eastern and Southern Asia, Vegetable and Animal, injurious to Man and his Products. By Surgeon-General Epwarp BAtrour se eee eee ee dte eee eae sone MISCELLANEOUS. On the Phylogeny of the Bopyrine. By MM. A. Giarp and J. Bonnier eerre seve ses e eee ee eee eee ee ee wee sce eee eee sete eae On Parasitic Castration in Hupagurus Bernhardus, Linné, and in Gebia stellata, Montagu. By M. A. Grarp eee > ee ee ow ae oe oe 3 Page 1 21 44 50 53 74 76 *,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :— The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. Price £15. The Second Series, in 11 volimes, from 1827 to 1832. 22 hs, The Third Sertes, in 87 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. 2 $6. The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1878. » £20. TAYLOR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE ‘OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices — The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10. The Second Sertes, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. im B10: The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867.. te a The Fourth Series, in 20 volumés, from 1868 to 1877, wy e12. TAYLOR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 3 FIFTH SERIES. No. 116. S77 yur ANNALS oe gaa | MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. a oe e14 ‘if CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.LS., ‘WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-B.S., P.LS., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S. 1] BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH ||| Messrs. LOUDON AND GHARLESWORTH’S ““MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ WITH TWO PLATES. ‘Illustrative of Dr. A. C. Stokes’s Paper on new Hypotrichous Infusoria, and Mr. A. W. Waters’s on Australian Bryozoa. LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. ld by Longmans, Green, and Co. ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; kent and Co.; Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster, _ & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. Es BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. -“Bdited by F. D/ GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN. | ZOOLOGY. Since September 1879, when the work was commenced, Fifty-nine Parts _ (including that now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed as follows :— Mammalia. By E.R. Auston. (Complete. Pp. xx and 220, pls. xxii.) Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F.D.Gopman. (Pp. 1-612, pls. i.—xxxy., Temporary Titlepage.) Reptilia. By A. Ginruer. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i—xxv.) Arachnida Acaridea. By Orro Stott. (Pp. 1-16, pls. i—i1x.) Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1 (ApEPHAGa). By H. W. Batzs. (Complete. Pp. x and 316, pls. xiii.) Coleoptera. Vol.I. part2 (ApEPHAGA; HypRoPHILID#, &c.). By D.SHarp. (Pp. 1-744, pls. i—xix.) Coleoptera. Vol. II. part] (PsntapHipm &c.). By D.SHarp. (Pp. 1- 64, pls. i., 11.) : Gaicepeera: Vol. Il. part 2(Prctinicornia; LAMELLICORNIA). By H. W. Batrs. (Pp. 1-80, pls. i.-iv.) Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Serriconnia). By C. O. WatTErHouseE. (Pp. 1-82, pls. i., 11.) Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (MatacopErmara). By H. S. Gornam. (Complete. Pp. xiiand 372, pls. xiii.) Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 1 (Hrrzrromera). By G. C. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-296, pls. i,—xi.) Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Lonaicornia): by H. W. Bates, (BRUCHIDES): by D. SHarp. (Complete. Pp. xii and 526, pls. xxvi.) Coleoptera. Vol. VI.part 1 (PHyTopHaca). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-528, Is, 1.—Xx1x.) : Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 2 (PHyTopHaaa, continued). By J. S. Baty. (Pp. 1-124, pls. i.-iv. ) Hymenoptera. By P. Campron. (Pp. 1-400, pls. i—xvi.) Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. 1. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin. (Pp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp.1-48, pls. xlviii.—l.) Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-248, pls. 1.-xxiy.) Rhynchota Heteroptera. By W.L. Distant. (Pp. 1-304, pls. i.—xxviii.) Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-24, pls. i—i.) Diptera. By Baron C. R. von Osten SackEn. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i—ii.) BOTANY. Of the Botany Twenty-two Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. 1, pp. 1-619 and titlepage, pls. i—xxxv.; Vol. IL, pp. 1-621 and titlepage, pls. xxxvi-lxix.; Vol. ILI., pp. 1-711, pls. Ixx.-cix.; Vol. IV., pp. 1-144. The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d. Tiondon,: Published for the Editors by R. H. PortER, 10 Chandos Street, Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W. THE PISCATORIAL ATLAS OF THE NORTH SEA, ENGLISH AND ST. GEORGE’S CHANNELS. By O. T. OLSEN, F.L.S., F.B.G.S., &., &e. SHOWING AT A GLANCE. The Fishing Ports, Harbours, Species of Fish (How, Where, and When Caught), Boats and Fishing Gear, and other Special Information concerning Fish and Fisheries. PRICE. With Fish coloured................ £2 12s. 6d. With Fish uncoloured.............. £2 Qs. Od. TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FIFTH SERIES.] No. 116. AUGUST 1887. VIL—Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &c. By ArtHur Wm. WATERS. [Plate IV.] Part I. THE collection now described was kindly sent to me by Mr. Brazier, of Sydney, who had dredged the specimens himself and carefully noted the localitics and depths, thus greatly in- creasing its value. The New South Wales collection was recently received; but to this I have added some dredged near New Guinea, which Mr. Brazier gave me a few years ago, and I have also mentioned a few New South Wales specimens sent to me by friends. My work has for a long time been mostly with fossil * Bryozoa from Australia and New Zealand, and it has been necessary to make constant comparisons with recent ones, so that, although publishing in geological periodicals, I have added many new localities for recent forms, and also pointed out many cases of fossil species still being found living; and it is to be hoped that those communications may be useful to * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvil. p. 309, vol. xxxviil. pp. 257 and 502, vol. xxxix. p. 423, vol. xl. p. 674, vol. xli. p. 279, vol. xli. p. 40. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 6 82 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. students interested in geographical distribution, a point with which I again deal fully. Another point to which I was obliged to devote special attention was the indications given by paleontology as to the relative value of various characters, and this again could not be done by questioning fossils alone; but recent forms were also examined. This has naturally made me a warm sup- porter of those who saw that the mode of growth and zoarial characters generally must, in importance, be placed after the zocecial. Of the zocecial characters the shape of the oral aperture is the most useful, and this, I have pointed out *, can best be studied by means of the opercula; and both Busk and MacGillivray, and myself have shown that the avicularian mandibles furnish characters of the greatest value specifically. My own collection of these chitinous elements represents many hundred species, and their importance can scarcely be overrated, for in many cases there are minute characters which are distinctly of specific value, but unless the opercula or mandibles are carefully separated out some of the most important points will not be noticed. It was quite incom- prehensible how Mr. Busk had overlooked so many details in his ‘ Challenger’ work, until I saw some collections illus- trating these chitinous elements, which he presented to the British Museum, and then it became quite clear that mounting them in mass, surrounded by the imtegumentary tissues, accounted for his not having seen many things of importance. It is of course very tedious teasing out these covers under the microscope; but for fresh descriptions or doubtful cases it should, if possible, be done; also calcined preparations of a portion of the zoarium should be made to show the calca- reous structure, and decalcified pieces should also be mounted. This can best be done in glycerine jelly, the air being removed after decalcification by prolonged soaking in spirit, and then the specimen must be transferred to a mixture of glycerine and spirit, and thus gradually into pure glycerine. Such genera as Catenicella should be thus studied. There are only five species of Catenicella in these collec- tions, and they have been a good deal knocked about by the waves. ‘The opercula of this genus have so far not received any attention, nor in this tamily are they likely to be of so much use as in many others, since there are many species with scarcely distinguishable covers. ‘There appear, how- * “The Use of the Opercula in the Determination of the Chilosto- matous Bryozoa,’ Proc. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc. vol. xviii. p. 8; “On the Use of the Avicularian Mandible,” &c., Journ. Microscopical Soc. ser. 2, vol. v. p. 774. Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 83 ever, to be three types, namely :—those nearly round, as C. Buskii (fusca and sacculata), C. pusilla, C. delicatula, C. cornuta, C. elegans, C. perforata, C. formosa, C. crystallina, C. Hannafordii, C. insignis, C. umbonata, C. taurina; this includes the vittate of Busk, many having the ovicells cen- tral, but this is not universal, C. cornuta, C. perforata, and C. taurina having them terminal or geminate. The second type, including C. amphora, C. ventricosa, C. intermedia, C. lorica, C. hastata, C. alata, C. carinata, C. Wilsont, C. pulchella, C. urnula, and C. margaritacea, has the operculum straight below or concave, and corresponds nearly with Mr. Busk’s fenestrate group, having the ovicells usually terminal; but this is not the case in C. carinata. The next type has a triangular operculum, and perhaps should again be divided into (a) the small species, C. aurita, C. geminata (see fig. 22), and fossil C. leviguta, Waters, and C. longicollis, W., with a sinus in the aperture, for which MacGillivray has proposed the genus Claviporella; this leaves (6) the large ones, C. ponderosa, C. ornata (see fig. 21), C. solida, W., and per- haps these should be called Calpidium. It has seemed to me that the terminology in general use was not sufficient for describing the Catenzcelle, and there- fore when dealing with the fossils, where we have only indi- vidual beads or internodes to examine, I suggested (‘¢ Chilost. Bry. from Muddy Creek &c.,”’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p. 428) that we should call each bead a “ globulus,” again distinguishing those with two zocecia as “ biglobuli.”’ In C. ornata there are more than two zoccia, and this is also the case in an interesting fossil from Curdie’s Creek, where the internode or multiglobulus has several zocecia arranged in a bicellate series (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii. p. 318, pl. xvi. figs. 78, 79). I also (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p. 428) sug- gested that in the fenestrate division we should distinguish the compartments surrounding the zocecium as “ supra-avicu- larian,” “ avicularian,” “ infra-avicularian,” and “ pedal.’ These are most typically represented in C. alata ; whereas in the first type (namely those with rounded apertures) some of the compartments, even when distinguishable, are very rudi- mentary. The mandibles, again, are not of much use, as they are very similar in most of the species examined. In all these there is a comparatively large part in the centre consisting of only one layer and nearly transparent ; and as the position of this part varies in the mandibles of many of the Bryozoa and is ® 84 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. valuable for diagnostic purposes, I propose to designate it the palwerclape There is another character which seems to have had no attention ; that is the method of rooting or attachment. In some, as C. cacatua, CO. delicatula, C. alata, C. carinata, C. pusilla, C. pulchella, an isolated chitinous tube starts from the back of some of the globuli, and is attached by a spreading grapnel to any substance near; in others, as C. crystallina, C. formosa, U. cribraria, C. taurina, C. cornuta, C. perfo- rata, C. Hannafordi, VU. elegans, C. insignis, C. ventricosa, C. hastata?, C. lorica, tubes arise on either the dorsal or front surface, sometimes on both, and several such radicles may start from the same zocecium. These unite and form solid bundles, becoming thicker towards the base. So far as my collection enables me to judge these are from the dorsal sur- face in C. Hannafordi, C. margaritacea, C. ventricosa, C. hastata?, C. lorica, C. formosa, C. cribraria, C. cornuta, C. perforata, and from the front in OC. elegans; in C. umbonata mostly from the front, but also from the dorsal surface ; in C. delicatula, C. insignis, C. taurina from the back or front. How far these growths are influenced by local conditions can only be examined by those on the spot. Rooting and articulation seem to be correlated growths— that is, chitinous tubes may be given off to attach the colony to foreign substances or to attach one internode or one part to another, thus allowing motion without destroying the con- nexion between various sections of the colony. In the same way the radicle-growths of Jdmonea interjuncta are very similar to the cross bars forming the network, whereas in J. Milneana both are stouter; and this will be referred to when dealing with the Cyclostomata. I was surprised to find that no description of these radicles is given in a large number of species where they occur, and also came upon some interesting cases of articulation which had been overlooked, for instance, in Caberea lata, from Holborn Island; I have a specimen in which where the branches divide there are two chitinous tubes, which join in a quasi-ganglionic knot, from which a tube is given off to each branch (see fig. 4). In thinking this all over it seemed somewhat curious that such a form as Membranipora roborata should show no indi- cations of articulation, and in consequence | reexamined my mounted specimens to see how far this was the case, and was not surprised to find that in the unilaminate form where a dichotomization had taken place, and where the zoarium is Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa, 85 readily broken, there were in the interior several chitinous tubes passing from the upper to the lower zocecia. There is rooting without articulation in typical Bugula and Flustra, but these genera have both very little calcareous matter; on the other hand, we see articulation in Bicellaria, which is considered sufficiently allied to Bugula to be placed in the same family. In Catenicella and other genera a raised disk is formed, out of which the radicle-tube grows, and the connexion with the interior seems to be by means of a rosette-plate at the base of the disk. Diachoris has similar roots, and the question may arise as to how far the connecting tubes are to be compared with articulation. [I have considered them analogous with the tubes in which the rosette-plates occur in incrusting and erect species; and this view I think is the most probable. Membranipora radicifera is rooted with distinct chitinous tubes, on which account MacGillivray has gone so far as to propose its being placed with Beania; but this, I think, will scarcely be accepted. What I called Diachoris patellaria, Moll, is attached by means of a row of integumentary tubes ; nevertheless MacGillivray places it under Amphiblestrum. Probably both these cases are only modifications of the mode of attachment which obtains in many incrusting forms, to which I shall have to refer later on. This first paper happens to deal with articulated species ; but this is a character which cannot be considered of primary importance, seeing that it includes a large number of purely Membraniporidan type; others of Microporidan, as M. ratoniensis ; Microporellidan, as Adeona &c.; Poridan, as Tubucellaria ; or Cellaridan, in a species which, as pointed out, is known unarticulated both living and from the Cretaceous for- mation. The classificatory value of articulation may, however, not always be the same, as there may be cases where articula- tion has taken place at a time far removed from the present, and from these parents further differentiation has obtained, forming various articulated groups; in other cases local cir- cumstances may have recently caused articulation without any other character having changed. The mode of articula- tion seems to be of specific value, but within the same generie group 1s often very various. 1. Hucratea chelata (L.). Cosmopolitan. Off Shark Island, 8 fath. 86 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 2. Catenicella alata, W.'Thomson. (PI. IV. fig. 9.) Catenicella alata, W. Thoms., “ On new Genera and Species of Polyzoa,” Zool. Bot. Assoc. Dublin, 1859, vol. i. p. 80, pl. vi. fig. 4; Mac- Gillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. iii. p. 21, pl. xxiv. fig. 7; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii. p. 317, pl. xvi. figs. 47, 49, 58, vol, xxxvii. p. 260, vol. xxxix. p. 428, pl. xii. figs. 15, 16. The opercula are straight below, having a second layer in the upper part, which is often divided down the centre. Miss Jelly submitted to me a closely allied Catenicella from Port Phillip, which, from the general characters and arrangements of the compartments, I at once pronounced to be a variety of alata; but every cell is geminate, with one fresh globulus growing from the centre of one of the zocecia of the previous globulus, first from the right, then from the left, and so on. Between the two zocecia in the centre of the globulus there is a small avicularium, and this is also the case in the geminate cells of typical C. alata, but is not a common character in the Catenicelle. I mention this variety at some length, as we have the same minute characters with two different modes of increase, and I consider that this gives support to the view expressed that the genus Catenicellopsis should be dropped. Since the above was written, MacGillivray has called this C. gemella, and therefore it should stand as C. alata, var. gemella. Loc. Recent: Bass’s Straits, Port Fairy (Dawson) ; Queens- cliff; Tasmania; New Zealand; La Pérouse, New South Wales. Fossil: Mount Gambier; Muddy Creek; Bird Rock ; and Waurn Ponds (W.). 3. Catenicella ventricosa, Busk. (PI. IV. fig. 13.) Catenicella ventricosa, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyz. p.7, pl. 11. figs. 1, 2, pl. iii. figs. 1-5; MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. 111. p. 18, pl. xxiv. fig. 3; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p. 481, Specimens from La Pérouse have chitinous radicle-tubes from the front and dorsal surface, and these ultimately form very solid bundles. In one case, where there has evidently been an accident, tubes connect the neighbouring cells, thus saving the colony from injury. Loc. Bass’s Straits; Victoria; Tasmania; Port Fairy ; New Zealand (Hutton) ; La Pérouse, Botany Bay. Fossil: Bird Rock (Victoria). : 4. Catenicella hastata, B. (Pl. IV. fig. 10.) Loc. Bass’s Straits; Victoria; New Zealand; La Pérouse, Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 87 Botany Bay. Fossil: Bird Rock, and Waurn Ponds (Vic- toria). 5s Catenicella Buskii, W. Thoms. (Pl. IV. fig. 12.) Catenicella Buskii, Thomson, “ On new Genera and Species of Polyzoa,” Zool. Bot. Assoc. Dublin, vol. i. 1859, p. 83, pl. vill. fig. 2; MacG. Zool. Vict. dec. ii. p. 24, pl. xxiv. fig. 12. Catenicella fusca, MacG. loc. cit. dec. ix. p. 33, pl. xc. fig. 1. This is closely allied to C. gibbosa, and should perhaps only be considered a variety. ‘The relationship to elegans is evident, but how close is somewhat uncertain, as Busk says of elegans “ ovicell geminate,” whereas MacGillivray says ovicell like that of Buskiz. Operculum 0:02 millim. wide. Loc. Western Australia; Bass’s Straits; Queenscliff; La Pérouse, Botany Bay, washed on shore. 6. Catenicella delicatula (Wilson). (Pl. IV. fig. 11.) Catenicellopsis delicatula, J. B. Wilson, “ On a new Genus of Polyzoa,” Micr. Soc. Victoria, vol. i. no. 2, p. 65, pl. iv. fig. 2; MacGillivray, Zool. Vict, dec. xi. p. 30, pl. cvii. fig. 2. I cannot see that this should be separated from Catenicella merely on account of the branches sometimes originating from the sides of the cells. In a specimen from Queenscliff the increase is usually by means of geminate globuli; but there are many which spring out of the side of others and are attached by a chitinous tube. I have a specimen of C, Hannaford: in which a new branch starts from the front of a globulus in a similar way ; and we also see the same mode of increase in Mentpea crystallina, Didymia simplex, &c., and this should make us hesitate before adopting a new genus. And as supporting this and showing that Catenicellopsis should not be separated on account of its mode of growth, I may mention that in my specimens of C. pusilla the zocecia do not spring laterally from the others. In the small specimens from La Pérouse none of the globuli originate laterally from the others. There are nume- rous chitinous tubes starting either from the back or the front and united into bundles which become more massive near the base; besides these there are isolated ones springing from the dorsal surface and ending in grappling-hooks. Operculum nearly round, with muscular attachments at each side, placed about one third of the distance between the proximal and distal edges. Loc. Living: Spring Creek; Port Phillip Heads; Sor- 88 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. rento ; Queenscliff; and La Pérouse, Botany Bay, washed on shore. 7. Cellularia cuspidata, Busk. Cellularia cuspidata, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 19, pl. xxvii. figs. 1, 2; ‘Challenger’ Report, p. 17; MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. vi. p. 31, pl. lviii. fig. 1; Haswell, Polyzoa from Queensland, p. 36. On the dorsal surface there is often a single “ perforation,” and in a few cases two; but at the position of this perfora- tion there is a muscular attachment for the operculum. The new branches spring by means of a chitinous tubular connexion from the central cell, and the two side zocecia are continuous, though rather modified in shape, being thin at the line of junction of the internodes, and with the move- ment of the new internode seem readily broken. The articu- lation of C. Peachit is by two chitinous tubes to each new branch, one from the central cell and one from each lateral one. In C. cuspidata above the outer angle of the modified cell in each new branch a concave disk is formed, and from this a long chitinous radicle-tube is thrown out. In a few cases there is a radicle thrown out above the outer angle of other cells; but this is not usual. These tubes have not been mentioned by Busk or MacGillivray. Loc. Australian and New-Zealand seas generally ; Shark Island, New South Wales, 8 fathoms. 8. Menipea crystallina, Gray. Loc. Bass’s Straits ; Queenscliff; Bondi Bay (New South Wales) ; Tasmania; Straits of Magellan ; Campbell Island ; New Zealand; La Pérouse, Botany Bay. 9. Menipea cervicornis, MacG., var. (Pl. IV. fig. 1.) Type Menipea cervicornis, MacG, Zool. Vict. dec. vi. p. 34, pl. lviii. fig. 4. The specimens from Shark Island are without lateral avicularia, but have a small median one on the tricellate internodes at a bifurcation. The internodes are much more elongate than in the typical IZ. cervicornis. 10. Scerupocellaria scrupea, Busk. A specimen from Shoalhaven beach has zocecia similar in shape to those of the European seas, and the spines, fornix, Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 89 avicularia, and vibracula also agree ; but, on the other hand, the internodes are short, with usually only three pairs of ~ zocecia. 11. Canda arachnoides, Lamx. (Pl. IV. fig. 7.) Canda arachnoides, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 26, pl. xxxiii.; ‘ Chal- lenger’ Rep. p. 25. A specimen from La Pérouse has few avicularia, and in large pieces of C. arachnoides I have noticed that some parts will be found without avicularia, while in other parts they are abundant. The increase at the dichotomization, which must often have been examined, does not seem to have been described. Between the two rows of zocecia an additional one is formed, and from this two chitinous tubes are given off which are curved forwards to the inner zocecium of a new branch. The other zocecia are formed direct from the ordinary zocecia. This seems to be the way in which growth takes place in most of this group, as already seen in Cellularia cuspidata, where in the same way the new branches spring by means of a chitinous connexion from the central cell, and the two side cells are continuous, though rather modified in shape; and here, as in some other cases, the articulation does not exist at first, or only partially so, and there is calcareous continuity until the movement of the water causes a fracture at the joint. I have pointed out (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii. p- 320) that the calcareous wall of Cellaria is at first con- tinuous, but is in the same way fractured as growth pro- gresses, some species retaining the continuity longer than others, so that perhaps this may be of specific value. The oral aperture occurs in a round opening at the lower part of the apparent aperture, and on this account I think there is ground for separating Canda trom Caberea, which has a distinct operculum * closing a rigid oral aperture. This never seems to have been fully figured, although of great importance, perhaps sufficient to separate it from the family Cellularide. Loc. Bass’s Straits; Timor; New Zealand (B.) ; Tas- mania; Geelong; Port Phillip Heads; La Pérouse. 12. Caberea Boryi (Aud.). Crisia Boryt, Aud. Voyage dans l’Egypte, pl. xii. fig. 4. * “On the Use of the Avicularian Mandible,’ &c., Trans. Micros. Soc. ser. 2, vol. v. pl. xiv. fig. 15. 90 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. Caberea Boryi, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 38, pl. xvi. figs. 4, 5; Hincks, Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 61, pl. viii. figs. 9-11; Waters, “On the Use of the Avicularian Mandible,” Journ. Micr. Soc. ser. 2, vol. v. p. 774, pl. xiv. figs. 9, 10, 15. I am inclined to think that the calcareous border below the operculum should be considered of generic importance, and that this is the only known representative of the genus. This character, with the operculum placed diagonally, seems to have been often overlooked, but was correctly figured by Audouin (see his fig. 4). Mr. Hincks’s figure looks as though it was the opening to the ovicell, and in his description no allusion is made to it. Loc. British; Mediterranean; New Zealand; Bondi Bay and Adelaide. Fossil: Pliocene of Calabria (Seguenza). 13. Caberea grandis, Hincks. Caberea grandis, Hincks, Ann. & Mae. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 50, pl. iii. fig. 4; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxviii. p. 261. Caberea rudis, Waters, ibid. vol. xxxvil. p. 322, pl. xvii. fig. 86. ’ ’ Pp P 8 Loc. Curtis Island; Port Phillip Heads ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, sievings from 10-30 fath. Fossil: Curdies Creek (S.W. Victoria) ; Bairnsdale ; Mount Gambier. 14. Caberea rostrata, Busk. Caherea rostrata, Busk, ‘ Challenger’ Rep. p. 28, pl. xxxii. fig. 4. There is asmall piece from La Pérouse. A form like this with a large area, covered with an integument in which is an operculum of the Membraniporidan type, seems to differ con- siderably from C. Boryz, im which the entire chitinous opercu- lum is surrounded by a caleareous border and is entirely above the fornix, and would seem more closely allied to Scrupo- cellaria than to C. Boryt and C. Lyalli, Busk. I have C. Bory? from Bondi Bay and Adelaide. Loc. New Zealand; La Pérouse. 15. Didymia simplex, Busk. (PI. IV. fig. 20.) Didymia simplex, Busk, Voyage of the ‘ Rattlesnake,’ p. 383, t. i. fig. 6; Cat. Mar. Polyz. p. 35, pl. xxxix.; ‘Challenger’ Report, p. 47; Mac- Gillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. v. p. 34, pl. xlvi. fig. 6. In a few cases fresh branches arise from the front of the zoarium, usually growing from the front of the pair of zocecia below the pair where bifurcation takes place. ‘This new branch consists at first of only one zocecium, but the next globulus is bicellate. Chitinous radicle-tubes grow from the dorsal surface of the lower zocecia. Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 91 Busk says (‘ Challenger’ Report, p. 47) that he ‘ could not find any rosette-plates between the zocecia placed side by side ;”’ but there are two elongate elliptical ones in the median line of the lateral wall near each end, Loc. Bass’s Straits; Queenscliff; Portland (Victoria) ; Station 163 a. Off Twofold Bay; Tasmania; Shark Island, 8 fath. (New South Wales). 16. Dimetopia spicata, Busk. Loc. Bass’s Straits; Queenscliff ; Cape Otway; Portland; La Pérouse ; New Zealand. 17. Bugula neritina (L.). (Pl. IV. figs. 3 and 15.) For synonyms see Busk, Report of ‘ Challenger,’ p. 42, and add to #5 inch. Hab. Standimg pond- water. The largest and mature zooids are visible to the naked eye as fine white threads gliding through the water. Chilodon vorax, sp. nov. (Pl. III. fig. 2.) Body suboval, soft and flexible, twice and a half as long as broad, widest anteriorly, and curved towards the left- hand side, gradually tapering from the sinistral concavity to the rounded posterior extremity, the left-hand border slightly convex, the lip-like projection obtuse or rounded; cuticular surface longitudinally striate; nucleus elongate-ovate or sub- fusiform, located in the posterior body-half, usually near the right-hand lateral border ; contractile vesicles multiple, small, spherical, scattered ; an undulating line of cilia extending from the lip, beyond which it frequently projects, to the oral aper- ture; anal aperture dorsal, near the posterior extremity. Length of body 4s inch. Hab. Fresh water, with Oscillarva and other alge in early spring. The rod-fascicle lining the pharyngeal passage is not only somewhat protrusible, as in the other members of the genus, and expansile and contractile at the distal extremity, but it is also freely movable within the body-sarecode around the margin of oral attachment as acentre. The Infusorians under observation fed voraciously on certain linear diatoms (pro- bably a species of Nitzschia) with which the water teemed, the frustules often being considerably longer than the body of the animalcule in its normal condition, and, after being engulfed, consequently extending through the entire length of the Infu- sorian, and stretching the cuticular surface at both extremi- ties until at these points the limiting membrane became the merest film. Before the process of engulfing was actually witnessed it was an interesting problem as to how the diatom became freed from the posterior region of the pharyngeal passage which extends almost to the centre of the body. The first supposition was that the posterior extremity of the body was sufficiently protruded under the pressure of the inflexible diatom to allow the latter to pass from the pharynx and then to glide forward, thus partially relieving the posterior pres- sure. ‘This supposition was not correct. During the passage of the frustule, when the cuticular surface of the rear margin 106 Dr. A. C. Stokes on new Hypotrichous of the body has reached its limit of extension, the pharyngeal tube, containing one end of the long diatom, suddenly and violently rotates forward until its normal position is com- pletely reversed, and the diatom consequently slips out. The act is probably only to a certain extent voluntary, being effectually aided by the strong pressure from the extended cuticular surface, which tends to force the pharyngeal fascicle forward. ‘This pressure is, however, not essential, as the pharyngeal tube is freely movable at the animalcule’s will. I have seen it suddenly swing forward to free itself and as quickly swing back into its former and normal position. The latter act is evidently entirely voluntary*. Reproduction is by oblique transverse fission, The animalcule was abun- dant in its habitat. Loxodes magnus, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 3.) Body elongate, depressed, seven or eight times as long as broad, very soft, flexible, and elastic ; narrowest anteriorly, the frontal border rounded and curved toward the left-hand side, the apical extremity terminating in a short beak-like extension; posterior extremity rounded; lateral margins somewhat convex ; ventral surface flattened and longitudinally striate, the dorsal convex; adoral groove occupying about one seventh of the anterior lateral margin of the ventral sur- face, the membranous sickle-shaped lining conspicuous, the posterior portion long and narrow; refractive corpuscles numerous, arranged in a single longitudinal series near the right-hand lateral border; nuclei multiple, irregularly distri- buted ; contractile vesicles apparently many and posteriorly located, but not positively identified ; endoplasm vacuolar ; colour brown; cilia and dorsal hispid sete numerous, short, and fine. Length of extended body go inch. Hab. Standing pond-water. Movements gliding, with frequent twisting and folding of the body. This is readily distinguishable from the two previously recorded species by its great size and by the number of the marginal refringent corpuscles. The nuclei, or those nodules which I have considered to be the nuclei, are much paler in tint than the corpuscles just referred to, larger, and the cen- trally placed nucleolus in each is more finely granulate. A funiculus probably exists, although it was not positively ob- served. ‘The posterior portion of the chitinous pharyngeal membrane often appears to be scarcely more than a brown filament, so narrow 1s it. Its general course is shown in the * See ‘The Microscope,’ vol. vi. p. 121. Infusoria from American Fresh Waters. 107 figure, but it not rarely is more or less undulate. This Infu- sorian, like all the members of the genus thus far observed, is essentially a bottom-feeder, gliding over the submerged objects, the residual débris at the lowest parts of the shallow waters which it inhabits. ONYCHODROMOPSIS (Onychodromus ; éxvus, form), gen. nov. Animalcules free-swimming, soft and flexible, hypotrichous ; frontal styles six, the anterior three largest and most conspi-~ cuous; marginal sete uninterrupted; ventral styles in four longitudinal rows, the third series from the right-hand body- margin, or the second from the left-hand border, interrupted centrally ; anal styles five. This differs from Stein’s Onychodromus chiefly on account of the soft, flexible, and uncuirassed condition of the body. In the present form there is no trace of a dorsal shield or carapace, the body being quite soft and flexible, and further- more bearing on the dorsal cuticular surface numerous short hispid sete. Stein remarks of the form discovered by him and relegated to the genus Onychodromus, that the carapace is more indurated than that of Stylonychia, and less so than that of Huplotes, which is by no means the condition in the present form. The frontal styles, which, however, are of but secondary importance in generic diagnosis, are from sixteen to twenty-eight in number in Onychodromus, and the very important ventral sete from fifteen to twenty-one; in Ony- chodromopsis the former are six in number, and the latter very numerous and arranged in a characteristic manner. Onychodromopsis flexilis, sp. nov. (Pl. IIL. fig. 4.) Body ovate or subelliptical, about three times as long as broad, somewhat narrowed anteriorly and slightly curved towards the left-hand side; marginal sete longest and largest at the posterior extremity ; ventral styles in four longitudinal rows, the second, counting from the left-hand body-margin, centrally interrupted, consisting of two or three anterior and two or three posterior elements; anal styles five, nearly mar- ginal, often furcate or fimbriate, projecting beyond the poste- rior border ; peristome about one third as long as the body, the inner or right-hand margin bearing a large and, in lateral view, conspicuous membrane ; nucleus double, near the left-hand body-margin, but indifferently in the anterior or posterior body-half; contractile vesicle near the centre of the left-hand margin ; dorsal hispid sete short, inconspicuous, and abundant. Length of body 35 to x4, inch. Hab, Standing pond-water, with Lemne. 108 Dr. A. C. Stokes on new Hypotrichous Holosticha vernalis, sp. nov. (PI. IIL. fig. 5.) Body subelliptical, about four times as long as broad, very soft and flexible; both extremities rounded, the anterior lip short, crescentic ; the peristome extending backward through about one third of the ventral surface, the right-hand margin ciliate, the adoral series on the posterior half of the left-hand border directed across the peristome-field towards the righthand, the anterior half directed towards the left hand; frontal styles five or six, scattered, the three anterior largest; ventral sete forming two median rows, beginning in close proximity to the frontal styles; marginal sete longest at the posterior border, those on the left-hand side gradually leaving the body- margin and approaching the peristome; anal styles from five to eight, usually fimbriated ; contractile vesicle spherical, near the centre of the left-hand side; nucleus not observed; dorsal hispid setee numerous. Length of body z4> inch. Hab. Shallow pools in early spring, with algee. TACHYSOMA (tayvs, swift; s@ma), gen. nov. Animalcules free-swimming, soft, and flexible; frontal styles from eight to ten, the three anterior usually the largest ; ventral styles five, scattered; marginal sete at some distance from the lateral borders, interrupted on the posterior margin ; anal styles five; caudal sete none; dorsal hispid sete usually numerous and conspicuous. Tachysoma agile, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 6.) Body elongate oval, about four times as long as broad, both extremities evenly rounded; peristome-field arcuate, extend- ing through about one fourth of the ventral surface, without a right-hand or reflected inner border; marginal sete. in close proximity to the five scattered ventral styles; anal styles five, large, often finely fimbriated, and with a tendency to form two groups, the two elements on the mght-hand side usually extending obliquely towards the right; contractile vesicle near the centre of the left-hand body-margin, gib- bously extending the region at complete diastole ; nucleus double, each ovate nodule with an external subspherical nucleo- lus ; dorsal hispid setee long, fine, clothing the dorsal surface in several longitudinal rows. Length of body +5 inch. Hab. Pond-water. I was at first disposed to identify this with Pleurotricha echinata (C. & L.), 8. K.; but that form, as suggested by Kent, probably belongs to another genus, being relegated to Stein’s Pleurotricha with some doubt, as the supplementary Infusoria from American Fresh Waters. 109 marginal sete referred to are evidently luxuriantly developed dorsal hispid sete. The absence of all trace of a supplemen- tary ventral series of styles, together with the softness and flexibility of the body, exclude it from Pleurotricha, while the latter qualities and the absence of caudal sete exclude it from Stylonychia, which it otherwise somewhat closely resembles ; and, finally, the interruption of the marginal sete at the posterior border refuses it admission among the species of Oxytricha, and from Histrio it is further excluded not only by the poste- rior interruption of the marginal sete, but by its soft and elastic body. Its proper position is probably between Oxy- tricha and Histrio. Tachysoma mirabile, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 7.) Body elliptical, less than four times as long as broad, the extremities equally rounded; frontal, ventral, and marginal styles essentially as in 7. agile, but smaller and more setose ; anal styles five, without tendency to form two groups ; peri- stome-field arcuate, extending through about one fourth the length of the ventral surface, reflected or right-hand inner border none; contractile vesicle spherical, near the centre of the left-hand body-margin; nucleus single, elongate, sub- centrally located, with an elongate, laterally attached nucleo- lus; endoplasm granular; dorsal hispid sete long, most conspicuously developed near the posterior extremity. Length ahy inch. Hab. Standing pond-water. This form bears a close resemblance to the first-mentioned member of the genus, differimg from it somewhat in size, but most conspicuously in the remarkable nucleus and nucleolus. The latter is so large and so closely resembles the nucleus that the two might be considered a uniquely arranged double nucleus, especially in certain individuals in which the nucleo- lus has become slightly separated from its lateral attachment. In none of the Hypotrichous Infusoria, so far as I am aware, has a similar nucleus been previously observed. The movements of the animalcule are rapid and erratic. The body is frequently observed to be laterally curved, which region then becoming somewhat concave, the two extremities thus remotely approach each other. The Infusorian when in this condition often swims by rotation on the longitudinal axis, Tachysoma parvistylum, sp. nov. (PI. IIL. fig. 8.) Body elongate-ovate, less than three times as long as broad, widest posteriorly, narrowed anteriorly to form a neck-like 110 Dr. A. C. Stokes on new Hypotrichous region composing about one third the length of the entire body, the frontal lip small; locomotive styles small and short, the frontal ten in number, the anterior three largest ; ventral styles five, the posterior two in close proximity to the anal, the three anterior arranged in a single longitudinal series ; anal styles five, usually very flexible and active; marginal sete scarcely projecting except posteriorly ; right-hand margin of the peristome-field sigmoid ; contractile vesicle spherical, near the centre of the left-hand body-margin; dorsal hispid sete small and inconspicuous. Length of body zp inch. Hab. Shallow pools, in early spring. Movements active. This agile colourless form is notable for its small styles ; they are the most minute that I remember to have observed on any member of the Hypotricha. Oxytricha bifaria, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 9.) Body oval, less than three times as long as broad, the right- hand lateral border convex, the left-hand margin flattened, the anterior extremity bearing a prominent, crescentic, lip-like projection, the posterior extremity obtusely pointed, its left- hand margin obliquely rounded; ventral styles five, scattered, the posterior one in close proximity to the anal styles, the latter five in number, forming two distinct aud completely separated groups, the most posterior of which is composed of two large styles projecting beyond the body-margin, the ante- rior cluster being formed of three smaller elements placed above and to the left-hand side of the posterior group, and not extending beyond the margin of the body; peristome reaching to the centre of the ventral surface, the right-hand border ciliate and bearing a narrow membrane, a linear series of endoral cilia depending from the central region of the peri- stome-field ; marginal sete uninterrupted, longest and largest on the posterior extremity ; nucleus double, the nodules large, ovate; dorsal hispid sete short and inconspicuous. Length of body ya inch. Hab. An infusion of hay. Endoplasm granular, brownish and semiopaque. Movements rapid and erratic. This Infusorian is quite variable in contour, being often evenly oval or elliptical, while other individuals appear with the frontal region somewhat curved towards the left-hand side. The essential characters, however, are constant, and by them the animalcule can readily be recognized as distinct from previously recorded members of the genus, the peculiar and distinguishing arrangement of the anal styles making it easily separable from other Oxytriche. Infusoria from American Fresh Waters. 111 The most posterior of the five ventral styles is so intimately connected with the anterior group of anal uncini that careful scrutiny is usually needed to positively observe it. Its func- tions, however, its habit of curving forward, and its flexi- bility readily distinguish it from the anal cluster. The elements of the latter are rigid and unbending, only the one on the extreme right usually having great freedom of move- ment. The extremities of the two forming the posterior group are often fimbriated. With this, as with Oxytricha hymenostoma, there is some appearance of a double peristomial membrane; but it is not conspicuous nor even very distinct. Oxytricha hymenostoma, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 10.) Body subelliptical, soft and flexible, about twice and a half as long as broad, both extremities rounded, the left- hand region of the frontal border somewhat oblique, the left- hand body-margin slightly concave anteriorly; lip short, crescentic ; frontal styles five uncinate and three setose ; ven- tral styles five—two near the apex of the peristome-field, one central, two near the anal styles; the latter five in number, the three on the right-hand side usually projecting beyond the body ; marginal sete continuous, larger and longer on the posterior border; peristome extending to the centre of the ventral surface, the right-hand margin ciliated and bearing apparently two membranes of unequal width, the left-hand border furnished with a series of very fine paroral cilia ; nuclei two, ovate; contractile vesicle spherical, near the centre of the left-hand border. Length of body 3{5 to 239 inch. Hab. Uay-intusion. Movements rapid. The appearance of two peristomial membranes is very distinct, and has been observed in all the numerous individuals examined. ‘Their presence is unique, so far as the O.ytriche are concerned, and my impression is that such an addition to the not uncommon single membrane has not been previ- ously recorded with any other member of the Hypotricha. Oxytricha acuminata, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 11.) Body elongate-lanceolate, soft, flexible, and posteriorly somewhat extensile, about six times as long as broad when extended, the frontal border rounded and projecting as a soft, flexible, prominent lower lip; posterior extremity pointed, tapering ; frontal styles eight or ten; ventral uncini five— three anteriorly placed, two near the five anal styles, the 112 Dr. A. C. Stokes on new Hypotrichous latter scarcely projecting beyond the lateral borders, remote from the posterior extremity ; marginal sete uninterrupted, projecting beyond the body posteriorly only ; peristome-field extending through about one fifth the ventral surface, the right- hand border ciliated and bearing an undulating membrane ; contractile vesicle occasionally double, one situated near the centre of the left-hand body-margin, the other smaller and placed near the apical extremity of the peristome-field ; nuclei multiple (usually four), the nodules ovate, each commonly with an externally attached nucleolus; dorsal hispid sete long, arranged in about six longitudmal series ; endoplasm eran- ular. Length of body 335 to z4y inch. Hab. Pond-water, with alge. Movements rapid and erratic. Oxytricha caudata, sp. nov. (Pl. III. fig. 12.) Body elongate-ovate, soft and flexible, five or six times as long as broad, the anterior border obliquely rounded and slightly curved toward the left-hand side, posteriorly tapering to the conspicuous, attenuate, pointed, and somewhat retractile tail-like extremity ; peristome from one fifth to one sixth as long as the body, the right-hand margin bearing an undulating membrane, the seven or eight adoral cilia bordering the ante- rior extremity large and setose, radiating when quiescent ; frontal styles five, uncinate, with three smaller supplementary sete ; ventral styles five, three anteriorly and two posteriorly placed ; caudal styles five, remote from the posterior extre- mity ; marginal sete uninterrupted, occasionally fimbriated, projecting posteriorly only ; nuclei two, ovate, near the left- hand body-margin; the single spherical contractile vesicle situated between the nodules, in close proximity with the left-hand body-margin ; hispid sete forming several longitu- dinal dorsal rows, prominently projecting laterally. Length of body 3p to z4a inch. Hab. Standing pond-water, with Lemna. The large, almost uncinate, adoral cilia bordering the frontal region are, when the animalcule is quiescent, to all appear- ance rigidly extended. They then bear a resemblance to the same appendages so abnormally developed in Actinotricha. This Infusorian’s movements are rapid, with frequent rather prolonged intervals of rest. So far as I am aware there is no other species of the genus with the attenuate and somewhat retractile tail-like extremity. The species is readily recog- nizable by these characteristics alone. Infusoria from American Fresh Waters. 113 Histrio inguietus, sp. nov. (PI. III. fig. 13.) Body elongate-obovate, about three times as long as broad, the extremities rounded ; marginal sete uninterrupted ; anal styles five, occasionally six, the extremities often finely fim- briated ;_peristome-field obovate, capacious, slightly curved towards the left-hand side, the right-hand margin ciliate and bearing an undulating membrane continued around the ante- rior border; nuclei two, ovate; dorsal hispid sete present. Length of body 345 inch. Hab. Standing pond-water, with Zemna. Movements rapid. HMistrio complanatus, sp. nov. (Pl. ILI. fig. 14.) Body subelliptical, much depressed, twice as long as broad, the posterior extremity obscurely pointed, the anterior evenly rounded ; frontal lip crescentic, conspicuous ; peristome-field extending to near the centre of the ventral surface, the right- hand margin ciliated and bearing a membrane ; frontal styles eight, five uncinate, with three smaller and setose; ventral styles five, one central, with two anteriorly and two poste- riorly placed; anal styles five, the three on the right-hand side alone projecting beyond the body-margin ; marginal seta uninterrupted, longest and largest posteriorly; nuclei two, ovate; contractile vesicle spherical, situated near the centre of the left-hand border of the dorsal surface. Length of body sz Inch. Dorsal hispid sete: short and inconspicuous. Hab. Shallow pools in early spring. The position of the contractile vesicle beneath the cuticular surface of the dorsum is well marked, and the enclosed fluid is evidently expelled through that surface. As in most of the Hypotricha possessing what has been called the upper lip, this part is really not a continuation of the dorsum, but more nearly of the ventral surface, and the adoral cilia lie above the projection until they leave the ante- rior border to pass to the left-hand margin of the peristome- field. This structural arrangement holds true in a majority of the lip-bearing Hypotricha, I believe in all. Euplotes variabilis, sp. nov. (Pl. III. fig. 15.) Body elongate-obovate, nearly twice as long as broad, frontal border truncate; the lip prominent, crescentic; right- hand side of the posterior extremity obliquely truncate or somewhat concave, the left-hand side of that border rounded ; Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 8 114 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera right- and left-hand body-margins usually convex, occasionally flattened and nearly parallel, or slightly concave ; dorsal sur- face minutely roughened, not carinate or furrowed ; peristome- field capacious, the posterior extremity of the right-hand bor- der ciliate, the anterior extremity deeply excavate, disposed to be helicoidal ; frontal styles six, long ; ventral styles three ; the two right-hand caudal sete multifid, the two on the left-hand side simple; anal and frontal styles often fimbriate ; nucleus very long, band-shaped. Length of carapace gp inch. Hab. Standing pond-water, with Anacharis. The adoral cilia may here be divided into two groups according to the direction of their free extremities, those on the truncate frontal border being directed outwards from that margin, while those on the left-hand side of the peristome- field are habitually vibrated and directed across and above that capacious excavation. The change of position takes place suddenly and is somewhat conspicuous. The helicoidal flexure of the anterior portion of the peri- stome-field is variable. At times it is deep and conspicuous ; in other individuals it is only a slight notch, while in others again it may appear only as an irregular depression. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. . Litonotus vermicularis, X 190. . Chilodon voraxr, X 188. . Loxodes magnus, X 120. . Onychodromopsis flexilis, X 280. . Holosticha vernalis, X 210. . Tachysoma agile, X 300. . Tachysoma mirabile, x 416. . Tachysoma parvistylum, X 360. . Oxytricha bifaria, X 256. . Oxytricha hymenostoma, X 350. . Oxytricha acuminata, X 300. . Oxytricha caudata, X 360. . Mistrio inquietus, x 490. Fig. 14. Mistrio complanatus, x 256. . Euplotes variabilis, x 160. : Seg: ee et Wr HH OOOND OP Wror a SS poy Or XI1.—Descriptions of new Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera (Pyralites) from the Solomon Islands. By Arruur G. Butier, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. THE following species, collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford, appear to be new to science. from the Solomon Islands. 115 Pyralide. 1. Pyralis repetita, sp. n. Allied to P. nannodes and P. tenuis: primaries pale cupreous brown, irrorated with olive-brown, shining; basal two thirds of costa deep blood-red, flecked with oblique ochra- ceous dots or minute dashes ; a slightly inarched dark brown line across the basal third and a nearly straight transverse line of the same colour across the external third ; fringe flesh- pink, with a yellowish basal line, two grey-brown stripes, and silvery white edging: secondaries paler than primaries, but with similar fringe, the two lines grey, slightly irregular, subparallel, at basal fourth and middle of the wings: body pale cupreous brown, with the head and front of thorax vinous brown. Under surface paler than above, more uniformly sericeous, the markings not so well defined; palpi golden brown, collar and anterior coxe vinous brown. HExpanse of wings 20-23 millim. Alu. 2. Stericta (Glossina, Guén.) evanescens, sp. n. Allied to S. divitalis ; considerably larger, the pale bands on primaries much wider apart and far more strongly denti- culated ; pale sap-green with a brassy gloss, the centre of internal and external areas white; markings black or brown and black, as follows :—three conical dots in an oblique series at base, an oval spot on costa with a crescent below it, two small spots beyond the latter (marking the outer boundary of the inner pale band, which is ill defined), a third spot at end of cell; an angular series beyond the middle (indicating the inner boundary of the outer pale band) and a large bifid sub- apical spot ; external area pale brownish, excepting in the centre, with a marginal series of black spots; fringe almost white: secondaries vinous brown, sericeous, with white fringe : head and thorax pale sap-green; abdomen pale sericeous brownish. Under surface pale brassy brown, the anterior half of each wing suffused with bright brick-red; a pale- bordered, angular, greyish stripe beyond the middle; legs sprinkled with reddish scales, palpi and collar ochraceous. Expanse of wings 46 millim. Q. Alu. 8* 116 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera. Siculodide. 3. Microsca? pusilla, sp. n. Allied to “Pyralis? polygraphalis” * ; whitish stramine- ous, with rust-red markings: wings sparsely reticulated, especially the primaries; an imperfect band across basal fourth; an externally sinuated band near the middle of the wings ; a broad, external, diffused border to primaries, and a submarginal stripe on secondaries: body pale fleshy brown, the abdomen whitish towards the base. Under surface whitish, the markings much darker than above, the central band and the outer margin of primaries flecked with blackish strigule. Expanse of wings 17 millim. Alu. 4, Microsca nitens, sp. n. Coloration and general aspect of M. pallida; sericeous whity brown, slightly inclining to flesh-pink in certain lights ; reticulated throughout the wings with dark brown: primaries with a spot near base of interno-median area, a short band from costal to submedian vein at about basal third, a central curved irregular band from subcostal vein to inner margin, and some irregular submarginal spots, pale vinous brown, partly edged with dark brown ; subapical area suffused with ale vinous brown; a cuneiform white spot, edged and striated with black, on outer margin at apex; fringe pale vinous brown, spotted with grey: secondaries crossed at about basal third by a slightly irregular band, a little darker than those on the primaries, and an irregular submarginal band, broken up into fragments as on the primaries; fringe as on pri- maries: abdomen pale vinous brown towards the anal extre- mity. Under surface silvery whity brown; reticulations more sparse, but blacker than above; the bolder markings copper-brown: primaries with the costal margin crossed at regular intervals by two or four convergent black strigulee, between which are pairs of longitudinal curved striz, below each pair of which is a pair of black dots; subcostal area from beyond the middle copper-brown, bounded below by a longitudinal silvery streak, confluent with the apical spot, which is also silvery ; below this again is a second (neces- sarily bent) copper-coloured streak or band; in and beyond * Two totally distinct species were described by Walker under the name of Pyralis? polygraphalis; the above-mentioned (from Swan River) was subsequently named P. polyphoralis. from the Solomon Islands. 117 the cell there are a few micaceous scales: body silvery whitish, the legs browner. EHxpanse of wings 27 millim. Alu. 5. Pharambara splendida, sp. n. Bone-whitish, mottled with flesh-pink, but most strongly on the secondaries, reticulated throughout with grey, sericeous : primaries with the discoidal cell, but more especially the anterior half of it, leaden grey, this colouring being confluent with a large grey X-shaped marking immediately beyond the cell ; a transverse, oblong, greyish spot beyond the middle of interno-median area; fringe spotted with blackish: secon- daries with a blackish leaden spot at end of cell, and a second on abdominal margin ; fringe spotted with blackish: body above pearly bone-whitish. Wings below with a brilliant silvery gloss, the discoidal cell of primaries sprinkled with opaline scales ; all the markings darker, the mottling being of a vinous brown varying to bronze; the reticulations blackish : body below pale vinous brown ; legs banded with white. Expanse of wings 22 millim. Alu. Asopiide. 6. Aidiodes discrepans, sp. n. Closely allied to 4. quaternalis, which it resembles in size and coloration, but from which it differs in the absence of the white spots on the fringe of the secondaries and in the narrower black area between the outer white spots and the outer mar- gin. Expanse of wings 19 millim. Three specimens, Malayta and Alu. I had identified this species with that of Lederer, believing that the differences were due to careless drawing ; Mr. Mey- rick, however, who has seen and sketched the true 4. qua- ternalis, assures me that the Solomon-Island form is distinct ; both insects are black, with four opaline white spots on the wings; the tegule white-edged, the face, outer half of an- tenn, tarsi, sides of pectus, and two bands on the abdo- men pure white, and two white spots on the fringe of pri- maries. 7. Desmia egimiusalis, var. conjuncta. This form differs from that of Sarawak (and apparently the difference is constant) in the union of the two white spots on the costal and outer margins of primaries into one oblique 118 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera white band, thus linking this species to D. dllectalis. It is possible that D. conjuncta may be a distinct species. Three specimens, Shortland Island. The types of D. egimiusalis and D. illectalis having been both received from the same locality, it is possible that they may be extreme modifications of one very variable species, in which case D. conjuncta might be expected to occur in Borneo as a third (intermediate) modification ; I therefore hesitate to regard the latter as a species until more examples are received to establish its right to be so regarded. 8. Heterocnephes felix, sp. n. Ivory-white, very slightly pearly : primaries with two bars at the base, an oblique quadrate spot at centre of cell, an 8- shaped patch across the end of the cell, a straight line from the quadrate spot to the inner margin, and a zigzag line from the inner edge of the 8-shaped spot (the area enclosed between these two lines being sordid) shining dark brown; external third of wing of the same colour, divided near its inner edge by a dentate-sinuate white stripe, and further interrupted by whitish longitudinal streaks on the veins, and a white spot at external angle; fringe white, spotted with black, with a basal yellowish line and a black subbasal line: secondaries crossed at base and across end of cell by two dark brown con- verging lines, which meet at anal angle, the outer line thick- ened into a large spot at end of cell; a third abbreviated straight line from beyond middle of costa to median vein, external border dark brown, interrupted on anal half by two subconfluent, cuneiform, white patches; fringe nearly as in primaries: antenne and centre of tegule dark shining brown ; abdomen dusky, with two spots and a transverse bar at base blackish brown; subterminal segments blackish, anal valves black, with a pure white lateral stripe. Under surface white ; wings with markings as above, but of a bronze colour. Expanse of-wings 18 millim. Shortland Island. Allied to H. strangulalis of Snellen, and at first sight very like the Zebronia perspicualis=Botys flexissimalis of Walker. Margarodide. 9. Glyphodes deliciosa, sp. n. Primaries above black-brown, changing in certain lights to deep shining cupreous ; an oblique, pearly white, acuminate, triangular patch from costa, near basal third, to below the from the Solomon Islands. 119 cell; discocellulars pale opaline blue, a spot of almost the same colour on the interno-median area beyond the middle; a large pearly-white patch or abbreviated fascia from costa just before apical third to below first median branch ; the extre- mity of this fascia is conical and its outer edge inarched; a broad, oblique, shining, lilac band from costa near apex to outer fourth of inner margin; a slender, silvery whitish, wavy line between the last two bands; inner border shining snow-white to beyond middle; fringe also snow-white, with three black spots on apical third: secondaries with the basal two thirds pearly white, bounded externally by a slightly iregular, oblique, black stripe (enclosing a silvery whitish line) from outer third of costal margin to anal angle; inner half of external area occupied by a shining lilac band, and outer half by a blackish-brown border; fringe snow-white, marked with blackish, and with a black subbasal line towards anal angle: outer surface of palpi, eyes, and shoulders deep bronzy brown, almost black; face testaceous, with white mar- gins; proboscis, inner side of palpi, and tegule pure white ; vertex of head sordid whitish, antennes greyish, thorax dark brown, becoming lilacine greyish behind ; abdomen bronze- brown, greyish behind, with blackish lateral stripe and anal tuft and snow-white lateral borders. Wings below without the lilac bands, silvery lines, or opaline spots of the upper surface: primaries with the basal third white, so as to include the oblique white spot of the upper surface; otherwise as above: body below snow-white, with the anal tuft blackish. Expanse of wings 33 millim. Alu. CHALCIDOPTERA, gen. nov. Allied to Nosophora, Lederer: primaries elongate-trian- gular ; costal vein terminating just beyond the middle of the costal margin; subcostal five-branched, the first branch emitted some distance before the end of the cell, the second to fourth some distance beyond, the fifth from the end of the cell in the position of an upper radial, and near to the upper radial, the lower radial, second and third median near together from the posterior angle of the cell: secondaries with the costal margin arched nearly to the middle, and thence straight to apex, the outer margin trom apex obliquely deflexed and coming to a point at the end of the second subcostal branch, thence suddenly excised and running in a very slight arch to anal angle, whence it curves gently inwards to the abdominal margin. Under surface of secondaries coarsely scaled towards 120 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera the base and with a prominent tuft-like ridge of coarse scales in the cell; costal vein absent ; subcostal with two branches ; discocellulars strongly inangled; radial vem and medians as in primaries: body robust, much elongated ; the thorax well advanced in front of primaries ; palpi thickly scaled, tapering, nearly erect; antenne thick, with fine short ciliations ; legs long, thick, coarsely scaled, the tibize somewhat compressed and very hairy ; posterior tarsi also very hairy ; spurs of four posterior legs long and of uniform thickness from base to apex ; anal tuft bifid, deflexed. 10. Chalcidoptera rubra, sp. n. Rust-red ; base of primaries flecked with ochreous, with an unequal ochreous patch across the middle of the cell; a A-shaped ochreous marking across the first median branch ; a large bilobed, ochreous, and hyaline pearl-whitish patch beyond the cell; a transverse ochreous costal dash, a small rounded spot near external angle, and a small bent apical spot; fringe grey, shot with cupreous: secondaries with pale pearl-grey costal area ; base to cell whitish ; a large, rounded, hyaline, white spot beyond the cell, and a small, oblique, ochreous dash near middle of outer margin; fringe dark grey, changing to silvery white towards anal angle: proboscis, vertex of head, and antenne shining whitish ; back of thorax and base of abdomen varied with whitish. Under surface whitish, the wings pale golden-yellowish, crossed immedi- ately beyond the hyaline patches by a sinuous brick-red stripe: primaries with a red spot near base of cell, a quadrate blackish spot at end of cell, a black spot on costa near apex, and a large black patch on external border; fringe black ; external angle broadly greyish: secondaries with the basal area greyish; the thickened tuft black ; apical border broadly black ; palpi and tufts of hair on tibie red, pectus and femora bright silvery, remainder of legs and abdomen yellowish. Expanse of wings 31 millim. Alu. In the arrangement of its markings this species bears some resemblance to Glyphodes lora= Botys luciferalis, Walk. 11. Nosophora margarita, sp. n. Somewhat resembles Hoterodes ; dove-grey, the wings with a bright opaline central shot and with the external area shot with pale gold: primaries crossed at about basal fourth by a dark grey line, abruptly bent upon the median vein; a small black spot at outer third of cell and a small linear black dash from the Solomon Islands. 121 on the discocellulars; an oblique, arched, lunulated, dark brown line across disk from outer fourth of costal to outer third of inner margin: secondaries with a black spot at end of cell, a dark greyish brown stripe crossing the wing ob- liquely just before the middle, and beyond it on the median and radial interspaces a slender trisinuate line of the same colour ; all the wings with a few apical, dark brown, mar- ginal spots; fringes pale grey, with a slender ochraceous basal line: head browner and abdomen whiter than the wings. Under surface of wings paler and with less defined stripes than above: body below sericeous ; tarsi with a pale cupreous gloss; distal extremity of posterior tibies (where it projects from the hairy tufts) bright silvery. Hxpanse of wings 41 millim. Alu. Although this species bears no close external resemblance to N. chironalis, it possesses all the structural characters of Nosophora. Botys origoalis, from the Celebes, is also a Nosophora *. 12. Omiodes pluto, sp. n. Dark smoky grey: primaries with paler grey costal mar- gin ; base ochreous, interrupted by a large black costal spot and a small silver-grey spot ; other markings black, arranged exactly as in Conogethes punctiferalis, but those on the secondaries blurred : head pale buff, dusky behind, palpi with a black lateral band; antennee pale golden buff, deep golden below; collar sordid ochraceous, with lateral and central black spots ; tegule smoky brown, with a black spot at base ; remainder of body leaden greyish, slightly brown at the sides ; basal half of abdomen with dorsal and lateral black spots. Wings below sericeous; the fringes silvery; the black markings blurred, wanting towards the base; interno-median area of primaries silvery whitish : pectus silvery; legs and abdomen sericeous, silvery whitish, but the anterior pair of legs with shining, smoky, blackish coxe, femora, and tibiz, with pale scaling at the distal extremity of the coxe ; anal extremity of abdomen smoky blackish. Hxpanse of wings 29 millim. Alu. * Lederer refers it to Cenostola, but clearly without haying recog- nized it. 122 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera Botydide. 13. Cotochena trinotata, sp. n. Near to ‘‘Botys” histricalis of Walker * ; deep ochreous: primaries suffused with brownish, marked with three hyaline white spots in the form of a triangle, the first quadrate, filling outer half of discoidal cell, bounded internally by a straight black stripe and bordered with black externally, the second irregular, almost diamond-shaped, edged behind and in front with black, across interno-median area beyond the middle, the third transverse, trifid, halfway between the cell and outer margin, bounded internally by a black #-shaped line running to costa, and externally by a more slender zigzag line, which connects it with the second spot; two indistinct pyramidal ochreous spots on the disk beyond the latter line and between the two white spots; outer margin dusky ; five blackish spots on the fringe, which is paler on its outer edge: secondaries with a brown dash at the end of the cell and an interrupted, very irregular stripe, represented by three more or less sinuated dashes, across the disk; wing subhyaline beyond each of the brown dashes; margin and fringe as in primaries, but without the black spots: abdomen with pale hind borders to the segments. Primaries below much greyer than above, markings similar: body below whitish, anterior legs banded with blackish. Lxpanse of wings 25 millim. Alu. 14. Haritala} pactolica, sp. n. Bright chrome-yellow ; two black spots on costa of pri- maries near the base, forming the starting-points for two orange lines which cross the wing; a third larger black spot ‘at end of cell, and a fourth on costa at apical fourth ; a brown line, changing at its inferior extremity to orange, runs out- wards in a sinuous line from the last spot, curves backwards over the median interspaces, and thence (towards the base) to about the middle of the interno-median area, where it abruptly turns at a sharp angle, and, with a bisinuate, some- what oblique line, reaches the middle of the inner margin ; a slender, black, marginal line: secondaries with an orange >-shaped marking at the end of the cell, and a brown and orange, irregular, discal line, somewhat as on the primaries ; * Walker’s “variety” of that species, from China, is a very distinct and beautiful species. + This generic name was proposed by Mr. Moore to supersede the Notarcha of Meyrick (previously used). from the Solomon Islands. 123 a slender black marginal line ; fringe traversed by an orange stripe; costal area silvery white: head white between the antenne; abdomen with pale margins to the segments and white dorsal spots; subterminal segment orange, with large black dorsal spot. Under surface of wings pale golden stra- mineous, sericeous : primaries with a black spot at the end of the cell, and a second on costa at apical fourth, with the com- mencement of the sinuous discal line of the upper surface ; internal area silvery ; margin of wings as above: body below pearly white, anterior tibie with a large black spot above on the distal half. Hxpanse of wings 27 millim. Alu. SPILOBOTYS, gen. nov. General aspect of an enormous Haritala, but differing wholly in the structure of the body, which is far more robust and, in the male, much longer, with erect palpi, somewhat as in Hypotia, but with much longer exposed terminal joint; the anal claspers enormously developed, projecting consider- ably beyond the end of the abdomen; widely opened below, so as to exhibit the anal tuft and three powerful central, curved hooks, two lying close together below and one above. 15. Spilobotys arctioides, sp. n. _ Bright ochreous: primaries with two black spots, placed obliquely at base of costal border; an oblique, more or less excised, greyish, chocolate-coloured band across basal fourth, normally * connected by an internal stripe of the same colour with an outer zigzag, Z-shaped, discal band across external fourth: a spot in the cell, before the middle of the wing, and an outlined dash across the end of the cell of darker brown: palpi grey ; antenne, outer third of tegule, and a spot towards their base chocolate-brown ; abdomen with four black transverse dashes on each side. Under surface uniformly ochreous; legs greyish. Expanse of wings 50 millim. Guadalcanar. 16. Botys aluensis, sp. n. Ochreous: primaries with the basal half of costal border greyish ; an indistinct, oblique, grey-flecked, orange stripe across basal fourth; a large, oval, dark leaden-grey spot * In the right-hand wing of the female (which is slightly distorted in its development) the connecting stripe is wanting. 124 On new Lepidoptera from the Solomon Islands. across the middle of the cell; a stripe across external third blackish and transverse from costa to third median, where it bends outwards at right angles, becoming grey with an orange border, then again bent at right angles to below second median branch, again inwards to a point halfway between its commencement and the discoidal spot, and then abruptly downwards to just beyond the middle of the inner margin ; the line thus forms what is called a key pattern; outer bor- der greyish, especially on apical half, bounded internally by a blackish interrupted line, less strongly angulated than the discal stripe ; a few dusky points on the fringe towards apex : secondaries with an orange dot in the cell; discal line and border nearly the same as on primaries; fringe immaculate: head slightly greyish, collar rather reddish. Wings below pearly golden stramineous, with markings as above, but only the grey and black markings strongly defined, the others obsolete: body white; anterior and middle pairs of legs stramineous in front. Expanse of wings 23 millim. Alu. Not unlike Botys polytesalis from the Upper Amazons ; the angulation of the discal line is like that of D. cnanitalis (Lederer, Mon. pl. ix. fig. 3). 17. Pleonectusa aurata, sp. n. Bright golden ochreous, with black markings as follows :— primaries with a dot near base of costal vein, an oblique, fairly well-marked line across basal seventh, a dot at centre of cell, an oblique dash at end of cell, and a slightly sinuous, transverse, tapering, discal stripe across external fourth: secondaries with a small oblique dash at end of cell, and a crinkled arched line just beyond the middle. Under surface with the black markings better defined, excepting at base of primaries, where they tail; the veins for the most part also black, and terminating in black dots, the fringes tipped with grey ; the discal line of secondaries angular. Hxpanse of wings 19 millim. Alu. 18. Pleonectusa argentata, sp. n. Silvery white, slightly pearly towards the base: primaries with a black dot near base of costal vein, a second at centre of cell, and a conspicuous black spot at end of cell. Wings below slightly tinted beyond the middle with golden and with the veins greyish. Expanse of wings 24 millim. Alu. Evidently commoner than the preceding species. On a new Species of Nucleolites. 125 XIT.—Description of a new Species of Nucleolites, with Remarks on the Subdivisions of the Genus. By Prof. F. JEFFREY Bru, M.A., Sec. R.M.S. THE Trustees of the British Museum have lately acquired by purchase a small specimen of a species clearly allied to the form which those who use Mr. Alex. Agassiz’s ‘ Revision of the Echini’ would call Nucleolites epigonus, Mart.; the first point of interest in this acquisition was the locality from which it was derived, for it came, not, like N. epigonus, from the eastern seas, but from Nassau in the Bahamas. But this chorological interest soon paled before the mor- phological; in N. epigonus, it will be remembered, the anal region looks backwards, is elliptical in form, with the long axis vertical, and the periproctal groove is continued to the ventral surface ; an essentially similar disposition of the anal region is found in Lchinobrissus recens. But in the new species we have quite a different arrangement; though the anal region is elliptical in form, the long axis lies trans- versely, and there is no groove reaching to the ventral sur- face; in these two particulars it resembles Rhynchopygus. Lichinobrissus, on the other hand, resembles the new form in having the actinostome wider than long, whereas in J. epi- gonus that orifice is longer than wide. In other characters—the arrangement of the ambulacra and ambulacral pores, the general ornamentation of the test, the delicacy and whiteness of the whole test—WM. occidentalis, as the new species may be called, and N. epigonus agree exactly. The question first raised by an annectent form such as this may nearly always be stated in the following terms :—Have the generic divisions which have been made been natural ? In other words, Have the characters on which genera are based the constancy which makes them of value? That systematists have attached importance to the form and rela- tions of the oral and anal areas is indisputable. In the latest authoritative work on Kchinoids generally— I mean, of course, the chapters on Echinoderms in Zittel’s ‘ Paleontologie ’—Nucleolites is kept separate from Hchino- brissus, and is thus defined :—“ Wie vorige [Echinobrissus], aber Poren nicht gejocht;” but if Prof. Zittel was unable to examine an example of H. recens, he should have made use 126 On a new Species of Nucleolites. of the experience of Mr. Alex. Agassiz, who remarks * :— “The mere conjugation of the pores is an insufficient cha- racter, as in specimens of N. epigonus and of E. recens we find in the same individual a petal in which the conjugation is marked, another where it is indistinct, and frequently the corresponding one in which the conjugation cannot be traced ; ”’ or of the judgment of Prof. E. von Martens J, “ Die seichten, schwer erkennbaren Furchen der vorliegenden Art rechtferti- gen eine solche Trennung nicht.” Prof. Zittel is not to be congratulated on a step backward from the position taken up by D’Orbigny (Pal. Frane., Crétac. vi. p. 888), Wright, and others as to the synonymy of Echinobrissus with Nucleolites. If, however, we are content to accept the rules of nomen- clature suggested by the British Association we must use Lamarck’s name Nucleolites rather than the pre-Linnean (1732) name of Lchinobrissus, which was suggested by Breynius in his remarkable ‘ Schediasma.’ But if Zittel’s separation of Hehinobrissus from Nucleolites be so little justifiable, does not the transverse long axis of our new species lead us so near to Rhynchopygus as to suggest the merging of these forms under one genus? It is difficult to answer this question with certainty ; the form of the peri- proct is, it is clear, not of generic importance; but the much better development of the oral floscelle and the inequality of the constituent rows of pores in the paired ambulacra show that Rhynchopygus has gone further in the way of differentia- tion than has Nucleolites; and just as Wright (‘ Oolitic Echinodermata,’ p. 360) keeps, notwithstanding the opinion of E. Forbes, Clypeus distinct from Nucleolites, on account of the ‘magnitude and development of the long, wide, petal- oidal, poriferous zones,” so the greater tendency to a petaloid form and that sure sign of differentiation, inequality in length of the zones, would, even without the characters of the mouth, outweigh the value of the form of the periproct. It is to be hoped that the structural characters of this new species will be sufficient to attract the notice of the paleon- tologist, who will, I trust, agree that (1) Nucleolites and Echinobrissus are synonymous. (2) There is nothing to justify even their subgeneric division after the discovery of NV. occidentalis. (3) The form of the periproct and of the actinostome are less important, as signs of differentiation, than the * Rev. Ech. p. 597. + Archiv fiir Naturg. xxxii. (1866), p. 180. Mr. O. Thomas on two new Squirrels from Borneo. 127 characters of the ambulacra and the development of floscelles. i The new species may be defined in the following terms :— Nucleolites occidentalis. General form and habit very similar to that of N. epegonus, but the long axis of the elliptical anus is transverse, and there is no periproctal groove; the actinostome tends to be penta- gonal, but is wider than long ; the test is not quite so wide or so swollen posteriorly as in N. epegonus. The length of the single specimen is 17, and its greatest breadth 13°5 millim. Curiously enough the single test is spineless and bleached, and this (artificially, of course) heightens its resemblance to N. epigonus, all known specimens of which are in the same condition. Hab. Bahamas. In Coll. B. M. XIII.—Description of two new Squirrels from North Borneo. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. AMONG a collection of small Mammalia made by Mr. John Whitehead during his recent successful expedition to Mount Kina-Balu, and kindly submitted to me for examination, there occur representatives of the two following new squirrels. Scturus Whiteheadi, sp. n. Allied and very similar to 9. exilis, Miill., but slightly larger, and with the ears, instead of being rounded and short- haired, narrow, pointed, and with beautiful long black-and- white pencils of hair, nearly as long as the head, and standing out conspicuously from the general grey of the body. A white spot also present on the neck just behind the ear. Colour elsewhere precisely as in S. ewzlis. Face without any trace of the black-and-white markings characteristic of S. melanotis, Mull. & Schl. Skull very peculiarly shaped, with a short broad cranial and a disproportionally long and powerful facial portion, the distance from the tip of the nasals to a point between the anterior edges of the orbits 12°8 millim., as compared to about 10 millim. in S. exzlis, and 11 millim. in S. melanotis, the latter an animal with the cranial part of the skull as large as, if not larger than, that of S. Whiteheadi. 128 Mr. O. Thomas on two new Squirrels from Borneo. Teeth: incisors narrow, strongly convex in front, orange above, nearly white below; premolars 7, the anterior upper wafers, circular in section. Dimensions of a skin :— Head and body 90 millim.; tail, without hairs 53, with hairs 87; hind foot, without claws, 24:5; ears, without hairs 7, with hairs 28. ’ Skull : tip of nasals to centre of fronto- parietal suture (“bregma”) 20 millim.; length of nasals 7:5 ; interorbital breadth 12; palate, length 12; length of upper tooth-series 4-1, I have much pleasure in naming this most beautiful and interesting little squirrel after its discoverer. Sciurus Jentinki, sp. n. General colour of upper surface yellowish grey, strongly suffused with orange on the head and along the centre of the back. Hairs dark slaty grey for four-fifths ‘of their length, their tips yellow or orange. A spot in front of, and a distinct ring round, each eye white. Ears extremely short, rounded, their edges clothed with very short white or pale yellow hairs, contrasting markedly with the dark colour of the sides of the neck, where, just behind the ears, there is a distinct darker patch, owing to the suppression of the yellowish tips to the hairs, and consequent showing through of their slaty bases. Chin, chest, and belly pale yellowish white, the bases of the hairs orey. Tail-hairs comparatively short only about 10 or 12 millim. in length, except just at the tip ; broadly ringed with black and deep orange, their tips white. Skull as in S. tenwis. Incisors dark yellow above and below; premolars rather smaller and lighter than in S. tenuis. Dimensions (skin) :-— Head and body 140 millim. ; tail, without hairs 103, with hairs 186; hind foot, 32°5; ears, above crown, 4. Skull: tip of nasals to bregma 25, greatest breadth 20; length of nasals 9°5; interorbital breadth 11:8; palate, length 16°6; length of upper tooth-series 6°4. This species is most nearly allied to S. tenuzs, Horst., of which there is a large series in the Natural- -History Museum. It differs, however, by its much paler orange-washed back, pro- minently white-rimmed ears, the dark patches behind the latter, and by its less bushy tail. It is noticeable also that the Bornean specimens of S. ¢enwis are much darker in colour, and therefore still less like S. Jentinki than are those from the 2 I 1D molars Mr. H. G. Smith on new Butterflies from Afghanistan. 129 Malay peninsula, a fact which shows that the two species have no tendency to grade into one another. I have named this species in honour of my friend Dr, F. A. Jentink, the Director of the Leyden Museum, to whose labours we are indebted for a large amount of our knowledge of the Mammals inhabiting the Hast-Indian archipelago, and especially of the Scinride. Of other squirrels Scecwrus Diardi, Jent., and S. Alstoni, Anders., are both easily distinguishable from 8. Jentinké by their much greater size, in addition to their detailed differences in coloration. XIV.—Deseriptions of two new Species of Butterflies from South Afghanistan. By H. Grose Smita. Metaporia sorex. Upperside. Both wings white. Anterior wings with the margins and nervures black; a broad black patch at the end and beyond the cell, the inner side of which curves towards the base, the outer side irregular, and the black extending partially along the first and second median nervules ; an irre- gular submarginal black band from the costal margin to the third median nervule; between the band and the outer mar- gin, which is broadly black, between the nervures, which are also broadly black, are seven white streaks—the first small, the second linear, the third and fourth larger than the first, the fifth nearly obsolete, the sixth the largest, and the seventh smaller than the sixth but larger than the fifth. Posterior wings with the margins and ends of the nervures black ; an obscurely-defined submarginal row of hastate spots and a small black spot at the end of the cell between the discoidal and first median nervule. Underside. Anterior wings as above, with the costal mar- gin and apex pale yellowish brown; the outer margin and ends of the nervures narrowly black. Posterior wings yellowish brown, with black nervures and margins, and a well-defined submarginal band of hastate spots. Expanse of wings 1? inch. Hab. Gwashki, at an elevation of 8600 feet, 57 miles south- east of Quettah. Near to Larraldi and Bieti of Oberthiir, but not so black Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 9 130 Mr. E. A. Smith on new Land-Shells and smaller. Captured by Mr. Dodgson, of the Royal Artillery. In the collection of H. Grose Smith. Meliteea Dodgsonit. Male.— Upperside. both wings bright orange-brown, fringes white, spotted with black; a marginal black line and spots. Anterior wings: with a submarginal row of black spots, the three lowest curving inwardly, inside of which, near the costa, are two black spots, followed by a central curved row of seven black spots, extending from the costal to near the inner margin; the third and fourth spots elongated, the seventh quadrate, the usual markings in the cell; below the cell near the base is a figure-of-8-marking, inside which is a hastate spot. Posterior wings with a marginal and submarginal band of spots and a few markings near the base, which is dusky brown. Underside. Anterior wings bright brown; apex and outer margin stramineous ; fringe and spots as above, but the spots are smaller and the three lowest of the central row are nearly obsolete. Posterior wings stramineous, with the usual two red bands, the row of spots between which approximate to the inner band; the spots on the lower side of the submarginal red band larger than on the upperside and lunular. Female lighter than the male, and from the central band to the outer margin more or less mottled with pale fulvous. Expanse of wings, male 13, female 1? inch. Hab. Gwashki. This butterfly belongs to the Didyma group. In the collection of H. Grose Smith. XV.—Descriptions of some new Species of Land-Shells from Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. By Epaar A. Smiru. Awmone@ the very valuable collections recently sent to this country by Mr. John Whitehead are a few land-shells which he obtained in the northern part of Borneo, consisting of the following species:—1, Nanina regalis, Benson; 2, N. subconsul, sp. n. 3 3, Trochomorpha Metcalfer, Benson ; 4, T. planorbis, Lesson ; 5, 7’. conicoides, Metcalte, var. parva; 6, from Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. 131 Leptopoma undatum, Metcalfe; 7, L. sericatum, Pfr.; 8, L. Whiteheadi, sp. n.; 9, Opisthoporus pterocycloides, Pfr. The new species from Sumatra were partly obtained by Mr. H. O. Forbes and partly by Mr. Carl Bock, both well-known eastern travellers. Helicarion Bocki. Testa anguste perforata, viridi-cornea, nitida, suborbicularis ; an- fractus 4-5, convexiusculi, rapide accrescentes, striis spiralibus, tenuissimis incrementique lineis sculpti, ultimus superne rotunde angulatus, supra angulum concave excavatus spiraliterque subsul- catus, inferne striis concentricis minutissimis lineisque incrementi ornatus; sutura profunda, canaliculata; spira paulo elevata ; apertura magna, parum obliqua; columella superne anguste re- flexa. Diam. maj. 22, min. 18; alt. 13 millim. Hab. Sumatra. Collected by Mr. Carl Bock. This species is readily distinguishable by the angulation of the body-whorl and the excavation above it. The last whorl is much impressed at the suture, forming a remarkably deep canaliculation. Besides the very fine spiral strie, which everywhere cover the surface, the upperside of the body- whorl exhibits a number of spiral shallow sulci, which are visible to the naked eye. ‘The lines of growth are well- marked, and at the suture are somewhat plicate. Nanina hoodjongensis. Testa profunde perforata, depresse globosa, mediocriter tenuis, viridi-flava, fasciis duabus nigrescenti-fuscis supra medium an- fract. ultimi ornata, paulo nitida ; anfractus 6, rapide accrescentes, undique subspiraliter confertim corrugati, convexi, ad suturam angustissime marginati, ultimus magnus, paulo inflatus, antice vix descendens, ad peripheriam porca indistincta instructus ; apertura obliqua, elongato-lunata, albida superne bifasciata ; peri- stoma tenue, marginibus leviter conniventibus, columellari su- perne breviter reflexo, Diam. maj. 53, min. 421; alt. 37 millim. Hab. Hoodjong or Hoedjoeng, about 120 miles from the southern extremity of Sumatra, at an elevation of 2000 feet. The single specimen of this fine species was collected at the above locality by Mr. H. O. Forbes. It is as inflated as N. obliquata of Reeve (Monog. Helix, Conch. Icon. f. 384), but has a more elevated conical spire; in other respects it is alto- gether different. The wrinkling of the surface is rather coarse, and on the underside of the body-whorl has a distinctly concentric direction. The slight ridge at the periphery falls 9 132 Mr. E. A. Smith on new Land-Shells upon the lower band, which is of a somewhat darker tint than the upper one. Nanina Rumphii, var. A specimen collected by Mr. Carl Bock at Sydjoendjoeng differs somewhat from the normal form of this species. It is much more acutely keeled, and the curved lines of growth are rather more strongly granulated. It has not been previ- ously recorded from Sumatra. Nanina foveata of Pfeiffer is another variety of this species, being peculiar on account of the more or ess undulate or pli- cate character of the upper surface. The locality “ India” must be regarded in the sense in which it was formerly used, as applying to the Hast Indies and not to British India only. Nanina subconsul. Testa WN. consuli simillima, superne tamen minus nitida; anfracti- bus paulo planioribus instructa, sculptura minutissime rugulosa superne ornata, inferne spiraliter microscopice striata. Diam. maj. 19, min. 17; alt. 104 mill. Hab. North Borneo (John Whitehead). This species is very closely related to N. consul, and is only distinguished from that species by its duller upper sur- face, resulting from a different microscopic sculpture, and its slightly less convex whorls. ‘The spiral striz on the base are visible under an ordinary lens, but the minute rugulose lines of the upper surface are discernible only under a stronger magnifier. Helix (Trochomorpha) contcotdes, Metcalfe, var. parva. Two specimens collected in Northern Borneo by Mr. John Whitehead are exceptionally small and depressed, and remarkable also on account of the basal margin of the peri- stome being slightly thickened, narrowly expanded, and reflexed, a feature which does not occur in ordinary examples. In colour, texture, and sculpture they offer no differences. Although consisting of seven whorls, the greatest diameter is only 11 millimetres. Helix (Geotrochus) bantamensis. Testa elate conica, perforata, mediocriter tenuis, griseo-alba ; an- fractus 7, tres superiores convexi, cxteri planiusculi, minute granulati, striisque incrementi sculpti, ad suturam carina mar- Srom Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. 133 ginati, ultimus ad peripheriam acute carinatus, infra subplanus, antice vix descendens ; apertura obliqua, parva; peristoma albi- dum, margine superiore sinuato, leviter reflexo, basali latius expanso, superne umbilicum semiobtegente. Diam. maj. 11, min: 10; alt. 12 mill. Hab. Bantam, Java. This species is as conical as HZ. elata (vide Reeve’s Conch. Icon. fig. 1248), but the aperture is different, the basal mar- gin being more curved. ‘The apex of the spire is rather large aud obtuse and the upper whorls are considerably more con- vex than the three last. The fine granulation of the surface is invisible to the naked eye. The acute keel of the body- whorl passes up the spire, giving acarinate appearance to the suture. Leptopoma Whiteheadt. Testa conica, umbilicata, mediocriter tenuis, purpurascenti- vel fuscescenti-cornea, maculis rufis sutura radiantibus picta, epider- mide tenui sublamellata amicta; anfractus 6, convexi, carinis tenuibus 2-3 instructi, incrementi lineis striisque spiralibus incon- spicuis sculpti, sutura subprofunda sejuncti, ultimus carinis ad 6 ornatus ; apertura modice magna; peristoma anguste reflexum, bimarginatum. Diam. maj. 123, min. 10; alt. 123 mill. Hab. Northern Borneo. This interesting species was collected by Mr. John White- head, with whose name I have associated it. It is peculiar on account of the epidermis, which upon the keels is produced into very short tufts. The operculum is very thin, yellowish, and consists of about eight whorls. In the British Museum are two specimens also from Borneo which are smaller than those described, and differ also in having the peristome of a darker colour, and the brown markings radiate from the suture in an irregular zigzag manner. Two other specimens from Bantam, in Java, also appa- rently belong to this species. ‘They are still smaller and have the epidermis produced into short hairs upon the prin- cipal ridges. 134 Geological Society. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. March 9, 1887.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. “On Chondrosteus actpenseroides, Ag.” By James W. Davis, Ksq., F.G.S. Sir P. Egerton described two species of Chondrosteus from the Lias of Lyme Regis, viz. C. acipenseroides, Ag., and C. crassior, Kg. The author describes an unusually fine specimen from the same locality, 44 inches long, the head, trunk, and tail being exception- ally complete, whilst a considerable portion of the elements of the vertebral column is preserved. The head is proportionately large and deeper than the body of the fish. It has an almost circular outline with a diameter of about 9 inches, but the snout has been broken off during extraction. The cranium was protected by dermal bones or scutes. The anterior portion of the head, beneath the orbit, does not exhibit any traces of external defence, thus differing from existing Sturgeons. The fron- tals, postfrontals, parietals, mastoid, and some of the occipital plates are present: all these bones are united by sutures. The external surface of the dermal plates is coarsely striated or ridged ; the ridges radiate for the most part from the centre towards the margin, the surface being covered by strips of ganoine. The orbitis oval. The base of the skull is formed by bones more completely ossified than in the existing Sturgeons: these are more extensive than in the Teleostean fishes, being the equivalents of the sphenoid bones of the latter. Sir P. Egerton, in his description of the genus Chondrosteus, states that the elements of the scapular arch, which in recent Sturgeons are three in number, are reduced to two in the fossil genus by the coalescence of the scapula and the coracoid. The Author describes it as composed of a series of three bones, supra- scapula, scapula, and coracoid (or clavicula). The last is united with the pectoral fin by two bones, apparently representing the radius and ulna of Owen (coracoid and scapula of Parker). The pectoral fin is large and comprised forty-two rays. The mandibles and maxillaries are large and well ossified, in this respect differing from existing species; there is no evidence of teeth. From the position of the respective maxillary and premaxillary bones in this specimen there can be no further doubt that the small bifurcated bone of C. acipenseroides, Ag., described as the maxillary bone, is really the premaxillary. Bony neurapophyses are preserved in the anterior portion of the body. There is no trace of the vertebral column nor of ribs or hemapophyses, except in the caudal fin, where hemapophyses sup- Geological Society. 135 port the lower lobe. The neurapophyses extend from the occipital region of the skull to the base of the dorsal fin, 13 inches. In this length there are preserved thirty-five neurapophyses, representing the same number of vertebre. The first ray of the dorsal fin is inserted above the thirtieth vertebra ; the total number of vertebree in the spinal column would be from eighty to eighty-five. The caudal fin is very large and was a powerful organ of propulsion ; its upper lobe, as in the recent Sturgeon, is the longer of the two. The specimen is nearly twice the length of those described by Egerton, and the Author indicated the differences in some detail. The division of the scapular arch into three parts, the suprascapula, the scapula, and the coracoid, appears to be undoubted, whilst in the specimens previously described the scapula and coracoid are said to be united. The two latter ossifications of the shoulder-girdle are separate in the existing Sturgeons, and in the Ganoid fishes this is also generally the case. The Author then referred to the opinion expressed by Sir P. Eger- ton as to the homology of the cranial plates of fossil Sturgeons when compared with recent ones and also with Teleosteans, and to the confirmation of these views by Prof. Parker, who concludes that, although the Sturgeons cannot be said to occupy an intermediate position directly between the Selachians and the Bony Ganoids, yet on the whole that is their position. Lastly, the Author states his belief that there is no specific differ- ence between C. acipenseroides, Agassiz, and C. crassior, Egerton. 2. “On Aristosuchus pusillus, Ow., being further Notes on the Fossils described by Sir R. Owen as Porkilopleuron pusillus, Ow.” By Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.R.S., F.G.S. A Wealden fossil, comprising certain dorsal, sacral, and caudal vertebra, with some associated bones belonging to the pubic region, formerly in the collection of the Rey. W. Darwin Fox, but now in the British Museum, was described by Sir R. Owen in 1876 as Poikilopleuron pusillus. In the present paper the author showed that the presence of a peculiarly shaped medullary cavity in certain vertebre, a character upon the strength of which the bones were referred to Potkilopleuron, Desl., was not peculiar to that genus, but had been found in Megalosaurus and in other Dinosaurian reptiles, whilst the characters of the sacrum in “ Porkilopleuron pusillus ” differed from those of any Crocodilia. The species was clearly not a Poikilopleuron, but was apparently a Dinosaur belonging to an un- described genus, for which the name of Aristosuchus was proposed. The pubic bones were described and shown to resemble those noticed by Prof. Marsh in Allosaurus, Ceratosaurus, and Celurus, and the specimen itself has been referred by Prof. Marsh to the last- named genus. The genera named were, however, placed in dis- tinct Dinosaurian suborders, and consequently it was evident that the pubic bones by themselves were insufficient for generic determi- nation, whilst the dorsal vertebra of the Wealden fossil had the 136 Geological Society. texture usually found in Dinosauria, and not that peculiar to Colu- rus. The mode of attachment of the ribs was also different. The sacrum of Celurus was unknown, but was probably very different from that of Aristosuchus. In the latter the transverse processes or sacral ribs were given off from each individual vertebra, as in certain American forms, and not, as in Iguanodon, Hylwosaurus, Megalosaurus, &c., from. the junction between two centrums. The five sacral vertebree of the fossil and their apophyses were then separately described in detail, and also an associated fragmen- tary caudal vertebra ; and the conclusion was expressed that Aristo- suchus was a Dinosaur nearly related to certain imperfectly described American types, such as Allosaurus. 3. “On Patricosaurus merocratus, Seeley, a Lizard from the Cambridge Greensand, preserved in the Woodwardian Museum of the University of Cambridge.” By Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.R.S., F.G.S. No Lacertilian has hitherto been described from the Cambridge Greensand. ‘The only remains of Lizards known to the author as having been derived from that bed consisted of the two bones now described, the proximal end of a femur, and a sacral vertebra with the processes broken away. ‘The former exceeded in size the cor- responding bone of the largest living Monitor, and differed from the femora in all recent Lizards in so many respects as to indicate subordinal distinction. The vertebra was not found with the femur, and may have belonged to a different species; but there being nothing in the characteristics of the two bones inconsistent with their having belonged to one specific type, both were fully de- scribed as types of a new genus and species. 4, “On Heterosuchus valdensis, Seeley, a proceelian Crocodile from the Hastings Sands of Hastings.” By Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.R.S., F.G.8. An ironstone nodule from the Hastings Sands was acquired by the British Museum from Dr. Mantell’s collection. ‘The specimen measured 10 centimetres by 6, and displayed on its water-worn sur- face several proccelian vertebre of a small Crocodilian, together with some other bones, perhaps belonging to a different reptile. These other bones appeared to comprise portions of a skull with peculiarities not hitherto recognized in proceelian Crocodiles, and a pubis and ischium exhibiting distinct Lacertilian characters, and of comparatively very small size, but still situated in proximity to the sacral vertebre. The vertebrae were described in detail in the paper, and referred to a new genus and species. ‘They included one late cervical ver- tebra, eight dorsal, and two which might be considered as sacral. All appeared to be mature, and were more completely ossified than the same bones in living Crocodiles. The body of each centrum was Geological Society. | 137 compressed laterally, the neural arch comparatively depressed and thrown out laterally above by the inferior V-shaped approximation of the side of the centrum. Several other peculiarities were also pointed out. The paper concluded with notes on other vertebra of similar cha- racter from Tilgate and Brook, and attention was called to a Croco- dilian cervical vertebra with the proceelian cup from the Purbeck beds. 5. “On a Sacrum, apparently indicating a new type of Bird (Ornithodesmus cluniculus, Seeley), from the Wealden of Brook.” By Prof. H. G. Seeley, F.R.S., F.G.S. After some remarks on the characters of the sacrum in Birds, Ornithosauria, and Dinosauria, the author proceeded to describe a sacrum composed of six vertebra in the Fox collection, now at the British Museum, and then to compare the fossil with the correspond- ing bones of the three groups named. The resemblance to the Dinosaurian and Ornithosaurian sacral vertebree was less than those which connected the fossil with birds. From the latter it was dis- tinguished by the smaller number of vertebre in the sacrum, the absence of sacral recesses for the lobes of the kidneys, and the form of the articular face of the first sacral vertebra. But the small number of sacral vertebrae in Archeopteryx, the want of renal re- cesses in Ichthyornis, and the characters of the articulation in the Solan Goose showed that these differences were not essential; and the author concluded that the fossil belonged to a true bird, but that it formed a link with lower forms, and approximated more to Dino- saurs than did any other Avian type hitherto described. May 11, 1887.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. “ Further Observations on Hyperodapedon Gordont.” By Prof. T. H. Huxley, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. The Author briefly noticed the circumstances under which he first described the occurrence of Lacertilian and Crocodilian fossils in the Elgin Sandstones, and the confirmation which his views as to the Mesozoic age of these remains had received from the discovery of Hyperodapedon in English Triassic rocks and in India. The original type of Hyperodapedon Gordoni from Elgin was, however, in bad condition, and the receipt at the British Museum of a second much better preserved skeleton, found in the Lossiemouth quarries of the same neighbourhood, had enabled him to add considerably to the known characters of the genus, and to compare it more thoroughly both with the recent Sphenodon (or Hatteria) of New Zealand and with the Triassic hynchosaurus articeps, several specimens of which are in the British Museum paleontological collection. 138)” Geological Society. The recently discovered Hyperodapedon-skeleton was of nearly the same size as that formerly described, and must have belonged to an individual about 6 or 7 feet in length. The specimen was exposed by the splitting of a large block of sandstone, and comprised the skull, the vertebral column as far as the root of the tail, all the bones of the left and of part of the right fore limb, and those of the right hind limb, the whole almost in their original relations. The bones were described in order and compared with those of Sphenodon, the most important differences in Hyperodapedon being the following :— 1. The centra of the presacral vertebree are ossified throughout and more or less opisthoccelous, especially in the cervical region. . The anterior cervical vertebre have long and strong ribs. . The external nares are not separated by bone. Conjoined premaxillary bones form a long, conical, curved, pointed rostrum, which is received between the rostral pro- cesses of the mandible. All these were devoid of teeth and probably sheathed in horn. 5. The palatal area is very narrow in front and wide behind, with strongly curved lateral boundaries. 6. The posterior maxillary and palatal teeth are multiserial. 7. The rami of the mandible are united in a long symphysis, behind which they diverge widely, and the dentigerous edges are strongly concave upwards as well as outwards. 8. The mandibular teeth in front are set into a close, apparently continuous palisade, and become distinct and conical only at the posterior end of the series. 9. The fore foot is remarkably short and stout, with meta- carpals of equal length. The relations of Rhynchosaurus to Hyperodapedon and Sphenodon were then dealt with, the first-mamed being shown to occupy in some respects an intermediate place between the two others. The skull of Ahynchosaurus resembles that of Hyperodapedon in its single anterior nasal aperture, its premaxillary and mandibular rostral processes, and in having more than one series of palatal teeth ; but in general form and in the shape of the maxille, palatal bones, and rami of the mandible it departs far less from Sphenodon than Hyperodapedon does. Some comparisons of the limb-bones were also made. The three genera mentioned were shown to form a particular group, which, however, had no claim to ordinal distinction, and appeared to form a family, Sphenodontide, of the Lacertilia, com- prising two subfamilies, Rhynchosaurine (including Rhynchosaurus and Hyperodapedon) and Sphenodontine. The fact that in this Lacertilian group the highest known degree of specialization, as shown in Hyperodapedon, was attained as early as the Triassic epoch, showed that in Permian times, or earlier, Lacertilia existed which differed less from Sphenodon than either of Pe OO bo Geological Society. 139 the Rhynchosaurine did. Not only was the Lacertilian type of organization clearly defined in the Triassic epoch, but it attained a degree of specialization equal to that exhibited by any modern lizard. 2. “On Tertiary Cyclostomatous Bryozoa from New Zealand.” By Arthur W. Waters, Esq., F.G.S. The Cyclostomata noticed in this paper were from the same col- lections as the Chilostomata described in the last volume of the Quar-- terly Journal, and this part was kept back a short time, in the hope that the publication of the Report of the ‘ Challenger’ expedition might throw some light upon this unsatisfactory suborder; but the results are very disappointing in this respect, as only thirty-three species are recorded, and these are for the most part well known and common ones. It was proposed to subdivide the Cyclostomata into two sections, namely :—1, those in which the surface of the zoarium is to a con- siderable extent formed of the lateral walls of the zocecia, as Hntalo- phora &c.; and 2, those in which the zocecia or cancelli open for the most part at right angles to the axis, or surface of the zoarium, or subcolony, of which Heteropora and Lichenopora are typical. The Author recorded the preservation of the extremely delicate and fragile rays or ‘‘ hair-like teeth” in the interior of the fossil Hn- talophora intricaria. Out of the twenty-eight species or varieties eighteen are known living, and this part of the collection agrees with the former in indi- cating that it is comparatively recent. The number of these fossil Bryozoa is now brought up to 106. The new species described by the Author were :—Entalophora wanganwensis, Tubulipora tubt- pora, Lichenopora wanganmensis, Reptocavea aspera, Heteropora napierensis, and Crassohornera waipukurensis; and he also noted a new variety, perangusta, of Diastopora sarniensis. May 25, 1887.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. “On the Remains of Fishes from the Keuper of Warwick and Nottingham.” By E. T. Newton, Esq., F.G.S.; with Notes on their Mode of Occurrence by the Rev. P. B. Brodie, M.A., F.G.S., and EK. Wilson, Esq., F.G.S. This paper gave an account of two series of fossil fishes which have been discovered in British Triassic strata. The specimens are very fragmentary, but the rarity of Ganoid fish-remains in the English Trias lends considerable interest to these discoveries. The first series noticed were obtained by the Rev. P. B. Brodie in the Upper Keuper of Shrewley, and consist of some half-dozen portions of fish, all small and much broken. The characters of the scales and 140 Geological Society. the positions of the fins, together with as much of the form as can be made out, point to their belonging to the genus Semzonotus. The second series were obtained by Mr. E. Wilson, F.G.S., of the Bristol Museum, from Keuper Beds near Nottingham. A large number of specimens were in this case collected ; but all of them are too much broken and crushed out of shape to allow anything very definite to be said about them. Some of these also appear to be Semio- notus; they agree in size, as well as in some other particulars, with the Shrewley fishes, and may perhaps belong to the same species ; but others, on account of their strongly heterocercal tail and orna- mented scales, seem to belong to the Palaoniscide. The presence of a third form among these Nottingham fishes is indicated by masses of larger scales. The Rev. P. B. Brodie and Mr. Edw. Wilson each appended notes on the Triassic Beds from which the fishes were obtained. 2. «* Notes on some Carboniferous Species of Murchisonia in our Public Museums.” By Miss Jane Donald. (Communicated by J. G. Goodchild, Esq., F.G.8.) The paper gave a history of the genus Murchisonza, an account of the relations between it and Plewrotomaria, and of the resem- blances to it afforded by certain recently discovered species of Turritella. The synonymy and a new description of the genus followed, and then of the species M. angulata, M. kendalensis, M. Verneuilliana, and four forms, for which new names were proposed, were described and discussed, with notes on the localities where each had been found and the museums in which the specimens described were preserved The new species were named :—V. pyra- midata, zonata, spherulata, and tenwissima. June 8, 1887.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— “A Revision of the Echinoidea from the Australian ‘Ter- tiaries.” By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B., F.RS., F.G.S. After calling attention to a previous paper by himself published in the Society’s Journal for 1877, and to additions to the fauna made by Prof. R. Tate and Prof. M*Coy, the author proceeded to give notes on the characters, relations, and nomenclature of the following 29 species of Echinoidea :— Cidaris (Leiocidaris) australiz. Clypeaster folium, var. elongata. O. (Leiocidaris), sp. O. gippslandicus. Goniocidaris, sp., spines. C. (Monostychia) australis. Salenia tertiaria. C. (Monostychia) Loveni. Psammechinus Woodsi. Eehinobrissus australie. Ortholophus lineatus. Catopygus elegans. Paradoxechinus nodus. Pygorhynchus Vassali. Geological Socrety. 141 Echinolampas ovulum. Pericosmus Nelsoni. Holaster australie. P. compressus. H. difficilis (Rhynchopygus dysas- Lovenia Forbesi. teroides). Kuspatangus rotundus. Micraster brevistella. H. Laubei. Maretia anomala. HE. murrayensis, Megalaster compressus. E. Wrightii. Pericosmus gigas. Schizaster ventricosus. A few notes were added on the relations between this fauna and that now inhabiting the Australian seas, also on the connexions with the Tertiary Echinoidea of New Zealand, Sind, &e. June 23, 1887.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. “ Note on some Dinosaurian Remains in the Collection of A. Leeds, Esq.—Part I. Ornithopsis Leeds. Part II. Omosaurus, sp.” By J. W. Hulke, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S. Part I. Ornithopsis Leeds, nov. sp., from the Kimmeridge Clay of Northamptonshire. The Author described a pelvis, vertebra, and coste referable to this genus, of a stature far surpassing that represented by the pelvis in the Fox Collection from the Isle-of-Wight Wealden, which he brought under the notice of the Society a few years since. The ilium has a very long preacetabular process. A rib is three times as large as the largest rib of an elephant of average stature. The trunk-vertebre show the characteristic large chamber opening in the side of the centrum, under the platform supporting the neura- pophyses. ‘There is no post-pubis. The pubis and ischium diverge ; their close resemblance to those of Ceteosaurus ovoniensis, figured by J. Phillips in the ‘ Geology of Oxford,’ is obvious when each figure is reversed, their true position being misrepresented in that author’s diagram, a very excusable error. Parr II. described a sacrum, with ilia, vertebra, a femur, &e. The neural arches of the sacral vertebree are synostosed, and so form a continuous roof (simulating the vault of a cranium) of the dilata- tion of the neural canal, which enclosed the sacral swelling of the spinal cord. The transverse processes are long. The ilia offer a general resemblance to those of Omosaurus armatus (Owen), but differ from those of this species in the relatively greater length and narrowness of the preacetabular process. The similarity of con- struction of this sacrum to that of Stegosaurus, described by O. C. Marsh, and the very close resemblance of their ilia were noticed. The author considered that an extremely close affinity exists between these two genera, and is prepared to find that, upon the acquisition of more materials, their identity may even be established. For the present, he preferred to refer the Peterborough Dinosaur to Omosaurus, and proposed for its specific name durobrivensis, having reference to that of the old Roman settlement in that locality. 142 Geological Society. 2. “ Notes on some Polyzoa from the Lias.” By Edwin A. Wal- ford, Esq., F.G.8. The Author briefly reviewed the work of Etheridge, Vine, and others in the tabulating of the British Liassic Polyzoa, and mentioned also the labours of Terquem and Piette, Dumortier, and others in the same direction in France and Germany. He directed attention to a species described by Prof. Tate from the Lias of May, Normandy, under the name Spiropora lassica, and described specimens in his own collection from a similar horizon *in the Midlands, with which it had been confounded. The English forms have very varying modes of growth—sometimes foliaceous after the fashion of the Diastopora proper of Haime, at other times ramose and cylindrical, like Entalophora. The latter habit, together with the long, and often partly free, zocecia, suggest the relationship of the species with the Tubulipore. ‘The exceptional state of preservation of the specimen is such as to show the cells in a perfect condition, with solid circular calcareous closures within the orifice of the zocecial tubes, a feature common to both the foliaceous and the cylindrical forms. The surface-pores are unusually well preserved, and appear to be similar to those of the recent Cyclostomatous Polyzoa. The name of Tubu- Kipora inconstans was proposed for the species. Mention was also made of other fragments of Polyzoa of doubtful relationship occurring in the same beds. 3. “Report on Paleo-botanical Investigations of the Tertiary Flora of Australia.” By Dr. Constantin Baron von Ettingshausen, For.Corr.G.8. Mr. Wilkinson, the Government Geologist of New South Wales, supplied the Author with the material for a memoir on the Tertiary flora of Australia, recently contributed to the Imperial Academy of Sciences at Vienna. He there describes and figures 128 species of fossil plants. These are distributed amongst 72 genera and 36 orders. The Cryptogame contain 2 species, the Gymnosperme 12, the Monocotyledons 2, the Apetalz 56, the Gymnopetale 11, and the Diapetale 40. Ofthe orders, the Proteacez contain 20 species, the Cupulifere 14, the Cruciferse 11, the Myrtacez 10, the Laurin- acese 7, the Leguminosz 6, and the Mores, Apocynaceze, and Celas- trinee 5 species each. The following is a synopsis of the general conclusions derived from the study of the Tertiary flora of Australia :— 1. The geographical distribution of plants in Australia differed in many ways from the present one. 2. Types of plants of the Southern, as well as of the Northern hemisphere are associated together. 3. The flora-elements represented chiefly contain Phylones (ances- tral types) which are also common to other Tertiary floras of the globe. The character of the Tertiary flora of Australia cannot therefore be considered essentially different from that of the latter. Miscellaneous. 143 4. The Australian Tertiary flora, in accordance with the pre- ceding statements, is but a part of one and the same original flora upon which all living floras of the globe are founded. 5. The comparison of this original flora with the present floras of the globe shows that in Australia the differentiation of the Phylones reached its highest limit. 6. Many analogies to the Tertiary flora are nevertheless to be found in the living. Australian flora. 4, «On some new Features in Pelanechinus corallinus.” By T. T. Groom, Esq. (Communicated by Prof. T. M‘Kenny Hughes, M.A., F.G.S.) The discovery by the Author, in the Coral Rag at Calne, of an additional and well-preserved specimen of the Kchinoderm originally described by Dr. Wright as a Hemipedina, but subsequently made the type of a new genus, Pelanechinus, by Mr. Walter Keeping, afforded an opportunity of adding considerably to the known cha- racters of the type. The test proved to be flexible, as in the Echino- thuridx, a point already noted by Mr. Keeping. A number of details as to the interambulacral and ambulacral areas, the imbricating peristomial plates, pedicellaria, and teeth were given. Pedicellariz did not appear to have been previously observed in fossils. The genus appeared to occupy an intermediate position between the Echinothuride, Echinide, and Diadematide, and must form the type of a distinct subfamily, perhaps referable to the last named. A new description of the species was added. MISCELLANEOUS. On the Races of the Honey-Bee. By the Rev. H. W. Lert M:A., T:C.D: Tue increase of bee-keeping, the spread of literature treating exclusively of the subject, and the attention paid by bee-keepers in Europe, America, Asia, and Africa to the improvement of the honey- bee (Apis mellifica) have demonstrated that there are at least ten distinct varieties of this insect which are kept in hives. And though this has occurred within the last fifteen years, no notice seems to have been taken of the existence of these well- marked races of the domesticated insect in its bearing on the theory of evolution. That interesting chapter in the history of that teaching has not yet been written; indeed, the facts summarized below are only to be found scattered over the pages of many bee- publications, some of which are difficult of access. The present paper is offered as a contribution towards that part of the natural history of the honey-bee. The following are the names and distinguishing features of each 144 Miscellaneous. of the races of honey-bees that are best known to the bee-keeping community :— I. Brack or Brown.—The ordinary hive- or honey-bee, called by way of distinction the black or brown, from being of almost one uniform brown-black colour, with slight indications of paler bands on the abdomen, and clothed with greyish-brown hairs. ‘Till within the last fifteen years no other bee was known in North or West Europe *. This is also the bee which, after escaping, has made itself wild in the American and New-Zealand woods. II. Iratran Atp.—The Italian Alp bee, sometimes called Ligu- rian, is indigenous to the mountainous district that lies in the north of Italy round about the Lakes Maggiore and Como. It is of a light orange-yellow colour, with two orange-red bands on the abdomen, and is longer and more slender than the black. They are better honey-gatherers, more hardy and prolific, and very courageous in defending their own hives, even from the ravages of the wax moth. III. Cyprian.—The Cyprians are natives of Cyprus and part of Turkey in Asia. They are yellow, quite slender, wasp-like, and smaller than Italians. They always have a yellow shield-mark on the back between the wings. They are strong, excellent honey- gatherers, winter better than any other race, and are proof against being robbed by other bees. But they are easily excited and most revengeful stingers. TV. Syrran.—The Syrian bees are found on that part of Asiatic Turkey which lies north of Mount Carmel. They are of the same size, qualities, and temper as the Cyprians, from which they differ in showing less yellow and being on the whole of a greyer colour over their whole bodies. They are quite distinct from the next. V. Hoty Lanp.—The Holy-Land, or, as the natives call them, the Holy Bees, are found in Palestine, south of Mount Carmel. They are marked like the Cyprians; but their hair is so light in colour that they appear to be beautifully striped. Their size is smaller than Italians, but larger than Cyprians. They are very active and far-flying, most wonderful cell-builders, and get honey from red clover; but they are ready to sting, become furious at the least smoke, and run off their combs when one is lifted from the hive. VI. Tunistan.—Tunis, on the north of Africa, has a peculiar race of bees. They are the same in size as the Cyprian and Syrian, but their colour is dark brown—even darker than the common black or brown. They are active workers, keep on the combs when being handled, and bear smoke better than other eastern races; but they are liable to attack a person coming near them, even though not interfered with. VIL. Carntotzan.—The Carniolian bees are natives of Carniolia, in South Austria. They are longer and thicker than the black or brown, being the largest domesticated European bee. The colour * [This is hardly correct; the Italian Bee was known in Germany more than thirty years ago, when Siebold wrote his ‘ Wahre Partheno- genesis.’—-Eps. Miscellaneous. 145 is a rich dark brown, nearly black, while each ring of the abdomen is clearly marked by whitish-grey hairs, giving it a silvery look. They are equal to Italians in honey-gathering, fecundity, and hardi- ness, while they are of a most remarkably gentle disposition, never attacking the manipulator except when treated with improper roughness. VIII. Huneartan.—The bees peculiar to Hungary are the size of, but far blacker than, the common browns. They are very fair honey-gatherers and as gentle as Italians ; but their propensity to swarm renders them unprofitable. IX. Eayprran.—The Egyptian bees are like Syrians in size, but quite yellow, like the Italians. They abound, both wild and in domestication, along the valley of the Nile, and while famed for good honey-gathering qualities, are, without exception, the most ferocious bees known outside of India. X. Sour Arrican.—There is an excellent race of bees, both wild and hived, in the Cape Colony, which it is to be hoped will soon be introduced to British bee-keepers. They are the size and colour of Italians, but greyer, while they are more tractable and at the same time very prolific and of most remarkable working-powers ; where honey is to be gathered they keep at it early and late, and often even by moonlight. Whilst all these races breed freely when crossed with each other, so that they cannot be regarded as separate species, they all differ in certain particulars, the most striking of which are noted above. The differences are no doubt the result of their being influenced by climatic surroundings, as well as, in some districts, of a long course of too close breeding. Studying these ten varieties with the aid of a map of the world it appears that the nearer India is approached so much fiercer is the temper of the bees found to be. The question then might arise, Was this the condition of the first original bee, and have her descendants, as they migrated into colder climes, lost some of that ferocity which renders the Indian bee the terror to all travellers through the woods of that continent ? A point which opens a wide field of study is the colour of several races, and what developed it, and how far it is to be taken as an index of common descent; thus dark-colored races are found in north-west Europe, Hungary, Carniolia, and Tunis, where they are wide apart from each other. American bee-keepers have set before them the project of breeding bees by a judicious selection of queens and drones, with what they consider these six indispensable qualifications in bees kept for profit:—1. Hardy; able to bear bad winters without too great dwindling. 2. Good breeders; the queens laying in abundance, early in spring and late in autumn. 3. Gentle and quiet; not attacking mankind without provocation, and allowing themselves to be examined on a bar-frame comb when lifted from the hive. 4, Good honey-gatherers ; working on the flowers from sunrise to sunset. 5. Strong and active; flying long distances to pasturage, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 10 146 ~ Miscellaneous. and vigorously defending their stores. 6. Long-tongued; being able to get honey from many flowers which defy most bees. - And s0 far intelligent bee-masters have been partially successful ; indeed, there is every reason to expect that the honey-bee of the future will be as different from, and as much more valuable than, “ the little busy bee” of the past as an English shorthorn excels an Irish brindled cow. It is to be hoped that before the modern bee-breeders have oblite- rated the old distinct varieties those who have the opportunities will make careful coloured drawings, measurements of queens, drones, and workers, and further observations of all their peculiarities. It will be too late to attend to this branch of natural history when Apis americana, as we are told the new and improved bee of the “good time coming” is to be called, has taken possession of the hives of the world.—Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, ser. 2, vol. ii. pt. 6, p. 451. On the Organization of Cheetopterus. By M. JoyEux-Larrui£. Cheetopterus is one of the commonest Annelids on the coast of Calvados, where it lives abundantly below the level of the lowest tides; but considerable quantities are thrown up by the waves during strong gales, and it may be obtained by the dredge. The specimens observed by the author are referred by him to Cheto- pterus Valencinii, Quatref., notwithstanding some differences, and especially the number of segments in the inferior region, which was 30-35, instead of 15 as described. On the median posterior * line of the superior region there is a furrow running from the posterior margin of the buccal funnel to the base of the two dorsal rami of the first pair of feet of the middle region. Here it bifurcates, and is continued in the form of two deep grooves situated in the thickness of the two great wing-like rami. These grooves traverse the rami from the base to the extre- mity, and are lined with an epithelium with long vibratile cilia. The Chetopterus in its tube presents its two great rami bent upwards and backwards, with the two extremities in contact in the median line. The extremities of the two grooves are also in contact, so that there is a passage from one to the other, and their function is to guide to the buccal funnel the alimentary particles conveyed by the current which traverses the tube, and is caused by the palet- tiform rami of the three last segments of the region. This is easily determined by the addition of some coloured powder, when the particles are seen to collect in the grooves into small masses, which pass towards the buccal furrow. The author compares this func- tion of the grooves to that of the endostyle of the Ascidia. The segmental organs are remarkably developed in Chetopterus. * The animal is supposed to be placed mouth upwards. Miscellaneous. 147 The median and inferior regions alone present segmental organs in pairs in each segment ; the superior region never possesses any. Contrary to opinion, these organs are not contained in a single segment; they always commence in one segment and terminate in the following one; so that the first segment of the median region only contains portions of two segmental organs. Each segmental organ is formed by an internal orifice surrounded by a half-vestibule, and an excretory tube, which is continued into a spacious sac, and this opens externally through a short duct. Each segment is separated from the following one by a diaphragm. Near the line formed by the union of this diaphragm with the integument is situated, on each side, the vestibule of the segmental organ. Its form resembles that of the sigmoid valves of the heart, ed its inner surface is uniformly lined with vibratile cilia. The excretory tube follows the vestibule, and is entirely contained in the following segment; it is easily distinguished, even in the living animal, by its brownish colour. It is attached to the postero- interna! surface of the large ventral muscle of the same side, and travels in a more or less curved direction in the different segments. At the level of the pedal ramus it widens considerably to form the dilated sac which follows it. This sac almost completely fills the cavity situated in the base of the dorsal ramus and opens exter- nally by a short duct, having its external orifice upon the lower surface of the ramus. The inner walls of the whole segmental organ possess an epithelium with highly developed vibratile cilia, causing a current from within outwards. The tissue of the walls of the segmental organ is composed of elements resembling those of the organ of Bojanus in the Mollusca. When separated these cells present a spherical form; they contain a large nucleus presenting one or more concretions, which may increase in volume, unite and form a calculus, almost entirely filling the cell. These calculi are often found free in the cavity of the organ, and it is to these concretions that its general brownish colour is due. The sexes are separate; the testes and ovaries are nearly of the same form and position. They are mesenteroid cushions placed in pairs in each of the segments and attached to the upper surface of the partitions. Hach testis or ovary has the form of a crescent, with the concavity turned towards the digestive tube. In both cases the cushion presents a great number of convolutions, united with the diaphragm by a very small mesentery, and never presenting an internal cavity. ‘The products of reproduction are developed at the periphery and fall into the general cavity of the body, which, at the time of reproduction, is entirely filled with ova or spermato- zoids. ‘These products give a distinctive colouring to the two sexes —the males are dead-white, and the females have a slight rosy tint. — Comptes Rendus, July 11, 1887, p. 125. 148 Miscellaneous. Further Note on the Generic Name Muelleria. By F. Jerrrrey BEtt. I mient have saved myself all the mental trouble to which I gave expression on p. 392 of the last volume of the ‘Annals’ had I remembered that Bronn, in a footnote to the explanation of pl. xlviii. of Band ii. of his ‘ Klassen und Ordnungen’ (1860), says that Mulleria has been used five times before Jager, and writes ‘Actino- pyga Lecanora, nob. (Milleria Lecanora, Jig.).” Jaegeria, then, must be withdrawn, and the very excellent name of Actinopyga used in its place. I may advise the possessors of Mr. Scudder’s ‘Nomenclator Zoologicus’ to add, in its alphabetical order, “ Actinopyga, Bronn, Hol. 1860.” On a Copepod (Cancerilla tubulata, Dalyell) parasitic upon Am- phiura squamata, Delle Chiaje. By M. A. Grarp. In 1879 the author noticed the existence on the French coast of a curious Copepod parasitic upon Amphiura squamata*. A single specimen of the species had been observed and figured by Dalyell in 1851 (¢ Powers of the Creator,’ vol. i. p. 223, pl. lxu. figs. 1-5) under the name of Cancerilla tubulata. At Wimereux the parasite is exceedingly rare; it is more abundant at Concarneau, where it was probably observed by P. J. van Beneden (‘ Commensaux et Parasites,’ p. 138); but it is at Fécamp that it may be most con- veniently studied. There the Amphiuwra is very common in the small pools with Corallines, and about one in every ten is infested by the parasite. The female Cancerilla is generally attached to the oral surface of the disk at the base of one of the arms, with its head turned towards the mouth of its host. The body of the para- site and its two ovigerous sacs are usually about the same size and arranged in a triangle, which is easily seen by the naked eye. The cepyhalothorax is widened transversely and in form resembles the carapace of the common crab, whence the name of Cancerilla. It has a membranous lateral margin bearing stiff hairs. ‘The first pair of antenne are short, seven-jointed, with joints one and two larger and closely soldered together. ‘They bear numerous hairs, especially on the outer side. The antenne of the second pair are rather long and converted into prehensile organs, terminated by a strong hook. The mandibles are reduced to a styloid appendage with a tuft of very fine hairs at the extremity. The maxille have a wide base bearing three strong divergent points, striated trans- versely at the end. The two pairs of foot-jaws are robust and organized for prehension. The first pair of thoracic feet is biramose ; * Journ. Anat. et Physiol. t. xv. p. 452, note 1. Miscellaneous. 149 the outer branch, which is wide and furnished on its upper margin with six spinous hairs, has in its centre a large bilobed gland; the inner branch is very narrow, and terminates in two stiff hairs. The other thoracic feet (two to five) are rudimentary and gradually diminish ; the genital segment is rather wide, while the three follow- ing abdominal segments are very narrow; the furca bears upon each of its branches one long and four smaller sete. The male, which is much rarer than the female, is smaller and of a narrower form, resembling that of Cyclops. The first and second pairs of thoracic feet chiefly furnish the differential sexual characters. ‘The inner branch of the first biramose foot is wider than in the female and furnished with seven hairs on its free mar- gin ; the second pair are strongly developed and terminate in two long branches, of which the outer one is fringed with eleven sete (one terminal and five on each margin), while the inner one has only eight seta upon its inner margin. ‘The other thoracic feet are rudimentary, as in the female; the genital segment bears a sixth pair of aborted feet, which would seem to confirm Della Valle’s opinion that this segment is thoracic. Claus regards it as the first abdominal segment. Oviposition takes place from the beginning of May to the end of September ; the young attach themselves at the extremities of the arms of the Ophiuran, and approach the disk as they grow. Two or three egg-bearing females are sometimes found on the same Am- phiura, After hatching the empty sacs adhere for a time to the abdomen of the female. The ova are of a fine ashy-green colour. Segmentation is com- plete and unequal; there is epibolism and formation of the meso- derm by two primitive mesodermic cells, which originate from the endoderm at the point of contact of the latter with the first exo- dermic blastomeres. The nauplian embryo within the egg shows the rudiments of four pairs of limbs besides the characteristic appen- dages of the nauplius. The latter consist of a uniramous first pair, the basal joint of which bears two simple sete and the terminal joint two barbed sete, and of two biramose pairs. The upper branch of the latter is furnished with one simple and two barbed hairs ; the lower branch bears five barbed hairs in the first pair and four in the second. Beneath each appendage there is on the margin of the carapace and on each side a glandular mass. The anal extre- mity is obtuse and furnished with two divergent hairs. At Concarneau, and especially at Fécamp, the Cancerilla is frequently covered with a parasitic Rhizopod, which attaches itself to the carapace, especially at the anterior margin. The author names this Podarcella cancerille, gen. et sp. n., and describes it as a pedunculate Arcellian of which the peduncle adheres to the carapace of the Copepod by a small discoidal expansion. The peduncle is half as long again as the funnel-shaped cup ; both are composed of an apparently chitinous substance ; the walls of the cup are elastic, semitransparent, and irregularly notched at the margins, and within 150 Miscellaneous. it the amceboid body of the Rhizopods moves slowly. There are sometimes more than twenty of these Rhizopods upon the same Cancerilla. In its general character Cancerilla tubulata approaches Ascomyzon echinicola, Norm., a parasite of Hchinus esculentus, and -Asterocheres Lilvjeborgii, Boeck, a parasite of Echinaster sanguinolentus. The structure of its buccal armature is intermediate between that of the Peecilostoma and Siphonostoma, and seems. to show the artificiality of those two groups. The families Lichomolgide, Kossm. (Sapphi- rinide, Brady), Ascomyzontide, Boeck (Artotrogide, Brady), Bomo- lochidee, Claus, and Ergasilidee, Claus, should be united into a single group, for which the name Coryceeidse may be retained, as already proposed by Della Valle for the Lichomolgide. That author, how- ever, goes too far when he unites under the genus Lichomolgus forms of Copepoda parasitic upon Ceelenterata, Gymunotoca, and Tunicata, for which, as for the types parasitic upon Echinodermata, distinct genera should be retained.— Comptes Rendus, April 25, 1877. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Rhynchobdellean Hirudinea. By M. Grorers Durrirett. 1. Dorsal organ of the Glossiphoniz.—In a recent memoir M. Nusbaum, of Warsaw, indicates the presence, in the embryo of Glossiphonia complanata, Linn. (G. sewoculata, Bergmann), of a provisional dorsal organ which had escaped the notice of his prede- cessors. ‘This is a pyriform cavity, limited externally by the raised ectodermic lamina and internally by the somatic mesoderm. The ectodermic cells bear long appendages which serve for the reciprocal attachment of the young animals. ‘This organ soon disappears, ac- cording to the author, without leaving any traces. M. Nusbaum adds no comment to his description. Having, in the course of my investigations, had the opportunity of checking the author’s description and ascertaining its perfect correctness, the question arose, whether nothing of the same kind exists in the embryos of other species of the genus Glussiphonia, and particularly in that of G. bioculata, Bergm., which, in the adult state, bears a characteristic dorsal organ. My investigations of this species enabled me to ascertain that its embryo presents, in the very place of the dorsal organ of the adult, a formation analogous to that described by M. Nusbaum in the embryo of G. sexoculata. The embryos of G. marginata, Mill., are also provided with this organ, which, in them as in G. sevoculata, is provisional. From these observations we may conclude that the provisional dorsal organ of Nusbaum in the species sewoculata and marginata represents the permanent dorsal organ of the species broculata. As regards the ultimate fate of this provisional organ I have several times been able to find traces of it in the adult animals, Miscellaneous. 151 Thus, in sections of the adult G. sevoculata, I have observed in its place a strongly pigmented depression of the integument. The constitution of the dorsal organ of G. bioculata, which in reality is only a plate of chitine buried in a depression of the skin, leads to the rejection of the denominations “dorsal gland” (Mo- quin-Tandon), “ yellowish-brown spot” (Budge), and “red spot ” (Robin), which have been applied to this formation by the authors who have examined it. It seems preferable to designate it by the name of the dorsal chitinous plate. 2. Male apparatus of G. sexoculata.—The data which we possess as to the male apparatus of G. sevoculata did not enable us to bring this apparatus into the very homogeneous series of the other species of the genus. The most recent memoir on the subject (Robin, 1862) still shows it as formed on each side of a simple tube, bent into a JY, terminating on the one hand in a free point in the an- terior region of the body, and on the other at the male genital aperture, after having been dilated into a sac for the spermato- phores. Very numerous fine dissections have enabled me to ascer- tain that the outer branch of the U-shaped tube, instead of terminating in a free point, becomes bent back and attenuated, runs backward parallel to the axis of the body, and receives on its outer side the short deferent ducts of the ten testes of the corresponding side. This description enables us to bring the male apparatus of G. sexoculata into the series of forms already described by F. Miller, Budge, &c. 3. Skin and Respiration in the Rhynchobdellea.—Hitherto it has been assumed that the respiration of the Hirudinea 1s cutaneous, without investigating what differentiations this function might induce in the integument which is its seat. Branchellion alone had attracted some attention. I have examined whether there are not, in the series of the Rhynchobdellea, some particular arrangements which would enable us to explain the origin of the branchiz in the parasite of the Torpedo, and I have ascertained that, in the different genera, the integument presents curious adaptive modifications. The most interesting type in this respect is Pontobdella. In this genus, which is cylindrical (an isolated fact among the Hirudinea), the dermis is swelled into voluminous tubercles. ‘The structure of these formations not having hitherto been noticed, it will be useful to indicate it here, especially as their anatomy exactly accounts for their physiology. The tubercle is a dermal projection (not, as M. de Saint-Loup will have it, a mass of epithelial lamelle) covered with epidermis and furnished with muscles of two kinds—retractors, parallel to the axis of the tubercle, and extensors, which are radial. Capillaries are abundant in them. The extent of the surface, the abundance of its vascularization, and the peculiar development of its musculature place this organ under conditions exceptionally favourable for hema- tosis, and render the tubercle a respiratory organ, already highly differentiated. 152 Miscellaneous. From this primitive arrangement, in which the tubercles are uni- formly distributed over the whole periphery of the segment, are derived those of Glossiphonia and Branchellion. In the former case the less-developed tubercles are localized on the dorsal surface; in the second they are modified in their form and become marginal.— Comptes Rendus, July 11, 1887, p. 128. Note on some Reptiles from Sumatra described by Bleeker in 1860. By G. A. BouLenerr. Dr. Strauch has kindly drawn my attention to a paper by Bleeker, “ Reptilien van Agam,” Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind. xx. pp. 325- 3829 (1860), containing descriptions of new species, which was unfortunately overlooked by me whilst preparing the ‘ Catalogue of Lizards.’ This omission is the more to be regretted as the actual types of the species described in that paper are preserved in the British Museum, where they were received in 1863. Dr. Giin- ther, also overlooking Bleeker’s contribution, and considering the names appended to the specimens as merely MS., redescribed in 1872 and 1873 the species which appeared new tohim. The follow- ing is a list of Bleeker’s species, with their identifications :— 1. Calotes Luedekingu, Blkr.= Lophocalotes interruptus, Gthr. Should bear the name Lophocalotes Luedekingit. 2. Lophyrus megalepis, Blkr.=Tiaris tuberculatus, Gthr. Should be called Gonyocephalus megalepis. 3. Hemiphyllodactylus typus, Blkr.=Spathodactylus mutilatus, Gthr. 4, Gymnodactylus agamensis, Blkr.=G'. marmoratus, Kuhl. 5. Chelomeles sumatrensis, Blkr.= C. swmatrensis, Gthr. 6. Typhtina leucurus, Blkr.= Dibamus nove-guinee, D. & B., 2 (specimen h of Cat. Liz. p. 435). 7. Tropidolepisma macrurus, Blkr.= Mabuia multifasciata, Kuhl, pull. 8. Calamaria agamensis, Blkr.=C. Schlegel, D. & B. é cee” CONTENTS OF NUMBER 116.—/fth Series. Page VII. Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &e. By ALEPH UR Wak WATERS. (Plate DW) attri jeri 2 cies ate taia cca rte = 8h VIII. On new Reptiles and Batrachians from North Borneo. By Gr DOULDNGER Ie Goes oa carpet Se mera eae na Wi onenMar ya 95 IX. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. VII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., GTA EMRE ees eae ee na shit leet ahah ahe nay eierace cates 97 X. Some new Hypotrichous Infusoria from American Fresh Waters. By Averpn ©) orosms, MOD. (Plated) oo ese eae eae 104 _ XI. Descriptions of new Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera (Pyralites) from the Solomon Islands. By Arruur G. Burrnr, Be HEZnS.: Gea ees Ose ety LMT ch RPM ER coke cacuatetet sag 114. XII. Description of a new ie of Nucleolites, with Remarks on the Subdivisions of the Genus. By Prof. F. Jerrrey Bett, M.A., Sof ee bint ES) ipeeey esate hic A eae renal Ay We Rs cop os ee Are ei XIII. Description of two new Squirrels from North Borneo. By Onprimin aoMAes Sac miei iio Waliak oe a aan os nies 127 XIV. Descriptions of two new Species of Butterflies from South Aieheamistan. by Ee GGen OMEnre 2 occ Lith ae tsnena 6 lw 129 XY. Descriptions of some new Species of Land-Shells from Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. By Engar A.Smrrm .............. 130 PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIBS. Geological pptieuy fe Ne oe Pees Oe 134— 143 MISCELLANEOUS. On the Races of the Honey-Bee. By the Rev. H. W. Lert, M.A., D On the Or ganization of Chetopterus. By M. Jovnux-Larrure .... 146 Further Note on the Generic Name Muelleria. By F. Jerrrey Brevi 148 On a Copepod (Cancerilla tubulata, Dalyell) parasitic upon Amphi- ura squamata, Delle Chiaje. By M. A. Graxp On some Points in the Anatomy of the Rhynchobdellean Hirudinea. By, Me Grorers:Diusrim mi a prego on ak eterna ca 150 Note on some Reptiles from Sumatra described by Bleeker in 1860. By G. A. BouLeNcER # * Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Brancis; Printing Cffice Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. — A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRON OMY, MECHANICS, CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :— The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. Price £15. The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. » £2 As. The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. bape oly The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. aioe eo Tayzor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :— 2 The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10. The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. Ee EEO: The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. eae T OD The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Pe Oe Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. Vol. 20. FIFTH SERIES. No. 117.) aes or: THE ANNALS ¢ ee ; ANDO | r G MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, | } | ! INCLUDING | ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pa.D., E.B.S., WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.LS., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.RB.S., P.LS., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Px.D., F.L.S. BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS ”’ COMBINED WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” WITH NINE PLATES. LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Sold by Longmans, Green, and Co. ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.; Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. Double Number. Price Five Shillings. _ FOR FRIEDLANDER & SOHN’S LIST OF ‘BOOKS, SEE CATALCGUE INSERTED IN __THIS NUMBER. 3 BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN. ZOOLOGY. Since September 1879, when the work was commenced, Sixty Parts (including that now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed as follows :— Mammalia. By EH. R. Auston. (Complete. Pp. xx and 220, pls. xxii.) Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin andF.D.Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i-xxxy., Temporary Titlepage.) Reptilia. By A. Gtnrurr. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i—xxv.) Arachnida Acaridea. By Orro Sroti. (Pp. 1-16, pls. ix.) Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1(ApEPHaGA). By H. W. Barzs. (Complete. Pp. x and 316, pls. xiii.) Coleoptera. Vol. I. part2 (ApEPHAGA; HypRoPHILIDA, &c.). By D.SHarpr. (Pp. 1-744, pls. i.-xix.) Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsrLapHip# &c.). By D.SHarp. (Pp. 1- 64, pls. i., 11.) Ccicontera. Vol. II. part 2 (PEcTrnIcoRNIA; LAMELLICORNIA). By H. W. Batss. (Pp. 1-88, pls. i.—v.) : Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 1 (Szrricornia). By C. O. WarErnouse. (Pp. 1-82, pls. i., 11.) Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (Matacoprermara). By H. S. Gorwam. (Complete. Pp. xii and 372, pls. xiii.) Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 1 (HETERomERA). By G. C. Cuampion. (Pp. 1-820, pls. i—xii.) Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Lonaicornia): by H. W. Bates. (BRUCHIDES) : by D. SHarp. (Complete. Pp. xii and 526, pls. xxvi.) Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyTopHaca). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-544, ls. 1.-XXX. : Gace, Vol. VI. part 2 (PHYTOPHAGA, continued). By J. S. Baty. (Pp. 1-124, pls. i.-iv.) ; Hymenoptera. By P. Campron. (Pp. 1-416, pls. i.—xvi.) Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Savin. (Pp. 1-487, pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. 11. (Pp.1-64, pls. xlviii—li.) Lepidoptera Heterocera. By H. Drucz. (Pp. 1-256, pls. i—xxv.) Rhynchota Heteroptera. By W.L. Disrant. (Pp. 1-304, pls. i—xxviii.) Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-82, pls. i—iv.) Diptera. By Baron C. R. von Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls. ii.) BOTANY. Of the Botany Twenty-three Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. L., pp. 1-619 and titlepage, pls. i—xxxv.; Vol. II., pp. 1-621 and titlepage, pls. xxxvi.-lxix.; Vol. ILL, pp. 1-711, pls. lxx.-cix.; Vol. IV., pp. 1-298. The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d. London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 10 Chandos Street, Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W. THE PISCATORIAL ATLAS . OF THE NORTH SEA, ENGLISH AND ST. GEORGH’S CHANNELS. By O. T. OLSEN, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., &e., &e. SHOWING AT A GLANCE The Fishing Ports, Harbours, Species of Fish (How, Where, and When Caught), Boats and Fishing Gear, and other Special Information concerning Fish and Fisheries. PRICE. With Fish coloured.....ceseeersees £2 19s. 6d. With Fish uncoloured...........0.- £2 Qs. Od. - Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. {FIFTH SERIES. | No. 117. SEPTEMBER 1887. XVI.—The Sponge-fauna of Madras. A Report on a Collection of Sponges obtained in the Neighbourhood of Madras by Edgar Thurston, Esq. By Arraur DENDY, B.Sc., F.L.8., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum. [Plates IX.-XII. | THE specimens upon the study of which this paper is based were collected in the neighbourhood of Madras by Edgar Thurston, Esg., Superintendent of the Government Central Museum, and forwarded by him to my colleague, Prof. F. J. Bell, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of examining and describing them. The collection is of exceptional interest, owing to the fact that it is the first which has been obtained from this parti- cular locality. Indeed, our knowledge of the sponge-fauna of the entire Indian Ocean is extremely deficient. This defi- ciency is almost certainly due to want of investigation rather than to any actual scarcity of sponges. Mr. Ridley and I have already pointed out, in our Report on the Monaxonida collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ that “ this little-known field will probably yield a rich harvest to whoever has the good luck to thoroughly investigate it ;” and this state- ment is amply borne out by Mr. Thurston’s researches, The best-known locality for sponges in the Indian Ocean Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 11 154 Mr. A. Dendy on the . is undoubtedly Ceylon; Bowerbank *, Gray f, and Carter t have all written upon the sponge-fauna of this particular district, and the sponge-fauna of Madras, in so far as is evi- denced by the material at my disposal, bears a striking resem- blance to it. Thus, out of the ten determinable species from Madras, four, viz. Halichondria panicea (a cosmopolitan species), Awinella Donnant, Hircinia clathrata, and Hiréinia vallata, have already been recorded from the neighbour- hood of Ceylon. There can be no doubt that the present collection was ob- tained in shallow or moderately shallow water, although there is no record of the depth. Species witha strong development of spongin in the skeleton-fibre predominate, as might have been safely predicted from the climatic conditions of the locality. It is remarkable that all the species, with a single exception, belong to the suborder Halichondrina or else to the Keratosa, which are undoubtedly direct descendants of the former group. The single exception is a new species of the cosmopolitan genus Suberites, which I have called S. incon- stans, owing to its extraordinary variability in external ap- pearance. In addition to the species recorded below there are in the collection a number of Ectyonine and Homorrhaphid forms, which I have thought desirable to leave undetermined until a better supply of material is forthcoming. Unfortunately all the specimens have been dried, but I hope before long to receive a second instalment preserved in alcohol. Suberites inconstans, nu. sp. (Pls. [X., X.) There are six specimens of this species in the collection. They present us with an extraordinary range of external form, and yet all agree so closely in the arrangement and in the shape and size of the spicules that it is impossible to dis- tinguish more than one species. I have therefore decided to group all the specimens under three varieties :—(1) Suderites - enconstans, var. globosa; (2) Suberites inconstans, var mean- drina; (3) Suberites inconstans, var. digitata. # “ Report on a Collection of Sponges found at Ceylon by E. W. Holdsworth, Esq.,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 25. t+ “Sponges from Ceylon,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xii. p. 266. (This paper is only a brief criticism of Dr. Bowerbank’s.) t “ Report on Specimens dredged up from the Gulf of Manaar,”’ &c., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 35; “Supplementary Report on the Specimens dredged up from the Gulf of Manaar,” &c., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 861. * Sponge-fauna of Madras. 155 Suberttes inconstans, var. globosa. (Pl. IX. figs. 1, 1 a.) Sponge (Pl. IX. fig. 1) massive, sessile, attached, irregularly spherical, averaging about 160 millim. in diameter. Surface uneven, but without digitate processes, very minutely hispid. Irregularly scattered over the surface are numerous large, more or less circular openings, which must be regarded as the oscula; these average in diameter about 4 millim. in one specimen, while in the other they are smaller. Colour light brownish orange. ‘Texture hard and woody, incompressible ; internally cavernous. Skeleton very irregular, composed of dense masses of loosely ageregated tylostyli, without any defined fibres. At the surface the tylostyli are mostly arranged in brushes with their apices projecting outwards. Spicules (Pl. [X. fig. 1a) large, stout, usually slightly curved tylostyli, with well-marked, somewhat elongated heads of the ‘ enormi-spinulate” type and with gradually sharp-pointed apices. Size about 0°57 by 0-022 millim. There are two specimens of this variety, agreeing fairly closely with one another in external form. Suberites inconstans, var. meandrina. (PI. X.) The single specimen (PI. X. fig. 1) consists of a great, hemi- spherical, cake-like mass, attached by a very broad base to a massof calcareous débris. Average diameter about 300millim. The upper surface (Pl. X. fig. 1 a) is uneven, and is also fur- rowed by numerous, closely-placed, very deep, meandering grooves or elongated pits, each of which is about 2-3 millim. broad, and has slightly prominent margins. There are also usually numerous very small pits between the grooves. The general surface is again very minutely hispid. Colour light brownish orange. ‘Texture hard, woody, and incompressible. Skeleton and spicules as before, except that the spicules appear to be a trifle shorter. The meandering pits on the surface, from which I have taken the name of this variety, are doubtless homologous with the circular pits on the surface of the last variety, from which we may imagine them to be derived by a process of lateral elongation. In cases like the present it is of course an open question as to what are to be considered the true oscula. Suberites inconstans, var. digitata. (PI. IX. fig. 2.) There are three specimens which I refer to this variety. They differ considerably from one another in external appear- i? 156 Mr. A. Dendy on the ance, but all of them show a more or less strongly marked tendency to form digitate processes. All three resemble the preceding specimens in colour and texture, but in two of them the orange colour is more distinctly pronounced. The specimen (Pl. IX. fig. 2) which I consider most typi- cal of the variety consists of a number of upright, branching and anastomosing, cylindrical processes, springing from a very irregular, thin, basal lamina, which has overgrown a mass of calcareous débris. ‘The finger-like processes: are, at any rate usually, tubular, and sometimes there is an osculum at the summit. All the processes and their branches grow vertically upwards. The height of the entire specimen is about 155 mil- lim., and the greatest breadth about the same, while the dia- meterof the finger-like processes averagesabout 17 millim., The surface of the sponge is fairly even, and, in addition to being very minutely hispid, is also minutely punctate, the puncta- tion being most distinct on the lower, paler-coloured parts of the specimen. This punctate character is not confined to this specimen, nor even to this variety, but it appears to be a variable feature. ; Of the two remaining specimens of the variety one has the digitate processes very broad and irregular, with a very uneven, corrugated surface ; while in the other the digitate processes are almost obsolete. The skeleton is much the same as in the preceding varie- ties, except that the fibres are generally more distinct, and, at any rate in the type of the variety, it is possible to distinguish between primary fibres running vertically to the surface and secondary ones crossing them more or less at right angles. The spicules are of just about the same shape and size as in the two preceding varieties. Perhaps the most nearly allied of previously described species is Nardo’s Suberites massa*. ‘This occurs in the canals of Venice, and is stated to reach the size of a human head; it is also of a bright orange colour. Thus it must closely resemble the massive varieties of the present species in external appearance; but it differs in the size and form of the spicules, which, in Suberites massa, as evidenced by one of Schmidt’s preparations in the British Museum, are much longer and relatively very much slenderer than in S. ¢ncon- stans. Another species which resembles S. dnconstans in the great size to which it grows is Bowerbank’s Hymeniacidon (= Spirastrella?) pulvinatus}, from near Belize. Bower- * Cf. Schmidt, Spong. adriat. Meeres, p. 67. + Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 126. Sponge-fauna of Madras. 157 oank’s species, however, grows to afar greater size and differs widely enough in the arrangement of the oscula on the upper surface and in the smaller size of the tylote spicules. The most remarkable feature about S. inconstans is its extreme variability in external form ; it thus affords a striking parallel to the cases of Sprnosella sororta and Pachychalina variabilis, two common West-Indian Chalinine sponges, with which I have dealt at length elsewhere *. Halichondria panicea, Johnston, var. 1842, Halichondria panicea, Johuston, British Sponges, p. 114. I identify with this well-known and _ widely-distributed species a single massive specimen measuring about 100 millim. in average diameter, with a well-marked tendency to give off above short, digitate, tubular processes. Surface covered with small monticular prominences. Colour (dry) white below and light pink above. Texture very soft and crumbling. Both the main and dermal skeletons form a very confused, irregular, and loosely put together reticulation of spicules, apparently with no spongin. The spicules are the usual slightly curved, long, gradually sharp-pointed, fusiform oxea; they average about 0°7 by 0-014 millim. in size when full-grown, thus agreeing fairly well with those of the Kerguelen variety. Mr. Carter t has already recorded a sponge which he calls “ Amorphina megalorhaphis, n. sp.,’ from Ceylon, and he also remarks, in the same place: “This seems to be a variety of the common British species Halichondria panicea, chiefly differentiated by the size of its largest spicules, which is double that of the English one.” The synonymy and geographical distribution of the species will be found in the Report on the Monaxonida dredged by H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ p. 2. Tedania digitata, Schmidt, sp. 1862. Reniera digitata, Schmidt, Spong. adriat. Meeres, p. 75. There is one fine specimen which is undoubtedly referable to this widely distributed species. It consists of a low- growing mass rising up into short, digitate, conical processes or large mamille, and has a very uneven, corrugated surface. In its present (dry) condition it is of a pale yellow colour tinged with pink, but a label with it states that the colour, when alive, was red. The measurements of the spicules are as follows :—Smooth * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887. fy Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 368. 158 Mr. A. Dendy on the styli, 0:245 by 0:0094 millim. ; tylota (with minutely spined heads), 0:2 by 0°0048 millim. (thickness of shaft) ; oxeote rhaphides, 0:19 by 0:0025 millim. The species has already been recorded from the Mediter- ranean, Atlantic, Antigua, Kurrachee, Australia, Mozambi- que, and the Amirante Islands; and for further details the reader is referred to Ridley’s Report on the Zoological Col- lections of H.M.S. ‘ Alert’ (1884), pp. 417, 607, and to Ridley and Dendy’s Report on the Monaxonida dredged by H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ p. 51. Lotrochota baculifera, Ridley, var. flabellata. 1884. Lotrochota baculifera, Ridley, Zool. Coll. H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ Brit. Mus., p. 435, There are in the collection two specimens which have given me a great deal of trouble in determining, and which I have finally decided to regard as belonging to a variety of Ridley’s species Lotrochota baculifera, the types of which were obtained from Port Darwin, Australia. Each specimen forms an irregularly shaped, flattened mass, and the larger of the two measures about 160 by 110 millim., and has an average thickness of about 5 millim. Both speci- mens are of a dark purple colour. The dermal membrane has in most parts been rubbed off, but the surface appears to have been smooth, although very uneven, in life. The megasclera are (1) fairly stout, commonly somewhat curved styli, usually sharp-pointed, size about 0:176 by 0:0063 millim.; (2) straight tylota, occurring chiefly in the dermal membrane, as is usually the case with diactinal megasclera, size about 0°22 by 0°0048 millim. The microsclera are minute amphiastra (“ birotulates”’) about 0°0126 millim. long. This variety differs from the types as described by Ridley (1) in the flabellate instead of lobose habit, and (2) in the smaller size of all the spicules. ; Awinella Donnani, Bowerbank, sp. (Pl. XI. fig. 1.) 1873. Isodictya Donnant, Bowerbank, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 28, pl. vi. figs. 2-6. This remarkable and well-characterized species was origi- nally described and figured by Dr. Bowerbank fourteen years ago from a single dry specimen, and has not since been heard of. The type specimen was obtained from the Pearl-banks, Ceylon, by Mr. Holdsworth, who remarks: “The dark, thick, cup-shaped sponge with undulated margin is not un- Sponge-fauna of Madras. 159 common on the large pearl-bank in from 6% to 9 fathoms ; and I have met with it once or twice on rough ground on other parts of the coast; it is usually attached to some bit of rock, and is always, when alive, of a uniform bright orange- colour. It turns black an hour or two after being taken out of the water. The largest specimen I have seen was about as large again as the one you have. The general shape and colour are always the same ”’ *. The species is undoubtedly referable to the genus Aaznella, of which, in both form and arrangement of the spicules, it is a typical member. It is represented in the present collection by four specimens of a dark brownish colour, ranging in dia- meter from 55 to 130 millim., and in height from 42 to 130 millim. All are distinctly pedunculate and have the same general external appearance although varying widely in de- tails of form. One specimen is almost a facsimile of that figured by Bowerbank and is, moreover, labelled “ colour orange,” which is a very satisfactory confirmation of Mr. Holdsworth’s statement. A second specimen is also cup- shaped, but the wall of the cup, instead of simply undulating, is proliferated outwards into large, branching and anastomos- ing, vertical lamellee. The most remarkable variation in external form is, how- ever, exhibited by a specimen which is not cup-shaped at all, but consists of a number of vertical lamelle inclined at various angles to one another and attached to a stout peduncle. The surfaces of these lamelle are furrowed towards the upper margin by numerous deep longitudinal grooves about 1°5 millim. broad, in which lie numerous minute oscula. In a few places only the grooves are very short and stellately arranged, these stellate grooves occurring lower down on the specimen than the longitudinal ones. I have thought it desirable to give an illustration of this remarkable form (Pl. XI. fig. 1). As the species has already been pretty fully described, I need give no further details except with regard to the spicules. These are fairly stout, gradually sharp-pointed, usually curved styli, averaging about 0°315 by 0:0157 millim. in size. The small and slender styli (“‘acuates”’), mentioned by Bower- bank, are scarce in my specimens; no doubt they are young forms of the larger spicules. Phakellia Ridleyt, n. sp. (Pl. XI. figs. 2, 2 a.) Sponge (Pl. XI. fig. 2) erect, flabellate, forming thin fronds. There are in the collection two specimens, measuring 80 millim, * Proc, Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 29. 160 Mr. A. Dendy on the high by 85 millim. broad and about 3 millim. thick, and 95 millim. high by 67 millim. broad and about 3 millim. thick, re- spectively. Colour inthe dry state light brick-red. Texture hard and fairly tough. Surface marked with longitudinal ridges and furrows; minutely hispid. The dermal membrane appears to have been almost entirely rubbed off. In the present con- dition of the specimens it is almost impossible to discover the arrangement of the pores and oscula; but there is no reason to doubt that they are arranged here as in other species of the genus, viz. the oscula on one surface and the pores on the other. ‘he skeleton is reticulate, with stouter, polyspiculous, longitudinal fibres. The crossing fibres are very irregularly developed and ill-defined. There is not very much spongin present. The spicules are smooth, more or less curved styli (Pl. XT. fig. 2a), well rounded off at the base, and gradually sharp- pointed at the apex. Size about 0-4 by 0015 millim. This is a pretty little species with a characteristic external appearance. I have great pleasure in dedicating it to my friend and late colleague Mr. 8S. O. Ridley, M.A., who has for many years held a distinguished position amongst spong- ologists. The species is remarkable on account of its small size, if we may be allowed to judge of this from only two specimens, and also on account of its red colour. Raspailia fruticosa, n. sp. (PI. XII. figs. 2, 2a.) Sponge (Pl. XII. fig. 2) erect, consisting of a bushily ramose mass of fairly stout, cylindrical branches placed upon a short peduncle. Most of the branches appear to have arisen by simple furcation of pre-existing ones; but some few are given off in the form of small secondary branches from older and stouter primary branches. The branches anastomose freely at points where they come in contact with one another; all of them tend vertically upwards and end in blunted apices. There are three specimens present ; the largest measures 150 millim. in height and 120 in greatest breadth, while the diameter of the branches averages about 7 millim. ‘l'wo of the three specimens are distinctly compressed in one plane. Colour (dry) dark brown. Texture rather hard and brittle. Surface very distinctly hispid and covered all over with numerous minute perforations, which appear to be the oscula. _ The skeleton is distinctly reticulate ; it consists in the first place of a more concentrated axial portion occupying the centre of each branch, from which primary fibres radiate upwards and outwards to the surface of the sponge. These radiating Sponge-fauna of Madras. 161 primary fibres are connected with one another by short secondary fibres, which run from one to the other at right angles, and thus give rise to an irregular, rectangularly meshed network. The ends of the primary fibres project beyond the surface in the form of tufts of spicules, and amongst the shorter spicules composing these tufts there also project a number of very long and slender spicules ; these reach a con- siderable distance beyond the surface, and thereby give it its characteristic hispid appearance. ‘There is a considerable amount of amber-coloured spongin present, uniting the spi- cules into fibres; but the fibres are very ill-defined and irregular, the spicules in the primaries being arranged in a more or less Axinellid manner. The spicules are of various forms, viz.:—(1) More or less curved, gradually sharp-pointed, fairly stout, smooth styli, averaging in size about 0°315 by 0-01 millim., but subject to considerable variation, especially in diameter ; these make up the chief portion of the skeleton. (2) Very long and slender, very gradually sharp-pointed, slightly flexuous, smooth styl (Pl. XII. fig. 2a); size about 0°8 by 0:007 millim. ; occurring at the surface, projecting amongst the smaller spicules as de- scribedabove. (3) Spined styl, with a fewstout, sharp, strongly recurved spines. Sometimes there are three or four unusually large spines arranged like the teeth of a grapnel at the extreme apex. ‘There appear to be very few or no spines at the base. These spicules are rather rare; they occur projecting ob- liquely outwards and forwards from the primary fibres, at or near the surface of the sponge. Size about 0°14 by 0:0095 millim. There occur also fairly numerous, long, slender rhaphides, probably incompletely developed styli. The external appearance of this sponge is very charac- teristic, and it appears, judging from the three specimens present, to be very constant; the best idea of it will be obtained by reference to the figure. Raspailia Thurstont, n. sp. (Pl. XII. figs. 1, 1 a, 1 0.) Sponge (Pl. XII. fig. 1) erect, ramified dichotomously in one plane, pedunculate. Branches long and rather slender, tending vertically upwards, tapering slightly to rather obtuse apices. Height of the larger of the two specimens present 190 millim., breadth about 145 millim., diameter of branches about 4°5 millim. Surface granular, minutely punctate, not distinctly hispid as in the preceding species. ‘Texture hard and tough. Colour (dry) pale yellowish brown; one speci- men has a reddish tinge at the base. 162 Mr. A. Dendy on the The skeleton consists in the first place of an extremely dense and tough, slender, cylindrical axis, measuring in the branches about 0°6 millim. in diameter. This axis is com- posed of a solid mass of rather dark amber-coloured spongin, with numerous imbedded spicules. From it numerous primary fibres radiate upwards and outwards to the surface of the sponge, joined together at right angles by secondary fibres, so as to give rise to a very dense network with irregu- larly rectangular meshes. Both primary and secondary fibres contain a large proportion of spongin. ‘The primary fibres terminate at the surface in dense, elongated tufts of spicules arranged in a typical Axinellid manner, amongst them being a very great number of the strongly spined styli. The very long, slender styli, projecting far beyond the surface and forming so characteristic a feature of Raspailia fruticosa, are not present, and it seems very probable that they are func- tionally replaced by the numerous spined styli, which, it must be remembered, are very rare in the preceding species. Spicules:—(1) Smooth, very gradually sharp-pointed, more or less curved styli (Pl. XII. fig. 16), usually short and stout, measuring about 0°28 by 0°014 millim., but often longer and slenderer and sometimes shorter and stouter ; in short, very variable in size: these spicules form the main mass of the skeleton. (2) The spined styli (Pl. XII. fig. 1 a); more or less curved, stout, and tapering gradually towards the apex. ‘The spines are very stout and sharp- pointed and strongly recurved towards the base, which is usually quite smooth ; commonly the spicule terminates in three or four large spines arranged around the projecting apex like the teeth of a grapnel, the apex itself being represented merely by a low rounded wart ; or sometimes the spicule may terminate in a sharp-pointed apex with no spines. Size of spicule about 0°025 by 0:0094 millim. These spicules are very abundant in the position indicated above. In boiled- out preparations a few very much elongated, slender, smooth styli, like those occurring at the surface of Raspaila fruti- cosa, make their appearance ; but I have not observed them in situ. I have much pleasure in naming this species after Mr. Thurston, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of studying and describing this valuable collection. It is interesting to find two species so nearly resembling one another in all essential characters, yet so totally distinet from one another, as Raspailia fruiicosa and Raspailia Thurstoni, both coming from the same locality. They may be distin- guished from one another immediately both by their external Sponge-fauna of Madras. 163 appearance and by their spiculation, and although there are in the collection three specimens of the one species and two of the other, none of them show any transitional condition between the two species. It is also very interesting to observe how different spicules are utilized in the two species for the same function, viz. the protection of the surface. Hircinia clathrata, Carter. 1881. Hircinia clathrata, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 866. With this species I identify two dry, washed-out specimens of fair size. ‘There can be no reasonable doubt as to the identification, for Mr. Carter’s original specimen, which came from the Gulf of Manaar, is sufficiently well characterized to make it certain, although I have been unable to examine the type. The species has hitherto been recorded by Carter from the Gulf of Manaar and from the Red Sea. Hircinia vallata, nu. sp. Hircinia vallata, R. v. Lendenfeld, MS. Sponge more or less semicircular in outline. Consisting of an erect, thick, flattened lamella, with a narrow, smoothly curved upper margin, along which the oscula are placed. Surface flat, like the surface of a wall, honeycombed by numerous shallow, rounded or polygonal depressions. ‘Tex- ture very coarse, rough and cavernous; there is an enormous quantity of foreign matter present, such as sand, sponge- spicules, &c. Colour brownish grey. The oscula are, as already stated, arranged along the upper margin of the sponge ; they are the openings of wide exhalant canals, radiating upwards from deep down in the body of the sponge. In the single specimen from Madras there are also numerous much smaller round openings scattered over both flattened surfaces of the sponge; but it is not certain whether these are oscula or not; they do not occur in the Ceylon specimen, to be mentioned later on. The single specimen from Madras measures 140 millim. in height by 290 millim. in width; it is 45 millim. thick in the centre of the base and 12 millim. thick in the centre of the upper margin. ‘The oscula and the large exhalant canals leading up to them average about 4:5 millim. in diameter. The Ceylon specimen is of the same general form, but broader, thicker, and not quite so high. 164 On the Sponge-fauna of Madras. The skeleton is excessively coarse, loose, and irregular ; in many places it seems to consist only of a rough network of foreign bodies, including spicules of all shapes and sizes, cemented together by spongin, while sometimes longer or shorter stretches of pale-coloured fibre occur, containing no foreign bodies at all. The filaments are abundant, forming tangled masses. There is in the collection of the British Museum a specimen from Ceylon, which I have already had occasion to refer to, and which belongs to the same species as the Madras speci- men. It was collected by Mr. E. W. H. Holdsworth, and is labelled in Dr. Bowerbank’s handwriting ‘Stematumenia.” It is obviously one of the two specimens referred to by him, in his ‘ Report on a Collection of Sponges found at Ceylon by E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq.” *, under that name; but he appears to have considered these two specimens unworthy of description. Dr. von Lendenfeld, in working over the British Museum collection of horny sponges for his forthcoming monograph of the group, has given the manuscript name ‘Hircinia vallata”’ to the species in question, a name to which I of course adhere. Genus Hipposponeia, Schulze. There are in the collection two fair-sized specimens, evi- dently both belonging to the same species. ‘They are massive and give off from the upper surface hollow digitate processes. One specimen, which has evidently been dredged in the living condition, has the skin still attached and shrunk on to the skeleton; this gives to the surface a uniform black colour. The other specimen is only a washed-out skeleton, and is of a dirty greyish-yellow colour. The primary lines of the skeleton are densely cored by foreign spicules, and the inter- spaces between them are filled with an angularly-meshed network of horny fibre, containing no foreign bodies and averaging in diameter about 0:007 millim. In the almost hopeless state of confusion at present existing with regard to the classification and nomenclature of the horny sponges, I shall not attempt to attach a definite specific name to these two specimens. Suffice it to say that they closely resemble von Lendenfeld’s Huspongia canaliculata +, * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 25. + “A Monograph of the Australian Sponges,” Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. x. p. 502. Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan. 165 but differ in the absence of a distinct dermal reticulation of foreign bodies, such as is described and figured for that species, although irregularly scattered foreign bodies are fairly abundant in the skin. Dr. von Lendenfeld informs me that he now believes his Huspongia canaliculata to belong to the genus Hippospongia. At the time when he wrote his descrip- tion of it he believed it to be identical in part with Mr. Carter’s Euspongia anfractuosa, notwithstanding which he gave it a new name of his own, citing Huspongia anfractuosa as a synonym. Doubtless in his forthcoming monograph of the horny sponges this most perplexing question will be further elucidated. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate IX, Fig. 1. Suberites inconstans, var. globosa, x 4. Fig. 1a. The same; tylostylus, x 190. Fig. 2. Suberites inconstans, var. digitata, X 3. PuaTeE X. Fig. 1. Suberites mconstans, var. meandrina, X 3. Fig. 1a. The same; portion of upper surface, nat. size. PuatTE XI. Fig. 1. Axinella Donnani, x 3. Fig. 2. Phakellia Ridley?, nat. size. Fig. 2a, The same; stylus, x 284. PuaTE XII. Fig. 1. Raspailia Thurstoni, x 3. Fig. 1a. The same ; three of the spined styli, x 284. Fg. 16. Tne same; smooth stylus, x 284. ag. 2. Raspalia fruticosa, X 3 Fig. 2a. The same ; very long, slender stylus, x 284. XVII.— On the Pyrochroide of Japan. By Georce Lewis, F.L.S. THE collection made in Japan in 1880 and 1881 contains twelve species of Pyrochroide, and there is a certain simili- tude between them and those known from the United States ; this will be seen best from the following table which gives the genera and number of species of both countries :— 166 Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan. Japan. America. Ischalia ...... Ae ODD 1 1 JEAAROCINRE, “coacoaecce 6 2 Schizocusieerracsertertr 3 1 Wendroidesieeestre reer 2 4 The other known members of the family are: from Europe six, Northern Asia and China four, Java one, Borneo one, and Australia one. The Javan species, Pyrochroa longa, Perty, as the name im- plies, has a very different outline from any of the others, and in the British Museum there are two undescribed species, also from Java, which resemble it. But the table given above must be taken with qualification or it will lead, if it lead to any conclusion at all, to speculation of a poor sort. It merely gives the divisions of the family found in Japan and America according to the present generic arrangements, and all such assortments are necessarily more or less provisional and liable to change with an increase of knowledge. There is hardly a family perhaps in the Coleoptera of which so little is known as the Pyrochroide. The Japanese species of Dendroides are in several repects different from those known from America ; and although I consider it will not at any time be desirable to establish a genus to hold them, their discovery materially enlarges*the scope of Dendroides. And when the compara- tive value of the table is examined, inquiries must also be undertaken as to the extent of the researches yet made in Japan and America. Are they or are they not relatively complete ? The species in Japan are local, and the inference therefore is that more discoveries may be made which may modify any views put forth, and the American continent is so vast that it seems safe to predict the same thing of it. I am led into making these observations because Herr H. J. Kolbe, of Berlin, has lately published, in the ‘ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’ 1886, p. 142, eleven well-arranged tables showing the distribution of some Korean Coleoptera. The tables show great care in their elaboration, but they are based on such insufficient material that it is impossible to assign to them any value. Only 142 species are enumerated, and some of these are not, in my opinion, characteristic of the Hastern fauna. I no not refer especially to those that are usually called cosmopolitan insects, such as Dermestes, Necrobia, Giib- bium, certain Aphodit, &e., but to others which have a very wide distribution and are species familiar to most coleopterists. The publication of geographical statistics for the Coleoptera of China, Korea, and Japan is premature now, and will, I think, remain so until the important region lying between Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroida of Japan. 167 Pekin, Canton, and the Himalayan mountains is fairly well investigated, and the material brought to Europe or taken to America and worked out. From ten to fifteen thousand species would be a very moderate collection for this territory. Within its limits there are large forests of both deciduous and ever- green trees growing at all the various altitudes of the district, and the contents of them are, practically speaking, unknown. It is not the low-lying areas which nurture and harbour the distinctive species of the Japanese fauna, these mostly yield Bembidia and certain Hydradephaga and Staphylinide, which are much the same all the world over; there as elsewhere the higher altitudes give the cha- racteristic species. The names of five or six of Herr Kolbe’s species will ultimately rank as synonyms, a result inseparable from working on scant material. Korea is now being opened up to foreign trade, and more and more every year will travellers visit the country, and the natural history be gradually worked out, while the laying down of rail- ways in China will facilitate the making of collections there ; and what I fear may happen is, that the species described from Japan will not sufficiently engage the attention of authors when at work on the new material, and the result will be the creation of duplicate names. If this paper therefore should fall into the hands of any entomologist who, in the course of writing a memoir, should desire to examine specimens of any Japanese species I possess, I shall be glad to submit to him compared types of all I can. For this purpose I have retained as long a series as possible of every species, and any labour on my part will be bestowed cheerfully that may tend to gain one end I desire, namely, to see a Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera more free of syno- nyms than any other local list yet issued. Under the present rules of nomenclature the deletion of a single name is impos- sible, and I know synonyms cannot be avoided altogether, but, so far as the loan of types can go to prevent them, I am willing to do what I can. I do not wish it to be understood that I think an author may not legitimately refuse to acknow- ledge the existence of types and decide to be guided by the literature alone, I only offer the loan to those to whom it may be acceptable. The Pyrochroa rufula, described in 1860 by Motschulsky, is not in the present series, and, as it formed part of Madame Gaschkevitch’s collection, some doubt exists whether it reall came from Japan. It has never transpired that this lady labelled her collections, but it is now pretty well established that some of the Lucanide of the collection were gathered on 168 Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan. the Asian continent. Motschulsky’s knowledge of Japan at the time when the country had been opened to Europeans but two years was necessarily small, and it is reasonable to doubt whether he thought it a matter of much importance to keep the Japanese species separate from those of Dauria. In the map, Schrenck, Reisen &c. 11. 1860, Hakodate is spelt ““ Khokodady ” and placed in the north of Yezo, whereas it is in the extreme south, close to Matzumai, which is inserted in the chart correctly. The following is a list of the species referred to in this paper :— Ischalia patagiata, Lewvs. Schizotus rubricollis. Pyrochroa vestiflua. auritus. laticollis. —— gibbifrons. brevitarsis. Dendroides niponensis. peculiaris. ocularis. japonica, Heyden. atripennis. Pyrochroa rufula, Motsch. Ischalia patagiata, Lewis. Ischalia patagiata, Lewis, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, iv. p. 463. Oblonga, depressa, nigra, parce albo-hirta; antennis pedibusque obscure nigris; elytris externe late luteo marginatis. L. 5-54 mill. Oblong, depressed, black, with the elytra broadly margined with yellow, the yellow band occupies half the width of each elytron until just before the apex, when it is confined to the dilated rim of the elytron.. The head projects on each side to receive the antenne; the eyes are rather coarsely granulate, with the space behind rather shining, convex, and sparsely punctured. The thorax is rather elevated behind the neck, with distinct lateral margins, and there is a longi- tudinal carina before the scutellum which occupies about one third of the length of the thorax, on each side of the carina is a transverse depression. ‘The suture of the elytron is raised and the humeral angle dilated, its outer ridge forming the commencement of the elytral carina, which terminates just before the apex, just beyond the point where the yellow margin narrows. I do not see any sexual characters. In 1881 I obtained four specimens in Hiogo and two at the foot of Miyasan, one of the original localities. The American species of this genus was described as Eupleurida costata by Leconte in 1866 ; but Pascoe’s Ischalia indigacea from Borneo was published in 1860, and his generic name has priority. Crotch first included Jschalia in the Pyrochroide. Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan. 169 Pyrochroa vestiflua. Elongata, nigra, subnitida; fronte modice excavata, antice tubercu- lata; elytris rufo-brunneis, postice dilatatis. L. 10-17 mill. Elongate, black, somewhat shining ; head transversely ex- cavated in front of the eyes, and between the antenne there is a small tubercle on a short longitudinal ridge. The first joint of the antenne is rather long and constricted before the base, the base being abruptly enlarged ; the second joint is about one third the length of the first and slightly smaller before its base; the third joint is as long as the first and at its apex is the first pectinal tooth or branch, which in the male is as long as the joint itself; the next seven joints have subapical processes which are nearly three times the length of each joint; the terminal joint is (as in other species) long and simple; in the female the branch of the third joint is short and rather obtuse, the following joints bearing branches which gradually lengthen until the tenth joint, when the prolongation is half as long again as the segment. The thorax is clothed with a cinereous pile and anteriorly rounded at the sides, with a median depression which widens out before the scutellum; there are also two irregular depressions on each side. Scutellum somewhat rounded behind, black, and rugosely punctured. Elytra reddish brown, with concolo- rous pile, closely and rather transversely rugose and for three fourths of their length rather amply dilated. Legs intensely black with pale claws. The female has the forehead much less excavated than the male and the tubercle is less defined. The larve, pupee, and imagos were found together under bark of beech, April 21, 1880, at Suyama, and the perfect insect afterwards was found commonly at Miyanoshita, Nikko, Sapporo, Oyayama, and other places. Pyrochroa laticollis. Elongata, nigra, subnitida; capite puncticulato, fronte utrinque excayata; thorace transverso post oculos subrecto. L. 10-11 mill. This is very similar to the last in colour and form of the antenne, but it is much smaller and has a transverse thorax. The head is finely and rather thickly punctured, and the trans- verse region between the antenne and the eyes is excavated on each side, with a dividing central portion much less deep. The thorax is rather straight behind the head, with a very distinct angle on the outer edge behind the middle; the de- pressions are much as in P. vestiflua. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 12 170 =©Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroides of Japan. I possess six females, but do not know the male. The localities for it are Ichiuchi, Subashiri, Miyanoshita, and Oyayama. Pyrochroa brevitarsis. Elongata, nigra, subnitida ; fronte transversim subexcavata, inter antennas subelevata ; pronoto parum transverso utrinque biangu- lato ; elytris testaceo-brunneis. L. 83 mill. Head with an interantennal elevation with a median but small tubercle, the transverse space between the eyes and antenne is slightly excavated. The thorax is anteriorly straight behind the neck, and then shelves off to a point, which, viewed over the elytra, looks like an angle ; posteriorly, as in laticollis, there is another well-defined angle. ‘The scutel- lum is black, and the thoracic depressions do not visibly differ from those of the preceding species. There is no doubt about this species being distinct from the last on account of the size, thoracic angles, and shorter poste-~ rior tarsi. Two examples, both females, were taken in the highest region of Kadzusa, April 5, 1880. In this part the planta- tions are chiefly of Abies and Pinus. It is the smallest species known from Japan at present. Pyrochroa peculiaris. Elongata, nigra, subnitida ; fronte bifoveolata; elytris piceis pilo rufo-brunneo. L. 9-11 mill. Elongate, black, little shining. Head and thorax with an ashy pubescence ; elytra piceous and clothed with a reddish- brown pile, which gives a peculiar dark tint to the whole. The forehead in the male has two deep fovex between the antenne, and the transverse-space between the eyes and the antenne is thickly clothed with pubescence; between the eyes the surface is sparsely puncticulate ; neck rather thickly punctate. The first joint of the antenna is somewhat com- pressed, second trigonate, third with a subapical branch, fourth to tenth with pectinal processes longer than the joints. The female has no frontal fovee, but the transverse depres- sion before the eyes is more distinct, the head generally more thickly punctured, and the antenne obtusely pectinate. The thorax is round in both sexes, and the elytra but mode- rately dilated and rugosely sculptured. I took this species in August, four specimens in South Yezo and one on Niohozan, above Nikko. Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan. AL The two following species have slender tarsi and an inter- ocular protuberance in the male :— “‘ Pyrochroa japonica, Heyd., 2. “Pyrochroa japonica, Heyd., 9, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. xxii. 1879, Heft ii. p. 354, *¢ Depressa, obscure rufo-coccinea, antennis pedibusque nigrtis, ore, thorace lateribus nigris, fronte nigra; capite inter oculos fortiter transverse elevato, antice laxe excavato. horace minore, parum latiore quam longiore, lateribus post medium angulatis, ante medium transverse late impresso, linea media canaliculata in foveam antescutellarem effundente. lytris plus gquadruplo thorace longioribus, ante medium dilatatis, transverse densissime rugosis, in utroque lines dus e rugis obliquis plumiformibus latioribus. Palporum articulis primo minuto rufo et secundo | quarto equalibus, tertio breviore et angustiore, quarto lateribus parallelis, basi apiceque acuminatis. Antenne partim desunt, articulis 1 et 3-6 longitudine equalibus, primo basi attenuato, 3-6 sensim fortiter ramosis, fortius (jam in tertio) quam in P, pectinicorni, cui affinis sed major. L. 11 mill.” - The male of this species has the pectinate branches of the antenne very long, and in joints six to nine the processes are more than three times the length of the joint that bears them. Between the eyes there is a large vertical protuberance, which is connected with the forehead by a median ridge, which, viewed sideways, is usually seen to come to a raised point immediately behind the antenna; but in several examples this elevation is obsolete. In two specimens the vertical protuberance examined from above is divided on its upper surface into two lobes. Heyden only knew the female. I have a series of about thirty examples from Subashiri, Kiga, and other places lying under Mount Fuyisan, and also a few from Nikko. Pyrochroa atripennis. Atra, opaca; capite antice palpisque flavis; thorace rufo. L, 11 mill. Black ; head between the antenne and the mouth-organs, except the tips of the mandibles, flavous. In the male there is a broad flattish protuberance on the head, which has its base between the eyes, and, projecting forwards, is somewhat truncate anteriorly and rounded off on each side, with two impressions on the upper surface, which leave the margins and a median division raised. ‘Thorax red, sometimes a little transverse, with a cinereous pile and two lateral impressions 2% 172 Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan. and one rather deep and broad before the scutellum ; scutellum posteriorly semicircular, black and opaque, like the elytra, the latter rugose and moderately dilated behind; legs black with yellow claws. The female has the head transversely convex between the eyes, a slight longitudinal ridge between the antenne and a small boss-like elevation on each side close to them ; the epistoma is flavous and the palpi black. Whether this last character is really sexual or whether the coloration is inconstant in the species must remain at present uncertain, as I have but one female. Found by sweeping under brushwood in June on Omine in Yamato, and at Chiuzenji. Four examples. I have one more species of Pyrochroa from Miyanoshita which is unique, and I do not describe it. Its head is rather thickly punctured. Pyrochroa rufula. Pyrochroa rufula, Motsch, Bull. Soc. Mosc. 1866, p. 173. “ Statura et color Pyrochroa pectinicorni, sed major. Oblonga, de- pressa, opaca, supra rufo-coccinea, pubescens, corpore subtus, fronte, ore, oculis, antennis subserratis, pedibusque nigris; tho- race transverso, longitudinaliter triimpresso ; elytris thorace latio- ribus, postice subdilatatis, nervis vix distinctis. Long. 3} 1. (about 7 mill.) lat. 1 1.” The measurements given above are less than those of P. pectinicornis; but the diagnosis expresses a contrary state- ment. Schizotus rubricollis. Elongatus, subparallelus ; fronte in medio longitudinaliter carinata utrinque valde excavata; elytris thoraceque rufis, L.9 mill. Elongate and posteriorly scarcely dilated ; head between the eyes transversely convex and sparsely puncticulate, the convexity being broadest close to the eyes ; the region before the eyes is deeply excavated, with a polished longitudinal ridge in the centre of the excavation which terminates before the interocular raised or convex portion, and at the point of termination there is a triangular excavation deeper than that of the sides; bordering the carina the head is more or less reddish ; the neck is red and somewhat coarsely punctured. Thorax uneven, a little raised in two portions behind the neck, with similar raised parts before the scutellum; the yaised portions are a little polished. Scutellum a little Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroide of Japan. 173 prolonged and transversely depressed in the middle ; elytra red and rugose. I know the male only. Captured at Miyanoshita, May 1880. Schizotus aurtius. Elongatus, niger, subnitidus ; capite inter oculos elevato, ante oculos profunde excavato. L. 9 mill. Black, rather shining; elytra alone reddish brown. Head a little transverse, with the region between the eyes greatly elevated, the elevation or protuberance being divided into two portions by a median depression ; the surface is distinctly but not densely punctured; this protuberance is excavated anteriorly, and within the excavation are long flavous hairs. The region between the antenne is transversely canaliculate, with the space anterior to it roughly sculptured, with two rather deep lobe-shaped fovee. The thorax is transverse, dis- tinctly punctured, and has the usual depressions of the genus on either side and in the middle. Scutellum black, a little prolonged; elytra rugose, not much dilated behind. The tarsi are rather slender, with pale claws. The female has a transverse depression between the eyes and the antenne; but it is not deep and does not quite approach the eyes. The first joint of the antenne is much constricted before the base in both sexes, and the anterior portion is somewhat globular in the male. Six specimens were taken on the plain of Fujisan and one on Ontake. Schizotus gibbifrons. Elongatus, niger; capite regione inter oculos perconvexa; thorace basi anguste rufo. L. 10 mill. Elongate, black ; posterior margins of the thorax narrowly red ; elytra reddish brown. Head with a well-marked oval boss between the eyes, shining and distinctly punctured ; forehead slightly and narrowly elevated between the antennz, with the space intervening between the eyes depressed. The surface of the thorax is uneven, but has little to distinguish the species from its congeners ; the anterior angles areround. The scutellum is black, rather lengthened, depressed transversely in the middle, and posteriorly more acuminate than in S. auretus. Elytra as in preceding species. ‘The female is very like the male, except that the interocular space is simply convex and the antennz less pectinate. Five examples, found on Oyayama in Hiogo, May 1881. 174 Mr. G. Lewis on the Pyrochroides of Japan. The American species of Dendroides have the elytra with distinct punctures separated from each other by a wide inter- stice. ‘The Japanese species have the elytra closely sculp- tured as in the genus Pyrochroa; this sculpture is some- times called coriaceous, but I think Dr. Heyden’s “ trans- verse densissime rugosis,” applied to Pyrochroa japonica, is the better description of it. Dendroides niponensis. Elongatus, piceus; fronte excavata; elytris rufo-brunneis, antice subparallelis, postice parum dilatatis. L. 17 mill. Elongate and relatively little dilated behind ; elytra piceous, with a reddish-brown pile, which together give a tint which inclines to pink. The general colour simulates to that of P. peculiaris, in which also the elytra are different in colour from the pubescence. THead excavated between the antenne and in the region of the anterior portions of the eyes ; between the hinder portions of the eyes the surface is gla- brous and shining; neck punctured; thorax rather round behind, but slightly constricted behind the neck, with a cine- reous pile; surface uneven. Scutellum blackish, broadest at base, gradually rounding off towards the apex. Legs black ; claws yellow. The antenne are strongly pectinate in both sexes, the pectination being longer and narrower in the male, shorter and more robust in the female. The chief sexual characters are in the eyes. The eyes in the female are small and the interocular space double the width of that in the male, and the frontal excavation is shallow. T obtained it at Kashiwagi, Nikko, Chiuzenji, and Akita. Dendroides ocularis. Elongatus, piceus; fronte haud excavata, punctata, ooulis in medio ' approximatis. L. 13 mill. Elongate, with the outline of the last species; epistoma slightly convex and a little rugosely punctate; eyes very prominent and above almost touching in the male; neck rugosely punctured; thorax slightly constricted before the base, lateral depressions deeper than those of the middle ; scutellum black ; elytra reddish brown. The female has a smaller head than in the preceding species, and the interocular space is about as wide as in the male of D. niponensis, and it is less shining and more punctured than in the male of its own species. Mr. A. 8. Woodward on a new Species of Semionotus. 175 The two prominent characters which separate this species from the last are the want of frontal excavation and the very narrow space between the eyes in the male. I possess three examples from Miyanoshita and one from Kashiwagi. XVIII.—On a new Species of Semionotus, from the Lower Oolite of Brora, Sutherlandshire. By A. SmitH Woop- WARD, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural History). [Plate VIL] TuHrRouGH the kindness of Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S., I have received from the Rev. J. M. Joass, LL.D., of Golspie, Sutherlandshire, some examples of an interesting fossil ganoid fish, from the Lower Oolites exposed in that district upon the coast. The specimens were discovered in a block of carbonaceous shale, believed by Dr. Joass to have been de- rived from the bed underlying the main seam of lignite in Strath Brora; and, as will appear from the description and figures, they are referable to a hitherto unknown species of Semionotus, adding one or two important items to our know- ledge of the skeleton of this early genus*. Detached scales have already been recorded by Prof. Judd +, but no remains sufficiently perfect for specific determination seem to have been previously met with. The most complete fossil (Pl. VII. fig. 1) shows the general form of the fish, with all the fins except the pelvic pair; but the shape and relations of the bones in the cephalic region have been rendered almost undistinguishable by crushing. A second specimen, with a portion of its counterpart, but desti- tute of the caudal fin, is even more dilapidated, though ex- hibiting some of the bones of the head and opercular folds, A fragment of a third individual shows a well-preserved pectoral fin and the upper lobe of the caudal pedicle ; while a tourth is represented by its apparently entire caudal fin. A detached maxilla also displays the characters of that bone and its dentition. * The most complete description of Semzonotus hitherto published is by J. Striiver, “Die fossilen Fische aus dem Obern Keupersandstein von cep Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. vol. xvi. (1864) pp. 805- 321, pl. xii. aay . W. Judd, “The Secondary Rocks of Scotland.—Part I.,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxix. (1873) p. 194 (table). 176 Mr. A. S. Woodward on a Description. As shown by Pl. VII. fig. 1, the fish is of a graceful fusi- form shape, the greatest depth, slightly in advance of the dorsal fin, being contained about three and a half times in the total length. ‘The head and opercular bones occupy not quite a third of the total length; and, as usual in the genus, the dorsal and anal fins are remote. The head-bones, as just stated, are so much crushed that the complete outline of very few can be distinguished. The exposed surfaces seem to have been smooth, or only partially ornamented with scattered tubercles ; but it is impossible to determine to which parts the ornament was confined. Of the inner bones, there are the remains of a pair, evidently vome- rine or palatine, bearing series of stout conical teeth; and of the more external elements, the characters of the premaxilla and maxilla can be observed. The premaxilla (fig. 2) constitutes but a small portion of the upper border of the mouth, and bears at least five strong conical teeth ; it is produced above into a broad backwardly- directed process, the length of which is about twice as great as that of the dentigerous margin of the bone. The entire form of the element is remarkably similar to that of Lepido- tus. The maxilla (fig. 3) has also a close resemblance to the corresponding bone in the last-named genus; it is very narrow in its anterior half, but becomes rapidly deeper behind, and the posterior portion attains a depth equalling about a third of the entire length of the dentigerous border; there is also articulated with the upper edge of this expansion a small distinct element, which may be interpreted either as jugal or as merely a dismemberment of the maxilla itself. The teeth are sharply conical and somewhat irregularly dis- posed, the larger ones being relatively far apart, and the smaller ones being closely set in the interspaces. The posterior branchiostegal rays (fig. 4) are very broad distally, gradually tapering to the attached end; and between the rami of the mandible there is a large median gular plate. An impression of the inner aspect of the latter (fig. 5) is well shown in one of the specimens; its anterior half is almost horseshoe-shaped, and appears to be divided from the posterior broader portion by slight lateral notches. Displaced and situated above the crushed head in the less perfect specimen, is a well-preserved scale-bone, which ap- pears to be one of the series originally attached to the poste- rior margin of the pectoral arch. ‘This (fig. 6) is vertically elongated, its length being equal to twice and a half its greatest breadth. It is of the form of a parallelogram, with new Species of Semionotus. 177 the antero-inferior angle slightly produced downwards, and the postero-superior somewhat rounded; but the upper two thirds of the anterior border were evidently considerably over- lapped, leaving the exposed portion of the bone broader below than above. The outer enamelled surface is merely covere with scattered pittings and exhibits no ornamentation. Of the paired fins, the pectorals (fig. 1) are long and power- ful, but the pelvics are almost, if not quite, undistinguishable. The latter are always more or less rudimentary in Semdonotus, but they seem to have been unusually small in the species now under consideration. Hach pectoral fin consists of about ten robust rays, undivided for more than a third of their length, then becoming articulated and soon branching. In the median fins the rays are similar to those of the pectoral just described—robust, proximally undivided, distally articulated and branching. ‘The dorsal (fig. 1) is unfortu- nately mutilated, but there are traces of the double series of anterior fulcra, followed by about fourteen rays; and the fin is seen to commence in the middle of the back. The anal (fig. 1) commences at a point opposite the posterior end of the dorsal, and is preceded by two prominent and other smaller fulcra; it is, as usual, of small extent, but composed of rays of considerable length. ‘The caudal fin is best dis- played in the fragment shown in fig. 7, though its connexions are also seen in two of the other specimens. ‘The extremity of the body is slightly produced upwards—a kind of semi- heterocercey—and the ridge-scales are continued behind as fulcra ; the rays, however, are so disposed as to produce a completely symmetrical fin, and this is not forked, but some- what rounded, the median rays extending beyond those above and below. The scales are thick and covered externally with a smooth shining layer of ganoine. They are of rhomboidal form, varying slightly in different parts of the body, being deepest on the flanks (figs. 1, 8), and most oblique in the caudal region, while those of the ventral aspect (fig. 9) exhibit, to some extent, the elongation characteristic of genera like Hugnathus, &e. With one or two exceptions on the middle of the flank, none of tne scales show the slightest trace of denti- culations on the hinder edge. None, moreover, appear to be united by ‘‘ peg-and-socket’’ joints; but there is the usual slight overlapping, and all are strengthened on the inner side by a vertical median rib. Specific determination. In his original description of the genus Semionotus, Prof. 178 Mr. A. S. Woodward on a Agassiz recognized six species—one from the Keuper and five from the Lias; in 1843 Sir Philip Egerton described three others from the Lower Jurassic of Italy, and in 1872 one from the English Kimmeridge Clay ; a fourth Italian species was added by Costa, and two additional Keuper torms have been subsequently discovered—the one named by Dr. Oscar Fraas, from Wiirttemberg, the other described by Mr. E. T. Newton, from Warwickshire. Thirteen species have thus been referred to the genus under consideration, and of these the position of three seems doubtful, on account of the imperfection of known specimens, while a fourth may be unhesitatingly regarded as wrongly so placed. The three former are the Italian species described by Egerton, and the smallest of these (S. minutus) may eventually prove to be truly a Notagogus. The fourth species is the so-called S. rhombifer, Agass. *, from the Lower Lias of Lyme Regis, which Sir Philip Egerton has already recognized t as exhi- biting a very close resemblance to Heterolepidotus. There can, indeed, be no longer any doubt that the fish in question belongs to the last-named genus, and the type specimen is quite possibly a young individual of H. latus, Egerton. Tabulating the remaining twelve species, it will be con- venient for reference to place them in stratigraphical order as follows ; and to those of which the type specimens are now preserved in the British Museum an asterisk is prefixed. Semionotus, Agassiz. Semionotus Bergeri, Agass. Rech. Poiss. Foss, vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 224, pl. xxvi. figs. 2,3. Paleonisewm arenaceum, Berger, Verstein. Co- burg. Gegend, 1832, p. 18, pl. i.fig.1. Seméonotus Sprxi, Agass. tom. cit. p.8. Semionotus esox, Berger, Neues Jahrb. 1843, p. 86. Semzo- notus Berger, von Schauroth, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges. vol. ii. (1851), p. 405, pl. xvii.; Bornemann, zbed. vol. vi. (1854), p. 612, pl. xxv. ; Striiver, 7d. vol. xvi. (1864), p. 305, pl. xili. figs. 1, 3, 4 — Upper Keuper, Coburg. Semionotus Kapffi, Fraas, MS.—Keuper, Wiirttemberg. Semionotus Brodiet, Newton, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliti. (1887) p- 5387.—Keuper, Warwickshire. Semionotus latus, Agass. tom, cit. p. 227, pl.xxvil. Dapedius altivelis, Agass. tom. cit. p. 8.—Lias, Seefeld, Tyrol. *Semionotus striatus, Agass. tom. cit. p. 231, pl. xxvil.a. figs. 6, 7. —Lias, Seefeld, Tyrol. Semionotus Nilssont, Agass. tom. cit. p. 229, pl. xxvii. a. figs. 1-5; Nilsson, Trans. Acad. Sci. Stockholm, vol. xii. (1824), p. 103, pl. ii. figs. 1-3.—Lias, Schonen, near Bosarp, Sweden. Semionotus leptocephalus, Agass. Neues Jahrb. 1852, p. 145; also tom. cit. p. 222, pl. xxvi. fig. 1—Lias, Boll, Wirttemberg. sins, * L, Agassiz, Rech. Poiss. Foss. vol. ii. pt. 1, p. 228, pl. 26a. + Egerton, Figs. and Descr. Brit. Org. Remains (Mem. Geol. Surv.), dec. xiul. pl. il. new Species of Semionotus. 179 Semionotus curtulus, Costa, Paleont. del Regno di Napoli, pt. 1 (1850), p. 64, pl. vi. figs. 4, 5, pl. vii. fig. 6, pl. viii. fig. 2; pt. 3, p. 81, pl. xi. fig. 1; also Ittiol. Foss. Ital. 1855, p. 26, pl. 111. fig. 1.—Lias, Giffoni, near Naples. *Semionotus Pentlandi, Egerton, Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. iv. 1843, p. 188. —Lias, Giffoni, near Naples. * Semionotus pustulifer, Egerton, loc. cit.—Lias, Giffoni, near Naples. *Semionotus minutus, Egerton, loc. cit. [P= Notagogus |.—Lias, Giffoni, near Naples. *Semionotus Manselit, Egerton, Figs. and Descrip. Brit. Org. Remains (Mem. Geol. Surv.), dec. xiii. pl. viii. (1872).—Kimmeridge Clay, Dorsetshire. Comparing the Brora fossil with each of the foregomg forms it soon becomes evident that the fish is specifically distinct. S. Bergert obviously differs in the prominence of the serra- tions on the scales, and the larger size of the fin-fulcra, though agreeing well in general proportions. S. Kapfi and S. Brodiet are smaller species, and the former is considerably less fusiform. 8. datus is likewise a much shorter and deeper species ; and S. striatus is distinguished by the character of the superficial ornamentation of the head. SS. Nilssond has the scales of the flanks more vertically elongated, and is a comparatively deep-bodied fish. 8. leptocephalus is very similar to the Brora fossil in general outline, but the tail is relatively smaller and the fin-rays apparently less robust. S. curtulus, 8. Pentlandi, and S. pustulifer must have been all less elongated; while S. minutus, if really referable to the same genus, differs in the delicacy of the fin-rays and its remarkably elongate shape. Lastly, S. Manselic is readily separated by its larger dimensions, the well-developed pelvic fins, and the relatively greater depth of the trunk. It thus becomes necessary to propose a new name for the species here described, and I would suggest that of S. Joassz as being most appropriate, in reference to the valuable re- searches of the Rev. Dr. Joass upon the geology of the north- eastern margin of the Highlands. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL. Semionotus Joassi, A. S. Woodw., Lower Oolite, Brora, Sutherland- shire. Fig. 1. Nearly complete fish ; nat. size. Fig. 2. Premaxilla ; thrice nat. size. 4g. 3. Maxilla; thrice nat. size. Fig. 4. Posterior branchiostegal ray ; twice nat. size. fig. 5. Gular plate ; twice nat. size. fig. 6. Postelavicular plate; twice nat. size. Fig. 7. Caudal fin; nat. size. Fig. 8. Scales of flank, inner aspect; twice nat. size. Fig. 9. Ventral scales, inner aspect ; twice nat. size. 180 Mr. A. G. Butler on a new Genus of Chalcosiid Moths. XIX.—Deseription of a new Genus of Chalcosiid Moths allied to Pedoptila. By Artuur G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. In the ‘ Annals’ for 1885, vol. xv. pp. 340-342, I described a remarkable new genus of moths allied to Himantopterus ; the type was from Cape Coast and in the collection of Mr. F. Swanzy, who has since presented it to the Trustees of the British Museum. A second genus from Zanzibar was described by Herr Rogenhofer, of Vienna, under the name of Doratopteryx, in the ‘ Sitzungsberichten der k.-k. zoolog.-botan. Gesellschaft in Wien’ (vol. xxxiii.) ; and in the ‘ Annals’ for 1885, vol. xvi., I have compared the characters of the two genera Pedoptila and Doratopteryx, pointing out in what respects they differ both in structure and aspect. Whilst recently looking over some Lepidoptera brought to me for examination by Mr. Philip Crowley, I was delighted to find a third very distinct genus of this group, nearer to Pedoptila than to anything else hitherto described, but differ- ing remarkably in neuration and in the form of the secon- daries. SEMIOPTILA, gen. nov. (onmetov, WTIXOV). 78 ne 9 Nearest to Pedoptila: primaries more elongated and nar- rower, the subcostal vein four-branched, an extra nervule being emitted before the end of the cell, the second and third branches forming a narrow apical furca, the fourth emitted also at some distance beyond the cell, as in the case of the third branch of Pedoptila; cell open, the termination only indicated by a darker transverse line on the surface of the wing ; upper radial reduced to a false vein, thickest at outer margin, and passing through the cell almost to the base of the subcostal vein; lower radial emitted as a fourth median branch, but not from the same point with the third median (as in Pedoptila) ; submedian vein much more nearly ap- proaching the first median branch at its distal extremity : secondaries elongate trigonate, apparently twisted over, so as to bring the costal margin next to the body, in which position it is naturally retained, the anal angle of the wing is thus represented by an obtusely angulated apex, and the apex by an acute anal angle; the subcostal vein, which is forked before the apex, thus represents a two-branched median vein, whilst the median vein becomes a simple sub- costal vein *; discoidal cell open as in the primaries: body * Thus viewed, the three veins remain as in Pedoptila, the wing itself being altered in shape and reversed. Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 181 very similar to that of the allied genera, the abdomen, how- ever, is closely but coarsely scaled. Semioptila torta, sp. n. Wings transparent, sparsely scaled, the basal half with rust- reddish or reddish-orange scales, the outer or terminal half with brown scales; secondaries with an oval orange spot beyond the cell; body pitchy brown, the abdomen with cupreous-brown scales; vertex of head and collar orange: under surface-pale brown, with a few orange hairs on the pectus. Expanse of wings 24 millim. Congo (coll. P. Crowley). XX.—Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &c. By ArtHurR Wm. WATERS. [Plates V. & VI.] Part II. 25. Membranipora nitens, Hincks. Membranipora nitens, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 85, pl. xi. fig. 4. Membranipora porcellana, MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1884, vol. xxi. p. 110, pl. ii. fig. 3. Bathypora porcellana, MacG., Zool. Vict. dec. xi. p. 26, pl. 106. fig. 8. Loc. Portland and Port Phillip (Victoria) ; Shoalhaven Beach (N. 8. Wales). 26. Membranipora Savartii (Aud.). For synonyms see Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xli. p. 286, and Membranipora deliculata, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 86, pl. xi. fig. 1. 182 Mr, A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. Membranipora reticulum, Pergens, Plioc. Bry. von Rhodos, Ann, k.-k. Hofmuseums, Wien, Bad. ii. p. 14. A specimen from Palm Island has the zoarium in the Vin- cularia-form, sometimes anastomosing, and, as | have pointed out in a previous communication, it has “ denticles”’ in all ‘the zocecia. Part of the colony has the zocecia surrounding the stem of a seaweed, and in other parts the stem is solid without any support. This is, as already shown, the Bi- flustra delicatula of Busk and MacGillivray. There is also a small fragment from Darnley Island, Torres Straits, with a single row of zocecia on each of the four sides ; the shape of the cells is similar to the above but not identical, being more elongate, straighter, and somewhat larger, with similar “ denticles.” It may be the Vineularia quadrilatera of d’Orb. (Pal. Fr. p. 189, pl. 681. figs. 1-3), though from so small a fragment it is impossible to speak with certainty, so in the meantime [ call it AZ. Savarti, var. quadrilatera, d’Orb. (PI. IV. fig. 8). Loc. Cretaceous, France; Miocene, Austria; Pliocene, England, Italy, Sicily. Living: Florida, 29 fath. ; Victoria ; Queensland; Philippine Islands; Penang, &c.; Palm Island, N.E. Australia, 8-10 fath. 27. Membranipora corbula, Hincks. Membranipora corbula, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p: 3878, pl. xvii. fig. 6; MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. xiii. p. 103, pl. 127. fig. 2. In a specimen from Shark Island the number of spines is somewhat variable, there being sometimes two large spines and three smaller oral ones. Loc. Victoria; Shark Island, 8 fath., Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson, 3-4 fath., and Bottle-and-Glass Rocks, 8 fath., N. S. Wales. 28. Membranipora spinosa (Q. & G.). Membranipora spinosa, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii. p. 48, pl. viii. fig. 382, for synonyms, and add MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. xiii. p. 107, pl. 127. fig. 8. In specimens from Vaucluse Point there is in the interior what we may call a strengthening plate, at each side towards the distal end, starting from the base of the zocecium, and attached also to the border of the opesia. This I figured in the fossil from Napier, where it is well marked and forms a chamber on each side. The basal wall is only membranous, but in many cases there is an oval space of thicker membrane or chitin. MacGillivray calls the spines rigid, and although this is a Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 183 correct description yet when they are calcined there is found to be an organic circle at the base; the spines nevertheless hold together, showing that this surrounds calcareous matter. The rosette-plates are small and numerous, forming a line along the middle of the wall. Loc. Living: Victoria; Kerguelen Island; 8S. Patagonia; New Zealand; Holborn Island; Vaucluse Point, Port Jackson, 5 fath. Fossil: Aldinga; Australia; and Napier, New Zea- land. 29. Membranipora roborata, Hincks. Membranipora robor ata, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 69, pl. ii. fig. 8; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. 3. sme membraniporides, Busk, Challenger Report, p. 54, pl. xxxii. fic. 7 (unilaminate). Cr aspedozoum ligulatum, MacGillivray, Descriptions of New or Little- known Polyzoa, pt. ix. p. 5, pl. 1. fig. 3. Craspedozoum spicatum, MacG. ibid. p. 5, pl. 1. fig. 2. Bilaminate specimens from Port Jackson have usually two avicularia, but sometimes only one, and the spines are small and not always found, but there are two on the outer corner of the outside zocecia. ‘This is broader than the unilaminate form from New Zealand, which has usually only one avicularium to a zocecium. ‘The ovicells in both are similar in character, though those from New Zealand have a rounded border. Busk does not mention the tubular fibres at the side of the zoarium. As I have pointed out, in the unilaminate form from New Zealand there are at the commencement of a new branch frequently chitinous tubes from cell to cell, so that they may be considered articulated. In the bilaminate speci- mens from Port Jackson there are sometimes chitinous tubes on the front passing from one zocecium to another, sometimes to the next, at other times passing over several, and near the place where fresh branches are given off lateral tubes often start from central zocecia. Loc. Curtis Island; Port Jackson, 8 fath. (bilaminate) (Braz.) ; New Zealand; Port Phillip Heads; Bass’s Strait. Fossil: Waurn Ponds (unilaminate). 30. Membranipora Flemingii, var. minax, B. Membranipora minax, Busk, Quart. Journ. Microsc. Science, vol. viii. p. 125, pl. xxv. fig. ths Hincks, Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 169, pl. xxii. 2 Mest anipora Flemingu, forma minar, Smitt, Krit. Fort. 6. Skand. Hafs-Bryozoer, Gifv. K. Vetensk.-Ak, Forh. 1867, pp. 368, 409, pl. xx. fig. 43. A specimen from the Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson, 184 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. has the zocecia subhexagonal, surrounded by a raised ridge, the acute avicularia are placed transversely at the base of the zocecium ; the ovicell has a raised line enclosing an area, as in M. clemingii, and there do not seem to be any spines ; but in spite of this slight difference from the European species it seems that it should be placed here. It is allied to both MW. Flemingit and M. umbonata, B., but is a larger form than either, the zocecia being about 0°5 millim. wide and the opesia 0°3 millim. Loc. Of typical minaz. Shetland; Greenland; Finmark; Bergen; Capri (A. W. W). Fossil: from the Pliocene of Pruma, Calabria (A. W. W.). 31. Membranipora tripunctata, Waters. (EL Vieie sen lz aS aoe ()) Membranipora tripunctata, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. XXXvlii. p. 262, pl. ix. fig. 35. Zoarium cylindrical, about 1 millim. in diameter, articu- lated by means of numerous chitinous tubes given off from the front of the zocecia near the articulation. ‘The zocecia have a prominent border, and usually an oval opesial opening in the middle of a calcareous lamina, in other cases nearly the whole of the front of the zocecium is open. Except in the ovicelligerous cells there is a wide depressed area above each zocecium, and above this, or above the ovicell, are two narrow avicularia directed diagonally downwards. Specimens from Holborn Island, which are the best preserved, have a fornix on each side (attached to the middle of the side of the zocecium), widening towards the end, and nearly meet- ing over the aperture; above these on each side is a club- shaped spine. There are also large raised triangular vica- rious avicularia. The ovicell is smooth and considerably raised, with a circular border below the avicularia. ‘T'wo rosette-plates near the base of the lateral wall. The zocecial characters are truly Membraniporidan and the fornices and spines may be compared with those of M. cor- nigera. If it is not called Membranipora then it would be Foricula, d’Orb., and part of Hovevlaria, Busk (Chall. Rep.), would also have to be brought under the same genus; for although that is defined as having one avicularium yet there are so many instances in which Membranipore have one or two avicularia in different parts of the same specimen that this cannot, in numerous cases, be considered of any specific value. This and Foricula aspera, d’Orb. (Pal. Frang. p. 659, pl. 742. figs. 1-5), from the Cretaceous are allied. When I gave the specific name I had overlooked the fact Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 185 that Hagenow (Bronn’s Jahrb. 1839, p. 269, pl. iv. fig. 7) had ealled a fossil Cellepora tripunctata. From the figure and description it, however, seems like J. Lacrotxit, Aud. Loc. Fossil: Mt. Gambier. Living: N.E. Australia, 23 fath. (Br.) ; Holborn Island ; Broughton Island (N. 8. W.) (Miss Jelly coll.). 32. Diploporella cincta (Hutton). Membranipora cincta, Hutton, Trans. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1877, p. 23. Diplopora cincta, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xvii. p. 1, fig. 1 (April 1880). Diploporella cineta, MacG. ibid. vol. xxi. p. 98. Membranipora transversa, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 89, pl. xi. fig. 9 (July 1880); ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 154. T adopt the genus Diploporella merely for convenience, as IT am not sure whether it should be retained, and there seems to my mind too great a tendency to divide up the Stega- noporellides, instead of making IMtcropora more comprehen- sive ; but a more critical study may alter my opinion. Loc. Queenscliff and Portland, Victoria; Bondi Bay, N.S. Wales. 33. Micropora perforata (MacG.). Membranipora perforata, MacGillivray, Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict. 1859; Zool. of Victoria, dec. iii. p. 29, pl. xxv. fig. 2. Micropora perforata, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xli. p. 290. Membranipora stenostoma, Busk, Cat, Mar. Polyzoa, p. 60, pl. c. fig. 1. Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson. 34. Micropora ratoniensis, sp. nov. (GEIS IAs aves, ys) Zoarium small, articulated, with a longitudinal row of zocecia on each of the four sides. Zocecia arranged diagonally, with a minute triangular avicularium by the side of each. A pore on one side below the aperture. This from its size and general appearance would be placed with Setosella, but Setosellais described as with vibracula; how- ever, Mr. Hincks (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 155) at first considered Vincularia abyssicola, Sm., to belong to Setosella; but surely the organs there are avicularian, and the mandibles have wings like those of Membranipora anqu- losa, Rss., &e. Setosella Folinti, Jullien (Bull. Soc. Zool. t. vil. 1882, p. 27, pl. xvii. figs. 63-65), is a uniserial free Setosella, but is not described as articulated, though, if de- scribed from a small fragment, this might not be seen. These two species indicate that the genus Setosella will have to be given up. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 13 186 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. Cellularia diplodidymioides, Meun. & Pergens (Bry. du Syst. Montien, p. 3) is also apparently somewhat allied. Loc. Off Raton, New Guinea, 7 fath. 35. Thalamoporella Roziert (Aud.). Flustra Rozieri, Aud. Descr. de Egypte, pl. viii. fig. 9. Membranipora Roxiert, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 59, pl. Ixv. fig. 6. Steganoporella Romert, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. Pp. Be pl. xvi.; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxviii. Eschara ignotilis, Reuss, “ Foram. Anth. & Bry. des Septarientho- nes,” Denkschr. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, xxv. p. 181 (65), pl. vi. fig. 14. Vincularia nove-hollandie, Haswell, “ Polyzoa from the Queensland peasy Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. vy. pt. i. p. 41, pl. iii. 2.0. The zoarium of the Darnley-Island species is always tubular, or, as we may call it, in the Vincularia-form. It has neither avicularia nor ovicells, and the ‘‘ marginal tuberosities ” are only occasionally found. ‘The oral aperture is rounded below. This is undoubtedly the V. nove-hollandie of Haswell, but does not seem to be the Vincularia gothica, Busk (Challenger Rep. p. 72), which he, however, unites with nove-hollandice and with Vincularia steganoporoides, Goldstein. This last is larger than the Darnley-Island specimen, and it seems open to doubt whether it should be placed here or with gothica. I still feel doubtful about the Steganoporellide, but it seems right to follow Mr. Hincks as long as I have not made an exhaustive study of these families; but in attempting to bring this and the family Microporide into order we get very elaborate descriptions of the division of the zocecium into various chambers. In many cases it seems that it would be simpler to say that the anterior portion is prolonged by a tubular extension; in fact, the chamber for the polypide is flask-shaped, and the end is closed by an operculum. In most cases the operculum is partly attached to the integument which covers the front, but it is usually also attached to the calcareous wall by a small ridge at the side. Taking fig. a as a type, and slightly altering the form of the aperture, making the neck narrower or wider, and placing the pores in different positions in the space formed be- tween the neck and the lateral walls, we shall find that we have a large series of Microporidee and Steganoporellide, and my present opinion is that many things that have been removed from the Microporide will have to be brought back there again. Loc. Living: in different varieties from Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 187 India, California, Australia; Holborn Island, Queensland (H.); Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 10-30 fath. (Br.). Fossil: Miocene of Europe; Bairnsdale, Australia. 36. Oribrilina monoceros, Busk, non Reuss. (PL. VL. fig. 7.) The mandible has the lucida very low down, and this posi- tion sometimes obtains in Retepora and Flustra, but it is usually more central. There are two lateral processes as in Adeonella, Membranipora, &c. The operculum is fleshy and granulate. The chitinous parts of C. acanthoceros are very similar. Loc. Living: 8. America; various localities in Victoria ; ‘Challenger’ Station 303, 1325 fath.; Station 235; N. Pacific, 3125 fath.; Station 315, 12 fath.; N. side of Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson, “ under stones.” Fossil: Bairnsdale (Victoria) in Eschara-form ; Napier, adnate, and Petane (N. Zealand). 87. COribrilina tubulifera, Hincks. (Pl. V. figs. 2, 6.) Cribrilina tubulifera, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. p- 56, pl. i. fig. 7 (1881); Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. XXxix. p. 456, The specimen from Ball’s Head has two rows of erect tubular processes instead of a single one, as described by Hincks, and in this respect resembles the C. suggerens, which I described fossil from Curdies Creek about the same time as Mr. Hincks published his species. The aperture of C. sug- gerens is only 0-06 millim. wide, whereas this is 0°14 millim., being larger than the fossil from Muddy Creek, which is only 0-1 millim. wide. The zocecia of my C. suggerens and this specimen of éubulifera are the same size. Loc. Bass’s Straits (H.) ; Ball’s Head, Port Jackson, 12 fath. Fossil: Muddy Creek, Victoria; and var. suggerens from Curdies Creek. 38. Cribrilina clithridiata, sp. nov. (bb Wo itl. 13 Lele Wik tiie; 25) Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia elongate, ovate, distinct, convex, about half of the front occupied by an oval area divided by radiating lines into six sections, with an elliptical opening at the peripheral end of each, the furrows not punc- tured. Oral aperture clithridiate, the distal edge rounded and the proximal triangular, with a very considerable contraction on each side about the middle of the aperture, and about this 13* 188 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. position the operculum often has little wings. Operculum 0-11 millim. wide. There is one large vicarious avicularium with a spatulate mandible resembling that of C. philomela, Busk (Chall. Rep. pl. xxi. fig. 7). The shape of the aperture is quite unusual in the genus Cribrilina, but all the other characters are Cribrilinidan, and some fossils as figured by Reuss seem to have a similar aper- ture. This is perhaps related to C. speciosa, Hincks, and according to Jullien (Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. xi. p- 606) would be Decurtaria. Loc. Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson, 3-4 fath. (Brazier). 39. Microporella violacea, Johnst. One of two specimens from Bondi Bay is violet, the other white, but this may be bleached. So far as I am aware it has not been described as living near Australia, except by Dr. Pergens, who writes that it was brought by a ship’s cap- tain from Australia. Loc. Living: Europe; Florida; Madeira; Red Sea; Bondi Bay (N. 8. Wales). Fossil: Miocene of Sollingen ; Pliocene of England, Belgium, Italy, and Rhodes ; Australia. 40. Microporella ciliata, Pallas. A specimen from the Sow-and-Pigs Reef has the pore semilunate and an avicularium placed rather high on each side. In having an avicularium on each side, and also in its general form, it resembles MW. ciliata, var. californica, but that form has a round pore filled in with a cribriform plate. Loc. Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson, 3-4 fath. 41. Microporella decorata, var. lata, MacG. (GP, Wit ine, 1. Gs) Lepralia lunata, MacG. Zool. Vict. dec. iv. p. 27, pl. xxxvi. fig. 8. Microporella diadema, vay. lata, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soe. Vict. vol. xxi. p. 112, pl. iv. fig. 5. The avicularian mandibles are without any lucida, but there is a characteristic cross bar near the base. Loc. Queenscliff, Victoria (MacG.); Port Philhp (W.); Ball’s Head, 12 fath., and Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson. 42. Microporella Malusii, Aud. Loc. Living: Europe ; Australia; New Zealand ; and South America; Bottle-and-Glass Rock, 8 fath.; Sow-and-Pigs Reef, 3-4 fath.; Green Point, Port Jackson, 8 fath., sandy Mr, A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 189 mud bottom. Fossil: European Pliocene; Australia; New Zealand. 43. Microporella tetrastoma, Rss., var. we mee tetrastoma, Rss. Sitz. Ak. Wien, 1864, vol. 1. p. 9, pl. ii. g. 9. There is a small fragment of a Microporella from Darnley Island, of which the zoarium has consisted of thin flattened foliaceous branches. The pyriform zocecia have two or sometimes three pores below the oral aperture, and below these a raised boss or umbo. It does not seem advisable to name so small a fragment, since this group shows great variation in the zocecia. I have recent M. tetrastoma from Port Phillip, with a broad foliace- ous growth, in which the outer cells have merely an elon- gate denticulated pore, whereas the central ones have numerous denticulated pores ; on each side of the suboral pore there is a small avicularium directed diagonally upwards ; usually the aperture, pore, and avicularia are placed in a deep pit, but this is not always the case, and the central zocecia are usually larger and more raised. Microporella tetrastoma 1s no doubt the M. clavata from Curdies Creek (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxvil. p. 332), and the Adeonellopsis parvipuncta, MacG. Loc. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 10-30 fath. 44, Porina larvalis, MacG. (Pl. VI. fig. 8.) Lepratia larvalis, MacGillivray, Nat. Hist. of Vict. dec. iv. p. 30, pl. XXXVI. fig. 5. Porina larvalis, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxviil. p. 269, pl. vill. fig. 19; MacGillivray, Cat. Mar. Polyzoa of Victoria, p. 27. As I have already pointed out, the question of the generic position is a difficult one ; but as the two large pores open into the throat of the peristome and not below the oral aperture, I placed it with Portna, and in this it seems that Mr. MacGil- livray agrees. The mandible is simple with a plain lower edge without articular processes, but there are two characteristic diagonal muscular ridges immediately below the lucida. Loc. Fossil: (with cylindrical zoarium) Bairnsdale. Re- cent: Victoria; West Australia; Bondi Bay, N. 8. W. 45. Porina coronata, Rss. (Pl. VI. fig. 5.) For synonyms see Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xli. p. 297, This was described as coronata by Reuss, and as gracilis by Lamouroux and others, but most of the descriptions were 190 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. so unsatisfactory that the species intended was left somewhat doubtful ; but as Milne-Edwards described it in more detail it is perhaps a question whether we ought not to call it gracilis, Lamx. & Edw. As I have already pointed out, the opercula of species grow- ing in the 0 or vertebralis-form, although slightly smaller, correspond with those from typical ‘‘ Hschara gracilis” growing in a foliaceous manner. Loc. Fossil: France (Cretaceous); Miocene of Europe; Australia; New Zealand, various localities. Living: in b-form, Holborn Island, 20 fath.; Darnley Island, ‘Torres Straits, 10-30 fath.; Cape Grenville, N.E. Australia, 20 fath. 46. Porina inversa, sp. nov. (PI. IV. fig. 23; Pl. V. fig. 5.) Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia indistinct, surface flat with large pores ; a perforated protuberance, probably avicularium, at each side of the aperture; a round suboral pore. The oral aperture is straight on the distal edge and rounded on the proximal, with the operculum divided radially by irregular bars of thicker chitin, and an irregular ridge near the distal edge. It will be seen that the shape of the oral aperture, which is directed more or less towards the distal part of the zoarium, is the reverse of the usual shape of Porina, and, in fact, of the Bryozoa generally, so that, being peculiar in this respect, it is a question whether a new genus should not be made for it. The zocecial characters seem much the same as those of Myriozoum martonensis, Busk (Chall. Rep. p. 171, pl. xxii. fig. 6), and there are two figures (pl. cx. figs. 2,3) in Busk (Brit. Mar. Polyzoa) which seem to be without any descrip- tion, and may be allied to the present. Loc. Sow-and-Pigs Reef, 3-4 fath., and Port Jackson, 10 fath. 47. Tubucellaria opuntioides, Pall. (BI WVi tics 10;) Cellaria opuntioides, Pergens, Plioc. Bry. von Rhodos, p. 12. Tubucellaria cereoides, MacG. Zool. Vict. dec. xi. p. 18, pl. 105. fig. 2. There are small fragments from Bondi Bay and Adelaide which have the peristome very much prolonged and then curved inwards. ‘This occurs in the Mediterranean 7. opun- tioides (cereotdes) and in TY. hirsuta, and in this last the position of the spines remains constant in relation to the pores and not to the aperture. ‘The prolonged peristome was figured Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 191 by Busk for Onchopora hirsuta (Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. ii. pl. ii. fig. 5), but may occur in all parts of a colony, and is by no means confined to the neighbourhood of a joint. The specimens from Bondi Bay, Adelaide, and Darnley Island are all more delicate than those from Naples, but the sculpturing is the same, and, so far as these small fragments enable me to form an opinion, I do not see any reason for separating them. Both Prof. MacGillivray’s figure from Port Phillip Heads, and a specimen sent to me as Onchopora tubulosa, Busk, from ‘Tasmania, agree with those from Naples; the same seems to be the case with the Zubwcel- laria opuntiordes of the ‘ Challenger’ Report, from St. Paul’s Rocks, N. Atlantic ; and I do not understand why Mr. Busk separates this from the Mediterranean form. Loc. Fossil: Eocene; Miocene; Pliocene of Europe, vari- ous localities. Living: Mediterranean; Madeira; Tasmania ; N. Atlantic; Victoria; Adelaide; Bondi Bay, N.S. W.; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 10-30 fath. 48, Schezoporella marsupifera, Busk. Schizoporella marsupifera, Busk, ‘ Challenger’ Report on the Polyzoa, pt. xxx. p. 165, pl. xxii. fig. 14; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Noah p- 65; Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. . 31d. Soon hineolifera, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvil. p. 267, pl. ix. fig. 10. The Port Jackson specimen is without any ovicells, and no spines are apparent. ‘The surface-pores, which are numerous, are elongate, with the longer axis usually pointing towards the oral aperture. Mr. Hincks speaks of the pores being stellate, which is not the case in the Australian specimen, and Mr. Busk calls the surface granular, so that it seems to be subject to considerable variation. Operculum granular. Loc. Fossil: Waipukurau (N. Zealand). Living: Marion Island, 50-75 fath.; New Zealand; Adriatic; Bottle-and- Glass Rocks, Port Jackson, 8 fath. 49. Schizoporella triangula, Hincks. (Pl. VI. fig. 3.) Schizoporellu triangula, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 69, pl. ii. figs. 4, 44; Busk, Rep. Chall. Polyzoa, p. 167. A specimen from Port Jackson is small and only composed of young cells, which are merely punctured without being nodulated ; but this is also the case in the young cells of a fine specimen from Port Western, in which the older cells show the usual structure of the species. In old cells the 192 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. avicularian chamber is often much raised, looking like an ovicell. Loc. Bass’s Straits, 38 fath.; Heard Island ? (B.), 75 fath. ; Port Western, Melbourne (W.); Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson, 3-4 fath. ; Semaphore, Adelaide (W.). 50. Schizoporella tuberosa (Rss.). (Pl. VI. figs. 9 & 10.) Eschara tuberosa, Rss. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, vol. xxv. p. 188, pl. vi. figs. 9, 10, pl. viii. fig. 1. Schizoporella biturrita, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv. p- 280, pl. ix. fig. 8; see also ibid. vol. xvii. p. 269. ge) polymorpha, Busk, ‘Challenger’ Rep. p. 167, pl. xxxiv. fig. 2. Schizoporella tuberosa, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xliii. p. 67, pl. viii. fig. 29. This is interesting for the great variability to which the avicularia are subject ; in what we may call the most normal form there is a tower on each side of the oral aperture, and the avicularium is placed on the side directed away from the aperture ; but sometimes, on the same colony, the towers bear no avicularia, but have a small round opening on the summit. In some cases the avicularian chamber is not so much raised, and then the mandibular opening is directed towards the distal end ofthe colony. I donot possess any specimens with the avicularia arching over the mouth, but in the Ziirich Museum there is a fine one from Cape Agulhas (8. Africa) showing the arching just as figured by Mr. Busk. Possibly Reptescharellina cornuta, Gabb & Horn, is this species, though it may be S. biaperta. The attachment is by irregular elongated or tubular projec- tions. A variety described as var. angustata occurs fossil in New Zealand. Loc. Port Philip Heads (bilaminate) ; Semaphore, Ade- laide (Hemescharan) ; Cape Agulhas &c., 5. Africa; Bondi Bay, N. S. Wales; Botany Bay (Lepralian), and Inner North Head, Port Jackson, 8 fath. (Hemescharan). 51. Schizoporella Ridleyi, MacG. For synonyms, see Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii. p. 64, Loc. Elizabeth Island, 6 fath. (#.); Victoria (MacG.) ; Sow-and-Pigs Reef, 3-4 fath., Port Jackson. Fossil: Waipukurau and Napier (?), New Zealand. 52. Schizoporella confinita, Waters, var. ratoniensis. There are only small pieces of narrow compressed branches Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 193 dichotomizing at a very acute angle. The oral aperture is round, with the sinus a trifle more distinct than in the other two varieties, and this has led me to change the generic position. The surface is studded with large nodules consider- ably raised and there are small round avicularia, usually one to each zocecium. One fragment certainly seems to have been articulated, as at the base there are numerous large holes resembling those at the base of an internode of Cellaria. Loc. Off Raton, New Guinea, 7 fath.; Cape Grenville, N.E. Australia, 20 fath. (both dredged by Brazier). 53. Schizoporella confinita, Waters, var. pipertensis, var. nov. Type Lepralia confinita, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xli. p. 299, pl. vii. fig. 10. There is a flat bilaminate fragment from Piper Island, with the aperture about 0°12 millim. The surface is covered with numerous dome-shaped elevations with a round avicularian mandible at one side. With a species like the present it is difficult to know from the aperture whether the lateral denticles form a sinus, or whether the operculum is entire. From the recent specimen I now think that it should be placed under Schizoporella. Loc. Piper Island, N.H. Australia, 9 fath. D4. Schizoporella divisopora, sp. nov. (Pl. V. fig. 4; Pl. VI. fie. 4.) Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia distinct, ovate, raised, vitre- ous in young cells, the surface occupied with large stelliform pores, which are separated into four or more divisions by cross bars. Oral aperture emarginate, the sinus being large, rounded. Ovicell raised, surrounded by a thick rim, inside which are a row of pores, the centre of the ovicell raised into a prominent umbo. The pores in Mf, Malusti are smaller and usually dentate, as the teeth do not meet in the centre. Stellate pores occur in several cases in Microporella, but I am not aware of any ee in which they have previously been found in Schizopo- rella, This may be allied to Schizoporella Maplestone’, MacG.. (Zool. Vict. dec. iv. p. 24, pl. xxxv. fig. 7), and to Lepralia grossipora, Rss. (in plate crassipora), Bry. Cist.-Ung. p. 177 pl. vu. fig. 6. Loc. Off the Bottle-and-Glass Rocks, Port Jackson, 8 fath., rocky bottom, and Sow-and-Pigs Reef, 3-4 fath., Port Jackson, N. 8. Wales. 194 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 55. Lepralia elimata, sp. nov. (PIV ite. 3.5) PONE tio) Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia indistinct, or divided by a deep depression, surface smooth, porcellaneous, frequently a large raised avicularium below the aperture directed forwards, closed’ by a large round mandible. The oral aperture is coarctate, with a denticle on each side forming the contraction. Opercula 0-13 millim. wide. The ovicell is smooth, plain, subim- mersed, widely open in front. This in many respects much resembles L. hippopus, but has only the central suboral avi- cularium and no lateral ones. The well-marked thickened lateral bands on the sides of the opercula seem to be the rule in true Lepralia, and it may be found to be a character of generic value. It occurs in L. adpressa, L. Pallasiana, L. Poissonii, L. rectilineata, L. stria- tula, &c., and may be seen in my figure of the operculum of L. rectilineata (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xii. pl. viil. fig. 34). Loc. Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jackson, 3-4 fath. 56. Lepralia vestita, Hincks. (PI. VI. fig. 21.) Lepralia vestita, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xy. p. 256, pl. ix. fig. 9. Specimens from Port Jackson have somewhat larger zocecia than those from Tahiti, the oral aperture is also a trifle larger, and there are no avicularia. The upper part of the thick peristome is raised; the large prominent ovicell is usually thickened at the two sides, where it joins the peristome, form- ing a kind of raised ridge, and the centre is sometimes um- bonated. The operculum has two thick lateral bands, and in the oral aperture there is a denticular contraction at each side. Loc. Tahiti; Fiji Island; Sow-and-Pigs Reef, Port Jack- son, 3-4 fath. (dredged by Brazier). 57. Mucronella Ellertt, MacG., var. biaviculata, nov. (Tel, We saves, 5) Type Lepralia Ellerti, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. ix. 1868, p. 185; Zool. Victoria, dec. iv. p. 31, pl. xxxvii. fig. 8. A specimen from Green Point, growing on Jdmonea Mil- neana, has the rostrum much prolonged with a triangular avicularium on one side, and often on the prolongation of the rostrum a small semicircular avicularium. There are six spines above the aperture, the finely granulated ovicell is Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 195 narrower than in typical M. Ellerd?, and there are no spinous processes. Oral aperture 0°25 millim. In the shape of the avicularian mandible this most nearly approaches IM. vultur, Hincks (see Zool. Vict. dec. xu. p. 65, pl. exvi. figs. 5-8), but this I should only consider a variety. M. porosa, Hincks, also seems only to be another variety, and occurs from Port Western, Victoria, with the small rounded avicularium on the margin at one side of the mucro, entirely corresponding with Mr. Hincks’s figure. T have also described (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxviil. p. 512) a fossil from Curdies Creek, in which there are spinous processes, as in M. Hilerid, with an avicularian chamber at the top, and such spinous processes seem to be readily transformed into avicularia. We thus seem to have four varieties :— Mucronella Ellervi, MacG., typica, from Williamstown and Warrnamboul, Victoria (MacG.) ; Port Phillip, Vict. (A. W. W.); Tasmania (A. W. W.). Var. porosa, H., Curtis Island (H.); Port Western (A. W.W.). (Pl. VI. figs. 12, 17.) Var. vultur, H., Port Phillip Heads, Portland, and Warrn- amboul. Var. biaviculata, Waters, Green Point, Port Jackson, 8 fath. 58. Smittia Landsborovit, Johnst., form personata, H. (Pl. VI. fig. 23.) : Smittia Landsborovii, Johnst. form personata, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv. p. 285, pl. ix. fig. 3. prs Landsborovi, Johunst., var. purpurea, Hincks, ibid. vol. viil. sittin Jacobensis, Busk, Rep. ‘Challenger,’ Polyzoa, p. 153, pl. xix. Clee Some large specimens growing over Mesenteripora repens, Haswell, are deep purple, and in some parts of the colony the arching over of the peristome is frequent, but in others is not seen. Sometimes enormous spathulate avicularia cover the whole of the zoecium. ‘The immersed ovicell has an oval perforated area. Loc. Living: Bass’s Straits (7); Port Phillip Heads (H.); Porto Praya, Cape Verd Islands, 100-200 fath.; Marion Island 50-75 fath. (B.); N. of Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson, under stones. 59. Rhynchopora crenulata, sp. nov. (2k, Wo ies Wy So) Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia ovate, depressed below, sur- 196 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. face smooth, with a spinous umbo below the aperture bearing an avicularium (apparently semicircular) on the inner face; four spines above the oral aperture. In the central zocecia also an erect avicularium with slit-like aperture. Oral aper- ture (0°l millim. wide) nearly round, contracted by two lateral denticles near the lower part. Ovicell immersed, with the front flat. The oral aperture in a case like this might be considered either Schizoporellidan or Lepralian. The outer zocecia are decumbent and the inner erect, resembling Rhynchopora bispinosa in this respect ; and in these two species the distal edge of the oral aperture is crenulated, which is not usual in the Bryozoa; but I have also seen the same thing in the growing cells of a Smittia. This differs from £2. longirostris in the surface avicularia being shorter and erect instead of decumbent; there are no perforations round the border of the zocecia, and the aperture with its denticles is different. Loc. Living: Ball’s Head, Port Jackson, 12 fath. 60. Rhynchopora profunda, MacG. (BE Wal neo G) Rhynchopora profunda, MacGillivray, “ Descriptions,” &c. pt. iii, Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xix. p. 192, pl. 11. fig. 8. In the specimens from Noumea there is a broad plate or denticle directed inwards from the proximal edge of the aper- ture, and the “ unciform process” is very large and distinct. These are the main characters on which it is separated from R. bispinosa; but, besides, the operculum enables it to be distinguished, as the lower sinal curve is much broader and the muscular impressions are at the side, whereas in L. bispi- nosa the muscles are attached to two bosses on the surface of the operculum, as in S. Cecilid &c. ‘The upper border of the operculum when seen from above appears to be nodulated ; but when seen laterally these nodulations are found to be small teeth corresponding with the dentate border of the aperture. This last structure also obtains in what I consider R. bispinosa from Australia, but there the operculum is granu- lated and has the muscular impressions in the usual position. This nodulated or dentate structure is found in many semi- circular avicularian mandibles, and is known in two or three opercula, but is not common. Loc. Port Phillip Heads ; Noumea, New Caledonia, 5 fath. Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 197 61. Retepora phenicea, Busk. (Pl. VI. figs. 15, 20.) Retepora phenicea, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 94, pl. exxi. figs. 1,2; Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 862; MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. x. p. 27, pl. 98. figs. 1-5, and pl. 94. fig. 13; Busk, ‘Challenger’ Rep. p. 124, fig. 34. The front of the zocecium has numerous large foramina, the dorsal surface is divided by prominent vibice, and in each division there are from one to four small foramina. There seems to be some mistake with Busk’s ficure of the operculum, as it does not correspond with any that I have seen. ‘The mandible is without a lucida, This is evidently common, and Mr. Brazier speaks of its being known by his children as the “ red coral.” Loc. Living: Bass’s Straits, 388 fath.; Victoria; South Australia ; off Bottle-and-Glass Rocks, Port Jackson, 8 fath., rocky bottom ; and Vaucluse Point, Port Jackson, 5 fath. 62. Retepora formosa, MacG. Retepora formosa, MacGillivray, New or Little-known Polyzoa, pt. v. Trans. Roy. Soe. Vict. vol. xx. p. 109, pl. ii. fig. 6, and pl. iii. fig. 6; Zool. Vict. dec. x. p. 24, pl. xevii. figs. 4-6, and pl. xciv. fig. 6. A small fragment, from which I have been unable to make any preparation, from Bondi Bay, near Sydney. Loc. Port Phillip Heads, 10-18 fath. 63. Cellepora albirostris, Smitt. Loc. Fossil: River Murray (Austr.); Napier and Wan- ganul (N. Zealand). Living: Florida; Sydney; Heard Island; Victoria; Shark Island, Port Jackson, 8 fath. 64. Cellepora mamillata, Busk. Cellepora mamullata, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 87, pl. exx. figs, 3-5 ; Ridley, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 54; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xli. p. 304. Cellepora mamillata, vay. atlantica, Busk, Chall. Rep. Polyzoa, p. 199, pl. xxxv. figs. 4, 5, 13, A specimen from Ball’s Head is submassive, some inches across, formed of several layers. The avicularia are often raised as erect tubular chimneys, and the avicularian bar has a minute ligula and the mandible a columella. The smooth round ovicell is scarcely at all raised. Loc. Fossil: River Murray Cliffs. Living: Patagonia; Brazil; Bahia; New Zealand (Hutton) ; Victoria (MacG@.) ; Ball’s Head, Port Jackson, 12 fath.; and north side of Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson, “ found under stones at low water.” 198 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 65. Cellepora bispinata, Busk. Cellepora bispinata, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 87, pl. exx. figs. 1, 2. A specimen from the mouth of the Lane-Cove River, Port Jackson, growing on Amathia, seems to be this species. It has the spines articulated, as figured by Busk, and the oper- culum is light-coloured. The ovicell, which was not described by Busk, is globular, granular, arching over the oral aperture, and widely open in front, being very similar to that of C. ovoidea, Aud. The mandibles of the small rostral avicu- laria are semicircular, and in one specimen there are also a few spatulate vicarious avicularia, but I cannot find any in the other specimens. This in many respects is very closely allied to C. albiros- tris, Sm., but is distinguished by the articulated spines, and the operculum is not distinctly indented at the side, although the chitinous band shows a tendency in this direction, and in this respect resembles that of C. mamillata. Loc. Tasmania (B.); Victoria (MacG.); New Zealand (Hutton) ; mouth of Lane-Cove River, 7 fath., rocky bottom. 66. Cellepora granum, Hincks. Cellepora granum, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 68, pl. iii. fig. 8; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p.440, ~ pl. xii. fig. 18. Cellepora Boryi, Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii. p. 195. Lagenipora nitens, MacG., “ Descriptions,” pt. xii., Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. 1886, p. 2 (sep.), pli. fig. 1. There is a small specimen from Green Point, growing on Mucronella Ellerii, forming a small radiate colony, with thin semitransparent walls, so that the avicularian chamber can be traced as figured by MacGillivray in LZ. nitens, but where the growth is more solid this cannot be done. The bulging ovi- cells at the side have the characteristic flat surface with radiating pores. I do not doubt that this is specifically identical with a specimen in my collection from Naples, which I consider to be C. Bory?, and also with a specimen sent me as C. granum from New Zealand, and another sent as L. nitens from Port Phillip. I have, however, taken Mr. Hincks’s name, seeing that O. Boryt, Aud., C. Costazi, Aud., and C. Protainii, Aud., may be varieties of the same thing, with which, at any rate, C. granum must be closely allied. It is further closely allied to Lagenipora spinulosa, H. (probably C. bicornis of the ‘Challenger’ Report), and Phylactella lucida, H. Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 199 Loc. Fossil: Victoria. Living: Curtis Island (H.); Naples; Port Phillip Heads (MacG.) ; New Zealand ; and Green Point, Port Jackson, 8 fath. (sent by Brazier). 67. Cellepora ovotdea (Aud.). (PI. VI. figs. 14, 19.) Cellepora ovoidea, Aud. Descr. de Egypte, pl. viii. fig. 7. Zoarium irregularly lobed, forming a mass about 2 centim. across ; has started on a small stalk of seaweed. Zocecia with a few pores, a prominent rostrum without avicularia below the mouth. Operculum slightly convex on the lower edge, and somewhat broader below, but not usually so much as in the figure. Between the zocecia there are large, spatulate, vicarious avicularia, and there is a moderate-sized lucida about the middle of the mandible ; there is no columella, and the lower edge is straight. The ovicell is globular and smooth, usually surmounted by a mucro which sometimes is considerably raised. The ovicell is widely open in front, and projects over the aperture of the raised zocecia. There is also C. ovoidea, Lamx., but the figure and descrip- tion are not sufficient to enable it to be recognized. Loc. Vaucluse Point, Port Jackson, 5 fath. 68. Conescharellina incisa (Hincks). (PI. VI. fig. 26.) Lunulites incisa, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 68, pl. iv. figs. 1-3. Conescharellina conica, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vol. v. pt. i., 1880, p. 42, pl. iii. figs. 7, 8. Hincks and Haswell both described this about the same time, and it is not clear which had priority; but as there is Batopora conica, Seguenza, and Lunulites conica, Defr., it would seem necessary to drop that name. An important avicularian character has been overlooked by both Haswell and Hincks, namely, that on the cross bar, besides the central ligula, there is a smaller one on each side. The zocecial chamber is long, and there is a straight row of about eight rosette-plates along the edge of the wall. This may be Lunulites angulopora, T. Woods, but appa- rently the avicularia were mistaken for the zocecial cells, and the zocecia for vibracula. Loc. Holborn Island; Bass’s Straits; Port Stephens, 25 fathoms, “sandy mud bottom”; N.E. coast of Australia, 23 fathoms (these latter sent by Mr. Brazier are smaller than the others). 200 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 69. Conescharellina elegans (d’Orb.). (Pl. V. figs. 13-17.) Flatellopora elegans, d’Orb. Pal. Fr. p. 58, pl. 661. figs. 1-5. In some of the specimens the flabelliform zoarium is formed of two contiguous layers back to back; others have between the layers a cancellous structure with numerous large open- ings, between which are small round avicularia. The zocecia are similar to those of C. cancellata, also with small round avicularia between them, but the zocecium is larger, and the oral aperture measures 0° ‘| millim. instead of 0:08 millim., as in C. cancellata. Loc. Ouantang and Hainau (China seas), 20 met. (d’ Orb.) ; Port Stephens, 7-8 fath. (dredged by Brazier). 70. Conescharellina cancellata (Busk). (RIDIN tie. 24 PI Vale te shallseeltss) TInnulites cancellata, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 101, pl. exiii. figs. 4-7 ; Waters, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii. p. 344, vol. xxxviil. p. 275. Lunulites cancellatus, Waters, ibid. vol. xxviii. p. 512, pl. xxii. figs. 10, On the upper surface there are numerous small round avicu- laria irregularly placed, and the under cancellated surface is formed of rcund cells with small round avicularian openings similar to those on the upper surface. All my specimens have these round avicularia, and they are also very distinct in the British-Museum s specimen ; but Mr. Busk does not seem to have correctly appreciated them, as his Lunulites is defined as having vibracula, and his C onescharellina as having avicu- laria. The peristome has a slit on the proximal edge, and the operculum is oval. ‘The avicularian mandible has the lucida in the centre. The dorsal surface of C. incisa is very similar to that of this species, but I am unable to see that the round openings had any mandibular covers, whereas these are universal in C. cancellata. Although this seems to be abundant from some parts of Australia, it is not mentioned by MacGillivray as occurring off Victoria. Loc. Philippine Islands (B.); Raton, New Guinea, 7 fath. ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 10-30 tath. ; Princess-Char- lotte Bay, N.H. Australia, 13 fath.; Port Stephens, from weeds on sandy mud bottom, 5-6 fath. (all dredged by Brazier). Fossil: Curdies Creek, Vict.; Mt. Gambier, 8. Austr.; Bairnsdale, Gippsland. Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 201 71. Selenaria concinna, Woods. (Pl. V. fig. 11.) Selenaria concinna, Tenison Woods, “ Australian Selenariade,” Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide, 1880, vol. iii. p. 10, pl. ii. fig. 11. The vibracular chamber is elongate, with a row of large pores round the border; above it there is a small tubular projection, and in the zocecium above there is a semicircular hollow. ‘The oral aperture is 0°16 millim. wide. . The central zocecia are partly closed, in a similar way to those of Lunulites petaloides, d’Orb., as described from Muddy Creek (Q. J. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p. 442, pl. xii. fie. 11). This has only been known fossil previously. Loc. Fossil: Muddy Creek (Victoria). Living: off Port Stephens, 25 fath. (Brazier). 72. Selenaria maculata, Busk. Selenaria maculata, Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. p. 101, pl. exvii.; Waters, Quart. J. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxix. p. 440, pl. xii. figs. 7,9, 12; id. ib. vol. xli. p. 809; Haswell, Polyzoa from the Queensland Coast, p. 42. Loc. Living: Holborn Island; Barnard Island, N.E. Australia, 10 fathoms (dredged by Brazier). Fossil: Muddy Creek and Bird Rock (Victoria); River-Murray Cliffs (8. Australia). 73. Selenaria punctata, T. Woods. Selenaria punctata, Tenison Woods, Trans. Phil. Soc. Adelaide, vol. iii. 1880, p. 9, pl. il. fig. 8; Waters, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p. 440. Selenaria fenestrata, Haswell, “On some Polyzoa from the Queensland Coast,” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. v. pt. 1. 1880, p. 42. This differs from Selenaria maculata in the presence of two large pores on the wall of each cell, and the vibracular chamber has a cribriform calcareous cover with much smaller pores than those of S. maculata. ‘The pores on the front of the zocecium are sometimes denticulated, but this is not so distinct in the recent as in the fossil specimens. Oral aperture: Princess-Charlotte Bay, 0:09 millim. wide ; Port Stephens, 0°14. ‘The fossil has an aperture nearly double this size. Loc. Living: off Cape Three Points, 71 fath. (Woods) ; Holborn Island (H.); Princess Charlotte Bay, 13 fath. (N.E. Australia, Brazier); off Port Stephens, N.S.W., 25 fath., sandy mud bottom (Br.). Fossil: Muddy Creek. 74. Cupularia canariensis, Busk. Cupularia canariensis, Busk, Q. J. Micr. Soe. vol. vii. p. 66, pl. xxiii. figs. 6-9; Crag Polyzoa, p. 87, pl. xiii. fig. 2; Manzoni, Foss. Ital. cont. 1ma, p. 10, pl. 11. fig. 17; Bri. foss. del Mioc. d’Aust. ed Ungh. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 14 202 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. p. 24, pl. xvii. fig. 56; Waters, Q. J. G.S. vol. xli. p. 308; Pergens, “ Plioc. Bry. von Rhodos,” Ann. k.-k. Hofmus. vol. ii, 1887, p. 31. Membranipora canariensis, Smitt, Floridan Bry. pt. 2, p. 10, pl. ii. figs. 69-71. Cupularia guineensis, Busk, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 98, pl. exiv.; ‘Challenger’ Rep. p. 206, pl. xiv. fig. 6. As I have previously shown in one specimen from Princess Charlotte Bay, the sulcate structure of the under surface is very marked; but upon careful examination faint cross divisions can also be distinguished, thus separating the dorsal surface into zocecial divisions. A few of the central zocecia are closed by a calcareous lamina, perforated round the border, as figured by Manzoni in C. Hatdingert, Rss. (Bri. foss. del Mioc. d’Aust. &e. pl. xvi. fig. 54). Pergens agrees that I am probably right in uniting both guineensts and stellata with canariensis, and thinks that it is perhaps identical with C. Haidingert. Loc. Living: Canaries; Madeira; Florida, 10-44 fath. ; New Guinea; Torres Straits; Philippine Islands; Princess Charlotte Bay, N.E. Australia, 13 fath. Fossil: Miocene and Pliocene of Europe, numerous localities; Aldinga, S. Australia. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE V. Cribrilina clithridiata, sp. nov., X 26. . Cribrilina tubulifera, Hincks, x 50. . Lepralia eimata, sp. nov., X 25. . Schizoporella divisopora, sp. nov., X 25. > & ou G2 bo Fig. 5. Porma inversa, sp. nov., X 25. Fig. Cribrilina tubulifera, H., x 25. Fig. 7. Avicularium of Rhynchopora erenulata, sp. nov., X 85. . Rhynchopora crenulata, sp. nov., X 25. . 9. Mucronella Ellervi, MacG., var. braviculata, nov., X 25. Fig. 10. Tubucellaria opuntioides, Pall., x 25. Fig. 11. Selenaria concinna, T. Woods, X 25. Fig. 12. Membranipora tripunctata, Waters, X 25. Fig. 13. Conescharellina elegans (V’Orb.), X 25. Figs. 14-17. Conescharellina elegans (d’Orb.), natural size. 14. Flat speci- men seen laterally. 16. Ditto, sp. seen diagonally. 16. Ditto, upper surface of thick specimen. 17. Ditto, upper surface of thin specimen. Fig. 18. Membranipora tripunctata, Waters, natural size. Fig. 19. Avicularian mandible of ditto, x 250. Fig. 20. Mandible of vicarious avicularium of ditto, x 85. = 6 CO NIO Puate VI. Fig. 1. Operculum of Microporella decorata, var. lata, MacG., x 85. Fig. 2. Operculum of Cribrilina chthridiata, sp. nov., X 85, Fig. 3. Operculum of Schizoporella triangula, H., X 85. Fig. 4. Operculum of Schizoporella divisopora, sp. noy.,X 85. Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 203 Fig. Fug. 5. Operculum of Porina coronata, Rss., X 85. 6. Mandible of Microporella decorata, var. lata, MacG., X 250. aX 85. Fig. 7. Mandible of Cribrilina monoceros, B., X 85. Fig. 8. Mandible of Porina larvalis, MacG., X 85. Fig. 9. Mandible of Schizoporella tuberosa (Rss.), X 85. Fig. 10. Operculum of ditto, x 85. Fig. 11. Operculum of Rhynchopora profunda, MacG., X 85. Fig. 12. Operculum of Mucronella Ellerti, var. porosa, H., x 85. Fig. 13. Operculum of Conescharellina cancellata (B.), X 85. Fig. 14. Operculum of Cellepora ovoidea (Aud.), X 85. Fig. 15. Operculum of Retepora phenicea, B., x 85. Fig. 16. Mandible of Rhynchopora profunda, MacG., x 250. a x 85. Fig. 17. Mandible of Mucronetla Ellerti, var. porosa, H., X 865. Fig. 18. Mandible of Conescharellina cancellata (B.), X 250. a Xx 86. Fig. 19. Mandible of Cellepora ovoidea (Aud.), X 865. Fig. 20. Mandible of Retepora phenicea, x 85. Fig. 21. Operculum of Lepralia vestita, sp. nov., X 85. Fig. 22. Operculum of Lepralia elimata, sp. nov., X 85. Fig. 23. Mandible of Smittia Landsborovi, var., X 250. a X 80. Fig. 24. Discotubigera (?) lineata, MacG., natural size. Fug. 25. Amathia biseriata, Krauss, x 16, showing radicle. Fig. 26. Aviculariumand oral aperture of Conescharellina incisa (H1.), X 25. Fig. 27. Idmonea radians, showing plates in the side of the ovicell, x 25. Fig. 28. Plate of ditto, x 85. Fig. 29. Idmonea interjuncta, MacG., x 16. XXI.—Polyparium ambulans, a new Celenterate. By Dr. A. Korornerr*. [Plate XIII] Among the truly singular forms of animals two different types are to be distinguished:—1. The one type appears to be peculiar and interesting as a transition-form between two different classes of animals, and such a form is Ctenoplana Kowalevskii, which I have described; 2. The other type fixes the attention of the observer in quite another respect—it is an aberrant form which from various causes has separated itself from its ancestors and taken up an exclusive position in the animal kingdom. If at the same time the mtermediate forms have disappeared it only remains for the naturalist to describe this form—he can hardly reckon upon giving it a certain taxonomic position. Such an exclusive aberrant creature is Polyparium ambulans, of which I give the descrip- tion in the following pages. * Extracted from an article entitled “ Zweineue Coelenteraten,” in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’ Band xlv. pp. 468-486. Prof. Eblers has put forward a different interpretation of the facts recorded by the author; a translation of his remarks will be given in a future number of this journal. 14* 204 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. In a preliminary communication * I have already stated that during my voyage to Malaysia I visited the channel between the large island of Billiton and the smaller neigh- bouring island of Mindanao lying to the west of the former. This locality was particularly recommended to me by my learned friend Dr. Sluiter, of Batavia, and with the greatest justice. While the neighbourhood of the islands to the east- ward, between Billiton and the neighbouring islands (Pulu Soukun and Pulu Besar), and thence southwards into the bay near Dindang, presents nothing remarkable, and therefore does not appear especially to be recommended, we must say the direct contrary of the Strait of Mindanao. By the kind- ness of the Resident of Billiton, M. Zyip, I obtained for a fortnight the use of a large vessel with a Malay crew of seven men. During this time I dredged continually, and I have never seen so many different forms, especially of Kchi- nida and Holothurida; many Ascidia and Corals also occurred, and among the latter I found the animal now under consider- ation, Polypartum ambulans. Once, as I was examining the booty brought up by the dredge, I found a yellowish-grey slimy mass, the size of a chestnut, which consisted of spiral convolutions and was beset with small tubercles. When I isolated this body in a glass vessel I soon saw that the convo- lutions separated and the mass spread into a band-like, rather thick body, while the tubercles became small, mouth-like apertures, and the whole body, to my great astonishment, extended itself and began to creep slowly upon the bottom of the vessel. When I turned the animal, or, more properly speaking, the colony, so that the tuberculiferous back was downwards and the creeping sole upwards, I found to my surprise that the whole sole was covered with small acetabula; thus it appeared that the movement, the creeping of the colony, results from the action of the acetabula. By a careful observation of the creature I arrived at the following results. It isa band-like body (Pl. XIII. fig.1), 7 centim. in length, with a breadth of about 2°5 millim. and a thickness of perhaps °8 millim.; the anterior and posterior extremities are exactly alike, and rather pointed than rounded off. The lateral mar- gins of the colony are different in this way, that one of them is strongly marked and bordered, so that it forms a very perceptible boundary between the back and the sole, while the other has no border; but here the back is rounded and cylindrical, and passes immediately over into the sole. Upon * Zool. Anzeiger, no, 223 (1886). Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 205 this latter cylindrical margin, as also along the whole back of the colony, are placed conical, chimney-like tubercles (buccal cones, as we shall see hereafter), which are rather scantily distributed, but become more and more crowded together towards the bordered margin, along whick they form a regular palissade. Counted transversely the number of the buccal cones is from four to six; in the longitudinal direction we do not recognize any serial arrangement of them, and they show no particular regularity. The breadth of each cone at the base is 1 millim.; the height varies according to the state in which the buccal cones may happen to be ; when con- tracted they are not more than 1 millim., but when drawn out they measure twice as much. At the apical pole of each mouth-tuberele there is an aperture. But the most remark- able thing is their entire want of tentacles ; neither the margin of the aperture itself nor its vicinity bears tentacles or any structures which might be homologous with tentacles. The inferior surface by which the colony adheres to various objects (fig. 1) is, as already stated, covered with acetabula, and further traversed by two furrows running along the whole colony in such a way that we can distinguish an intermediate area and two lateral streaks; the median area is twice as broad as the lateral streaks, and of the latter the one the margin of which is bordered is band-like, while the other, without a border, is rounded off and passes directly into the dorsal surface. The median area, in a transverse direction, has from two to four rows of acetabula, the lateral streaks only two. .The position of the acetabula seems not to be regular, although in certain parts of the sole they appear to be arranged in longitudinal rows; perhaps the appearance observed after the death of the animal may be due to processes of contraction. The interspaces between the acetabula are not quite flat, but they possess transverse folds which, in the living colony, are scarcely noticeable, but make their appear- ance rather strongly after the action of alcohol. As regards the individual acetabula, each of them forms a button ‘8 millim. in breadth, with a flattened, somewhat notched surface. ‘The size of the acetabula varies very con- siderably. The internal structure of Polyparium is not less singular than its exterior. The best mode of acquiring a knowledge of the internal organization consists in cutting a piece out of the whole colony by transverse sections, and then dividing this into vertical sections parallel to the longitudinal axis ; sections made in other directions are not particularly imstruc- 206 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. tive and can hardly be orientated. A section made as above described is shown in Pl. XIII. fig. 2. In this section it is seen that the superior free surface of the colony is beset with clavi- form buccal cones (M/k) ; these, as already stated, are quite destitute of tentacles and have no septa; they are hollow, have a buccal aperture opening outwards (JZ. 0), and another inner orifice (J/’. o’) which leads into the interior of the body of the colony. The inner space is rather complex and con- tains various walls, the analogy of which with the ordinary septa of corals is very doubtful at the first glance. ‘The body of Polyparium possesses a spacious cavity, which is divided into sections of equal size by the above-mentioned septa. These septa stand transversely to the long axis of the body and in a vertical longitudinal section are shown as bands (fig. 2). In this figure we see how the partition-walls (septa) are united in pairs. Hach pair forms a special division which encloses an internal chamber (df) and is separated from the neighbouring one by an intermediate chamber (z/). According to this description therefore the body of Poly- parium presents a conglomeration of consecutive divisions or seements, which, however, cannot be characterized as meta- meres ; for each metamere is a definite unit, which forms a particular part of the body, possesses only a single partition, and is immediately applied against its like. In Polyparium each segment is formed by two partitions, and is separated from the neighbouring segment by an intermediate chamber. The partitions stand in a particular relation to the buccal cones on the one hand and to the acetabula of the sole on the other (fig. 2). Thus the interior chamber (0/) opens exter- nally by means of the buccal aperture, but below, corre- sponding to the buccal apertures, are the acetabula, which are so distributed that each buccal cone possesses a corresponding acetabulum. Hence we may perhaps regard each buccal cone with its acetabulum as a simple individual, which, however, has not yet sufficiently individualized itself. I must, how- ever, remark that each acetabulum possesses a separate clavi- form cavity; this stands in direct connexion with the lumen of the animal, and corresponds in position with the cavity of a buccal cone. Before passing to the histology of Polyparitum I may premise that in this respect the creature exactly agrees with the Actinis—not only the sequence of the layers, even the intimate structure of the tissues is in both cases exactly alike, and whoever has once seen a section from the wall of an Actinia will at once recognize the same thing in Polyparium. In accordance with the Actinian type the ectoderm, the ento- Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 207 derm, and a gelatinous intermediate layer are to be found here; but with them we have two different formations—one in the structure of the whole of the upper wall, the other in the acetabulum. We commence our descriptian with the upper wall, and have here to distinguish two different parts, namely the small buccal cones and the upper surface (between the buccal cones), which we will indicate as the buccal disk. These two parts only differ by the degree of development of their layers ; thus in the buccal cones the muscular layer is quite inconsiderably developed, but between them it is very considerable. In order to understand the structure more clearly we will study a section of the upper wall. This sec- tion is taken parallel to the long axis and perpendicular to the septa. The ectoderm (figs. 4, 5) is divisible into three separate layers ; the outer one, which at the same time is the most con- siderable, is composed of very long, fine, perfectly filiform, epithelial elements; the nuclei in this are distributed in two ageregations, of which the upper one is situated close to the nematocysts and the lower one much deeper, occupying exactly the middle of the height (em.z). As the foundation of this outer layer there is a thin stratum of a finely fibrillar substance (Nv) in which a few nuclei are scattered. Lastly, quite at the bottom we find a layer of muscular fibres (Qm) ; in trans- verse section this appears as an aggregation of shining cor- puscles. The three layers above mentioned are to be regarded, as in the Actinie, as epithelial, nervous and muscular layers. The outer, epithelial layer contains quite different elements —there are here support-, sense-, urticating-, and finally eland-cells. From the extraordinary fineness of the elements and the involution of the filiform prolongations of their inner parts it is difficult to distinguish the support-cells from the sense-cells, and I have only succeeded in seeing clearly the sense-cells. These are elements drawn out into a thread-like form (sz), of which the nuclei are situated in the first third of the cell and in the section form the aggregation which is closely approximated to the lower extremities of the nemato- cysts. ‘The protoplasm accumulates more strongly in the neighbourhood of the nucleus, and hence there is a thickening of the sense-cell which is produced inwards towards the periphery into a fine process ; the process, however, appears not to be plasmatic, but fibrillar, and even homogeneous. From the single specimen of Polyparium at my disposal, and which was hardened in alcohol, I rarely succeeded in obtaining good teased-out preparations; nevertheless I was able to convince myself that here matters are exactly as in the 208 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. Actinia—that is to say, the sense-fibril (Pl. XIII. fig. 7, sf) passes directly or after one division into the nervous layer, with the fibrils of which it perfectly assimilates. I could not observe any sense-hairs upon the ectodermal elements. As usual, however, other elements predominate in the ecto- derm, namely the urticating-cells ; but as these scarcely differ from the ordinary type, I have not much to say about their structure. [need only mention that each urticating-cell is surrounded by a thin layer of protoplasm, and that a strongly refractive nucleus is to be found at the bottom of each cell. A fibril is given off downwards from the nematocyst, which passes through the whole ectodermal layer, and is attached by a thickening or disk to a muscular fibril (fig. 7). The above-mentioned superior aggregation of nuclei belongs to definite cells, whether sense-, gland-, or urticating-cells ; but the lower one has a part in no specific cells, it belongs to particular elements which are wedged in between sense-, support-, or urticating-fibrils. These cells have no con- nexion with the fibrils adjacent to them, such as we have seen, for example, in the case of the sense-cells; here they are rather loosely contiguous, and penetrate the fibrillar layer with their processes. Nevertheless we can hardly assume that in them we have to deal with nerve-cells; they are rather simple embryonal cells, which serve to complete the epithelial layer (figs. 7 and 8, em. 2). I can scarcely say much about the nerve-layer, nor can I give by any means so detailed a view of it as has been fur- nished for the Actiniz by the brothers Hertwig. My state- ments are limited to the demonstration that the structure is the same in both cases. ‘The nerve-layer is shown with par- ticular distinctness in sections, when it appears to be partly finely granular, partly fibrillar; but whether this layer is formed by the basal extremities of various epithelial cells or whether independent fibres take part in it is hardly to be decided. While on the one hand the nerve-layer is connected with the epithelial cells, on the other it gives off fine fibrils to the underlying muscular layer. With a view to parallelization with the Actinie I must state that the nerve-layer is dis- tributed everywhere in Polyparium, and occurs both in the buccal cones and in the buccal disk, as is described in the case of Cerianthus among the Actinie. The muscular layer follows immediately upon the nerve- layer and consists of long and very thin, smooth fibres, which appear quite homogeneous and bear no nuclei or cells; as usual, these fibres lie in special depressions of the supporting lamella, and are undivided and, as it were, adherent as usual Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 209 upon special lamellar processes of the latter. The direction of the muscular fibres of the ectoderm is parallel to the longi- tudinal axis, and in the buecal cones vertical. Where the latter pass into the buccal disk the fibres acquire the above- mentioned direction. This description of the structure of a portion of the wall of Polyparium proves indisputably that in it we have to do with an Actinia; in both instances we find points of approximation common to them and the other Coelenterata, or more properly the Hydroida and Siphonophora. So far as I know this attempt has not hitherto been made, and we are quite in the dark on the subject. In my former memoir upon the his- tology of the Siphonophora* I endeavoured to show that enidoblasts, sense-cells, and nerve-cells are not only altered epithelial cells, but that, when we have to do with animals (such as the Siphonophora, for example) in which an epi- thelial muscular system occurs, these have a direct genetic relation to the muscular fibrils, and therefore are to be regarded as altered muscle-cells. According to this an embryonal cell, after it has separated off one or more muscular fibrils, acquires quite a different specific function, and becomes converted into weapon-, gland-, or sense-elements. If we adhere to this principle, it becomes a question in what manner the Actinia- structure is to be referred to this type. In the Siphonophora, especially in Horskalia, we see that a nerve-cell, or rather a nerve-muscle-cell, scarcely separates from the epithelia, and lies directly applied to the latter ; in the Actiniz this process has gone further—here the nerve-cells have fallen low down and formed a special layer; but this stands in immediate relation to the muscular fibrils which cling to them. ‘To a certain extent a genetic relation between the muscle- and nerve-layers is to be seen in Polyparium ambulans, inasmuch as the muscle-layer possesses no cell-nuclei. The smooth non-varicose form of the muscular fibrils leads to the belief that the nuclei of the muscle-cells have not become assimi- lated to the muscular fibrils, but are to be sought elsewhere ; hence I see no impossibility in the assumption that the cells of the nerve-layer are to be regarded, not as true nerve-cells, but as nerve-muscle-cells, or, otherwise, as metamorphosed muscle-cells. Now if we bear in mind that in the Siphonophora the relation of the cnidoblasts to the muscular fibrils is very intimate, and that in it we find a whole series of progressive transformations, the extreme form of such transformation, * Korotneff, “ Histologie der Siphonophoren,” in Mitth. Zool. Stat, Neapel, Band vy. 210 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. which is to be observed in the Actinie, will be sufficiently clear tous. The first step is that in which the cnidoblast is closely applied to the fibril, forms its essential muscle-cell, and therefore, together with the fibril, cannot be characterized otherwise than as a true muscle-form. However, we shall find that the cnidoblast itself is by no means to be regarded as an integral part of the muscular fibre, because it remains at some distance from the fibril itself (tentacles of Physophora) and communicates with the fibril by means of fine filaments. If this notion needs any further confirmation we must pay special attention to the connexion between the cnidoblast and a muscular fibril in Polypartwm ambulans ; in my opinion it proves incontrovertibly that the cnidoblast in Polyparium is a true muscle-cell which, in the metamorphosis of the ecto- derm, has entirely quitted its original situation and taken up a peripheral position (fig. 8). In this way we shall recog- nize that the same course of transformations of the muscle-cell exists for all the other elements of the Actinian body ; nerve- cells, sense-cells, gland-cells, and cnidoblasts are therefore to be regarded as metamorphosed epithelial muscles, and hence we may assume that the first step in the metamorphosis of an embryonal cell is the separation of a muscular fibril; but herewith the cell does not appear to have exhausted its powers of furnishing something else, and thus are produced the histological double-structures already more than once described (by the brothers Hertwig in the Actinie and by myself in Hydra and the Siphonophora), such as epithelial muscle-cells, nerve-muscle-cells *, sense-muscle-cells, and gland-muscle-cells. As a matter of course this histological process appears to be the longer one, and may be often greatly abridged, and an embryonal cell, without satisfying the first requirement of the organism, the need of locomotion, directly acquires various specific properties, and becomes converted directly into a nerve-, sense-, or gland-cell, over- leaping the intermediate stage of the myoblast. ‘The supporting lamella is an elastic membranule (figs. 4, 5, st. 1), which is considerably thicker in the lateral margin than in the upper surface of Polypartum and much thicker than in the buccal cones. ‘Throughout it consists of fine felt- like fibres which are imbedded in a homogeneous intermediate substance. Between the fibres there are numerous small * Kspecially since the discovery of special nerve-cells in the Hydroida I cannot recognize the epithelial-muscle cells in Hydra as true neuro- muscle cells in Kleinenberg’s sense. Nevertheless the ingenious neuro- muscle theory remains still valid. Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 211 fusiform cells, which pass off into processes ; the protoplasm of the cells is rather coarsely granular. The entoderm of Polypartum was unfortunately insufficiently investigated by me, and therefore I can hardly touch upon such delicate questions as, for example, the nerve-cells or nerve-fibrils. Almost throughout (figs. 4 and 9) the ento- derm is one-layered, and consists of elongated cells which show remains of flagella upon their surface. At the bottom of the entodermal cells there are fine muscular fibrils, all of which have a definite longitudinal direction, therefore parallel to the long axis of the colony; these muscles never form groups, but are distributed im a delicate layer. The re- lation of the cell-bodies to the fibrils proves that we have to do with entodermal muscle-cells. Between these cells simple glands also occur (fig. 9, Dr). JI may also mention that the whole entoderm is filled with round, yellow, parasitic cells (pz); these usually accumulate in such quantities that the cell-nuclei are entirely concealed by them. ‘These para- sitic cells do not seem to occur in the gland-cells. With regard to the lower surface of the foot of Polypartum, it has already been mentioned that this is covered with small acetabula (fig. 2) and that these acetabula are arranged in rows and very accurately correspond with the buccal cones of the upper surface. The structure of the whole ectodermal layer, whether between or upon the acetabula, is quite uniform throughout, differing only in thickness ; the thickest parts are the margins of the acetabula, and then the middle, which is separated from the margins by a groove. The histological constitution of this ectoderm is quite different from that of the lateral margin or the upper surface of Polyparium. When taken from the middle of an acetabulum a section presents the following peculiarities (fig. 6):—Three layers are to be distinguished im it; superficially there is a finely granular glandular layer, in the middle a dense nuclear layer, and at the bottom, lying directly upon the supporting lamella, a con- siderable, finely fibrillar, fibrous layer. As in the ectoderm of the wall-lamina, the whole ectoderm of the foot, from the surface to the bottom, is traversed by the same elements. Almost the whole mass consists of elongated gland-cells, at the bottom of which (fig. 8, Dr) there is a cell-nucleus, which marks off a fibrillar part extending to the supporting lamella. These glands no doubt secrete the mucous substance which accumulates in clots on the free upper surface. Among the glands many sense-cells occur, exactly like those of the wall-lamina (fig. 6, sz). It seems to be a remarkable tact that the sense-cells terminate directly upon 212 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. the supporting lamella, and therefore can conduct no further unless we assume that the impressions received may be trans- ferred to the supporting lamella itself, which is perhaps capable of contraction, or perhaps rather to its cells. The sense-cells occur most numerously upon the acetabula, and are particularly observable in their inner inflation. This arrangement seems to indicate that, in creeping, Polyparium feels the surface of the supporting object so as to seek out a definite course. The nuclei which occur in such quantities among the ectodermal cells belong chiefly not to the fibrillar elements, but to small embryonal cells (em. z), which are very nume- rous, and in this case, where there is no special nerve-layer, may also perform the function of nerve-cells. Besides the gland- and sense-cells the so-called support-cells may also possibly occur; but I could not distinguish them from the other elements. From this description the acetabula of Polyparium are certainly of primitive structure, inasmuch as they possess no true musculature ; but they must be regarded as the first stage of an adhesive apparatus, and not merely as inflated portions of the wall. Although the acetabula of the foot have no immediate relation to muscles, this by no means excludes the possibility of an indirect relation; as we shall soon see, there are, in the interior of the body, special muscles which serve only to pull away the acetabula from the surface of adhesion. The supporting lamella of the foot is remarkable for its con- siderable development. The entoderm possesses special villiform outgrowths which project into the interior of the body. ‘The interior, or, in other words, the lumen, is here, as already stated, clavate in form and occupies the whole acetabulum, and may receive the name of the stomach (Pl. XIII. fig. 2, Mg.); the occur- rence of entodermal villi shows that assimilation takes place here more actively than elsewhere. We pass now to the examination of the intimate structure of the septa, and have in this to investigate the distribution of the muscular fibres. As the framework of each septum we have in Polyparium the supporting lamella, which is clothed with muscles in various stages of development. The surfaces of each septum are unequally furnished with muscles, according as the particular surface is turned towards an intermediate or an interior chamber. ‘The intermediate-chamber-surface is clothed with vertical fibres, the interior-chamber-surface on the contrary with transverse fibres. ‘The vertical muscles are the weakest ; upon a flattened septum they form an unin- Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 213 terrupted layer of fibres, which commence at the buccal disk, where the septa are inserted, and extend thence downwards, to lose themselves in the foot-disk. The transverse muscles, on the contrary, are the strongest, and form strong bundles of fibres, which run from one side of the body of the Polypartum to the other. Fig. 2 shows how strongly the transverse muscles are developed; immediately behind the buccal aper- ture they form a large cushion (¢. £), which projects far into the interior chamber, nearly meeting with the cushion of the opposite side. The cushion, however, stops in the middle of the septum, being sharply separated by a constriction from the septum, which now becomes thinner. The inferior half of each septum is clothed with a single layer of transverse fibres, and this lines the inner surface of the so-called stoma- chal cavity, which, as already stated, penetrates into the interior of each acetabulum. The whole surface of the muscles is covered with a single-layered entoderm (fig. 9), which, at the bottom, contains the strongly developed mus- cular fibres imbedded in a common plasma. On examining into the peculiarities of this structure it appears that its greatest divergence from the polyp-type con- sists in the entire absence of strongly developed bands of muscular bundles in Polyparium. But if we consider that the muscles on the one hand are in relation to the tentacles, and on the other serve for the retraction of the whole buccal disk into the interior of the body of the Actinia, 1t becomes at once quite intelligible to us that such bands are wanting in Polyparium as being superfluous, for no tentacles are present, and from the great number of small buccal orifices the buccal disk cannot be retracted. Nevertheless there is a point of argument which may enable us to establish an analogy; thus the vertical muscles, arranged in a thin fibrous layer, which line the intermediate chambers are homologous with the true muscular bands. Thus in Polyparium we find a reversed picture with relation to the polyps ; the vertical fibres, which are the strongest in the polyps, are the least strongly deve- loped in Polyparium, and vice versé the transverse fibres are the strongest in Polyparium, and may therefore be charac- terized as “‘ transverse bands (transversale Fahnen).” In order to find something similar among the polyps we must go back to the statements of Hollard *. That naturalist first of all described a parieto-basilar muscle in the Actiniz ; this muscle consists of fibres which run from the wall- lamina to the pedal disk to draw in the latter; it appears * “Monographie anatomique du genre Actinia de Linné,” &c., in Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. sér.3, tome xv. p. 257. 214 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. as a thick cushion which runs transversely above the layer of transverse muscles. The brothers Hertwig regard this cushion as a fold-formation of the base of the septa caused by the increased mass of the muscles here situated. The parieto-basilar muscle is most strongly developed in Tealia erassicornis, and in this form, according to the figures illus- trating Hertwig’s investigation *, we have a good right to assume that the muscular fibres of the base of one septum pass into the opposite septum. At any rate, we may assume that at the meeting of the opposite septa the muscular cushions pass into each other and give origin to a structure analogous to the ‘“ transverse bands.” It still remains for me to decide an important point which relates to the relations of the septa and likewise of the muscles to one another. We have already seen that in Polyparium the inner chambers and intermediate chambers follow each other alternately ; the inner chamber represents the gastral space and the intermediate chamber the place where new septa are formed. ‘This alternating position is not without relation to the muscular system. MHollard has already ex- pressed the opinion that the longitudinal muscles which, in transverse sections, are immediately recognized as thick pads, are turned towards one another and enclosed in the central chamber, while the transverse muscles, on the contrary, belong only to the intermediate chamber. If we consider Polyparium from this point of view we find the direct contrary; in this form the longitudinal muscles (vertical muscles) belong to the intermediate chamber, while the transverse muscles (‘‘ trans- verse bands”) only occur in the internal chamber. In order to explain this phenomenon we are compelled to submit the principle established by Hollard to a rigid analysis. Rotteken and Schneider f have already indicated that two pairs of septa in the body of the Actinia have really an ex- ceptional position—these are the so-called directional septa which have a special significance for the orientation. These septa are situated opposite each other, and have a particular relation to the position of the buccal aperture and the ceso- phageal tube: thus the buccal aperture possesses two angles from which two deep grooves run down upon the inside of the cesophageal tube; the insertion of the directional septa corresponds with the buccal angles and the grooves of the * O. and R. Hertwig, ‘Die Actinien, anat. und histol. Untersucht’ (Jena, 1879). + Schneider and Rotteken, ‘‘ Ueber den Bau der Actinien und Koral- len,” in Sitzungsb. der Oberhess. Gesellsch., March 1871. Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 215 cesophagus (fig. I.). The relation of the musculature on the directional septa is different from that on other septa—the transverse muscles are directed towards them, the longitudinal from them. ‘Thus, with the directional septa it is exactly as Transyerse section through a young Adamsia diaphana: mw, mouth- angles; 7s, directional septa; dm, longitudinal muscles. (After Hertwig.) in the interior chambers of Polypariwm, which is certainly not without significance and needs homologizing. Unfortunately embryology gives us no data for this purpose, because the re- searches of Kowalevsky | and Lacaze-Duthiers} upon this subject do not thoroughly exhaust the question and are in contradiction to each other. We must therefore treat this question quite & priort. Very probably the directional septa of the Actiniz are the first formed; they will probably be archisepta ; and this postulate is to a certain extent confirmed by the fact that the directional septa undoubtedly correspond to the four longitudinal muscles of the Scyphistoma. In the + A. Kowalevsky, ‘‘ Unterschungen tber die Entwicklung der Ccelen- teraten,” in Nachr. k. Ges. der Freunde der Natur, Anthr. und Ethnogy, Moscow, 1873 (in Russian). { Lacaze-Duthiers, “ Développement des Coralliaries,” in Arch, Zool. expér, et gén. tome 1. 1872. 216 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. Scyphistoma, which, for various reasons, we must regard as a most simple and primitive Actinia, the above-mentioned longitudinal muscles are placed, as has been described in the case of the directional septa, in close relation to the buccal aperture. Hence the arrangement of the muscles on the direc- tional septa, in which the archetypal form is to be seen, is indicative of various homologies. In this way, then, the relation of the muscles to the septa in Polyparium is not abnormal, but, on the contrary, quite typical. I may further mention that if the principle established by Hollard is applicable in general and not in details to the Actiniz, it nevertheless loses its significance outside this group. ‘Thus in a transverse section of an Alcyonium we see, as the brothers Hertwig have shown (see fig. II.), that in the circumference of the section there is a point, looking from Transverse section through a polyp of: Aleyoniwm: rs, directional septa; f, muscular bands. (From the work of the brothers Hertwig.) which all the septa have the muscles turned away, four on the right and four on the left-hand side, and a second opposite point, looking from which the muscles are turned towards it; in other words, we find the longitudinal muscles turned to- wards one another, in accordance with Hollard’s principle, only on one pair of the directional septa, all the others being Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 217 turned away. In this respect, therefore, Polyparium makes no special exception. Notwithstanding all this, it is necessary to show why the change which we find in the streneth of the muscles in Poly- partum has been brought about. This question may be decided upon a mechanical principle. We have seen that the transverse bands (q.m) project strongly into the interior of the gastral cavity, pass over with their fibres to the side- wall (m.6), and in this way form an arch, the points of fixation of which are to be sought laterally upon the side-wall. During movement, in the creeping of Polyparium, the trans- verse fibres are the most active, and when they contract they must, as in the bent bow, widen the lumen of the interior chamber (fig. JII.). If we couldimagine that the above-men- tioned transverse bands projected, not into the interior chamber Fig. TIL, pemoDehAawoPoecsea a, interior chamber ; 6, intermediate chamber ; m.b, side-wall ; st. /, supporting lamella; g.m, transverse muscular bands; /.2, longi- tudinal muscles. but into the intermediate chamber, then the interior chamber (a) would be closed by their contraction. But we must con- sider that the nutrition of the animal must depend uncon- ditionally upon its movement; the animal, or the colony, only creeps in order to obtain nourishment, and therefore during locomotion the buccal aperture must remain wide open, in order that the food met with may pass directly into the stomach. ‘Thus it becomes clear that the occurrence of the transverse bands in the interior chamber and of the ver- tical musculature in the intermediate chamber is not only Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5, Vol. xx. 15 218 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. naturally typical, but also is fully in accordance with the requirements of the case. Lastly, that the septa of Polyparium are homologous with those of the Actinize may be proved by the production of the new septa. ‘These occur in various stages of development in the intermediate chambers ; they always originate in pairs, and each pair consists of two septa of equal size; when these are quite small they appear to consist only of a supporting lamella, which is covered on each side with a muscular layer, and it is only after the septa have grown up so as to exceed half the vertical diameter of the colony that the free margin (Pl. XIII. fig. 2, s’) begins to thicken, forming a pad, and this is the commencement of the formation of a transverse band. Step for step with the growth of the septa proceeds the develop- ment of the muscular pad, and after the septa have reached the buccal surface their amalgamation with the latter ensues, to- gether with the production of a buccal cone, which finally acquires amouth-opening. The development of the acetabu- lum likewise goes on at the same time. When the septa are still quite small we already observe an annular, scarcely percep- tible fold, which rises more and more and distinctly acquires the form of a knob. Thus it is clear that the growth of Polyparium in length takes place by an interpolation of new members which bear buccal apertures above and acetabula below. I must further mention that special orifices occur in the septa, enabling a communication to take place between the interseptal spaces; these are the so-called internal septal stomata described in the Actiniz. These stomata are oval and have thickened margins closing the aperture, which would indicate the presence of a circular musculature (fig. 3). No mesenterial filaments or sexual organs occurred on the septa of Polypartwm ; the former are entirely deficient, the latter probably are not developed at the time when I found the animal, that is in the month of September. There can, however, hardly be any doubt that we have to do with a sexually mature organism. In this respect the animal agrees exactly with the Actiniz, in which sexual maturity also occurs only at definite periods. In the body of Polyparium we have therefore two systems of muscles, external and internal. The first form two different groups :—1, transverse muscles, which belong to the ecto- derm, and pass directly from the buccal cones into the buccal disk ; 2, longitudinal muscles, which belong to the entoderm, and run along the whole of the body. ‘The internal muscles may also be divided into two separate groups, both of which Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 219 occur in the septa; these are, 1, transverse bands, and 2, vertical muscles. All these systems of muscles serve the same purpose ; they provide for the locomotion of the animal. The most important in this respect are the transverse bands ; they shorten the transverse diameter of the polypary by bringing the lateral parts of the body nearer together; with the shortening of the transverse bands the body is extended, which is accompanied to a certain extent by an elongation of the longitudinal muscles. The weaker vertical muscles of the septa play a subordinate part, performing a much less onerous work ; they serve to pull up the acetabula from the supporting body, which is the first act in the locomotion of Polyparium. On further investigation of the processes of locomotion in this creature we find that the liberation and lifting of the acetabula certainly do not occur simultane- ously throughout the whole length of the animal, but only at a particular part of the colony—whether it is one transverse row of acetabula, and therefore an intermediate chamber with a transverse chamber, oragreater number of such segments that is included, I cannot say with certainty, although 1 am in- clined to think that only one segment is moved at once. After the abbreviation of the transverse bands and the elon- gation of the longitudinal muscles the acetabula separated from the surface of support are pushed further, and this no doubt goes on successively throughout the whole length of the animal. This mode of locomotion cannot be called gliding such as we observe in many Actinie, but a true walking, as the acetabula are to be regarded as feet, and in motion cause an undulatory advance; but as the acetabula are distributed along the whole disk of the foot, and occur in considerable numbers, the progression may be discriminated into separate actions. It is not easy to determine the true taxonomic position of Polyparium ambulans. The first impression that this form produces is something quite peculiar, something that hardly reminds us of any other form of Ceelenterate. In summariz- ing the different characteristics of Polyparium we shall speci- ally note the four following points :—1, absence of tentacles ; 2, occurrence of various buccal cones which lead into a com- mon cavity without, however, possessing an cesophagus; 3, apparent absence of radial septa; and 4, occurrence of the very peculiar partitions which divide the body of Polyparium into segments. 15* 220 Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. To show the affinity of our form with other polyps, we must refer all these peculiarities of structure to the common eharacters of the polyp-type, and at the same time regard them as definite results of a change brought about by special needs. We commence with the tentacles:—Where ought these to occur? Certainly either at each buccal aperture or at the margin of the whole colony. A Meandrina enables us to decide this question. In this form we see individual polyps, or more properly buccal cones, like those of Polyparium, dis- tributed in bands on the surface of a globular polypary, the buccal cones being arranged in a series exactly in the middle of each band. In this way each band resembles a Polyparium, but with the difference that the buccal cones occur in greater number in the latter. But the most important thing is in the distribution of the tentacles in Meandrina; these do not sur- round each mouth-aperture, but stand along the margin of each band. If we conceive that in a common Actinia a mul- tiplicity of mouth-openings has been produced by their division, we shall get a band-like, Mwandrina-like form in which also the tentacles originate at the margin. In Polyparium there- fore we ought to seek for tentacles at the margin, and regard them as having disappeared, such a disappearance being explicable to a certain extent by change in the mode of life. As a Meandrina is an adherent organism it is, as regards nourishment, under much less favourable conditions than Polyparium ambulans, which can change its place with com- parative rapidity ; hence the tentacles are much more necessary to Meandrina than to Polyparium, although they are rather rudimentary. As regards the buccal apertures, there can hardly be any doubt that their number does not denote an individualization, but rather a division, and the absence of an cesophagus at each aperture somewhat strengthens this supposition. Such a complete reduction of the tentacles and considerable increase of the mouth-apertures not only has an influence upon the external habit of the animal but also affects its internal organization. In the first place we must here mention the septa; under such circumstances they must certainly be subject to a fundamental alteration. That the septa of Poly- partum must be homologous with the septa of a simple Actinia we have already seen to be probable, nevertheless their divergent form remains as a considerable obstacle. If we imagine the cesophagus of a polyp to have disappeared, the affair of the septa will certainly stand on quite a different footing, they must be free in the interior of the gastral Dr. A. Korotneff on Polyparium ambulans. 221 cavity ; further, we may assume the radial arrangement of the septa to have disappeared, on the one hand, in consequence Fig. IV. -U SUG, re Di Cross section of Certanthus: m, muscles of the wall-lamina. of the division of the primary mouth-opening into a number of secondary ones, and, on the other, on account of the extra- ordinary elongation of the colony, and therefore what exists in Polyparium is to be regarded as regular. The free exis- tence also has not been without influence ; for the performance of the task of carrying out definite movements the parieto- basilar muscle is converted into the transverse muscles (transverse bands), and in this process corresponding septa of opposite sides must have met and become converted into partition-like structures. In this way the radiate type of a polyp may easily be converted into a bilateral type. In order to make this metamorphosis intelligible the best way is to have before us a transverse section of a Certanthus (fig. IV.). If we imagine the buccal aperture in this divided, the opposite septa, which approach so nearly as to touch at the bottom of the inner gastral cavity, will necessarily grow together*. * The comparison of Cerianthus with Polyparium is, however, the more admissible, because, as has been shown, these forms are very simi- lar histologically—tfor example, in this respect, that the wall in both cases. possesses a muscular and nervous layer. Payand Mr. R. I. Pocock on a new Genus EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. bf, internal chamber. /p%, parasitic cells, Dr, glands. Qm, transverse muscles. e.m, entodermal muscles. 8, developed septa. em. z, embryonal cells. s', young septa. Im, longitudinal muscles. sf, fibrils of the sense-cells. Mg, stomach. st. 1, supporting lamella. Mk, buccal cone. st. z, Supporting cells. M.o,‘mouth-opening. st’. 2’, cells of the supporting la- M'’ o', inner mouth-opening. mella. Mw, gastral pads. sz, sense-cells. NV, nematocysts. t. £, transverse bands. Nv, nervous layer. z. f, intermediate chamber. Fig. 1. Polyparitum ambulans enlarged 23 times; the upper surface covered with buccal cones, the lower with acetabula: Fig. 2. A longitudinal section of Polypariwm, showing buccal cones above and acetabula below ; small and large septa. Transverse bands (¢. Ff’) strongly developed. Fig. 3. A septal stoma. Fig. 4. Section of the wall of a buccal cone, in which all the layers characteristic of an Actinia (muscles, nerves, fibrillar nemato- cyst layer, &c.) occur. Fig. 5. Section of the buccal disk which stretches between the buc- cal cones. The layers follow the same order as in the last figure. Fig. 6. Section of the pedal disk near an acetabulum. Fig. 7. Teased-out preparation from the buccal disk, in which are to be distinguished nematocysts, sense-cells, nerve- and muscular layers. To be noted the relations which exist between the muscles (m) and the fibrille emanating from the nematocysts. Fig. 8, Teased-out preparation from the pedal disk, in which gland- and sense-cells are to be distinguished. Fig. 9. Entoderm filled with parasitic cells. XXI1.— Description of a new Genus and Species of Poly- zonide.. By R. Innes Pocock. [Plate XIV.] PSEUDODESMUS, genus novum. Platydesmo (Lucas) propinquum. Corpore longo, supra tuber- culorum, infra carinarum serie quoque latere pradito. Seg- mentorum numero majore quam septuaginta; segmento ultimo postice haud acuto ; segmentis, primo et ultimo exceptis, carinas prope ad libellam emergentes parte lateris inferiore geren- tibus et dorsum medium canaliculatis. Carina quaque, tribus anticis exceptis, in margine laterali foramen repugnatorium and Species of Polyzonide. 223 gerente. Segmentis quatuor anticis binis pedibus, ceteris binis pedum paribus instructis; ultimo (et penultimo?) pedibus carente. Pedibus articulis sex constantibus; ultimo pedis arti- culo apicem ungue armato. Laminis pedigeris liberis. Capite sub segmentis anticis flexo, fronte convexa ; margine antico vix in rostrum producto. Oculis nullis. Antennis articulis septem con- stantibus ; in capitis lateribus positis; articulo extremo minimo. Mandibulis occultis. Gnathochilario manifesto ; stipitibus magnis ; malis et cardinibus haud conspicuis ; lobis linguz parvee et tenuis nullis; mento malleo simili et magno. Owing to scarcity of material I have been unable satisfac- torily to determine whether the mandibles be in reality absent or not. ‘The fact of their occurrence in Siphonophora and Platy- desmus leads me to believe that owing to my imperfect exami- nation of the mouth-parts their presence has been overlooked in this specimen. This genus differs from Platydesmus principally in the absence of eyes and in the possession of a greater number of segments. With Dolistenus (Fanz.) I am unable to compare it, owing to my ignorance of the structure of the mouth- parts in this form (cf infra, Note). Pseudodesmus verrucosus, 0. sp. Number of segments in one specimen seventy-six, in another seventy-two. Length of longer individual 34 millim., width 44 millim. Head somewhat pointed in front, rounded behind, convex from before backwards, and from side to side; thickly and finely punctured, and thickly clothed with short hairs. All the segments, the limbs, and antennz punctured and more or less thickly covered with hairs; the free ends of the keels, the large tubercles, and the anal valves not punctured and not hairy. ‘The first segment bearing an irregular row of tuber- cles on its anterior half, and provided on each side with a larger lateral tubercle, corresponding in position with the keels of the succeeding segments. That portion of each segment which lies between the keel below and the large dorsal tubercle above bearing one or more smaller tubercles, which are more numerous upon the first three segments than upon the others. Posterior border of last segment rounded and tubercular. Anal valves convex and smooth ; posterior border of subanal plate straight; keels of the last segment but one projecting directly backwards. In one specimen the last, and in the other the last two segments are without limbs. Colour mostly testaceous or yellowish brown; legs and 224 Mr. R. I. Pocock on a new Genus keels testaceous, lateral portions of the segments darker but mottled, the darker shades occurring in patches. Most of the large dorsal tubercles almost black, some bright yellow, a few dull-coloured ; the yellow tubercles in patches of two, three, or four together, but not occurring at definite intervals. Two female specimens from Perak in the Malay Penin- sula. In 1872 M. de Saussure, basing his classification upon the form of the head and jaws, divided the family Polyzonide into two tribes—the Platydesmia, to contain Platydesmus, and the Polyzonia, to contain Polyzonium and Stphonophora ; and Dr. Latzel in 1884 also divided the Polyzonide into two subfamilies, for one of which he adopted the term Platydesmia, while to the other he gave the name Dolistenia. But the latter author, considering the number of body-segments to be a character of systematic value, included in the Platydesmia all those suctorial Myriopods which possess fewer than seventy segments, while the Dolistenia contained all those forms in which the body is composed of more than seventy segments. This arrangement brought about the association of Polyzontum with Platydesmus and the separation of Polyzoniwm from Stphonophora, and if adopted in the present case would lead me to assign to Pseudodesmus a place, not with Platydesmus, but with Stphonophora, thus showing that, in my opinion, the relationship between Stphonophora and Pseudodesmus is greater than the relationship between the latter and Platy- desmus. But that is not the case; the form of the gnatho- chilarium shows that Platydesmus and Pseudodesmus are closely allied, and the form of the proboscis shows that Poly- zonium and Siphonophora are closely allied. These two things, and the knowledge of the fact that the number of seg- ments, being very variable, is a character practically valueless for classification, have led me to reject the divisions of Dr. Latzel and to adopt, at all events provisionally, the older ones of M. de Saussure; but at the same time it seems to be very probable that careful examination of the mouth-parts of genera that have hitherto been but poorly described will, by bringing to light intermediate forms, render impossible the attempt to divide the Polyzonide into groups larger than genera. Owing to the scanty descriptions which at present exist of the following forms—Octoglena (Wood), Petaserpes (Cope), Andrognathus (Cope), and Dolistenus (Fanzago)—it 1s impos- sible to associate them with either of the subfamilies adopted ; and it must be coniessed that the classification of Dr. Latzel highly commends itself from the fact that in formulating it the author was able, inasmuch as the number of segments and Species of Polyzonide. 225 and very little else was known in each case, to assign to the North-American genera a position in the Platydesmia and to associate Dolistenus with Siphonophora in the subfamily Dolistenia. Whether Octoglena, Petaserpes, and Andro- gnathus be really related to Platydesmus and to Pseudodesmus remains to be shown. Family Polyzonide. Subfam. 1. Prarypesuryt. Maxillis secundi paris Judd gnathochilario similibus. 1. PLATYDESMUS. Capite oculis ornato; numero segmentorum minore quam septuaginta, 2. PSEUDODESMUS. Oculis nullis; numero segmentorum majore quam septua- ginta. Subfam. 2. Poryzonzrnt. Gnathochilario in laminam antice acutam, simplicem, Jul¢ enathochilario haud similem mutato. 1. PoLYZONIUM. Capite oculis ornato; numero segmentorum minore quam septuaginta. 2. SIPHONOPHORA. Oculis nullis; numero segmentorum majore quam septua- ginta. Note.—Since sending the above to press I have come across, in the work of Antonio Berlese upon the Acari, Myriopoda, and Pseudoscorpiones of Italy, a figure of the gnathochilarium of Dolistenus, which shows that, as regards the mouth-parts, this genus 1s more nearly allied to Psewdodesmus than to Stphonophora, and will therefore be classed in the subfamily Platydesmini. The form of the mentum, the shape of the body-rings, and the possession of more than one hundred segments are cha- racters sufficient to separate Dolistenus trom Pseudodesmus. 226 Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. Fig. 1.. Lower view of the anterior portion of the body of P. verrucosus. Fig. 2. Anterior view of a single segment of P. verrucosus. Fg. 3. Lower view of the posterior portion of the body of P. verrucosus. Fig. 4. Upper view of anterior segments, Fg. 5. Upper view of middle segments. vg. 6. Upper view of posterior segments. Fig. 7. Antenna. 8 Onber: Fg. 9. First pair of feet. Fig. 10. The gnathochilarium. fig. 11. The gnathochilarium of Platydesmus, after Saussure. Fig. 12. The gnathochilarium of Dolistenus, after Berlese. XXIII.— Descriptions of new Species of Cicadide. By W. L. Distant. ‘BEING engaged in the preparation of an illustrated monograph of the Oriental Cicadide, mcluding those of China and Japan, to be published by the authorities of the Calcutta Museum, I am anxious to obtain all the material possible to make the work moderately complete. I therefore venture to make an appeal to entomologists who may possess specimens from those regions to favour me with an opportunity of examining the same. The following species will be all subsequently either fully or structurally figured. Pecilopsaliria Hampsoni, n. sp. @. Head luteous; front with a number of black linear markings; vertex with a transverse, narrow, black fascia between the eyes and with a central black spot containing the ocelli. Pronotum greenish ochraceous, the disk with the following black markings :—a central I-shaped spot, on each side of which are some oblique linear markings ; the lateral dilated margins are black and the anterior margin is narrowly and the posterior margin broadly dull reddish ochraceous. Mesonotum greenish ochraceous, with the following black spots :—four obconical from anterior margin, of which the central two are smallest; a large, oblong, discal spot, with a small, partly rounded spot on each side of it; the basal cruci- form elevation dull reddish ochraceous. Abdomen above black. Body beneath with the face black, marked with luteous transverse lines; sternum somewhat ochraceously Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide. 227 pilose ; abdomen beneath black, the segmental margins ochra- ceous, the anal appendage of the same colour; legs castaneous, streaked or spotted with piceous and luteous. Rostrum black, the basal portion luteous. Tegmina pale hyaline, with the venation brown, the costal membrane greenish, the basal third somewhat opaque, with darker transverse markings and small basal black markings; a double irregular series of dark brown spots cross the tegmina at about centre, a dark brown fascia at bases of upper apical areas, a few small sub- apical spots, and some small marginal spots of the same colour. Wings ‘brownish ochraceous, paler at apex than at base and very pale across centre, with a white marginal spot near anal angle; the venation brown. The rostrum reaches the basal abdominal segment; the lateral margins of the pronotum are distinctly angulated; the face is robustly gibbous, with a profound central longitudinal sulcation; the posterior tibiz have three distinct spines on each side of apical half. ?. Long. excl. tegm. 23 millim.; exp. tegm. 70 millim. Hab. Nilgiri Hills, northern slopes, 5000 teet (May). I am indebted for a knowledge of this fine species to G. F. Hampson, Esq., who captured it in the month of May of this year. Pecilopsaltria semusta, n. sp. 6. Body dull ochraceous; head with the front and a broad fascia between the eyes black, the last containing the ocelli and two small ochraceous spots; pronotum with two central, discal, somewhat triangular, black spots, the lower- most largest and broadest, on each side of which are three narrow, oblique, black fasciz, the lateral ampliated margins somewhat darker outwardly. Mesonotum with a large, black, central spot on anterior margin connected with the black margin of the basal cruciform elevation ; on each side of this central spot is a large, black, obconical spot, which nearly crosses the disk ; abdomen above dull castaneous, the segmental margins ochraceous. Head beneath with a broad black fascia between the eyes; face ochraceous, the upper portion black, enclosing an ochraceous spot, the central sulca- tion and transverse striations bright castaneous ; body beneath ochraceous, with darker shadings; legs more or less tinged with castaneous; abdomen beneath as above; opercula brownish ochraceous, with the margins paler; rostrum ochra- ceous, with the apex pitchy. Tegmina brownish, with the following creamy markings:—a short, macular, transverse fascia near base; a broad, irregular, transverse, macular 228 Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide. fascia near centre ; between this fascia and apex are two spots near costa, each divided by a vein, and an outer irregular series of submarginal spots; at the bases of apical areas the transverse veins are shaded with dark castaneous. Wings brownish, some basal streaks and central macular markings ochraceous ; marginal fringe very pale ochraceous. 3. Long. excl. tegm. 18 millim.; exp. tegm. 55 millim. Hab. Chusan (Calc. Mus.). The rostrum about reaches the apex of the first abdominal segment; the opercula are angularly rounded, do not overlap, are separated from each other, and just reath the base of the first abdominal segment; the face has a central, deep and broad, longitudinal sulcation extending through its lower two thirds, and it is also transversely striated to that extent. Leptopsaltria nilgirensis, n. sp. ?. Body above olivaceous green. Head with the front broadly margined with black, the vertex with a streak behind the eyes, some irregular markings in front, and the area of the ocelli black. Pronotum with the following black mark- ings :—two central fasciz, rounded and joined posteriorly, and laterally curved and produced on each side anteriorly ; on each side of these fascie are three discal irregular spots and a large semicircular spot near each lateral margin. Mesonotum with the following black markings :—a central longitudinal line with a shorter curved and outwardly convex line on each side, followed by a small spot on anterior margin and by a sublateral curved and broken fascia, and a spot in front of each anterior angle of the cruciform elevation. Abdomen above with the segmental margins narrowly black and two black spots at base, and a smaller spot at apex of anal appendage. Body beneath pale olivaceous green ; anterior margin and two central fasciz (joined posteriorly) to face, some irregular spots on cheeks, segmental margins, the claspers and apex of anal appendage black. Legs olivaceous green ; apices of the femora, tibie, and tarsi more or less pitchy. Rostrum olivaceous, with the apex black. Tegmina ale hyaline, with violaceous retlexions, the venation alter- nately black and ochraceous, a few obscure black markings at base ; the costal membrane ochraceous; an ochraceous spot at base of upper ulnar area and the transverse veins at bases of the three upper apical areas broadly infuscated. Wings with the venation similar to tegmina, but spotless. @. Long. excl. tegm. 16 millim.; exp. tegm. 57 millim. Hab. Nilgiris, northern slopes, 5000 feet, June (G. F. Hampson, Esq.) | Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadide. 229 The lateral margins of the pronotum are biangulated, the face is large and tumid, the rostrum reaches the third abdo- minal segment, and the body is more or less greyish and pilose. This species much resembles the Dundubia? clio, Walk. ; but it can be separated at once from that species by the very much shorter upper apical area to the tegmina &c. Leptopsaltria lactea, n. sp. &. Head and pronotum ochraceous; head with the front, the area of the ocelli, and a transverse streak in front of eyes reddish ochraceous. Pronotum with the whole disk reddish ochraceous, with an indistinct, central, longitudinal fascia, on each side of which are two oblique excavated lines; the mar- gins pale ochraceous. Mesonotum obscure ochraceous, with two obscure and mostly castaneous, central, obconical spots, on each side of which is a curved broken fascia of the same colour, and a large spot in front of the cruciform basal eleva- tion. Abdomen above ochraceous, with a broad, central, castaneous fascia, which is notched and channelled outwardly ; stigmata also castaneous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous ; apices of the femora, bases and apices of the tibie, the tarsi, a spot on apical segment of abdomen, and apex of the rostrum castaneous. ‘l'egmina and wings pale hyaline, with a strong milky-white suffusion or reflexion. Tegmina with the veins alternately ochraceous and castaneous ; the costal membrane and a small costal spot at base of upper ulnar area ochraceous ; transverse veins at bases of apical areas more or less infus- cated, and a marginal row of pale fuscous spots placed on the apices of the veins. Wings with the venation dark casta- neous and unspotted. 6. Long. excl. tegm. 30 millim.; exp. tegm. 80 millim. Hab. Sumatra (forbes), February. The body is long and gradually tapering towards apex ; the lateral margins of the pronotum are concavely sinuate, not angulated. ‘The face is broad and tumid, the central sulcation small and only distinct on apical half; the trans- verse ridges prominent. The rostrum extends a little beyond posterior coxe. ‘The opercula are small, only reaching the basal segment of the abdomen; they are outwardly oblique, broadly convex at apices, and again obliquely directed inwardly and upwardly. Cosmopsaltria padda, n. sp. 3. Head olivaceous ; front with the margins and a central 230 Mr. W. L. Distant on new Cicadidee. fascia black; vertex with three black fasciz, one on each side behind the eyes, and one central containing the ocelli and a small angulated black marginal spot near bases of antenne; eyes dull castaneous. Pronotum olivaceous green, with a central longitudinal ochraceous fascia margined with black, a black submarginal fascia, and the extreme margin ochra- ceous. Mesonotum olivaceous green, with five longitudinal black fascize all more or less margined with ochraceous, situate one central and longest extending right across disk and attenuated anteriorly, on each side of this is a shorter fascia extending from anterior margin to about centre, followed again by a long and broader fascia a little before each lateral margin ; a small black spot in front of the anterior angles of the cruciform elevation, which is also more or less olivaceous. Abdomen above piceous, more or less clothed with fine greyish pilosity, the tympana and some lateral shadings olivaceous. Head beneath and sternum olivaceous, frontal margin between the eyes black ; sternum more or less greyishly pilose; legs olivaceous, an apical annulation to anterior femora, the under surfaces of intermediate and posterior femora, more than apical half of anterior tibia, and about apical third of intermediate and posterior tibize and the tarsi black. Opercula olivaceous, the inner margin and about apical two thirds (not quite reaching outer margin) black. Abdomen beneath piceous, more or less greyish pilose. ‘Tegmina pale hyaline, narrowly olivaceous at extreme base, the venation alternately brownish olivaceous and piceous, the costal membrane olivaceous, two subapical piceous spots situate on the transverse veins at bases of the two upper apical areas, and some minute submarginal piceous spots. Wings pale hyaline, narrowly olivaceous at extreme base, the costal margin ochraceous for about half its length. 3. Long. excl. tegm. 34 to 38 millim.; exp. tegm. 94 to 103 millim. Hab. Penang (Rev. L. O. Biggs). The opercula about, or almost, reach the base of the last abdominal segment, are concavely narrowed near base, and ampliated and rounded towards apex; the face is narrowly sulcated for about half its length and possesses strong trans- verse ridges ; the anterior femora are armed with three spines beneath, one near centre, two near apex, the apical one smallest. Pomponia promiscua, n. sp. ¢. Body above greenish ochraceous. Head with two small fuscous spots at apex of front and two wider apart at On the Blood-corpuscles of the Cyclostomata. 231 base of front, the ocelli also surrounded with fuscous; the head is also mottled with very pale ochraceous, and the eyes are dark castaneous. Pronotum with the margins pale ochra- ceous, an indistinct central fascia margined with ochraceous, with an obscure castaneous spot on each side, and four oblique incisions on disk, two on each side of central fascia. Meso- notum with two obscure central obconical spots margined with greenish, the lateral margins and the basal cruciform eleva- tion also of the same colour. Abdomen with the stigmata and the segmental margins castaneous. Body beneath ochra- ceous; apex of the rostrum, basal and apical annulation to tibiz, apices of the tarsi, and penultimate abdominal segment castaneons. 'Tegmina pale hyaline, with talc-like reflexions ; venation alternately ochraceous and fuscous ; costal membrane _ and a small costal spot at base of upper-ulnar area ochraceous, basal claval area greyish opaque; transverse veins at the bases of the second and third apical areas slightly infuscated. Wings as tegmina, but unspotted. g. Long. excl. tegm. 25 millim. ; exp. tegm. 65 millim. Hab. Sumatra (Forbes), March. The body is moderately robust ; the abdomen broad, nar- rowed at apex. The lateral margins of the pronotum are slightly sinuated. ‘The face is broad and tumid, with a central and very obscure levigate carina, but not sulcated ; transverse ridges not extending to apex. Rostrum just passing the posterior coxee. Opercula very small, obliquely rounded, not reaching the basal segment of the abdomen. This is one of a series of small species of Pomponia found in the Eastern islands. It is probable that the colour is, or often is, green, and not ochraceous, during life. XXI1V.—On the Blood-corpuscles of the Cyclostomata. By Professor D’Arcy W. THompson, Dundee. Ir is commonly stated in the text-books, for example in Huxley’s ‘Anatomy of the Vertebrata’ (p. 100), that the blood of the Cyclostomes differs from that of all other fishes in the rownd instead of oval shape of its red corpuscles. Gulliver, on whose authority most of the text-book statements concerning the size and shape of blood-corpuscles rests, says, in his edition of Hewson’s works (p. 234), “In the Cyclo- stomes the corpuscles are of the same figure as those of Man, and only slightly larger.” Accordingly I was more than a little surprised, on examining some living Myaine lately, to 232 On the Blood-cor puscles of the Cyclostomata. find their red blood-corpuscles large and oval, and similar to those of the skate or dogfish. On consulting Johannes Miller (Vergl. Anat. d. Myxinoiden) I found that he had noted and figured the oval corpuscles of Myacne, but without measuring them or calling attention to their points of contrast with those of Petromyzon. Dr. Giinther, in his article “Tehthyology”” in the ‘ Encyclopedia Britannica,’ says accurately that “the corpuscles of Petromyzon are round,” but proceeds to say that the corpuscles of the Cyclostomes are exceptionally small, taking it for granted doubtless that the two genera agree in this respect. I find the red corpuscles in Myaine to be thin, flattened, oval plates, with a central nucleus, which is sometimes round, more often elongated and rod-like. Their dimensions are as follows :— millim. ene thre ernme tere smear 025 to 028 IBTOACEEe ane Ae oes otto ene about ‘OL Mhicleiesst{ seh. b SASS ha eek yy OE The nuclei stain very quickly and intensely with magenta. The white corpuscles are of about the same size as those of man. They are irregular or amceboid in shape, and have a very large granular nucleus. Sometimes the whole corpuscle is granular, and then appears to be devoid of a nucleus. The white corpuscles are remarkably numerous, being not less than three fourths as numerous as the red, and sometimes equalling them in number. In Petromyzon marinus I find the red blood-corpuscles to be circular, as stated. They measure about ‘013 to -014 millim. in diameter. Gulliver gives -019 for Petromyzon ; but he very probably used another species. The nucleus is small, placed not in the centre, but usually near the edge of the disk, and stains very slowly and feebly in magenta or hematoxylin. The white corpuscles are even more nume- rous than in Myzine, being actually thrice or four times as many as the red. ‘Their nuclei are small and stain well, and forms transitional in shape and size to the red corpuscles seem to be recognizable. Some indeed are round, clear, with excentric nucleus, and similar in size to the red corpuscles ; others are quite small, one half the diameter of the former, and with a central nucleus ; others, again, are large, granular, and with the nucleus disproportionately large. In both genera the red corpuscles are very easily deformed. The corpuscles of Myxine often seem to tail off into a point On a new Type of Compound Hye. 233 at each end, and those of Petromyzon are often (especially in very fresh specimens!) irregular in outline. We thus find that the blood differs in almost every point in these two animals, viz. in the size and shape of the red corpuscles and in the character of their nuclei, and that Petromyzon in these respects stands alone, while Myxine resembles other fishes, and especially the Klasmobranchs and Dipnoi, whose corpuscles are much larger than those of Teleostei. But the two genera agree in the extraordinary number of the white corpuscles, which in most fishes are, if anything, exceptionally scanty. I did not take the opportunity of estimating the number of the red corpuscles in either case; but they are certainly exceptionally few, especially in Myxine. One very curious point still remains. Shipley, in his recent paper on the development of Petromyzon (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci, Jan. 1887), states, without further remark, that the red corpuscles of the Ammoccete (P. fluviatilis) are oval; and in writing to me he confirms the statement that the corpuscles of the Ammoccete differ altogether in size and form from those of the adult Petromyzon. ‘This observation is, I fancy, quite novel, and it recalls the similar but far less striking fact that the corpuscles of the young tadpole were long ago observed (by Gulliver) to differ somewhat in size and shape from those of the frog. But the noteworthy point now is that Myzxine possesses red corpuscles similar to those not of the adult, but of the larval lamprey, which in many ways it resembles otherwise. XXV.—WNote on a new Type of Compound Eye. By F. E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8. ‘THE minute structure of the eye in the Cymothoide has been treated of by Johannes Miller *, and more recently by J. F. Bullar+; the observations of the older author principally concern the cuticular lenses and the vitreous body, and are immaterial to the present note. Bullar has described and fizured the eye of Cymothoa in some detail; his results on the whole show no great difference from the eye of Porcellio, which has been investigated by Grenacher and described in * Meckel’s ‘ Archiv,’ 1829. + Phil. Trans. 1878. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 16 234 Mr. F. E. Beddard on a his important memoir * on the Arthropod eye. The vitrellaT in both types consists of two cells, which secrete a round or pear-shaped crystalline cone ; this crystalline cone is evidently composed of two halves closely applied together, each half being formed from a single cell of the vitrella. The retinula in both types is seven-celled ; each cell secretes a chitinous refracting rod—the rhabdomere; these become fused into an axial structure—the rhabdom—in Porcellio; in Cymothoa each rhabdomere remains separate and within the retinula-cell of which it is a product. I have recently studied the structure of the eye in several species of ga and allied genera, and find some notable differences from the types already mentioned as well as from all other Isopods, excepting the genus Serolis. In Serolist the retinula differs from that of Porcellio &c. in being composed of only four cells; each cell secretes at its upper extremity a chitinous rhabdomere: the rhabdo- meres are more or less completely fused together along their inner faces, but the rhabdom is not imbedded between the retinula-cells; on the contrary, each of these cells, owing y to its peculiar shape, is only in con- # tact with the upper part of the rhabdom; the lower portion is sur- rounded by two large spherical trans- parent cells, which fit in closely between the four retinula-cells (see woodcut). ‘These cells are distinctly nucleated (H), the nucleus possessing a well-defined nucleolus. In sections ie it can be readily seen that the rhab- Paeaede of Deron dom, which at its inferior extremity (.11 os comico becomes divided into four separate — », rhabdom; H, hyaline pieces (corresponding of course to cells. the four rhabdomeres of which it is composed), is imbedded in, or at least is entirely surrounded by, the substance of these large clear cells. * ‘Sehorgan der Arthropoden,’ Gottingen, 1879. + This term has been introduced by Profs. Lankester and Bourne (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1885, p. 177). { “ Report on the Isopoda collected during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ ” Zool. Chall. Exp. pt. xxxiii. new Type of Compound Eye. 235 In several species of Cymothoide I have been able to recog- nize the presence of these same hyaline cells both in sections and in teased preparations: I invariably found two present, and their relation to the retinula-cells and to the rhabdom was precisely as described above in Serolis. diga, however, agrees with Cymothoa and other Isopods and differs from Serolis in the fact that there are seven cells to each retinula ; but in the presence of these remarkable hyaline cells, as well as in their structure and position, dga exhibits a striking resemblance to Serolis, and differs, so far as our knowledge goes, from all other Isopods. This structural resemblance between d’ga and Serolis tends further to confirm the view, held by many carcinologists, of the close relationship between the Serolides and Cymothoide. In one of my figures of the structure of the eye in Serolis Schyther (loc. cit. pl. ix. fig. 5) I have depicted the rhabdom as ending in a fine filament which passes through the hyaline cell as far back as the membrane which bounds the omma- teum posteriorly ; I have also (figs. 3, 4) noted a similar prolongation of the rhabdom in Serolis cornuta. On again referring to my preparations of both these species I find that those figures are not quite accurate. In Serolis Schythet the rhabdom has not the conical form which I have erroneously given to it in my drawing; it ends in four blunt points (cf. woodcut) : just below the termination of the rhab- dom is a bundle of delicate fibrils which unite into a single fibre (r) ; this passes through the substance of the hyaline cells and can be traced back as far as the ommateal membrane. In S. cornuta the arrangement is identical. _ In some young examples of S. Schythez, taken from the brood-pouch of the mother, this bundle of delicate fibres, ter- minating in a single long fibre, was present, and appeared from its position to be a product of the four pigmented retinula-cells. At this stage the thickened masses which form the greater portion of the rhabdom in the adult eye were not developed. If it were not for this fact the bundle of fibrils (r in woodcut) in the adult eye would seem to have nothing to do with the rhabdom of the pigmented retinula- cells, but to be anteriorly formed by the hyaline cells. It is indeed quite possible that it is in part formed by these cells. If this be so, the retinula in Serolide and Cymothoide is composed of six cells, two transparent cells surrounded by four pigmented cells, all of which secrete chitinous rods. The central transparent cells, however, do not appear to end in nerve-fibres, unless the axial chitinous rod contains nerve- fibrils, which is of course a mere suggestion. 16% 936 Dr. A. Giinther on the Hapuku of New Zealand. The structure of each retinula is therefore clearly very similar to that of the retinula of many mollusks as described by Patten, and, which is more important for purposes of com- arison, to Nere’s among Annelids if Patten’s interpretation * of Carrigre’s figures be allowed. The two central clear cells are Patten’s ‘ retinophorer.’ It will be observed, however, that apart from these two problematical hyaline cells the minute structure of the eyes of the Serolide and Cymotho- ide bear out Grenacher’s conclusions rather than Patten’s with regard to the morphology of the Crustacean eye. There can be no doubt that the crystalline cone is independent of the rhabdom and formed by different cells. The specialization of the retinula-cells is, however, a new feature, and distinguishes the eye of these Isopods. XXVI.—WNote on the Hapuku of New Zealand (Polyprion prognathus). By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S. THe Hapuku of New Zealand, one of the most highly esteemed food-fishes of the southern hemisphere, and attaining to a weight of 100 pounds, has been known to naturalists since Cook’s visits to that country, as has been shown by Mr. Hutton (Trans. N.-Z. Instit. v. p. 259). It was figured by Forster as well as by Parkinson, the former naming it Perca prognathus, a very appropriate term, to which I give prefer- ence before all others, although Schneider (BI. Schn. p. 301) arbitrarily changed it into the less expressive Hpinephelus oxygeneios. Forster’s original description is published in ‘Descript. animal. ed. Lichtenstein,’ p. 309, and referred to by Cuvier (Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. 11. p. 29), who with his perfect knowledge of fishes, recognized its relation to Polyprion, not doubting that it was the same species as the Atlantic P. cernium. The figure left by Parkinson bears the name Sciena gadoides, probably in Broussonnet’s handwriting; but this name seems to have remained always a MS. name. The second period of the history of this fish begins with Owen, who, in the ‘ Osteological Catalogue of the College of Surgeons,’ i. p. 51, described the skeleton of a New-Zealand Percoid under the name of Centropristis gigas. In the ‘Catalogue of Fishes,’ i. p. 251, I stated the reasons which * Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel, 1886. Dr. A. Gtinther on Australian Fishes. 237 prevented me from adopting Professor Owen’s view as to the generic affinity of this fish, which I thought, in the absence of specimens preserved entire, would prove to be rather with the Murray cod, Oligorus; and thus the fish appeared in nearly all subsequent publications as Oligorus gigas. Cas- telnau, however (‘Notes on the Edible Fishes of Victoria,’ 1873, p. 8, and Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. 1. 1873, p. 151), pro- posed to form a new genus for it, Hectoria, ‘‘ on account of its armed tongue, double-pointed operculum, &c.” In more recent years the same fish has been found far from the place of its first discovery, viz. off the island of Juan Fer- nandez, and described by Steindachner as Polyprion Knert (Sitzungsb. Wien. Acad. Ixxi. p. 443); also the ‘ Challenger ’ obtained it off the same island (Chall. Shore Fish. p. 24). Finally, the British Museum obtained from the Fisheries and Indo-Colonial Exhibitions specimens (in spirit as well as mounted) from New Zealand and Juan Fernandez *; and a direct comparison of these specimens can leave no doubt that all belong to the same species, which is antipodal to the only other species known, Polyprion cerniwm. Lowe (Fish. Madeira, p. 185) has shown that P. cernium is a deep-sea fish, swimming near the surface when young, but living habitually at a depth of 3800 and more fathoms when adult. The wide range of this genus is therefore not surprising ; in fact we may well expect that P. cernium will be met with far beyond the limits of the north-eastern Atlantic. XXVII.— On Australian Fishes of the Genus Beryx. By Dr. A. GUNTHER, F.R.S. THe British Museum has recently acquired, in a collection of fish from Adelaide, a fine specimen of Beryax, which, although closely allied to Beryx affinis, is clearly specifically distinct from it, differmg somewhat in the fin-formula, in the size of the scales, and especially in the form of the nostrils and the sculpture of the opercles and of the upperside of the head. It may be named * Those exhibited by the Chilian Government, and presented by them to the British Museum, bore the MS. name “Perca fernandexiana,” 238 Dr. A. Giintber on Australian Fishes. Beryx Gerrardi. DD). ee Actre apy lifer es das ale! latea sie L. transv. 6/12. The meene of the body is contained twice and one fourth in the total length, without caudal; the length of the head twice and three fifths. Operculum crossed by parallel raised lines, which also extend over the surface of two flat promi- nences, which take the place of spines proper; preeoperculum armed with a series of very small spines at its rounded angle. The two median ridges (a) of the interorbital space are sub- parallel and do not join in front; they biturcate behind, the inner branches (5) being strongly convergent. Hye more than one third of the length of the head. Nostrils two small openings, separated by a broad bridge. Pectoral fin shorter than the head without snout ; caudal fin deeply cleft. Colora- tion uniform. Length of the single specimen 13 inches. For comparison I will add the diagnosis of Beryx afjinis. Beryx affinis. Beryx afinis, Giinth. Fish. i. p. 18; Hutton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, xix. p. 341. 1,4, Accee Wolo 12 18, ly Int, ley, * 12-13° L. transv. 6—7/12-13. The height of the body is contained twice and one fourth Dr. A. Giinther on Australian Fishes. 239 in the total length without caudal; the length of the head twice and two thirds. Operculum crossed by parallel raised lines and armed with two strong, flat, and smooth spines; angle of the preeoperculum armed with similar spines, of which one is much stronger than the others. The two median ridges (a) of the interorbital space converge and join in front; they bifurcate behind, the inner branches (4) being parallel. Eye two sevenths of the length of the head. Nostrils wide, open, separated by a very narrow bridge. Pectoral fin longer than the head without snout. Caudal fin deeply cleft. Coloration uniform. We possess specimens from Sydney and Hobart, the largest being 15 inches long. This species seems to extend also to the coast of New Zealand. Beryzx lineatus. Beryx lineatus, Cuy. & Val. iii. p. 226; Giinth. Fish. i. p. 18. Beryx Miillert, Klunz. SB. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 1880, Ixxx. p. 359, Taf. iii. stk Dh | Of this species we have received a very fine example from Adelaide, which shows that the fish described by Klunzinger cannot be separated from the Cuvierian species. I take this opportunity of correcting an error in the ‘Catalogue of Fishes’ (/. ¢.), where King George’s Land is printed for King George’s Sound. 240 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera XXVIN.—Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera from the Solomon Islands, collected by C. M. Woodford, Esq. By A. G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c. GEOMETRITES. Euschemidaz. 1. Euschema pilosa, sp. n.* Nearest to H. tyrianthina in pattern, but with the orange and grey body of H. fenestrata and allies: wings deep purple, banded and spotted with black; the veins pale: primaries of male crossed by two paler purplish bands, enclosing an abbreviated streak of the same colour; these bands are formed much as in H. cyane of Cramer, but the outer band is further from the margin: secondaries pale towards the base and with a narrow paler oblique band, followed by a small spot, before the middle; in the female all these markings are white instead of purplish; an irregular series of submarginal orange crescents somewhat as in J. tyrianthina or E. cyane, but more or less obliterated and further from the margin; as in the allied species, these crescents are broader in the female than in the male. Front of thorax purplish black; the head (excepting an orange semicircle round each eye) and antennee dark brown; in the female, however, the face is whitish and the vertex of head and the antenne are pale brown; the collar and tegule are sprinkled with brown hairs, and the thorax is whity brown; the back part of the thorax in the male is darker and clothed with brown and grey hair: abdomen pale brown, barred with reddish, with the sides and anal extremity woolly and bright dark orange in the male; the dorsal sur- face of the last two segments often ornamented with large blue-black spots; in the female the sides and anal extremity are smooth and bright ochreous. On the under surface the markings are broader and better defined and the veins whiter; pectus of male blackish, excepting a few orange hair-scales at the sides; legs purplish, slightly sprinkled with white and ochreous scales ; venter woolly, deep bright orange; pectus and legs of female dust-grey ; venter of the same colour, but with yellow edges to the segments and with orange anus. Expanse of wings 92 millim. Five males and one female. Shortland Island. * Belongs to the section to which the name Heleona has been given. from the Solomon Islands. 241 2. Ctimene excellens, sp. n. Apparently intermediate between C. xanthomelas and C. aurinata: primaries with the basal two fifths, excepting the extreme base and costa, which are black, bright cadmium- yellow, separated by a broad, oblique, black belt from an irregular, cadmium-yellow, discal belt (shaped like an eagle’s head, with the beak pointing downwards) ; outer border black: secondaries bright cadmium-yellow, with rather broad, black, external border, widest towards costa ; the costa grey from apex to middle, but divided by a yellow spot at the margin of the outer border and united to a black subcostal spot in the cell. Body black ; an ochreous stripe commencing on each side of the collar, encircling the neck below and con- tinued down the anterior coxe; the palpiof the same colour ; the under surface of the anterior tibie pale buff. Hxpanse of wings 36 millim. Ulaua and Tyoh, Malayta. There can be little doubt that this and the species referred to above are strictly congeneric with Boisduval’s type of the genus, but they do not correspond with the characters laid down by Mr. Meyrick for the recognition of the genus. This, then, is the proper place to express my strong disapprobation of the plan adopted by that author when characterizing genera of the Australian region, viz. to identify a similarly shaped or coloured Australian species with description or figure and to characterize the genus from it instead of from the type. In a case like the present it is probable that the typical species could not be obtained ; but in the case of Spilosoma and many other genera incorrectly characterized by Mr. Meyrick trom Australian species no such excuse exists; I hold that in all such cases considerable hindrance, instead of assist- ance, is offered to the advancement of knowledge. Uraniide. 3. Lyssidia mutata, sp. n. Allied to L. patroclus and L. Goldiei; colours the same ; wings crossed by a rather narrow white band, slightly wider than the pale brownish band of L. patroclus, but placed further from the outer margin, and the band of primaries decidedly more oblique than in Z. patroclus; primaries of male above slightly purplish; other characters variable, as in the allied species. Expanse of wings, ¢ 149 millim., ¢ 144. Alu. 242 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Lepidoptera (nochromiide. 4, Decetia insignis, sp. n. 3. Nearest to D. subobscurata (Gynopteryx subobscurata, Walk.) : primaries above sandy ochreous, sparsely speckled with dark grey, most densely at apex ; a spot of dark grey at the end of the cell and three small, ill-defined, greyish patches in the form of a triangle, one on apical fifth of costa, a second near the middle of the outer margin, a third near the middle of the first median interspace ; a slender, oblique, brownish line from just before the middle of the inner margin to the apex ; a submarginal series of five grey-speckled white dots towards apex ; fringe brown: secondaries with greyish-white costal area, mottled with grey towards apex; remainder of wing ochraceous at base, this colour being limited at basal fourth by a short brown line, thence to middle greyish flesh-coloured ; discal third ochraceous, partly interrupted and bounded exter- nally by an irregular streak of five very unequal pitch-brown spots, the second of which is large, quadrate, and placed obliquely ; external fourth greyish flesh-coloured, with deep ochreous outer margin; fringe brown. Vertex of head and stem of antenne whitish, pectinations brown ; thorax flesh- tinted; abdomen grey-brown. Under surface flesh-pink, densely mottled with minute grey striations; venter whitish. Eixpanse of wings 47 millim. Alu. In the same collection is a second Decetia, from Shortland Island, which agrees so,closely with D. numicusaria that I have no doubt of its being the male. The locality “8. Ame- rica’’ was on the specimen described by Walker; but even he was aware that this was an error. No locality was given in the register. Boarmiide2. 5. Ophthalmodes parva, sp. nu. 9. General appearance above of O. herbidaria; white, irrorated and striped with olive-green as follows :—two indis- tinct subparallel lines across the basal half; an arched band enclosing a regular zigzag white line beyond the middle, and a marginal band, enclosing along its innner edge a series of whitish lunules ; three series of black dots, the first along the inner edge of the postmedian white stripe, the second on the inner edge of the submarginal lunules, the third marginal : primaries also with a black dot near the base of the median from the Solomon Islands. 243 vein, three on the subbasal olivaceous line (the first being costal), and three, of which the middle one is large and repre- sents the reniform spot, on the second olivaceous line: secon- daries with a dark olivaceous white-pupilled spot at the end of the cell. Under surface smoky grey ; all the wings with a large black spot at the end of the discoidal cell, a very indistinct angular dusky line just beyond the middle, a broad dusky area occupying the external third, a spot on outer margin, and an irregular external border (with which this spot is confluent) snow-white : primaries with a large, diffused, subapical, black patch : secondaries with a smaller and less distinctly black subapical nebula. Expanse of wings 49 millim. Ulaua. This is the smallest species known to me. Geometride. 6. Agathia pisina, sp. n. Nearest to £2 12s. 6d. With Fish uncoloured.............. £2 2s. 0d. Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street... THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. FIFTH SERIES.] No. 118. OCTOBER 1887. XXIX.—Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, dc. By Artraur Wu. WATERS. [Plate VII.] Part ITI. CYCLOSTOMATA. When describing fossil Cyclostomata I have had repeatedly to point out how little is known about this suborder, and how few characters there are that can be used in diagnosis, The mode of growth has always been placed in the front rank ; but this in other divisions has been clearly shown to have secondary importance, and the same thing may to a certain extent be seen here, for there is Lichenopora in both single and confluent colonies and also occurring in many layers. Then, again, Lichenopora and Discotubigera, as D. lineata, are very similar in appearance, but the structural differences indicate that they should be widely separated. In the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xli. p. 337, I pro- posed to divide the Cyclostomata into Parallelata, in which there are no cancelli, and Rectangulata, in which the openings of cancelli occur between the zocecial tubes. Probably the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 18 254 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. Lichenoporide and some other families will never be brought into order until the ovicells have been studied in most species, whereas it is astonishing how seldom they have been recorded. This I attribute largely to insufficient search, although often large numbers of specimens may be examined without any ovicells being found ; andit is therefore very satisfactory that the present collection enables me to add descriptions of several instances of interesting ovicells. I have also recorded the very interesting discovery of short spines, with knobs, on the outside of the zoarium and ovicells of Lichenopora grignonen- sis, similar to the rays in the inside of the zocecia. This seems to add to the difficulty of understanding these spines ; and we may ask whether the long hair-like spines on ZL. ciliata, L. echinata, and L. pristis are homologous. I have referred specially to the family Lichenoporide, believing that there is no other which is so likely to throw light on the natural classification and relationship of a large part of the Cyclostomata as this, and the similarity of struc- ture with Heteropora &c. makes it possible it may ultimately clear up several obscure paleontological questions*. The size of the lamina upon which it grows does not seem to have any specific value, and the figures now given show how largely the shape of the peristome varies in the same speci- men. Other characters have not been sufficiently studied for us to know how far they are variable. 75. Crista eburnea (L.). For synonyms see Hincks, Brit. Mar. Pol. p. 420, pl. lvi. figs. 5, 6 ; Pergens, Plioc. Bry. v. Rhodos, p. 8; and Woods, Trans, Roy. Soc. Vict. 1865, vi. p. 5, pl. i. fig. 12. A small fragment from Shark Island, Port Jackson, 8 fath., certainly seems to be this species; but a determination where there are no ovicells is never very satisfactory. 76. Crista Edwardsiana, d’Orb. Crisia Edwardsiana, d’Orb. Voyage dans ’Amér. Mérid. p. 7, pl. i. figs. 4-8; (?) Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. ii. p. 5, pl. ii. figs. 5-8; MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. iv. p. 37, pl. xxxix. fig. 1. The fragment from La Pérouse is small, but there is no doubt that it is this species. The joints of the internodes and of the spines are black. This piece has no ovicells; but * 1 shall be much obliged to Australian or other authors who can let me have authentic specimens of described species in various stages of development. Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 200 a specimen from New Zealand has the opening of the ovicell low down on the dorsal surface. Loc. Patagonia; Tierra del Fuego (?) ; New Zealand ; Victoria; La Pérouse; Botany Bay, New South Wales, washed on shore. 77. Idmonea radians (Lamk.), non Deft. (Pl. VI. figs. 27, 28.) Retepora radians, Lamk. Anim. sans Vert. ii. p. 183. Idmonea radians, M.-Edw. Ann. Se. Nat. 2nd ser. vol. ix. p. 217, pl. xii. fig. 4; Stoliczka, Foss. Bry. der Orakei Bay, p. 116, pl. xviii. figs. 9, 10; Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. iil. p. 11, pl. vii. figs. 1-4; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 684; MacG. Zool. Vict. dec. vil. p. 30, pl. Ixviil. fig. 3; Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. iv. p. 351; Busk, ‘Challenger’ Report, pt. ii. p. 10, IT have already (loc. ctt. p. 676) referred to a structure of the ovicell which seems to have been overlooked by other writers, and now give a figure showing the finely perforated lateral plates. The ovicells are elongated raised protuber- ances, occurring at a bifurcation, divided up by irregular ridges, between which are large pores deeply pitted, and on each side there are usually two, but sometimes one or three, plates, distinctly bordered and with numerous extremely fine perforations. The ovicells of the Cyclostomata have nearly always the surface covered with much more numerous pores than the rest of the zoarium; and it is therefore most interesting, and no doubt a fact of considerable physiological importance, that in some cases it is only a part of the ovicell which is provided with these numerous pores. Loc. Fossil: Mount Gambier (?) ; Orakei Bay. Living: New Zealand; Tongatabu, 18 fath.; Honolulu, 20-40 fath. ; Victoria; Port Jackson (/7.); Adelaide (A. W.); Vaucluse Point ; Port Stephens, 5-6 fath.; Green Point, 8 fath., New South Wales, and Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 10-30 fath. (all dredged by Brazier). 78. Idmonea (?) trregularis, Meneghini (non Beissel). Idmonea trregularis, Menegh. “ Polipi della fam. dei Tubul.,” Accad. di Se. di Padova, vol. vi. 1844, p. 12; Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii. p. 270; Busk, Chall. Rep. p. 14; Haswell, Heller. Tervia Folini, Jullien, “ Dragages du Travailleur,” Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, t. vii. p. 5, pl. xiii. figs. 8, 9. Specimens from Holborn Island have the oral aperture 0-1 millim. wide. I do not consider that this can remain under Idmonea, seeing that the ovicell is dorsal, occurring near a 18% 256 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. dichotomization (see Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 687). In shape it resembles the ovicell of Crista (say Crista Houldsworthii, B., Chall. Rep. pl. i. fig. 2), but as yet I have only seen it upon the Mediterranean specimens. Loc. Naples; Adriatic; Tortugas; Bay of Biscay, 2651 metres ; Holborn Island (Hasw. & W.); Azores, 450 fath. Fossil : Testa del Prado, Calabria (W.); and Zanclian, Astian, Sicilian, and Saharian (Seguenza). 79. Idmonea Milneana, d’Orb. For synonyms see Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 684, and add Busk, ‘Challenger’ Rep. p. 13. Tubulipora Dawsoni, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii. p. 34, pl. ix. fig. 5. The branches of a specimen from Green Point anastomose, forming a colony an inch and a half across, and it differs in the branching from J. interjuncta, where tubular connexions are thrown across from one branch to another, also the radicles growing from the back of the branches of J. Milneana are stouter, being formed of a fasciculus of tubes. The ovicell and the ovicellular opening of this and JL. interjuncta seem iden- tical (see figure 29 on Pl. VI.), the ovicell being very slightly raised, spreading among a considerable number of zocecia ; the opening is wide, with a raised compressed funnel. Aper- ture of zocecial tube 0°2 millim. wide. Mr. Busk, in his ‘ Challenger’ Report, says ‘ ovicell un- known;”’ but this I have previously described from Capri. I have reexamined the British-Museum specimens of J. noto- male, B., and have no doubt of this being only a synonym ; in fact the Museum specimens of the latter and Z. Milneana are so similar that they might well be fragments of the same colony. Loc. Living: Falkland Islands (d’Ord.) ; Patagonia, 30 fath. ; Chonos Archipelago; Florida; S.W. Chili, 0-30 fath. ; Capri; New Zealand (A. W. W.); Heard Island, 75 fath. ; Prince Edward Island, 80-150 fath. ; Fiji Islands, 450 fath. ; Queensland; Victoria; Green Point, Port Jackson, 8 fath. Fossil: Latdorf (Oligocene) ; Orakei Bay, New Zealand ; Mount Gambier, Curdie’s Creek, Bairnsdale (Australia). 14 80. Idmonea interjuncta, MacG. (elle WIE antag, 29).) Idmonea interjuncta, MacG. Descrip. of New or Little-known Polyzoa, pt. ix. (1885), Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. p. 10 (sep.). ? Idmonea Pedleyi, Haswell, “ Cyclost. Polyzoa of Port Jackson,” Proce. Linn, Soc. N. 8. Wales, vol. iv. p. 351. Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 257 Specimens from Green Point correspond entirely with MacGillivray’s description; but I believe that Haswell’s name, which has priority, ought to be adopted, though as long as there is any uncertainty it is better to adhere to interjuncta. It forms a subglobular intricate mass nearly two inches across, made up of slender branches, which dichotomize and are attached to one another by delicate tubes thrown across from neighbouring branches: similar tubes are often thrown out as long delicate rootlets; these tubes are usually single, but sometimes in bundles. The zocecia are smaller than those of J. Milneana, the aperture only measuring 0°14 millim., and the dorsal striation is more distinct in these specimens than in I. Milneana from the same locality. The ovicell, as shown in the figure, is an inflation occurring usually at the junction of the branches, and embraces many zocecia; the surface of the ovicell is more finely punctured than that of the zocecia, and the aperture is wide, with a raised funnel- shaped peristome. It will be seen in figure 29 that the middle connecting-tube passes from the right-hand branch to the left, whereas the other two arise from the left- and are attached to the right- hand branch. Kirchenpauer describes (Mus. Godeffroy Cat. iv. p. xxxiii) similar connexions in Jdmonea flabellata, from the Gulf of St. Vincent. Loc. Port Phillip Heads (MacG.); Green Point, Port Jackson, 8 fath. 81. Filisparsa tubulosa (Busk). Hornera violacea, var. B. tubulosa, Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. iii. p. 19, pl. xvii. fig. 4. Filisparsa tubulosa, Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ili. . 278. Ealispene Delvauzi, Pergens, “ Pliocene Bry. von Rhodos,” Ann. k,-k. Hofmus. vol. ii. p. 6. Idmonea gasparensis, MacG. “ New or Little-known Polyzoa,” pt. xii., Trans. Roy. Soe. Vict. p. 7 (sep.), pl. ii. fig. 3. Filisparsa, sp., Manzoni, Mém. de la Soe. Géol. de France, 3° sér, vol. i. pt. ii. p. 69, pl. iii. figs. 18 a and 180. There is one piece from Holborn Island, 20 fath., which is more delicate than J. ¢rregularis and has fewer zocecia. ‘The oral aperture is 0°15 millim. wide. There is no ovicell, but my specimens from Naples have ovicellular enlargements embracing several zocecia near a new branch on the front surface. ‘The numbering of Busk’s figures in his description and his explanation of the plates does not correspond, and it is very difficult to know what was meant. 258 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. A fossil, which I described as F. oraketensis, Stol. (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 687), from Mount Gambier, with oral aperture about half the size, has the ovicell on the dorsal surface, in this respect corresponding with Jf. ¢rregularis, Menegh., and from this it will be seen that there is consider- able uncertainty in the determination when the ovicell is not preserved. It would seem that L. crregularis and FP’. orakeiensis should be removed to another genus on account of the position of the ovicell. There is also Hornera tubulosa, Meneghini, which may be this species. Loc. Naples (W.); Victoria (MacG.); Holborn Island, Queensland, 20 fath. Fossil: Rhodes. 82. Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk. There are two small pieces from Bondi Bay, Sydney, which do not seem to differ in size of the zocecial tubes or the arrangement of the zocecia from the Huropean species ; but from small pieces the specific determination is doubtful. ‘The ovicells are inflations near the end, with wide funnel-shaped openings. - 83. Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk., forma pulchra, MacG. (ELV iies sR 2h 35) Type Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk. Hist. Anim. sans Vert. ed. 1, vol. ii. p. 168; and for synonyms see Hincks, Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 448, pl. Ix. fig. 8, and Busk, ‘ Challenger’ Rep. p. 28, pl. v. fig. 2. Tubulipora pulchra, MacGillivray, Trans, Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xxi. p- 95, pl. ii. fig. 1. There are a large number of specimens from Vaucluse Point, which have grown upon seaweed and have a very interesting attachment. ‘lhe primitive disk has small den- tate projections all round, and besides these there are all over the dorsal surface broad tubular teeth at short intervals, arranged in curved lines following the outlines of the zocecia. Mr. Busk, in “ Zool. of Kerguelen Island,” Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. clxviil. p. 19, pl. x. figs. 20-25, records a similar denticu- late border of the primary disk of what he considers 7. organ- izans, WOrb., but does not mention any other attachment. Idmonea serpens also throws out dentate processes from the side of the zoarium, but they can scarcely be compared with those now described. The zoarium is flabelliform, with sometimes two or three lobes; but none of the specimens are large or are much divided. ‘The aperture of the zocecia is only 0:07-0:08 millim. Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 259 wide inside and about 0°1 millim. outside, which is not much more than half the size of that of European 7. jimbria, and the ends are slightly contracted, but not anything like so much as in MacGillivray’s figure of 7. pulchra; in fact, without careful examination the contraction would be overlooked. The ovicells are inflations near the border embracing many zocecia, and with wide, irregular, funnel-shaped openings. The zocecial tubes are punctured, except at the ends, where there are few or no punctures. With 7. flabellaris and T. jimbria there has been some confusion, which is not lessened by strictly following zoological rules. Johnston, Busk, Hincks, &c. had called what we now consider T. fimbria T. flabellaris ; but Smitt showed that this was wrong, and that T. flabellaris of Fabricius was what Couch, Busk, Hincks, Waters, &c. had called 7. phalangea; so that both species have in well-known works been called flabellaris, and when, as in the present instance, MacGillivray refers to T. flabellaris it is impossible to know which species is meant. Typical 7. jimbria occurs abundantly in European and northern seas, and is recorded from a few localities in the southern hemisphere. TZ. pulchra is found in Victoria, but MacGillivray does not say where. Vaucluse Point, Port Jackson, 5 fath. (dredged by Brazier). 84. Entalophora fragilis (Hasw.). Pustulipora fragilis, Haswell, “ Polyzoa from the Queensland Coast,” Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. v. p. 35. There are numerous fragments from Darnley Island of a very delicate Entalophora, with the zoarium about 0°5 millim. in diameter, with few zocecia, separated by wide intervals. I do not find any black-pointed spinules ; but this may arise from the state of preservation, or it may be a varietal charac- ter. The aperture of the zocecium is about 0:1 millim. Loc. Holborn Island, Queensland (#.); Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 10-80 fath.; and Princess Charlotte Bay, N.E. Australia, 13 fath. 85. Fasciculipora bellis, MacG. Fasocunerg bells, MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xx. p. 127, pl. i. fig. 2. From the Bottle-and-Glass Rocks there is a specimen with more than thirty erect fasciculi. Hach fasciculus rises from a concentric calcareous crust, which is punctured with rather large pores ; and these basal crusts usually become confluent, and sometimes have a few zocecial openings, and also on the 260 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. sides of the fasciculi there are zocecial apertures, so that in places it looks like a little forest of Entalophora. It is a question whether this is a complete growth, or only the young form of a growth like Fuscicularia tubspora, and from one piece this cannot be decided. Loc. Port Phillip Heads; Bottle-and-Glass Rocks, Port Jackson, 8 fath., “rocky bottom” (Br.). 86. Mesenteripora repens, Haswell. (PL. VIL. figs. 6 & 7.) pe a repens, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vol. vi. p. 199. Some specimens from Watson’s Bay spread over Cellepora &c., forming layers several inches across. On the basal por- tion the zocecial divisions are scarcely visible, and the zocecial tubes are mostly closed by a cover with a projecting tubule, but near to the raised ridges the zocecia project and are more or less free; and from the ridges themselves they project a considerable distance, with a bilabiate peristome. I have also a specimen of Mesenteripora from Port Phillip in which the zocecia on the basal crust are distinct and free at the end, with covers having an excentric projecting tubule, and the zocecia are not formed into long elevated ridges, but rise up about 8—4 millim. as small compressed stalks with a lamina in the middle along the longer axis. Mesenteripora repens, with its beautiful white punctured surface, 1s a very attractive object. Loc. Broughton Island, New South Wales (Z.) ; Wat- son’s Bay, Port Jackson, “‘ under stone” (sent by Brazier). 87. Discotubigera (?) lineata (MacG.). (Pl. VI. fig. 24.) eee pias MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xxi. p. 96, . iil. ne. tL. Liriyora lineata, MacG. Cat. Mar. Polyzoa of Vict., Roy. Soc. Vict. 1887, p. 82. All my specimens are surrounded by a broad lamina, and the central cells are closed by a perforated membrane ; the series of zocecia are very much raised near the border. In two specimens the zoarium is regularly discoid, about 5 millim. in diameter—one from Port Phillip spreads irregularly over a space of about # inch, forming strap-shaped lobes. The ovicells occur as tangential swellings near the border, and have a round tubular opening at the base. The zoarial appearance is much the same as that of Licheno- pora, but there are no interstitial pores, and the structure is Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 261 of course quite different ; but so long as we are in a tenta- tive stage with the Cyclostomata I do not see that a form in which the zocecia are gathered so distinctly into rays or ridges can at present be united with Diastopora. ; This is no doubt nearly allied to the fossil from Aldinga which I described as Discotubigera clypeata, Lamx. (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xl. p. 690, pl. xxx1. figs. 15, 16, 19). Loc. Port Phillip and Port Phillip Heads; Double Bay, Port Jackson, “ under stones.” 88. Lichenopora nove-zelandie (Busk). (Pl. VII. fig. 8.) Discoporella nove-xelandie, Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. iii. p. 82, pl. xxx. fig. 2; Haswell, Cyclost. Polyzoa from Port Jackson, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. iv. p. 553. The description of Busk leaves it somewhat uncertain as to whether this is the species intended, and where the ovicell is undescribed this will often be the case. Where there is no ovicell the zocecial tubes run into the centre, the central depression forming an inverted cone with- out cancelli; in this respect these specimens differ from Mr. Busk’s figure. ‘The outer cancelli are formed of bars from the radii, and there is usually only one row of cancelli be- tween theradii. ‘The inner side of the peristome is the longer, sometimes the outer zocecia have the peristome wide and acuminate in the centre. ‘he ovicell is considerably raised and occupies the whole of the centre; the central portion is flat and is bounded by a raised meandering ridge, from which the sides slope steeply down. The aperture of the ovicell is near one end of the flat space and is semicircular. On the lower left-hand side of the specimen figured there is a tube which I do not understand, but probably it is a zocecial tube irregularly placed. Zocecial aperture about 0-07 millim. in diameter. Loc. New Zealand (B.); Port Jackson (Haswell) ; Bondi Bay, near Sydney, New South Wales. 89. Lichenopora Houldsworthit (Busk). Discoporella Houldsworthi, Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. iii. p. 33, pl. xxx. fig. 4. Lichenopora Houldsworth, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii. p. 047. There is a specimen from Watson’s Bay with the cancelli about 0°07 millim. and the zocecial apertures nearly as large. In the interior of both zocecial tubes and cancelli there are numerous radiating spines with a nodular termination, the 262 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. exact shape of which I have not had the opportunity of making out. Loc. Living: Ceylon (B.); Port Phillip Heads (MacG.), Port Western, Victoria; north side of Watson’s Bay, ‘ under stones,’ Port Jackson. Fossil: Waipukurau, New Zealand. 90. Lichenopora grignonensis (Busk). (Pl. VIL: fig. 4.) Discoporella crassiuscula, Smitt, ifver. K. Vetens.-Ak. Forh. vol. xxiii. pp. 406 and 482, pl. xi. figs. 7-9. Discoporella grignonensis, Busk, Crag Polyzoa, p. 116, pl. xx. fig. 4. Inchenopora grignonensis, Ridley, Zool. Coll. of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 57, pl. vi. fig. 2. Lichenopora canaliculata?, Busk, Phil. Trans. vol. 168 (ex.), p. 199, pl. x. figs, 12-14. I have figured a specimen from Vaucluse Point, showing the great variation in shape of the zocecial orifices, which near the periphery have usually projections at the two sides, forming what Ridley calls a sinus, in the central zocecia, and have the inner side much raised, but also divided by a sinus ; the outer side is also raised often into a pointed process. Zocecial opening about 0:08 millim. The central zocecia are much raised, and when there is no ovicell nearly meet in the depressed centre of the zoarium. ‘The ovicell covers the cen- tral area and is formed by a network of trabecule, the inter- spaces of which are closed by a calcareous perforated crust. The sides of the zocecia have nodulated ridges, the nodules sometimes becoming bluntly spinous. In the interior of the zocecia there are radiating spines with knobs at the end, but also on the outside of the zocecia there are similar spines projecting from the trabecula. This is the first time, so far as I am aware, that these spines have been recorded from the outside of the zoarium, which seenis to make it more difficult to understand what their function can be. I have a specimen from the Semaphore, Adelaide, in which the nodulated ridges are much more distinct and the inner part of the peristome is much raised, whereas the portion turned towards the periphery of the zoarium is deeply cut away; another specimen from the same locality has the nodulated ridges also well marked, but the peristome is nearly round and entire, as figured by Busk in his L. canaliculata. I cannot see that there is sufficient ground for identifying Busk’s species with that of Milne-Edwards, and think that L. canaliculata, Busk, is probably the same as the Crag fossil ; but since the shape of the aperture is figured as being Mr, A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 263 different I hesitate either to unite them or to give a new name, and therefore follow Ridley in regarding this as Busk’s species, since I am not certain that LZ. crassduscula, Smitt, is identical, whereas there is no doubt that this is the species described by Ridley. In the figures of both this and ZL. ciliata I have not shown the convex shape of the zoarium, in order that the variations in the peristome might be clearly seen. Loc. Living: Sandy Point (&.); off Vaucluse Point, Port Jackson, 5 fath., and Bondi Bay, New South Wales ; Bahusia (?) (Sm.). Fossil: Crag (?). 91. Lichenopora ciliata (Busk). (Pl. VII. fig. 5.) Discoporella ciliata, Busk, Cat. Mar. Pol. pt. iii. p. 31, pl. xxx. fig. 6, and pl. xxxili. fig. 4; Haswell, Cyclost. Polyzoa from Port Jackson, p. 304, In a specimen from Port Stephens the zocecia are irregu- larly arranged, or in parts indistinctly radial, and the inner edge is prolonged, usually with a deep notch in front, forming an apparent sinus ; sometimes the peristome is divided into several processes, and in some cases the zocecial tubes can be seen to be slightly ridged. Zocecial aperture about 0-07 millim. diameter. There are numerous long hair-like spines erowing from all parts of the zocecial tube and some from the central cancelli. ‘The ovicell spreads among a number of zocecial tubes and opens with a long inflated tube directed towards the centre of the zoarium. It will be seen that this approaches very closely to L. grignonensis, and that it differs trom L. echinata, MacG., in not having rounded central cancelli, from L. complicata, Has- well, in not having the peristome round and entire, and from L. reticulata, MacG., in not having the peristome produced on the inner border but on the outer. I have a specimen from Port Phillip which agrees with this in having the central portion reticulated, and has similarly numerous long spines ; another one from the same locality is similar in regard to the arrangement of the zocecia, the shape of the zocecial tubes, and the peristome; but the large rounded central can- celli are closed with a perforated pellicle, and above this there is the commencement of a thin, calcareous, perforated, plain crust, which is, no doubt, the commencement of an ovicell. There are in this last specimen a few long spines from the cancelli, but none from the surface of the zocecial tubes. Ought not L. czliata to be considered a variety of L. ver- rucarva, Fab. ? 264 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. Loc. Cape of Good Hope; New Zealand (B.); Port Stephens, New South Wales (sent by Brazier). CTENOSTOMATA. 92. Amathia semispiralis ? (Kirchenpauer). Serialaria semispiralis, Kirch. Cat. Mus. Godeffroy, iv. p. xxxiv. Amathia semispiralis, Busk, Chall. Rep. p. 86, pl. viii. fig. 3. There is a small dried fragment of Amathia from Darnley Island, Torres Straits, in which the zocecia are arranged spirally, but are broken up into groups, and in our present state of knowledge we may doubt whether this should be separated from A. semiconvoluta. There is also an Amathia found in Naples which has the zocecia arranged spirally, but only has zocecia in the upper half of the internode. ‘This Kirchenpauer called in manuscript A. distans—a name since given by Busk to another species. 93. Amathia bisertata, Krauss. (Pl. VI. fig. 25.) Amathia biseriata, Krauss, Corallineen und Zoophyten der Siidsee, 1837, p. 23, fig. 1. Serialaria Woods, Goldstein, Quart. Journ. Micr. Soc. Vict. vol. i. no. 1, p. 20, pl. iii. fig. 5. This species is attached by thick bundles of radical tubes, as described and figured by Krauss, but my specimens have not such a mass of root as he shows. ‘The number of zocecia is not constant, about eight pairs is the most usual, but I have counted thirteen pairs, and the zocecia usually occupy about four fifths of an internode, though sometimes almost the entire internode is filled up. Tenison Woods in his list of works on Amathia does not mention Krauss, so that probably both he and Goldstein were unacquainted with his work. This is allied to A. lendigera, L., but differs in having shorter internodes more closely filled up. ‘The earlier writers all seem to have described and figured A. lendigera as having only a single series of zocecia; but Hincks, Busk, &c. now speak of its having a double series, and European specimens in my collection have two series. I have A. lendigera from Cape Agulhas, South Africa. In A biseriata a radicle is often thrown out from the under surface of the branches (see fig. 25). Loc. Australia (K.); Portland, Victoria (G.) ; mouth of Lane Cove River, 7 fath., N.S. Wales, and Shark Island, 8 fath. Mr. H. Grose Smith on new Asiatic Butterflies. 265 Since the previous part was written I have found a frag- ment of Membranipora cervicornis, B., from Shark Island, 8 fath., and I also overlooked Kirchenpauer’s paper in the Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ix. 1884, in which mention is made of Catenicella ventricosa, C. Buskii, Cellu- laria cuspidata, Menipea crystallina, from the coast near Mount Dromedary, and of Didymia simplex and Bugula dentata near the entrance of the Richmond River. Besides the seventy-nine species now recorded from New South Wales there are forty-three more described by Kirchen- pauer, Busk (‘ Challenger’ Report), and Haswell; but there are still many species that are common in the other colonies and neighbouring seas which have not yet been recorded from New South Wales, though probably, when anyone, following MacGillivray’s example, studies the Bryozoa as carefully and systematically as he has done in Victoria, the two colonies will be found to have an equally rich fauna. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL. Fig. 1. Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk., var. pulehra, MacG., x 25. Fig. 2. Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk., var. pulchra, X85, showing central zocecia and dorsal attachments. Fig. 3. Tubulipora fimbria, Lamk., var. pulchra, x25, showing dorsal attachments of colony. 1g. 4. Lichenopora grignonensis (Busk), x 25, from Vaucluse Point. Fig. 5. Lichenopora ciata (Busk), X25, from Port Stephens. Fig. 6. Mesenteripora repens, Haswell, x 16. Fig. 7. Mesenteripora repens, Haswell, natural size. Fig. 8. Lichenopora nove-zelandie (Busk), x25, from Bondi Bay. XXX.—Deseriptions of eight new Species of Asiatic Butter- jues. By H. Grose Smita. Appias Lalassis. Male.—Upperside. Both wings white. Anterior wings falcate, with a small black spot at the end of the cell, the apex and outer margin as far as the second median nervule irrorated with black. Underside, Anterior wings white, the spot at the end of the cell larger than on the upperside; a spot between the lower discoidal and first median nervules ; apex pale pinkish brown. Posterior wings pale pinkish brown, shaded with indistinct brown markings. Female.— Upperside with the apex of the anterior wings 266 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new Asiatic Butterflies. blacker than in the male and a grey spot between the lower discoidal and first median nervules. Expanse of wings 22 inches. Hab. Burmah, near the Siamese frontier (Capt. Adamson). Tn the collection of Mr. Adamson. Near to Lalage, but anterior wings more falcate and apex much less black; the spot at the end of the cell smaller and underside paler. Delias agoranis. Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings white, with the apical third grey, in the centre of which is a curved band of greyish- white spots, the lowest at the inner angle being on the mar- gin; the veins and costa grey. Posterior wings creamy white, with the colour and border on the underside showing through; three large, triangular, grey, marginal spots at the tips of the second and third median nervules and of the sub- median nervure. Underside. Anterior wings as above, but darker; a large dark grey spot at the end of the cell ; extending broadly along the second discoidal nervule, between the outer band of grey spots and the cell are four oblong white spots, the first and third being the largest. Posterior wings bright yellow, broadly bordered with dark grey; in the middle of the bor- der is a row of oval white spots, the uppermost tinted with yellow ; on the inner side of the border the grey extends partially up the nervures. Expanse of wings 8 inches. Hab. Burmah, Siamese frontier (Capt. Adamson). In the collection of Mr. Adamson. Near to D. agostina and D. Kuhni of Honrath; but a larger and more brightly coloured butterfly than the former. Paduca‘flavobrunnea. Upperside. Both wings yellowish brown, crossed with a broad, paler yellowish-brown band. Anterior wings: in the band are two rows of brown hastate markings, the inner row nearly obsolete, except near the inner margin, the outer row, especially towards the costa, darker and more distinct; a dark brown band on the outer margin, in which is a row of pale yellowish-brown spots; on the posterior wings the band is traversed by a row of six dark brown spots, the third almost obsolete; above the spots is a fulvous streak, and another below; a dark brown band on the margin centred as in the upper wing. Underside. Both wings pale brown, showing indistinctly Mr. H. Grose Smith on new Asiatic Butterflies. 267 the markings on the upperside; but the row of spots on the posterior wing is well defined, except the third, which is obsolete. Expanse of wings 1? inch. Hab. Burmah, Siamese frontier (Capt. Adamson). In the collection of Mr. Adamson. Paduca myrsa. Upperside. Both wings cinereous, tinged in certain lights with pink, crossed in the middle by a pinkish, dusky white band from near the costa of the anterior wing, where it tapers, to the anal angle; beyond the band is an indistinct submarginal light ashy brown line, outside of which is an indistinct band of darker brown spots. Underside as above, but lighter, with the bands, lines, and spots more clearly defined. Expanse of wings 2 inches. Hab. Celebes. In the collection of H. Grose Smith. This should probably be placed in a new genus. Yphthima savara. Upperside. Both wings ashy brown. Anterior wings with one large subapical ocellus with a central spot, and one minute spot above it, the space round the ocellus lighter than the rest of the wing. Posterior wings with two small submarginal ocelli near the costa and two large subanal ocelli, the ocelli being situated in a space or band of lighter brown than the rest of the wing. Underside. Paler than above. Anterior wings with two dark brown central lines and one submarginal line. Poste- rior wings with the ocelli represented as above, but small and of a uniform size, and two small anal ocelli; two brown lines across the centre of the wings. Expanse of wings 27 inches. Hab. Burmah, Siamese frontier (Capt. Adamson). In the collection of Mr. Adamson. This is the largest species of this genus I have seen. Messaras dapatana. Upperside. Anterior wings brown, paler towards the base, crossed by a transverse broad band (the inner edge of which is deeply indentated in the middle) of pale creamy brown from the centre of the costa to near the inner angle. Half- way between the exterior margin and the cell is a row of brown spots, indistinct except when the row crosses the trans- verse band and the lowest spot near the inner angle. Poste- 268 Mr. H. Grose Smith on new Asiatic Butterflies. rior wings same colour as the base of anterior wings; at the middle are two narrow sinuate lines, the space between which is light brown followed by a row of dark brown spots, then a row of lunular contiguous spots, a submarginal brown line, and another on the margin. Underside. Paler and brighter than on the upperside, the row of dark brown spots on both wings much more distinct, the row on the posterior wings being surrounded with bright brown, inside which is a whitish sinuate band, slightly opa- lescent. Exxpanse of wings 3} inches. Hab. Dapatan, one of the Philippine Islands. In the collection of H. Grose Smith. Near to Hrymanthis, but abundantly distinct. Amblypodia arracana. Upperside. Purple. Exterior margin of both wings broadly dark brown; posterior wings with a large reddish-brown lobe at the anal angle. Underside. Rufous, crossed from near the apex of the an- terior to centre of the inner margin of the posterior wings by a brown-black line, between which and the base the space is more or less densely irrorated with the same colour. Half- way between the line and the outer margin of both wings is a brown-black band of minute macule, and another on the lower part of the outer margin of the posterior wings. Expanse of wings 2 inches. Hab. Arracan Hills (Capt. Adamson). In the collection of Mr. Adamson. Near to A. anata, but a larger and brighter insect. Amblypodia tounguva. Male.—Upperside. Brilliant blue, the apex, costa from near the base, and exterior margin of anterior wings, and the ex- terior margin of posterior wings broadly brown-black. Underside. Pinkish brown, slightly suffused with purple. Anterior wings with two spots in the cell and one beyond the cell, followed by a broad straight band of contiguous spots, the spots all being brown bordered with lighter pinkish brown, a broad brown patch below and beyond the cell and exteriorly almost to the base, beneath which the space to the inner margin is pale brown. Posterior wings with numerous brown spots bordered with hight pinkish brown. Female.—Upperside, Paler and margins less broadly black. Expanse of wings 14 inch. Hab. Toungu, Burmah. In the collection of H. Grose Smith. Mr. O. Thomas on a new Rat from North Borneo. 269 XXXI.— Description of a new Rat from North Borneo. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. AmMonG the small Mammals obtained by Mr. John White- head during his expedition to Mount Kina-Balu is a skin of a very handsome long-tailed rat belonging to the group of mountain-rats that contains Mus JSerdont, Bl., M. Hdwardst, Thos., M. coxinga, Swinh., M. Blanfordi, Thos., M. Hell- waldi, Jent., and others, but representing a new and very distinct species. I propose to call it Mus sabanus *, sp. 0. Fur short and fine, mixed with slender spines along the centre of the back. General colour rufous, mixed with brown along the top of the head and back, brighter and clearer on the cheeks and sides, the general tone very similar to that of Mf. Jerdont. Whole of underside pure creamy white, sharply defined from the rufous of the sides. Outsides of limbs like sides, but rather greyer, inner sides white ; lower leg and ankles greyish brown all round. Hands and feet brown along the middle of their upper surfaces, their edges white, the contrast especially strongly marked on the feet, where a broad band of deep blackish brown passes along the centre, edged on each side with pure white. Sole-pads large, smooth and prominent, the last one about three times as long as broad. Fifth hind toe, without claw, reaching to the end of the first phalanx of the fourth. ars rounded, rather short, laid forward they do not reach to the eyes. ‘T'ail enormously long, evenly finely haired, the scales, which are large, averaging from seven to nine to the centimetre, uniformly dark brown or black above and below throughout, but the hairs black for the proximal two thirds above only, elsewhere pure white. Dimensions of the type, an adult male, preserved as a skin :— Head and body 280 millim. ; tail 340 ; hind foot 43°5; ear, above head 18, breadth 18 ; heel to front of last foot-pad 23 ; length of last foot-pad 7-0. Skull: tip of nasals to centre of fronto-parietal suture 36 millim.; nasals, length 21, greatest breadth 6°0 ; interorbital breadth 7-7; anterior zygoma-root, length 4°7 ; palate, length * From Saba, the district of North Borneo in which Mount Kina-Balu stands, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 19 270 Mr. W. L. Distant on Sphingide 26°5; palatal foramen, length 7:9; back of incisors to molars 13°6; length of molar series 9-4. The typical specimen, as well as the two new squirrels described in the August number of the ‘ Annals,’ was obtained at an altitude of more than 3000 feet, Mr. Whitehead not commencing to collect until he had passed this height. Mus sabanus may be readily distinguished from any of the species above mentioned by its enormously long tail, the peculiar coloration of its hands and feet, and by its size, JZ. Ldwardsi alone being very materially larger, and all the others considerably smaller. One species, however, also a native of Borneo, has a super- ficial resemblance to MZ. sabanus, although belonging to quite a different group of rats. This is M/. Wiilleri, Jent., of about the same size and with a nearly equally long tail, but which may be distinguished by its coarse M. decumanus-like fur, yellowish instead of rufous coloration, the less sharply-defined white underside, and by the quite uniformly brown-haired feet and tail. XXXII.—WNotes on Sphingide from the Malay Peninsula, and Description of a new Species of Ambulyx from North Borneo. By W. L. Distant. Durine the time I was collecting and receiving butterflies from the Malay Peninsula as material for a recent publication a considerable number of Heterocera were also accumulated, which it is now proposed to work out. Of the family Sphin- gide I have received the following sixteen species; three more have been described by Mr. Butler, and another two recorded from Malacca by Mr. Walker. This brings the list of Sphingidee found in the Malay Peninsula to twenty-one species, though doubtless many more remain to be discovered. In my own Collection. Macroglossa proxima, Buti. Choerocampa nessus, Dru. Pergesa acteus, Cram. erotus, Cram. Panacra vigil, Guér. Philampelus helops, Walk. Cheerocampa alecto, Linn. Acherontia medusa, Buti. celerio, Linn. lachesis, Fabr. silhetensis, Walk. Protoparce orientalis, Buti. Lucasii, Walk. Pseudosphinx nyctiphanes, Walk. punctivenata, Butt. Diludia discistriga, Wak. from the Malay Peninsula. 271 Described and Figured from Malacca. Macroglossa obscuriceps, Butt. Lophura minima, Buti. Mimas terranea, Buti. Recorded from Malacca by Mr. Walker. Macroglossa passalus, Dru. —— corythus, Boisd. Thanks to the exertions of Mr. Pryer I have been able to acquire some knowledge of the moths of Northern Borneo, and find, as with the butterflies, that the Malay and North- Bornean. species are in very many cases identical. The fol- lowing North-Bornean species, which is here described, may be sought for in the Malay Peninsula with every probability of success, as most of the Sphingide appear to be common to the two regions. Ambulyx Pryeri, 1. sp. Anterior wings above pale reddish brown, the venation distinctly darker; a dark submarginal line reaching from apex to outer angle; a large, dark, rounded spot near base beneath the submedian nervure, and five very obscure oliva- ceous-brown spots on costal area, situate two above cell, the outermost continued to lower apical angle of cell by a waved line, and three linear between end of cell and apex of wing. Posterior wings warm ochraceous, with a large basal patch; a transverse median fascia, attenuated towards the abdominal margin, followed by a narrower waved and somewhat lunate fascia, also attenuated towards abdominal margin ; a small subapical spot and another small submarginal spot near lower median nervule dark brownish, the basal markings darkest ; between the median fascia and the outer margin the colour is speckled with brownish. Wings beneath ochraceous ; ante- rior wings with the apical half much speckled with brownish, the outer margin violaceous brown; posterior wings with the markings above much fainter and pale reddish brown beneath. Body above pale reddish brown, the thorax with an oblique olivaceous-brown fascia on each side; body be- neath and palpi warm ochraceous. Exp. wings 144 millim. Hab. North Borneo, Sandakan (W. B. Pryer). Coll. Dist. ; This species is most closely allied to A. ieee Butl., 272 On Sphingide from the Malay Peninsula. from which it differs by the paler anterior wings and the much larger basal spot to same; on the posterior wing it is also distinguished by the presence of the dark patch at base, and by the outer fascia being more lunate and channelled. The costal markings of the anterior wings are also smaller, whilst A. Pryert is ot a larger size and brighter hue than A. twrata. Although no species of Ambulyx has yet been received from the Malay Peninsula, it is almost more than probable that several species are to be discovered there. The genus is an extensive one with a wide range, and the following is a geographical list of the species, which, I believe, is fairly complete, though of course subject by future comparison to analytical specific reduction. Palearctic Region. Ambulyx ochracea, Butl. (Japan). Lthiopian Region. Ambulyx constrigilis, Walk. Ambulyx Watersii, Buti. Grandidieri, Mab. —— Coquerelli, Boisd. Oriental Region. Ambulyx substrigilis, West. Ambulyx rubricosa, Walk. maculifera, Walk. floralis, Buti. liturata, Butd. auripennis, Moore. rhodoptera, Buti. junonia, Buti. subocellata, Feld. consanguis, Buti. sericeipennis, Butl. — Elwesi, Druce. lahora, Butl. argentata, Druce. turbata, Butl. —— Thwaitesi, Moore. Moorei, Buti. canescens, Walk. Pryeri, Dist, Neotropical Region. Ambulyx strigilis, Zinn. Ambulyx sexoculata, Grote. eurycles, H.-S. Guessfeldti, Dewitz. tigrina, Feld. —— Depuiseti, Oberth. — gannascus, Stoll, —— rostralis, Boisd. crethon, Boisd. —— marginata, Butl. astygonus, Bovsd. — eurysthenes, Fe/d. — lycidas, Boisd. Palmeri, Boisd. One or two other species, either doubtfully belonging to the genus or described without habitat, which is still unknown, are not included in the above. On the Interpretation of Polyparium ambulans, Korotnef. 273 XX XIII.—On the Interpretation of Polyparium ambulans, Korotnef. By Prof. EK. EHLERs*. THe Polyparium ambulans described in a former memoir by Dr. A. Korotneff+ is, in my opinion, capable of a different interpretation from that there given to it. It may, indeed, appear a delicate proceeding for me to venture to express an opinion upon a doubtful animal form without having myself seen it, and solely from the investigation of another natural- ist; but as I do this with Dr. Korotneff’s knowledge, I am urged thereto by the wish to call attention not only to this interesting form of polyp, but also to the occurrence of cer- tain animal forms which, perhaps, possess a community of character. From the description which Dr. Korotneff has given of Polyparium ambulans, and especially of its histological struc- ture, it appears indubitably that from all its peculiarities the animal is to be referred to the Anthozoa. Korotneff expects to obtain elucidations of Polyparium from a better knowledge of the genus Meandrina ; from his point of view an accurate investigation of the remarkable Azcordea florida, Duch. & Mich.{, would probably contribute still more to a settlement, seeing that Recordea florida stands in the same relation to the Actinie generally as the Meandrine to the Caryophylue. Both genera, the skeleton-forming as well as the fleshy one, have it in common that they become developed from simple persone: to stocks with imperfect separation of the numerous persone. ‘Here comes in Korotneff’s conception of Polyparium ambulans, inasmuch as he regards this animal also as an im- perfect stock-formation. And here comes my different inter- pretation, inasmuch as I regard Polypariwm as only one persona. Meandrina and Ricordea ave animals with multiple buccal apertures, but, along with these, with common circlets of tentacles, a phenomenon of which we also know of analogies among the Acalephs; and it is quite justifiable to infer a persona to each buccal aperture in the imperfect stock. It is in this way that Korotneff regards Polyparium as a creature with numerous buccal apertures, and, accordingly, as an * Translated from the ‘Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’ Band xlv. pp. 491-498. + See ‘ Annals,’ September 1887, p. 203. {+ Duchassaing et Michelotti, “ Mémoire sur les Coralliaires des An- tilles,” in Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, ser. 1, tomo xix, (1861), p. 317. 274 Prof. E. Ehlers on the Interpretation imperfectly differentiated stock. We should adopt his view if we ascribe to this creature the possession of numerous buccal apertures and deny it tentacles. But then the animal remains quite isolated in the circle of its allies, and even as compared with Meandrina. In my opinion Polyparium is a tentaculigerous but astoma- tous simple animal. ‘This different view rests upon the fact that I cannot adopt Korotneff’s notion and regard the cones with their apical apertures, which stand upon the upper sur- face of Polyparvum, as buccal cones with buccal apertures. I am well aware that in anthozoal polyparies non-tentaculige- rous persone occur in many forms which may become degraded almost into simple pores; but to transfer such a conception to the elevations in question on the surface of Polyparium seems to me inadmissible, considering the position which these structures occupy, with relation to the internal spaces separated by septa, in the gastral cavity of Polyparium. I regard these cones rather as tentacles having a large aperture at the apex, and deny to Polyparium the possession of any buccal aperture, gastral tube, or central gastral cavity. But this absence of a buccal aperture must be taken only in a morphological sense, as I have no reason for disputing that possibly the apertures at the apex of the tentacles in this animal may be mouth-orifices or apertures of inception. From the investigations of R. Hertwig* upon different groups of the Malacodermata we are already acquainted with a similar reduction of the tentacles in the Hexactinizw and Paractinie, so that in the Liponemidee (Polystomidium and Polysipho- nium), the Sicyonide (Steyonis), and the Polyopide (Poly- opis) these structures are so modified and widely opened at the apex that they exactly resemble the “ buccal cones” of Polypartum ambulans; and yet Hertwig is quite inclined to admit that inception of nourishment occurs through these wide terminal openings of the tentacles. But if these “buccal cones” of Polyparium ambulans are tentacles, their position with relation to the “internal cham- bers,” to the internal cavity of the animal chambered by septa, may be shown to be in agreement with the normal conditions of an Actinid, so soon as we admit the interpreta- tion of Polyparium as an astomatous Actinid and carry it out in detail. Then, however, arises the double question :—On what part of the polyparium are we to place the lost mouth and the parts surrounding it? and to what processes is such a lipostomy, * Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Chal- lenger,’ Zoology, vol. vi. (1882), Actiniaria, pp. 63, 97, 101. of Polyparium ambulans, Korotneff- 275 as the condition might be designated with reference to analo- gous phenomena among the sponges, to be ascribed ? Now we might assume that such an astomatous condition was produced in the very earliest period of larval life, so that, there being no formation of an cesophagus and corresponding central gastral space, the first-formed septa grew towards one another and became united; but in this way there would result a series of partitions forming transverse chambers, and continually increasing in number; the place for the mouth, which never became formed, would upon this supposition be no doubt localized upon the upper surface and in the median line of the band-like body. Such an assumption, however, is opposed by a structure in the body of Polyparium which rather indicates a different inter- pretation and other processes. ‘This is the figure of the poly- pary, which is certainly described, but not further specially applied, by Korotneff. For while the transverse chambering of the band-like body produced by polyp-septa appears an ex- ceedingly abnormal structure, it becomes still more remark- able from the fact that the two long lateral margins of the body are so differently constructed that they cannot well be referred to the uniform periphery of an Actinia or Coral extended longitudinally. And these differences between a rounded-off and a bordered longitudinal margin are so far continued upon the upper surface which bears the “ buccal cones,” that the latter on the last-mentioned margin are placed close together like palissades, while they stand sepa- rately near the other margin. This asymmetry of Polypa- rium seems to me to furnish an indication of the derivation of this singular animal form. I imagine from this that this astomatous polyp was pro- duced in this way—a typically constructed Actinid with a central mouth and complete circlet of tentacles underwent at some time, and in a manner still to be elucidated, a division by which a portion of the body of the polyp was separated at the lateral margin of the mouth-aperture ; perhaps the pro- cess took place in a form in which a long, fissure-like mouth was situated between the two directional chambers, and parallel to its long diameter. If then, after such a process of division, a union of the margins of the wounded surface took place, this would produce the form of a polyp without any central gastral space, with an internal cavity transversely chambered by septa, and at the same time with two dissimilar margins, one of which was originally adoral, the other aboral and a segment of the original wall. That margin of Poly- partum on which the tentacles (‘buccal cones’) stand in close proximity would probably be equivalent to the latter. 276 Prof. E. Ehlers on the Interpretation Besides the phenomenon known since Dalyell’s time *, that fragments separate from the body of an Actinia and become developed into young Actinie, we know of sponta- neous processes of division in polyps with and without hard parts, and some produced by external injuries, so that we are led to believe that spontaneous divisions may be caused or hastened by external influences. Bennet t has described the spontaneous process of division, effected in three hours, of an Anthea cereus; this process is somewhat different from that in which the usually complete division is preceded by the formation of new organs, such asa buccal aperture. Lacaze- Duthiers ¢ obtained Caryophyllie which in collecting had been split longitudinally, and kept them alive in this condition for two months. Semper § has described the most singular pro- cesses of division of corals belonging to the genus Diaseris, and thinks that here the breaking-up of the lobate forms might be favoured by external influences. Whether in the first two cases the spontaneously-formed or artificially-pro- duced fragments are able to regenerate themselves I cannot say; the portions observed by Bennet produced by sponta- neous division appear to have completely closed their wounds, but whether perfect union took place was not ascertained by anatomical examination ; experiments which I formerly made in this direction upon Actinize in aquaria furnished no results. That, as in the instance described by Lacaze-Duthiers, divided polyps remain alive for a long time, is in agreement with the well-known tenacity of life in many of these animals. The case of Polyparium ambulans, which now occupies us, is approached more nearly by the observations communicated by Semper (/.¢.), especially that of a Hungia, which is figured by him on pl. xxi. fig. 4. In this instance the fragment of a Fungia was separated by force from the whole, a fragment with transversely-placed septa, which may be compared with Polyparium ambulans with its transverse partitions. On the margins of this fragment the animal regenerated itself with formation of new buccal apertures. Under such circumstances the fragment of a polyp without a buccal aperture would be more likely to remain ‘“ astoma- tous’”’ and to close the wounded surface by cicatrization, if the widely-opened tentacles retained upon it rendered inception of nourishment possible ; nay, under certain conditions, to be * ‘Rare and Remarkable Animals of Scotland,’ vol. ii. (1848), p. 232. + ‘Proceedings of the Natural-History Society of Dublin,’ vol. iv. (1884), pp. 208-212. t ‘Archives de Zoologie expérimentale,’ tome vi. (1877), p. 382. § Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Band xxii. (1872), p. 269. — of Polyparium ambulans, Korotnef. 277 referred to hereafter, such a form, with a sufficiency of food, would enter upon a process of growth, such as is assumed by Korotneff in the case of Polyparium ambulans, and would then more and more develop the band-like form. But what is to be regarded as the original form from which Polyparium ambulans might have been derived? Notwith- standing Lacaze-Duthiers’s * observations upon the Actinia- like living creatures which separated off from a Caryophyllia, polyps forming hard parts may well be left out of considera- tion in this case. Such structures as the acetabula standing on the foot-surface are known in no Malacodermatous form, so far as | am aware. ‘T’o assume that these structures might have’ become developed in Polyparium ambulans under its peculiar conditions of existence is a convenient mode of escaping from the difficulties which at present assail us, perhaps only in consequence of our insufficient knowledge of Actinid forms. On the other hand, the ‘ buccal cones,’ which I have interpreted as tentacles, furnish a probable indication of the Sicyonide, Liponemide, and Polyopide described by R. Hertwig. Now all these animals, without possessing any close affinity to each other, are inhabitants of the deep sea. May the “buccal cones” of Polypariwm ambulans possibly indicate that the starting-point of its development is to be sought in a deep-sea form of Actinia ? But then the question already touched upon cannot be avoided, namely whether Polypartum ambulans is to be con- sidered an animal produced by regular development, or whether itis to be placed among those animals, at present certainly but impertectly known, which, under the influence of external conditions, are brought into a course outside regularity and become developed turther in this course. I would denominate such animals paranomally developed, in opposition to.the regularly or ewnomally developed animals. Or, to express the case otherwise, ls Polypartum ambulans a phylogenetically- developed species at some time propagating by sexual pro- cesses ? or have we in it a form diverging from the typical form, produced in each individual case by the action of external conditions, and which either dies out as such in each instance or, perhaps, may produce similar organisms by asexual reproduction ? I may adopt this last case as the conclusion of these specu- lative considerations, and in accordance therewith interpret Polyparitum ambulans as a fragment separated off trom a ? * Loe. cit. p. 382. 278 On the Interpretation of Polyparium ambulans, Korotneff. probably deep-sea form of Actinia by external influences, such as the bite of a fish or the nip of a crab’s claw, which has been brought up from its original locality into shallow water, where it finds-an abundance of food in the well-popu- lated sea, and can obtain therefrom by inception through the buccal cones such plentiful nutriment that it not only brings the original wounded surface to cicatrize, but grows on more and more into a band-like shape. In this case the peculia- rities of the transverse musculature and the locomotive appa- ratus may have been derived from the original form, which is still unknown to us. For the tripartition present in the foot I have no interpretation. Such an explanation, as will be seen, approaches in a cer- tain way to the interpretation which Giinther * has given of the Leptocephalide. Accidental but constantly recurring circumstances carry away eggs or young brood of fishes which spawn in the littoral waters into pelagic regions or currents, and here, under unusual conditions of existence, ensues the development of these peculiar forms of fishes, which, by their possession of a gelatinous mass around the vertebral column, perhaps differ as much from other fishes as Polypartum ambulans from normally constructed Malaco- dermata. The paranomally developed Leptocephalide are incapable of reproduction as such; only the constant recur- rence of similar conditions calls these creatures into being. Perhaps also those animals which have recently been known exclusively as inmates of aquaria are to be interpreted in the same way. I refer to Trichoplax adherens, F. H. Schulze t, and perhaps the singular Ctenodrilus monostylos, Zeppelin {, may also be placed in this category. If these are also paranomally developed animals, they differ from the Helmichthyide by the possession of the power of reproduc- tion; but so far as is yet known they are capable only of asexual propagation; the starting-point of Trichoplar is indeed quite unknown, but for Céenodrilus monostylos it is not far to seek. We might also refer to Protohydra Leuck- arti, R. Gr., and suppose that this form, in which we only know asexual reproduction, becomes specially developed in its habitat, the oyster-park of Ostend, under circumstances which approach those of an aquarium, if it were not that Reinhard § mentions the occurrence of this animal in the Black Sea, but without any indication of the special circumstances. I adduce * “Introduction to the Study of Fishes’ (1880), p. 181. t+ Zool. Anzeiger, Jahre. vi. (1883), p. 92. t Zeitsehy. fur wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxix. p. 615. § Zool. Anzeiger, Jahrg. vi. (1881), p. 592. Mr. A. Dendy on a new Species of Cladorhiza. 279 these animals also, because from its organization we may suppose that Polypartum ambulans likewise reproduces asexually, but, notwithstanding its considerable size, no sexual products are found in it. From all this therefore I come to the conclusion that Poly- partum ambulans is an astomatous individual animal, sepa- rated by external influences from a single-mouthed Actinia furnished with widely open degenerated tentacles, and add the further supposition that this animal has grown by paranomal development under shallow-water conditions of life into the band-hke form, and as such may be capable of asexual reproduction, perhaps by fission. This fabric of speculations may perhaps collapse as soon as the animal which has given occasion for it shall be more exactly known than at present by further investigations, in which, amongst other things, the terminal chambers of the body will have to be examined. My purpose is attained if by these pages the attention of naturalists is directed not only to the animal discovered by Korotneff, but also to the pro- cesses of what I have denominated paranomal development, which call for further investigation. XXXIV.—On a remarkable new Species of Cladorhiza ob- tained by H.M.S.‘ Challenger.’ By Artuur Denby, B.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum. [Plate XV.] In returning the collection of Hexactinellid Sponges dredged by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ to the Natural-History Museum, after the completion of his examination of the group, Pro- fessor F'. H. Schulze also returned a very remarkable little Monaxonid sponge, which had been accidentally sent to him with the others. As the specimen in question did not come into my possession until after the completion of the Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Monaxonida by Mr. Ridley and myself, I have thought it desirable to give an account of it in this place. It is a new and very well-marked species of the genus Cladorhiza, M. Sars; and I propose for it the name Cladorhiza pentacrinus, owing to the resemblance which it bears to the Pentacrinoid larva of Antedon. The specimen was, unfortunately, received in the dry condition. 280 Mr. A. Dendy on a new Species of Cladorhiza. Cladorhiza pentacrinus, ni. sp. Sponge (Pl. XV. fig. 1) stipitate, consisting of a long, slender stem, terminating above in a subglobular body, which bears a circlet of short pinne or arms *, curving upwards and inwards over the top. The stem terminates below in a num- ber of very slender, long, branching rootlets. ‘Total length of the single specimen 24 millim. Length of body and pinne together 4 millim. Length of stem 11 millim. Diameter of body 2 millim. Surface of body and pinne hispid, owing to the projection of some of the megasclera, Colour white.. Oscula and pores unknown. Skeleton.—The skeleton is arranged much as usual in the genus Cladorhiza. ‘The skeleton of the stem is formed of long, slender styl, arranged side by side longitudinally ; in the head it breaks up into several radiating branches, one for each pinna. In the basal part of the head these branches are not very well defined, and the spicules composing them are rather loosely arranged. Although the pinne are curved the spicules forming their axes are straight, and hence it follows that the styli in any part are inclined at an angle to those lower down in the pinna (Pl. XV. fig. 2). The root- lets are formed by repeated dichotomous ramification of the stem. The styli are smaller in the head and pinne than in the stem, and they also become much smaller and slenderer in the rootlets as ramification proceeds, the extreme end of each rootlet being composed of a single long and very slender spicule (Pl. XV. figs. 3, 5). They are arranged throughout with their apices pointing upwards. Spicules.—(a) Megasclera: ‘These are the usual long, slender, fusiform styli (Pl. XV. figs. 4, 5); they are frequently blunted at the apices, and in full-grown examples they are narrowed at the base. ‘They vary greatly in size, measuring when full-grown (in the uppermost part of the stem) about 1°5 by 0:02 millim. They are smaller in the head and arms and in the rootlets. The terminal spicules of the latter measure only about 00063 millim. in diameter, and they have taintly developed oval heads, forming the extreme points of the rootlets. (6) Microsclera: These are of two kinds: (1) tridentate anisochele (Pl. XV. figs. 6, 7, 8), of the ordinary general Cladorhiza form, but with a well-marked specific character. The three teeth at the large end are of considerable size, and the shaft is curved and fimbriated as usualin the genus. The * Tam unable to give the exact number of the arms, but there are about ten or twelve. Judging from the allied Crinorhiza forms, I am inclined to attach no great importance to the exact number. Mr. A. Dendy on a new Species of Cladorhiza. 281 peculiarity consists in the form of the three teeth at the small end of the spicule. These are elongated, slender, curved, and fang-like ; they are not flattened. They are attached by a rather narrow base to the tubercle and taper gradually to a sharp point at the apex, which is directed towards the large end of the spicule. ‘Their form will be best understood from the illustrations. These spicules measure 0:038 millim. in length and 0°022 millim. across from apex to apex of the two lateral teeth ; they are enormously abundant in the head and pinne, forming a dense in¢rustation upon the latter, especially upon their inner surfaces (Pl. XV. fig. 2). (2) Large sigmata (Pl. XV. figs. 9, 10), measuring 0°11 by 0:0042 millim. ; also very abundant. Locality. Station 169, July 10, 1874, lat. 37° 34’ S., long. 179° 22’ E. North-east from New Zealand, 700 fathoms, blue mud ; bottom temperature 40° Fahr. This species 1s very remarkable (1) for its minute size, (2) for its peculiar external form, and (3) for the structure of the small end of the chele. It is, with a single exception, the smallest sponge known tome; the exception is Chondrocladia clavata, Ridley and Dendy *, which belongs to a closely-allied genus, and is only slightly smaller than the present species, which it resembles somewhat in external form. In considering the size, how- ever, the possibility must of course be borne in mind that the single specimen present may be not yet full-grown. As regards external form, Cladorhiza pentacrinus is a very good example of the general rule that all deep-sea Monaxonida have a definite and symmetrical shapet. It makes some approach to the “ Crinorhiza-form”’ found in other deep-sea species of the genus, but it differs from all species possessing that form in having the pinne short and curved inwardly. This peculiar curvature of the pinne suggests the possibility that they have the power, in lite, of bending and unbending like the arms of a crinoid. ‘They differ very markedly in appear- ance from the long, rigid, radiating pinne of typical Créno- rhiza-forms (e. g. Cladorhiza longipinna, Ridley and Dendy }), the function of which processes is doubtless to sup- port the sponge on the soft mud on which it lies. This function of support cannot be fulfilled by the pinne of Olado- rhiza pentacrinus, because, in the first place, they are not. disposed in a suitable manner, and, in the second place, it is almost certain that the body of the sponge is raised far above * Report on the Monaxonida dredged by H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ p. 100, pl. xx. figs. 1, la. : + Cf. Report on the ‘Challenger’ Monaxonida, p. 262. 1 Ibid. p. 92, pl. xx. fig. 2. 282 Mr. A. Dendy on a new Species of Cladorhiza. the surface of the mud upon the long, slender stalk, the animal being anchored in the mud by means of the delicate rootlets. This view of the position of the body in life is confirmed by the fact that there is an egg-capsule of some mollusk attached to the stem just at the point where it branches into rootlets, and in order that this attachment might take place, the stem must have been entirely out of the mud. In presence of the facts now ascertained * with regard to the existence of contractile (muscular) tissue in the Porifera, there is no great improbability involved in the supposition that the arms or pinne of Cladorhiza pentacrinus may be endowed with some slight power of motion, although it is very difficult to see how any advantage to the sponge could arise from the possession of such a power. Unfortunately the condition of the specimen quite precludes any investigation as to the presence of contractile fibre-cells (myocytes, Sollas) in the arms. In a species of the allied genus Hsperella (LE. Murray), however, it has been shown by Ridley and Dendy T that there is a well-developed system of undoubtedly contrac- tile fibrous tissue, whose function is to open and close the peculiar crack-like pore-areas, and thus to regulate the supply of water. In the peculiarity of the chelz the species stands quite apart from all others of the genus, in which, it will be remembered, the small end of the chela is usually very poorly developed. The species is of further interest owing to the fact that no other Monaxonid sponges were obtained at the same station, which is hence totally unrepresented in the Report on the Monaxonida. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. Cladorhiza pentacrinus, 0. sp. Fig. 1. The entire sponge, X6: a, the egg-capsule of some mollusk attached to the stem. Fig. 2. The upper portion of one of the pinne, x35, showing the ar- rangement of the spicules. Fig. 3. Two terminal rootlets, x 130, showing the arrangement of the spicules. Fig. 4. A large stylus from the upper part of the stem, x 1380. Fig. 5. The terminal stylus of a rootlet, x 250. Fig.6. A tridentate anisochela, front view, x 700. Fig. 7. Ditto, side view, x 700. Fig. 8. Ditto, end view, from the large end, x 700. Fug. 9. A full-grown sigma, X 700. Fig. 10, A smaller sigma, x 700. * Cf. Sollas, article “‘ Sponges” in ‘ Encyclopedia Britannica,’ ed. ix. p- 419; and Ridley and Dendy, Report on the ‘Challenger’ Monaxo- nida, Introduction, chap. ii. + Report on the ‘Challenger’ Monaxonida, pp. xxx, xxxix, 68, pls. xiii., Xiv., xlviii. On the Classification of the Diplopoda. 283 XXXV.—On the Classification of the Diplopoda. By R. Innes Pococg, Assistant Naturalist British Museum. OF the naturalists who since the time of Brandt have paid attention to the Diplopoda, no two have come to the same conclusions concerning the classification of the group, and every one seems to have failed to appreciate fully the true value of the characters which serve as signs of affinity, or the converse, between its various divisions. In the case of the older authors this has, of course, been due to ignorance of the structures which by later writers are considered to be of the greatest systematic importance ; for it is only comparatively of recent years that the copulatory feet have been studied, and the extent of the modifications presented by these organs fully realized. Taking into consideration existing forms there are four genera of Diplopoda which may be selected as examples to illustrate the modifications of structure presented by the group. These four genera are the representatives of as many divisions ; but since these divisions are by no means equal in value, it is desirable to decide thesexact position that each ought to occupy with regard to the others. For this purpose it will be necessary shortly to treat of the structure of each of these genera in turn, and briefly to state the position that has been assigned to the division of which it has been taken as a type by naturalists who have written most extensively on the subject. The four genera in question are—Polyxenus, G'lomeris, Lulus, and Polyzonium. By Brandt and Newport Polyxenus was associated with the Polydesmide: to form the suborder Monozonia; by Wood it was placed with the Polydesmide, Iulidg, and Lysiopeta- lidee in his suborder Strongylia ; but in 1872 M. de Saussure, in his work upon the Mexican Myriopoda, suggested that further observations into its structure would probably lead to the abandonment of the idea that any near relationship exists between Polyxenus and the other Diplopoda. Taking appa- rently this suggestion into consideration, and possessing be- sides greater knowledge of its anatomy, Dr. Meinert, in his paper on the Chilognatha of Denmark, divided the latter group into two sections—one to contain Polyxenus, the other the Glomeride, Iulide,and Polydesmide. But to these sections he gave no names. ‘This deficiency was, however, in 1884, supplied by Dr. Latzel, who, using the name Diplopoda as synonymous with the Chilognatha of Meinert, restricted the 284 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the latter group to the families Glomeride, Tulidee, Polydesmide, &ec., gave to Folyxenus (Meinert’s other section) the name Pselaphognatha, and made them both suborders of his order Diplopoda. This arrangement was adopted by Dr. Haase (‘Schlesiens Diplopoden’) in 1886, and in this position Polyxenus will probably remain. The characters by which it may be separated from all the other Diplopoda are as follows :—'Lhe body is soft and clothed with tufts of scale-like hairs; there is a distinct labrum ; the second pair of jaws do not form a plate resembling the gnathochilarium ; there are no foramina repugnatoria ; the anus is in the last segment but one. Against the third “and fourth of these distinctions it may be urged that no true gnathochilarium is present in Siphono- phora, and that there are no foramina repugnatoria in the Chordeumide. ‘To the former objection reference will be made later on; with regard to the latter it may be said that the whole organization of the Chordeumide points to close relationship with the Tulide, and that therefore it is fair to assume that the absence of foramina repugnatoria in the former family is due to atrophy. ‘This of course may be, and very possibly is, the case with Polywenus; but until allied forms possessing them be known, the assumption that these glands have never existed, as such, can certainly be defended. As opposed to the above characters of Polyxenus, for which as a group-name the term Pselaphognatha (Latzel) may be retained, the characters of the rest of the Diplopoda, or, as Dr. Latzel has called.them, the Chilognatha, may be briefly summarized as follows ard and chitinous, destitute of tufts of scale-like hairs; there is no distinct labrum ; the second pair of jaws form a plate (the gnathochilarium) ; foramina repugnatoria are present; the anus is in the last segment. Within the limits of the group Chilognatha thus defined fall the three remaining genera Glomeris, Lulus, and Polyzo- nium. In 1865 Wood recognized that the peculiarities of the genus Glomeris are suflicient to warrant the formation for its reception of a group equivalent to the Monozonia and 'Trizonia of Brandt taken together. For this group he retained the old name Pentazonia, and, abolishing the Monozonia and Trizonia, gave to the Iulide, Polydesmide, and Lysiopeta- lide the name Strongylia. But although with the views of Wood concerning the affinities of Glomeris, those of M. de Saussure and of Mr. G. C. Bourne (Journ. Linn. Soc. xix. Classification of the Diplopoda. 285 p- 161) are more or less in accord, Drs. Meinert, Latzel, Berlese, and Haase, merely retaining in their works the family names Glomeride, Lulide, Polydesmide, &c., have put forward no classification expressive of the idea that in the Chilognatha the Glomeride are a family highly special- ized and sharply defined; or, in other words, these authors seem to have altogether underrated the systematic value of the distinguishing characters of the genus. ‘These characters are as follows :—The copulatory appendages are at the poste- rior end of the body ; the pleures are distinct ; the anal plates free ; the body is composed of not more than fourteen somites ; the foramina repugnatoria form a single series in the dorsal middle line; the alimentary canal is not straight, and the tracheee are branched. With this may be compared the structure of Julus as typical of the rest of the Chilognatha. ‘The copulatory ap- pendages are in the seventh segment of the body; the pleuree are not distinct ; the anal plates are surrounded by the last body-ring ; the number of body-somites is great and variable ; the foramina repugnatoria form a single series on each side ; the alimentary canal is straight, and the trachez are tufted. In the case of all the genera allied to ulus it of course cannot certainly be known whether the tracheze be tufted and the alimentary canal straight or not; but taking into consi- deration the other points in common, it is perfectly fair to presume, until evidence to the contrary is forthcoming, that resemblance will be found to exist in these particulars also. With regard to the Polyzonide, Brandt was apparently led to the formation of his group Siphonizantia, Sugentia, or Colobognatha from his inability, owing to the absence of intermediate forms, to recognize the possibility of the conver- sion of the masticatory jaws of an ulus into the sucking- proboscis of a Polyzonium. ; A genus, Platydesmus, with mouth-parts in many respects intermediate in character between the masticatory and sucto- rial types, was, in 1843, described by Lucas, who pointed out its resemblances to Polyzonium and Polydesmus. By New- port, who abolished the group Sugentia and assigned to Polyzonium and Siphonophora a position near the Lulide in his division Bizonia, this genus, which was probably known to him solely from the description and figure published by Lucas, was regarded as allied to Polydesmus. Gervais in this respect followed Newport, both authors being apparently misled by the superficial resemblance be- tween the two genera afforded by the presence of keeled seg- ments in each. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx 20 286 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the It is difficult to reconcile the acquaintance that Wood must have had with Platydesmus (redescribed as Brachycybe) with his failure fully to appreciate the relationship existing between the families constituting his suborder Strongylia and the family Polyzonidee, to which he rightly considered this genus to belong. This failure led him to raise the group of suctorial Myriopods to the rank of a suborder, equal in value to the Pentazonia or Strongylia; to this suborder he gave Brandt’s name Sugentia. By M.de Saussure the Polyzonide, containing Platydesmus, were regarded as allied most nearly to the Iulide, and were treated simply as a family of the Chilognatha. Yet Dr. Latzel, in 1884, gave to the Polyzonide Brandt's name Colobognatha, and made this group co-ordinate with the Chilognatha, comprising the Glomeride, Lulide, &c., thus clearly showing that, in his opinion, the relationship between the Glomeridee and Iulide is greater than the relationship between the Polyzonide and the Iulide. That a naturalist so careful and observant as his elaborate work on the Austro-Hungarian Myriopoda has shown him to be, should hold these views it is hard to believe, for all the points given above as characteristic of Julus are equally characteristic of Polyzonium, and the only important respect in which the Jatter genus differs from the former is the pos- session of a suctorial proboscis instead of manducatory jaws. If no intermediate form had been known, and if Dr. Latzel had only been acquainted with Siphonophora, the most aberrant genus of the group, the views expressed in his clas- sification would even then have been unintelligible; but being familiar, at all events from descriptions and figures, with Platydesmus, and seeing from the modifications of its mouth- parts the method by which the proboscis might have been formed, it is astonishing that he should have committed him- self to the restoration of the group of Diplopoda with suctorial mouths as opposed to the group of Diplopoda with masticatory mouths. The distinguishing features of Polyzonium are as follows : —The head is pointed in front ; the mandibles are reduced in size; the gnathochilarium is represented by a plate poimted anteriorly and laterally soldered to the sides of the head, thus forming the proboscis. In the allied genus Platydesmus the head is more or less pointed in front, the mandibles are reduced, but the gnatho- chilarium is distinct, and not laterally soldered to the head, so that there is only a partially formed proboscis. If these characters be compared with those of G'lomeris, Classification of the Diplopoda. 287 given above, they sink into insignificance, for it will be seen that the differences between Polyzonium and Lulus are merely differences of degree and are due to degeneration, while the characters which separate Glomeris from Iulus are, at all events some of them, radically different in kind. Although one of the particulars given by Dr. Latzel to distinguish the Chilognatha from the Pselaphognatha is the presence of copulatory feet in the former group, the fact that the copulatory feet of the Glomeride are not homologous with the copulatory feet of the Iulide appears to be entirely overlooked. Since they are not homologous their presence is not a sign of relationship, but the contrary ; and it is less right, because of their presence, to unite the Glomeride, in which they occur at the end of the body, with the Lulide, in which they occur in the seventh segment, as opposed to Polyxenidz, in which they are entirely absent, than it would be to unite the Polyxenidee with the Glomeride as opposed to the Iulide, because in the two former they are absent from the seventh segment, or the Polyxenidz with the Iulide as opposed to the Glomeride, because in the two former they do not occur at the end of the body. Lor it seems certain that their independent existence in these two families, Glomeride and Iulidz, points to differentiation along diverging lines, and consequent departure from some ancestral form. Further, it is more than probable than this ancestral form was without copulatory feet, for it does not seem likely that these organs, if originally existing in the seventh segment, should have entirely disappeared in the Glomeridee, or, if once acquired at the end of the body, should have entirely disappeared in the Tulide ; still less likely does it seem that they were present in some position other than the seventh segment or the poste- rior end of the body ; for if so all trace of their former exis- tence has entirely and independently disappeared in the Glomeride and the Iulide, and their place has been taken by organs functionally similar but morphologically different. Assuming, then, on these grounds that the ancestral Chilo- gnath was without copulatory feet, Polyxenus certainly, in this respect, more nearly resembles this ancestor than does either Glomeris or Zulus, and therefore since Glomerts and Iulus have been evolved along different lines from this Polyxenus-like ancestor, it follows that, so far as the copula- tory feet are concerned, the difference between Polyxenus and Iulus or Polyxenus and Glomeris is less than the difference between Julus and Glomeris, and that therefore it is, at all events, misleading for Dr. Latzel to advance as a character by which Glomerts and Julus may be united ee and 288 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the separated from Polyxenus the presence of these copulatory feet. The occurrence of these organs in the Glomeride and Tulide is due to the existence of similar physiological require- ments, but that the existence of similar physiological require- ments in two groups is not a sign of affinity between them need now-a-days hardly be urged. It would be as justifiable to consider the branched trachee of Glomeris and Scolopendra to be a bond of union between the two genera as to think that the presence of the copulatory feet is a sign of affinity between Glomeris and Lulus. The possession by the Glomeride of the branched trachee, referred to above, shows, as Mr. Bourne has pointed out, that great specialization has taken place ; and great specialization signifies in this case great differentiation from the ancestral form, for it is very probable that the ancestor of the Chilo- enatha resembled Peripatus and the Lu/us-like Myriopods in the possession of tufted trachee. Another important particular in which the Glomeride and Julide differ is the position of the foramina repugnatoria. Whether these glands be or be not homologous in the two groups it is difficult to say ; but it seems that the suggestions made by Prof. Moseley (Eneycl. Brit.) with regard to the stigmata of Scutigera are equally applicable to the apertures in question. However that may be, it is, by the way, an exceedingly remarkable thing that in the most highly special- ized member of each of the two divisions of the Myriopoda (Glomeris in the one case and Scutigera in the other) a series of apertures, which in allied forms is found to be situated on each side of the body, exists as a single row in the dorsal middle line. Whether this single median dorsal series in Glomenis represents in reality the paired lateral series in Zulus must for the present be left an open question. The straightness of the digestive tract in Zulus and the absence of distinct pleure in the body-rings, though characters of significance, are of less significance than the characters mentioned above, and the freedom of the anal valves in Glomeris is but a consequent of the incompleteness of the skeleton of the posterior somite. Having now seen that the Diplopoda are divisible into two groups, the Pselaphognatha and the Chilognatha, and that the Chilognatha are in turn divisible into two groups, the first to contain the Glomeride, for which the name Onisco- morpha is proposed, and the second Judus and allied genera and the closely-related but in some respects aberrant Poly- zonium, it remains but to consider the structure of the Classification of the Diplopoda. 289 genera composing the second division, which may be called the Helminthomorpha, and to discuss the relationship that they bear one with another. As typical genera may be selected Polydesmus, Lysiopetalum, Chordeuma, Iulus, and Folyzonium, and the distinguishing characters of each of these are as follows :— In Polydesmus the body is composed of not more than twenty segments; the mandibles have no basilar piece (cardo) and the gnathochilarium has no intergalea (promentum). The copulatory feet are formed from the anterior pair of the seventh segment, and they are external; the pedal laminz (tracheal plates, Bourne) are mostly fixed. In Lysiopetalum the number of segments is great and variable; the mandibles have the cardo and the gnathochi- larium the promentum; the copulatory feet are formed from the anterior pair of the seventh segment, and they are more or less internal; the pedal lamine are all free. In Julus the number of segments is great and variable, the mandibles have the cardo and the gnathochilarium the pro- mentum ; the copulatory feet are formed from both pairs of the seventh segment and are more or less internal ; the pedal lamine: are mostly fixed (in a closely-allied genus, Lsobates, they are free). In Chordeuma the number of segments is thirty ; the man- dibles have the cardo and the gnathochilarium the promen- tum ; the copulatory feet are formed from both pairs of the seventh segment and are more or less internal; the pedal laminee are free ; foramina repugnatoria absent. In Polyzonium the number of segments is great and variable; the mouth-parts have undergone degeneration ; the copulatory feet are formed from both pairs of the seventh segment and are more or less external; the pedal lamine are free. Setting aside Polyzonium, which in this respect it is not possible to compare, it will be seen from these short descrip- tions that Polydesmus differs from Lulus, Lysiopetalum, and Chordeuma in that the mandible is without the cardo and the enathochilarium without the promentum, and further that in the possession of but one pair of external copulatory feet this same genus presents greater simplicity of organization. Greater simplicity of organization, except where degeneration has occurred, is usually an indication of greater affinity with the ancestral form, and therefore, assuming that the Helmin- thomorpha and the Oniscomorpha have sprung from a com- mon ancestor, we should expect to find the resemblance between Polydesmus and Glomeris greater than the resem- blance between, e. g., Lulus and Glomeris; and this seems to 290 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the be so, for in Glomeris the mandible is without the cardo and the gnathochilarium without the promentum, and the number of segments in Glomeris and Polydesmus is less than in any other Chilognath. From this latter fact it seems likely that the ancestral Chilognath was possessed of but few segments, an idea to which the existence of but few segments in larval forms lends great weight. And as bearing upon the same subject it is perhaps worthy of remark that Polyxenus, which | in the palpiform character of its second pair of gnathites, and questionably in the absence of foramina repugnatoria, resembles, I believe, the ancestral Diplopod, also possesses a small number of segments. Polydesmus then more nearly resembles the ancestor of the Chilognatha than does any other genus of the Helmintho- morpha, and Lystopetalwm in the conversion of but one pair of appendages into copulatory organs resembles Polydesmus. But important as this one particular is as a sign of affinity, it is outweighed by the many points of resemblance between Lysiopetalum and ulus. 1 have therefore associated the Lysiopetalide with the Inlide, Polyzonide, and Chordeumidee in the suborder Juloidea. At the same time, however, it must be borne in mind that Lystopetalum is intermediate between Polydesmus and Lulus, being more highly specialized than the former and less highly than the latter. The conversion of both pairs of appendages of ‘the seventh segment into copulatory organs shows close relationship between Chordeuma, Polyzonium, and Julus—the Polyzonide, as M. de Saussure long ago suggested, appearing to be but degraded Tulide, and the Chordeumide only differing from the Iulide in the absence of the foramina repugnatoria, in the smaller size of the first segment, and in the possession of a smaller number of somites. To sum up: Polyxenus in the possession of a small number of segments and in the pediform character of its second pair of gnathites shows comparatively but little specialization, and presumably therefore but little differentiation from the an- cestor of the Diplopoda. The fusion of the second pair of enathites into a plate, the gnathochilarium, characterized the ancestral Chilognath, which was further distinguished by the possession of tufted trachez (?), by the absence of the man- dibular cardo and of the promentum in the gnathochilarium, and showed resemblance to the ancestral Diplopod by the presence of but few body-somites and by the absence of copu- latory feet. From this Protochilognath sprang the Onisco- morpha and the Helminthomorpha. The former, undergoing Classification of the Diplopoda. 291 great specialization, acquired branched trachee and accessory feet to subserve copulation at the end of the body, the latter, retaining the tufted traches, developed copulatory organs from the appendages of the seventh segment. The Polydesmide, in possessing comparatively few body-somites, no mandibular cardo, and no promentum in the gnathochilarium, show great approximation to the ancestor of the Chilognatha, and therefore to the ancestor of the Helminthomorpha, and are further shown to be the nearest living representatives of this latter by the conversion of the anterior pair of limbs alone of the seventh segment into copulatory organs and by the reten- tion by these organs of their primitive external position. By possessing but one pair of copulatory organs the Lysiopeta- lidee show relationship with the Polydesmide; but by the internal position of these organs and by the presence of a great and variable number of segments, of a mandibular cardo, and of a labial promentum, they show greater rela- tionship with the Tulide. The conversion of the second pair of appendages of the seventh segment into a copulatory organ and the power to retract these within the segment distinguish the Iulide. From the Iulide the Polyzonide show degeneration by the reduction of the mandibles, and possibly the Chordeumide by the loss of the foramina repug- natoria. To show in a condensed form the views here expressed as to the exact position to be assigned to the different families of the Diplopoda the following classification has been drawn up. But it must be borne in mind that, except in that greater value has been given to some groups and less to others, this classification, so far as concerns the relationship of the Poly- desmide, Lysiopetalide, Iulide, and Chordeumide, is almost identical with that formulated by Dr. Berlese in 1886, and, so far as concerns the position of the Glomeride, Polyxenide, and Polyzonidee, is little more than a modification of that sug- gested by M. de Saussure in 1872. That the ideas of this latter naturalist have received so little attention from subse- quent writers is a matter to me of no little surprise. It will be observed that no place -has been assigned to the numerous extinct forms of Diplopoda. My excuse for the omission must be my ignorance of the structure of these fossils. Indeed, the knowledge possessed even by those who have especially studied this branch of the subject is, from the nature of things, but limited, and its extent may be perhaps to a certain degree estimated by the fact that Mr. Scudder has recently confessed, with an honesty which disarms com- ment, that certain portions of an organism described by him 292 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the as anew genus of Diplopods belonging to the Archipolypoda, a group of which he is himself the founder, are in reality fragments of a fossil fern ! Concerning the position that the Diplopoda should occupy with regard to the Chilopoda and Hexapoda, I believe the relationship between the two last-named to be greater than the relationship between the Chilopoda and Diplopoda. At all events the recent careful researches into the organization of Scolopendrella and of the Thysanura, carried on by Drs. Haase and Grassi, demonstrating as they do the affinity between the Hexapoda and the Chilopoda, are sufficient justi- fication for the abolition of the name Myriopoda and for the elevation of the groups Chilopoda and Diplopoda to the rank of classes. For the sake of comparison I have drawn up tabular lists of the classifications of the Diplopoda formulated by various naturalists. Newport, 1844 (Trans. Linn. Soe. xix. p. 276). Order CHILOGNATHA. Tribe I. PENTAZONTIA. Fam. Glomeride. Tribe II. Monozonta. Fam. Polyxenide. Polydesmide. Tribe III. Brzonta. Fam. Iulide. Polyzonide. Stphonophoride. Wood, 1865 (Am. Phil. Soc. xiii. p. 246). Order CHILOGNATHA. Suborder I, PENTAZONIA. Fam. Glomeride. Suborder Il. Srroneyuta. Fam. Polyxenide. Polydesmide. Lulide. Lysvopetahide. Suborder III. Sucenrta. Fam. Polyzonide. Stphonophoride. Classification of the Diplopoda. 293 Saussure, 1872 (Miss. Sci. Mex. vi. p. 9). Order CHILOGNATHA. Suborder I1.= Fam. Glomeride. Suborder I.= Polyxenide. Polydesmude. Suborder III.= Iulide. Polyzonide, Latzel, 1884 (Myriop. dsterr.-ungar. Monarchie). Order DIPLOPODA. Suborder I. PSELAPHOGNATHA. Fam. Polyxenide. Suborder II. CoiLoGNaTua. Fam. Glomeride. Polydesmide. Chordeumide. Lysvopetalide. Lulide. Suborder III. CotopoGnaTua. Fam. Polyzonide. Berlese, 1886 (Bull. Soc. Eat. Ital. p. 42). Suborder CHILOGNATHA. Fam. Glomeride. Polydesmide. lulide. Subfam. Lysiopetalidia. Tulidia. Chordeumidia. é Mihi. Class DIPLOPODA. Subclass 1. PSELAPHOGNATHA. Fam. Polyxenide. Subclass 2. CHILOGNATHA. Order 1. ONISCOMORPHA. Fam. Glomeride. Order 2. HELMINTHOMORPHA. Suborder 1. PorypDESMOIDEA. Fam. Polydesmde. Suborder 2. IvnorpEa. Fam. Lystopetalide. lulide. Polyzonde. Chordeumide. 294 On the Classification of the Diplopoda. aminibus genitalibus in segmento posteriore posi- f For Class Hexapopa. LS Class CHILOPODA. sitis. Segmentis non ultra pari pedum uno in- structis. Tribus pedum paribus in maxillas mutatis, Spiraculis in parte corporis laterali (Foraminibus genitalibus in parte corporis antica positis. Segmentis binis pedum paribus ple- Class DIPLOPODA. < rumque instructis. Duobus pedum paribus in maxillas mutatis. Spiraculis in parte corporis inferiore sitis. Subclass 1. PSELAPHOGNATHA. Ano in segmento penultimo posito. Mavxillis secundi paris pedibus similibus, Foraminibus repugnatoriis nullis. Labro discreto. Corpore molli fasciculisque pilorum OID Goo doagdcas Ddgdd cave do DDODOOOO OD ODODDCDDaSO Subclass 2. CHILOGNATIHA. Ano in segmento ultimo posito. Maxillis secundi paris laminam formantibus. Labro haud discreto. Foramini- bus repugnatoriis manifestis. Corpore crustato fascicu- lisque pilorum haud ornato. Order 1. ONISCOMORPHA. Pedibus, qui instrumentum copulativum forment, segmento ultimo additis. Tracheis ramosis. Foraminibus re- pugnatoriis seriem unam in dorso medio formantibus. Pleuris distinctis: laminis ani haud segmento poste- TIOLONCINC EIS ace Pte eee ae te ous cyanea Order 2. HELMINTHOMORPHA. Pedibus segmenti septimi in instrumentum copulativum mutatis. Tracheis fasciculis similibus. Foraminibus repugnatoriis serlem unam quoque latere formantibus. Pleuris haud distinctis. Laminis ani segmento poste- riore circumdatis. Suborder 1. PotyDESMOIDEA. Instrumento copulativo ex anteriore pedum pari formato, externo: corpore segmentis non ultra viginti com- osito. Cardine mandibule nullo, promento gna- Polyxenide. Glomeride. thochilaxiinullopeerrrr reir irirr er me OL@esmtace: Suborder 2. IvLorpEa. Seementorum numero semper majore quam viginti, ple- rumque magno varioque. Mandibula cardine instructa, gnathochilario promento. Pedibus copu- lativis plerumque internis. A. Instrumento copulativo ex anteriore pedum pari formato. Numero segmentorum magno va- THONGS go ooonossogncos so bene Sd0000od00054 50 Lysiopetalide. On new or little-known South- American Frogs. 295 B. Instrumento copulativo e duobus pedum paribus formato. 1. Numero segmentorum magno varioque. Fora- minibus repugnatoriis manifestis. (a) Mandibulis haud imminutis .............. Iulide. @) Mandibulishimminutiss 227 seen ae Polyzonide. 2. Numero segmentorum semper triginta. Foram- inibus repugnatoriis evanidis .............. Chordeumide , XXX VI.— Descriptions of new or little-known South- American Frogs of the Genera Paludicola and Hyla. By G. A. BOULENGER. Paludicola nebulosa. Liuperus nebulosus, Burmeister, Reise La Plata, ii. p. 582 (1861). Tongue subcircular, indistinctly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth none. Snout extremely short, much shorter than the diameter of the eye, somewhat similar to that of Notaden Bennetti; nostrils directed forwards ; eye large; interorbital space about two thirds the width of the upper eyelid ; tym- panum distinct, circular, measuring half the diameter of the eye. Fingers short, depressed, first much longer than second ; toes short, much depressed, webbed at the base, the web extending as a fringe to their tips ; subarticular tubercles small, of toes conical; two very strong, compressed, sharp- edged metatarsal tubercles, inner largest ; no tarsal tubercle ; no tarsal fold. The hind limb being carried forwards along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the axilla; tibia little longer than the skull. Skin smooth ; no lumbar gland. Pale brownish above, with small scattered blackish spots; no cross bars on the limbs. From snout to vent 40 millim. Mendoza. Described from the type specimen (¢) in the Berlin Museum (no. 7374). Paludicola albifrons (Spx). Tongue small, elliptic, entire. Vomerine teeth none. Snout rounded, as long as the orbital diameter; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum hidden. Fingers moderate, first not extending quite as far as second; toes moderate, free, not fringed; subarticular tubercles moderate, 296 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new or conical; a small conical tubercle on the inner side of the tarsus; two large, oval, compressed metatarsal tubercles, nearer each other than the tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior corner of the eye. Skin nearly smooth, with flat warts above; no lumbar gland. Greyish above, with numerous, insuliform, dark-edged spots ; dark vertical bars on the upper lip and cross bars on the limbs; sides of throat black in the male. Two external subgular vocal sacs in the male. From snout to vent 30 millim. Brazil. Described from two specimens (male and young) from Porto Alegre in the Berlin Museum (no. 6800). The larger metatarsal tubercles distinguish P. albifrons from P. gracilis. Liuperus marmoratus, Burmeister (‘ La Plata,’ 1. p. 532), is not identical with P. albifrons, as stated by Peters, but with P. fuscomaculata. Paludicola Henselit, Peters. Tongue elliptic, entire. Vomerine teeth none. Snout subacuminate, as long as the orbital diameter; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum small, very indistinct. Fingers moderate, first not extending quite as far as second; toes moderate, free, not fringed; subarticular tubercles moderate, not conical; a small tarsal tubercle; two small, oval, metatarsal tubercles, which are wider apart from each other than the inner from the tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior corner of the eye. Back with numerous, nearly straight, longitudinal folds; no lumbar gland. Grey-brown above, lighter along the middle and the sides of the back; hind limbs with dark cross bands; a black band extends from the end of the snout, through the eye, to the side, obliquely descending and gradu- ally widening from behind the eye; below this black band, from the end of the snout to the shoulder, a whitish streak, which is again edged below by a blackish streak bordering the lip; lower surfaces whitish, mottled with brown. Male with a large subgular vocal sac. From snout to vent 19 millim. Rio Grande, Brazil. Described from the type specimen (4) in the Berlin Museum (no. 6806). Paludicola Bischoff, sp. n. Tongue elliptic, entire. Vomerine teeth none. Snout little-known South-American Frogs. 297 subacuminate, as long as the orbital diameter; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum small, very indistinct. Fingers slender, first considerably shorter than second; toes slender, fringed, with a slight rudiment of web; subarticular tubercles moderate, not conical; a small tarsal tubercle; two small, oval, metatarsal tubercles, which are wider apart from each other than the inner from the tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the anterior corner of the eye. Skin smooth, witha few very fine oblique or sinuous folds above ; no lumbar gland. Pale olive above, with darker insuliform spots on the back and cross bars on the hind limbs; a black band, edged above with a fine whitish line, extends from the end of the snout, through the nostril, the eye, and the ear, to the side, obliquely descending and gradually widening from behind the eye; lower surfaces whitish, mottled with brown round the j jaw and on the throat and breast. From snout to vent 29 millim. Mundo Novo, Rio Grande do Sul. A single female specimen, obtained by Hr. Th. Bischoff. Paludicola Olfersii. Phryniscus Olfersit, Martens, Nom. Mus. Berol. p. 40. Nattereria lateristriga, Steind. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1864, p. 279, pl. xiv. fig. 2. Paludicola Olfersit, Peters, SB. Ges. nat. Freunde, 1882, p. 62. Tongue elliptic, entire. Vomerine teeth none. Snout subacuminate, nearly as long as the orbital diameter; inter- orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum hidden. Fingers slender, first not extending as far as second ; toes slender, free, not fringed; two small metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer round; no tarsal tubercle; no tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the anterior corner of the eye. Skin smooth, without folds; no lumbar gland. Pale brown above, with darker symmetrical markings and cross bands on the hind limbs ; a light streak along the coccyx; a blackish band from the end of the snout to the groin, passing through the eye, gradually widening and obliquely descending from behind the eye; the band is sharply defined and finely white-edged above and between the eye and the shoulder; lower surfaces whitish, throat and breast mottled with brown. From snout to vent 28 millim. Brazil. A half-grown female specimen, one of the types, presented to the author by Professor Peters in 1882, is in the British Museum. 298 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new or Liuperus elegans, Peters, of which I examined the type in the Berlin Museum, belongs to the genus Hylodes, and is very closely allied to H. bogotensis, Peters, from which it differs in the smaller digital expansions. The vomerine teeth, very indistinct, appear to be in two small rounded groups behind the line of the choane. Liuperus nitidus, Peters, is probably likewise not a Paludicola; but I could not examine the sternum. Hyla marginata, sp. n. Tongue broader than long, entire, posterior fourth free. Vomerine teeth in two transverse oval groups, close together, on a line with the posterior border of the choane, which are of moderate size and much larger than the eustachian tubes. Head moderate, broader than long; snout rounded, shorter than the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis angular ; loreal region not very oblique, concave; nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers one-third webbed ; a distinct rudiment of pollex ; toes about three-fifths webbed; disks a little smaller than the tympanum; subarticular tubercles moderate; no tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches halfway between the eye and the end of the snout. Skin smooth; belly with large granules; throat indistinctly granulate. Upper surface of head and tibia and back finely powdered with brown on a colourless ground; a few small dark brown spots on the head and back, one on each upper eyelid; a dark brown line from the end of the snout, along the canthus rostralis and supraciliary edge, above the tympanum, and along each side of the body as far as the sacral region, also along the outer side of the forearm and tibia; a transverse dark brown streak, edged above with white, above the vent and at the heel; a white line round the upper lip; lower surfaces colourless. From snout to vent 50 millim. Mundo Novo, Rio Grande do Sul. A single female specimen, collected by Hr. Bischoff. Apparently related to H. rubscundula, R. & L. Hyla Bischoff, sp. n. Tongue circular, entire, and slightly free behind. Vome- rine teeth in a strong, scarcely interrupted, transverse series, on a line with the hinder edge of the choanz, which are of moderate size and larger than the eustachian tubes. Head rather large, rather strongly depressed, slightly broader than little-known South-American Frogs. 299 long; snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis angular; loreal region very oblique, con- cave; nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye; inter- orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers one-fourth webbed; a distinct rudiment of pollex; toes half-webbed ; disks smaller than the tympanum; subarticular tubercles moderate; a very slight fold along the inner edge of the tarsus. ‘The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches halfway between the eye and the end of the snout. Skin smooth above ; belly and lower surface of thighs with large, throat with smaller, granules. Greyish or pale brown above, with or without large brown spots and a brown line along the middle of the head and anterior half of body ; a dark brown band from the end of the snout to above the shoulder, passing through the nostril and the eye and over the tympanum; a dark brown line borders the upper and the lower lip; a dark brown streak along the outer side of the tibia; hinder side of thighs light, with vertical black bars ; lower surfaces white. From snout to vent 55 millim. Mundo Novo, Rio Grande do Sul. Two female specimens, collected by Hr. Bischoff. Allied to H. pulchella, D. & B., but well distinguished by the larger head with much more oblique lores. Hyla zebra, D. & B. Tongue circular, indistinctly nicked, posterior fourth free. Vomerine teeth in two small groups in the middle between the choane; latter moderate, a little larger than the eusta- chian tubes. Head moderately large, a little broader than long; snout rounded, nearly as long as the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal region nearly vertical ; nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers one-third webbed ; a distinct rudiment of pollex; toes two thirds webbed; disks a little smaller than the tympanum; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a strong fold along the inner edge of the tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches halfway between the eye and the end of the snout. Upper surfaces glandular, the glandules most distinct on the head and limbs, but present also on the back; belly and lower surtace of thighs with large, throat with smaller granules. Brown above, with large blackish spots on the sides and blackish bars across the front and posterior sides of the thighs, alternating with lighter 300 Prof, M‘Intosh’s Notes from the bands; belly white, throat brown. From snout to vent 63 millim. Buenos Ayres. Described from one of the type specimens (?) in the Paris Museum, kindly communicated by Prof. Vaillant. XXXVII.—WNotes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. VIIl. By Prof. M‘IntosH, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. 1. Ona Post-larval Zabrus, with Remarks on the Colour of Pelvic Fins. 2. On the Post-larval Condition of Ziparis Montagut. 3. On a peculiar Teleostean Yolk-sac. 4. General Remarks on Post-larval Food-Fishes. 1. On a Post-larval Labrus, with Remarks on the Colour of Pelvic fins. While lately (middle of September) using the large mid- water net, which has proved so valuable in regard to the life-histories of marine forms, a young wrasse, about 11 millim. in length, was captured, which, from the length of the anal fin and other characters approaches Labrus mixtus, but appears to be only a post-larval example of Labrus maculatus, though further examination is necessary on this point. This young wrasse shows boldly marked white touches on a greenish ground variegated with brown pigment. The general hue, indeed, is greenish brown with various bands and patches. ‘Thus the head has two white touches (each some- what crescentric in form) over the brain, and a transverse one in front of the dorsal fin. A brown band passes from the middle of the eye forward on the snout and in line with the brown bar on the tip of the mandible. Another brown bar extends from the eye downward and forward, a third touch occurs on the hyoid, and two or three bars exist elsewhere on the head. The eyes are pale greenish with golden arches supe- riorly, and a band of brownish red surrounds the pupil, except inferiorly, where it is almost absent. This reddish belt has a process anteriorly and posteriorly. The body is conspicuously marked with eight white spots, the first being near the pectorals, the last in the centre of the base of the tail. These spots are situated above the lateral line. Five opaque white spots again occur above the former, two sending prolongations to the tip of the dorsal fin, and a St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 301 third partially. Four specks of white are placed along the ventral margin, two lying in the basal line of the anal fin. A few minute specks occupy the space between the latter and the larger upper series. Large silvery patches, again, extend from beneath the eye to the end of the abdomen. A few brown specks appear on the ventral surface in front of the pelvic fins, and two boldly marked brown touches lie in the median line between the latter and the anus. Besides the white touches which enliven the dorsal fin an opaque brownish one occurs in front. The soft rays of this fin have not yet attained the proportionally elongated con- dition of the adult organ. The pectorals are large and somewhat transparent, their very rapid vibratory movement resembling that of Hippocampus and the Syngnathidee. A brown bar, however, marks their fleshy basal region, which in these and many other post-larval fishes is much larger in proportion than in the adult—a condition pro- bably connected with increased functional activity. The ventral fins are opaque white, with a brownish belt in front (anterior rays) ; this belt, moreover, joining a brown band which proceeds upward to the base of the pectorals, where it bends nearly at a right angle straight backward to the posterior part of the abdominal wall. The anal fin has a brown patch (covering two rays) in front. None of the blue, yellow, or orange, so common in the adult, had yet appeared. After immersion in spirit only the dark pigment remains, and thus the body has a peculiarly blotched or speckled appearance posteriorly, while the head and abdomen are striped. The colour of the ventral fins in the post-larval forms of diverse families of fishes is apparently a feature of moment. Thus the post-larval J/otella has its enormous white ven- trals tipped with black, as Alex. Agassiz clearly describes and figures. The young cod, haddock, and whiting have pure white ventrals terminated by a long whip-like process at the end of the second anterior (or outer) ray. The great ventrals of the post-larval ling are conspicuously tinted of an ochre-yellow. The colour of the huge ventrals of the fishing-frog 1s not mentioned by Gtinther or Agassiz, but it is not unlikely that the post-larval pigment in this form also is peculiar. The pelagic habits of many fishes at this stage are probably associated with these peculiar tints, just as both sides of most post-larval Pleuronectide are tinted for a time, as the ventral surface of the large abdomen of Callionymus at this stage is of a dusky blackish hue, and as the abdomen in certain post-larval Coté is furnished with a broad and conspicuous belt of black. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 21 802 Prof. M‘Intosh’s. Notes from the It is interesting that rock-frequenting species, like the pre- sent form, Cyclopterus, and others, should display such vivid tints both in the post-larval and occasionally in the adult condition. 2. On the Post-larval Condition of Liparis Montagut. In former notes * mention has been made of the ova and larval condition of this species. The chief peculiarities of the post-larval form, about 10 millim. in length, may now be indicated. In this specimen the notochord still projects supe- riorly from the tip of the tail, and the hypural edge is almost vertical. The caudal region with its fin-rays is bluntly conical. A marked feature is the elevation of the first region of the dorsal fin and its wider rays, a differentiation perhaps indi- cating the relationship with a form in which such is present in the adult, or marking the region which in others becomes the first dorsal. This elevation disappears in the adult. The head and cheeks have a few black specks, and these also occur on the anterior region of the body. The pectorals are speckled in a similar manner. The elongated rays of these fins are not yet developed, so that this is a subsequent character ; their margins trend evenly from the anterior part of the sucker backwards and upwards. The difference in regard to the size of the eye of such a species as this and one of the post-larval Gadoids is marked, the large eyes of the latter being diagnostic, and probably associated with their greater adroitness and rapidity in catch- ing minute prey. 3. On a peculiar Teleostean Yolk-sac. One of the most interesting larval fishes of this season (1887) at the Laboratory was an unknown form (though there are some grounds for associating it with the gunnel), distinguished amongst all others with which we are at present acquainted by the remarkable peculiarity of the presence of a large portion of the liver in the yolk-sac. A full description, with figures, of this elongated and very hardy species will be given by Mr. Prince and myself in the “‘ Researches ” from the Laboratory ; but it may be mentioned that the yolk-sac is directed downwards and torwards from the body of the fish, and is slightly opaque, while the oil-globule is of crystalline translucency and furnished with a thick protoplasmic invest- ment. Though the globule is near the inferior border of the sac, yet it is close to the heart, from the shortness of the sac. The liver proceeds downwards on the left side, and extends * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. June 1885, and Reports to the Fishery Board for Scotland, 1885 and 1886. St. Andrews Marine Laboratory. 303 posteriorly to the fundus of the sac, its tissue insinuating itself between the yolk and its proper covering and the yolk- sac. The rounded gall-bladder lies at the posterior and upper region of the latter, and after the absorption of most of the yolk and the consequent forward displacement of the oil- globule this large sac remained very conspicuous. ‘The ali- | mentary canal in the advanced forms presents two marked constrictions, one behind the gall-bladder and another a little in front of the anus, which occurs near the middle of the body, a feature, after absorption of the yolk-sac, that at once dis- tinguishes them from the larval herring, in which the anus lies very far back. The conspicuous gall-bladder is also diagnostic when compared with the larval sand-eel, in which the anus is likewise more or less median in position. 4, General Remarks on Post-larval Food-Fishes. There seems to be a community in habit amongst the post- larval Gadoids, especially, so far as present knowledge goes, in the case of the cod and whiting, though probably also in the haddock, just as there is a community in regard to their ova. In the early post-larval stages of the cod and whiting close resemblances exist, especially after preservation in spirit, but they are easily discriminated after reaching the length of about five eighths of an inch. They roam throughout the deeper parts of the neighbouring sea, but are not confined thereto, some being occasionally found in the upper regions and some in the shallow water (4-5 fathoms). They are met with, however, in greatest numbers in the regions near the bottom in their post-larval stages. It is doubtful if the migrations described by Prof. G. O. Sars in the case of the cod can, in the light of present facts, be accepted as the rule in this or in allied species. The floating eggs are carried (if they are not already there) into shallow as well as into deep water, and thus the post-larval fishes are common in both regions. Most, however, probably occur on or near the grounds frequented by the adults, and hence it is that far from shore young post-larval forms are even more numerous than in shallow or other water near land. ‘The same applies to certain flat fishes, such as the witch (Pleuronectes cynoglossus), the young of which keep near the ground frequented by the adult and do not migrate to any extent into other regions. The older post-larval forms of the cod and its allies, as already described, seek in the various bays the margin of the rocks in search of the abundant food there; but itis not proved that there is any general migration from deep to shallow Dil 304 Mr. J. A. Murray on a new Species of Zygena. water, as Prof. Sars thinks. Similar forms occur in deep water and in the neighbourhood of isolated rocks, such as the Bell Rock, and especially on the grounds frequented by the adult. XXXVIII.~—A new Species of Zygena from the Kurrachee Harbour. By James A. Murray, Vict. Nat. Hist. Inst.* Zygena dissimilis, sp. nov. (Ex Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.) Anterior edge of head sinuately curved. No groove running along vt. Length of the hammer from eye to eye 26 inches; from the middle 13 inches. Hach of its hind lateral expan- sions 10 inches; its width near the eye 6°5 inches, or less than the length. Tye situated at the upper third of the ex- ternal edge of the lobe of the head, and 2 inches below the outer edge of the nostril. Teeth very shghtly oblique, as broad at base as long, with an indistinct notch laterally and serrated on both edges to near the tip. They are convex before and behind, with an oblong nodose prominence mesially at the base on the outer surface. The Ist dorsal arises from a little more than an inch inside the extreme hind edge of the pectoral fin ; it is faleate in shape and measures along the curve to tip 25 inches; the greatest width to hind prolonga- tion at the base 15°75 inches. Pectoral fin 18 x 12 inches, or one third longer than broad. Second dorsal arises from opposite the anal ; it is triangularly concave behind, and not straight as depicted in the plates of Zygena malleus, Blochi, and Tudes in Day’s Fishes of India, and it has also an elon- gated process at base. Ventral fin 11 x 10-5 inches, also triangularly concave behind, and not straight as in the other species. Anal fin 7 x 11 inches, concave behind, the dis- tance from its insertion to the tip of the elongate process of the ventral 5 inches. A pit at the root of the caudal; upper caudal lobe falcate, lower proportionally longer than in the other species. Colours brownish grey throughout, except a width of 10 inches on the under surface, and the under surface of the hammer, where it is white. The following are the measurements of this species taken m the flesh -— * From the ‘Indian Annals and Magazine of Natural Science,’ June 1887, pp. 90-92. Dr. W. Miiller on the Scent-organs in Phryganide. 305 feet. inches. Total length to tip of upper caudallobe.... 10 23 Length of upper caudal lobe.............. 3 13 He lower Flee eeulinGir cd cloana ou 1 33 Height of 1st dorsal over curve............ 2 1 3 6 Greanca) mom) ods bec 1 9 Width of » to tip of elongate process 1 3 Elciohtyoteondudorsalap wert eaciirote rei: 0) 8 Width of PW Mg seoo RB coo MOONE 0 11 LENIN Oi PAKOwll in ge sacesoovacnecunor 1 63 Width SOS LAR* fi Reb te Ps eae 1 0 eno thvorayentraletinwermecscpereretelp se erred: 0 11 Width Firs Weds CED Oe or Crane co 0 102 Novalis tin=pleno-t ames ernie reser n. ae) nanos 0 7 WAG Cm be heraria ceae cearelseoeay cxcyone ahs 0 11 ” Diameter of eye 1°25 inch ; width of mouth 9°75 inches. Hindmost (5th) gill-opening smallest. Loc. Kurrachee. Captured on the 20th April, 1884. Type in the Kurrachee Museum. This species differs from all the known forms, first, by having its teeth serrated on the edges instead of smooth ; and, next, in having no prolonged groove along the entire front margin of the hammer. From Z. malleus by the less curvature of the head, also by the length of the hind margin of one side of the hammer being more than its greatest width near the eye, and by the shape and position of the fins, especially the 2nd dorsal and ventral fins, which are concave behind instead of being straight. It is nearest Z. mokarran (Giinther, Cat. Fish. B. M.), but the length of the hind margin of one of the lateral expansions is greater than the width near the eye, instead of being equal as in that species, and the anterior margin of the hammer does not form a right angle with the lateral lobe. This makes the third species of shark lately described from the Kurrachee Harbour. The first is Carcharias Murrayt, Giinther, the next Lamna Giinthert, Murray, and the present one the third. It is a question now whether these three species extend their range along the Beloochistan and Bom- bay coasts. XX XIX.—Scent-organs in Phryganide. By Dr. WILHELM MULLER *. WHEN I first captured a male of Sericostoma (S. personatum, K. & Sp.), in August 1885, and, induced by the remarkable * Translated from the ‘Archiv fur Naturgeschichte,’ Jahrg. xxxv. pp. 95-97. 306 Dr. W. Miiller on the Scent-organs in Phryganide. form of the head, dissected the animal, the inflated palpi, which, as is well known, give the head its peculiar appear- ance and cover it like a mask, at once reminded me of the scent-organs of the Lepidoptera, and especially the hair-tufts of the Satyride. There may, perhaps, be some hesitation about recognizing any resemblance in this instance, but at any rate the comparison led me to the correct interpretation of the organs in question, although at first it did not seem an easy matter to obtain any proof of the correctness of this in- terpretation. To me it was a confirmation of my hypothesis that, as I satisfied myself from individuals taken zm copula, these pecu- liarly modified palpi only occur in the males (which, how- ever, has long been known). An experimental proof, usually to be obtained easily in the Lepidoptera, could not, however, be arrived at, and this was due to the fact that the animals could not be induced to unfold their scent-organs by pressure or similar manipulations, the cause of which is to be found in the peculiar mechanism of the process. Finally, an indi- vidual which I probably captured during courtship favoured me by spreading out his palpi and unfolding the hair-tufts lying in them, when the hair-tufts surrounded the head like a halo, and then I was able by pressure to prevent the animal from folding up the tufts. In this individual I remarked, as also did a second person, under whose nose I held the animal, a distinct odour nearly resembling that of vanilla, and thus is furnished the proof that the dilated palpi of the males of Sericostoma serve as scent-organs. As a further observation bearing upon this subject I may state that of numerous male and female individuals of Ser7- costoma personatum which I kept alive in a large glass vessel, a male placed himself in front of a female and then unfolded his hair-tufts. As regards the form and structure of the organs in question, having neglected to preserve the animals in spirits, I was Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Sericostoma personatum, K. & Sp. 1, Female; 2, male. Map, maxillaryspalpus. Dr. W. Miiller on the Scent-organs in Phryganide. 307 confined to dry material and compelled to give up any inves- tigation of the minute structure. In the place of the four extended joints of the maxillary palpus which we find in the female (fig. 1), the male pos- sesses a single terminal joint (fig. 2, Mxzp) formed by the amalgamation of several joints. It is of a very peculiar form, nearly like a spoon. ‘The margin turned away from the head is dilated inwards and closely applied to the margin of the corresponding joint of the other side. On the other side the spoons lie so close to the head that they seem to form a part of the latter and cover it in front like a mask; and thus is produced on all sides a very complete closure, which prevents the evaporation of the scented secretion within the spoons. The interior of these spoons is entirely filled with very fine hairs, which originate at the base of the spoons and on the side turned away from the head (of course on their inner sur- face). These hairs are pale coloured, slightly clavate, and attain a length of about 1 millim. As already stated, the animal is able to separate and spread out the palpi (how must remain unsettled for the present) and at the same time to unfold the tufts of hair. Thus we find, as is generally the case in the scent-organs of the Lepidoptera, an enclosure which ordinarily protects the scented secretion from evaporation, and, on the other hand, an arrangement by which at the proper moment a large surface is presented for evaporation, so as to effect a great develop- ment of the scent. In the Phryganide there are pretty frequently secondary sexual characters, and it seems not improbable that fre- quently, or at any rate in some cases, these have to do with scent-organs. I may refer in the first place to Notidobia*, in which, according to Brauer, the maxillary palpi are boat- shaped and stand in the same relation to the forehead as in Sericostoma, and, further, to Aspathertum fT, in which the maxillary palpi in the male are short and strongly hairy, although not dilated. In Heclisopteryx and Halesus { there is in the male at the base of the hind wing a folded pouch with a pencil of hairs. A similar sac occurs, according to MacLach- lan §, in the genus Drusus. Further, Fritz Muller states that on the maxillary palpi of the male Grumiche there are hair- tufts which probably serve as scent-apparatus, as also “ that in the wonderful antenne of the males of Peltopsyche he is inclined to see scent-apparatus.”’ * Brauer, ‘ Neuroptera Austriaca’ (Vienna, 1857), p. 43. + Loe. cit. p. 42. t Loe. cit. pp. 46, 47. § MacLachlan, ‘ Revision of European Trichoptera,’ p. 164. 308 Dr. L. Bohmig on the XL.— On the Sense-organs of the Turbellaria. By Dr. L. Boumic *. BEING engaged in investigations upon the Dendroccelous and Rhabdoccelous Turbellaria, I wish here to communicate what I have at present ascertained with regard to their sense- organs, as the publication of my larger memoirs relating to the general structure must be delayed for some time in conse- quence of the accumulation of material and the preparation of figures. A comparison of my preparations of Planarta gonocephala, Duj., with the figures and descriptions which J. Carriére has given f of the eyes of Planaria polychroa and Dendrocelum lacteum has convinced me that I am able to furnish some fresh details. The position of the eyes in Planaria gonocephala is the same as in all the Triclades known to me, namely in the anterior extremity of the body, described as the head. Pla- naria gonocephala has a triangular head, and the eyes lie in its middle. The longitudinal diameter of the eyes amounts to about 0°18 millim., that of the width and height about 0-1 millim. Sections through the eye allow us to recognize what follows. Each eye consists of a pigment-capsule and a nervous apparatus ; the pigment-capsule, the greater diameter of which is parallel to the longitudinal axis of the animal, consists of small blackish-brown spherules. The convex side of the capsule is surrounded by a narrow border of finely granular plasma, in which a number of distinct round nuclei are to be perceived. The great number of nuclei indicates that the pigment-capsule has originated from several cells, in opposition to the eyes of the Polyclades, in which only one nucleus occurs in this plasmatic border. Before the opening of the pigment-capsule is the so-called ganglion opticum, which consists of a central ball of dotted substance, around which peripheral ganglion-cells (retinal cells) are grouped. ‘The central nervous system is in con- nexion with the ball of dotted substance through the nervus opticus. ‘This originates from a part of the cerebrum where the dotted substance is characterized by greater fineness and a more homogeneous appearance. ‘The same thing occurs in * Translated from the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ no. 260, 12th Septem- ber, 1887, pp. 484-488. + J. Carriére, “Die Augen von Planaria polychroa, O. Schm., und Polycelis nigra, Khrb.,” in Archiy fiir microsc, Anat. Bd. xx. Heft 2; and “Tie Sehorgane der Thiere.” Sense-organs of the Turbellaria. 309 many Gasteropoda, e. g. Helix pomatia, in which also the part of the dotted substance from which the sense-nerves and, indeed, especially the nervus opticus are given off is distinguished from the rest by the above-mentioned properties. The cells of the ganglion opticum possess a large nucleus, which is surrounded by only a narrow plasmatic border. They are unipolar, but this process divides immediately into a number of smaller ones, which, so far as I could ascertain, all but one enter into the dotted substance, probably to unite here with each other and with the fibres of the nervus opticus. One of the fibres produced by the division of a cell-process turns, however, towards the aperture of the pigment-capsule, and before entering it undergoes a more or less strong geni- culation. In the cavity of the pigment-capsule it swells into the so-called terminal club. These terminal clubs completely fill up the pigment-capsule. Hitherto they have been described as hyaline structureless formations; in Planaria gonocephala they present a more complex structure. The fibres in question become thickened first of all into a small pestle-like formation, which sometimes shows a fine longitu- dinal striation. Upon this, like a hood, is seated a crescenti- form, finely granulated, terminal piece, and between the two there is intercalated a thin, hyaline, intermediate plate. In Planaria Theringii* I do not find the intermediate plate; in this the terminal piece enveloped the club for a certain distance. I have been unable to detect any lenses or lentiform struc- tures. I suppose that the function of the lens is performed by the parenchymatous tissue situated between the retina and the epithelium, which during life is viscous and transparent. I regard as the retina the ganglion opticum and the terminal clubs, as has already been done by others. Among the Rhabdoccelous Turbellaria I have hitherto particularly devoted my attention to the Alloioceela. Among these the Plagiostomide, when compared with the Monotide, possess the more complex eyes, and of these two or four. Vorticeros auriculatum possesses two eyes which are placed in direct contact with the brain, as indeed is the case in all other forms. ‘The pigment of the pigment-capsule is, in the Plagiostomide, very frequently connected by pigment-cords with the pigment ot the body, so also in Vorticeros auricu- latum. ‘The aperture of the pigment-capsule is turned * Planaria Iheringu, a new Tricladous Turbellarian from Brazil, de- scribed by the authorin the same number of the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger.’ 310 Dr. L. Bohmig on the towards one side; its larger axis is placed perpendicularly to the long axis of the body. The pigment-capsule of each eye is divided by a median pigmental septum into an anterior and a posterior chamber. I have been unable to detect any plasmatic border with nuclei around the pigment-capsule ; nevertheless it does not follow that it is really deficient. The pigmental septum of course causes the pigment-capsule to possess two apertures, each of which is closed by a lentiform cell with a distinct nucleus and nucleolus which les upon it. This cell, however, is not placed close to the margin of the capsule, but leaves a small space free. The cavity of each half of the pigment-capsule is occupied by fine bacilli which stand perpendicularly to the long axis of the capsule. They leave a small central canal free, in which, in certain preparations, I observed extremely fine fibrils. Between the bacilli there is a delicate homo- geneous intermediate substance. In the vicinity, especially at the margin of the capsule, there are numerous small cells which are very similar to the ganglion-cells of the cerebrum, and are only distinguished from them by a small difference in size. They possess fine processes, of which I assume that they unite with the bacilli; but this I have not seen. ‘These cells would then have to be regarded as retinal cells. Enterostoma striatum possesses four eyes, two small ante- rior and two larger hinder ones. They all le upon the cere- brum, which, in contrast to all other Alloioccela examined by me, is cut off from the surrounding tissues by a very sharp fine outline. nterostoma striatum presents many peculia- rities: thus, for example, it possesses an unpaired, dorsally- placed ovary. In the reniform pigment-capsule two globular pale structures lie close together, and these in very well- preserved specimens show a distinct longitudinal striation. This striation is due to exceedingly delicate bacilli, which are enclosed in a delicate intermediate substance. In front of the aperture of the pigment-capsule I see here two large cells which produce a closure similar to that of the lentiform cells of Vorticeros auriculatum. Small cells, on which I could here and there detect fine processes, he before and in the vicinity of the large ones. ‘The small cells stain, especially with osmium-carmine, much more strongly than the large ones, and also more intensely than the ganglion-cells of the cere- brum. In one case I was able to trace such a fine process into the neighbourhood of the striated globular structures. I regard them therefore in this case also as retinal cells. The larger pale cells, both in Vorticeros auriculatum and in Ente- rostoma siriatum, may, perhaps, be regarded as lens-cells, as it Sense-organs of the Turbellaria. 311 is certainly possible that they really act as refractive media, or at any rate are homologous in their origin with the lenses of other eyes of Rhabdoceela. The eyes of Plagiostoma paliraleueun, maculatum, reticu- latum, and sulphureum agree essentially in their structure with the eyes of Enterostoma striatum. © Smaller differences, of course, exist, and more will probably be found on further investigation. ‘Thus, for example, the contents of the pig- ment-capsule in Plagiostoma ochroleucum do not consist of two globular structures, as in Hnterostoma striatum, but only of one. ‘The tendency to break up into several pieces in the eyes of Plagiostoma sulphureum is also known. I must, however, specially notice the eyes of Plagiostoma Girardi. In this animal the contents of the pigment-capsule consist of two clearly distinguishable substances. The larger posterior portion of the capsule i is filled with a perfectly homo- geneous substance which only becomes faintly coloured by reagents. In front of this there is a narrow band which does not stain at all, but shows a distinct horizontal striation. The limit of this band is very sharp and distinct both inwardly and outwardly. Before the pigment-capsule there is an ageregation of cells, of which the central ones are larger than the peripheral. They also show a difference in their behaviour towards colouring materials, the smaller cells stain more strongly than the large central ones. ‘The figure given by von Graff, in his monograph of the Turbellaria, of the eyes of Plagiostoma Girardi does not agree with my representa- tion. In my opinion von Graff had before him indifferently preserved specimens, and crushed preparations in this case only too readily give rise to illusions. What von Graff de- scribes as the lens is undoubtedly the contents of the pigment- capsule shrivelled during preparation, and which I regard as the terminal nervous apparatus, I believe, with some justice. A. Lang* and I. lyjimat mention in the Planarie ex- amined by them a nervous plexus, which is readily demon- strable, especially at the back of the animal. In Flanaria gonocephala, also, there is both at the dorsal and at the ven- tral surface a subcutaneous nervous plexus, which may be particularly demonstrated in the cephalic part, and here again very distinctly in the auricular processes. In connexion with this subcutaneous nervous plexus I have observed in the auricular processes an apparatus which is probably to be in- terpreted as a terminal nervous apparatus. * Das Nervensystem der Tricladen. + Untersuchungen uber den Bau und die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Seen Dendr -occelen. 312 Dr. A. Giinther on Batrachians from Perak. On the dorsal surface of the auricles there is a pit about 0:03 millim. deep, and 0°025 millim. in length and breadth, diminishing downwards, which is cut off from its surround- ings by a sharp and fine contour. At the bottom of the pit numerous nervous fibres enter from the subcutaneous nervous plexus, and these run to a reniform body which occupies the middle third of the depression. This body is of fibrous struc- iure, and the fibres composing it are apparently confusedly ntermixed. With picrocarmine it stains yellowish red, and much more intensely than the dotted substance which other- wise resembles it in appearance. From the free surface of this body arise a number of sete, about 0°025 millim. in length and 0-002 millim. in thickness, which project beyond the cilia of the surrounding epithelial cells. At their free extremities these filaments are furnished with small knobs. The inferior third of the pit is only partially filled by the en- tering nerve-fibres ; the rest is occupied by a large cell about 0:008 millim. in diameter, possessing a distinct nucleus which only stains faintly. As to the function pertaining to this organ I am quite in the dark ; it is perhaps a tactile organ. Hitherto I have been unable to find any other terminal apparatus of the nerves either in Triclades or in Rhabdoccela, with the exception of the tactile apparatus at the anterior ex- tremity of the body in Graffilla nwuricicola, already described by me in detail; nevertheless I have often been able to trace the nerves as far as the epithelium. ‘The only other things that I might mention are the small pale pencils which I have found among the epithelial cells of the auricular processes in Planaria gonocephala, and which are perhaps connected with nerve-fibres. XLI.—Notes on Batrachians from Perak. By Dr. A. GunTHER, F.R.S. [Plate XVL] Mr. L. Wray, JUN., of the Perak Museum has again for- warded to the British Museum a small collection of Batra- chians which supplies some additional information for our knowledge of the Reptilian fauna of the interior of the Malayan Peninsula. I beg to offer the following notes on some of the species sent. Dr. A. Giinther on Batrachians from Perak. 313 Rana macrodon, Kuhl. Mr. Wray found this species on the hills of Larut, between 3000 and 4000 feet. In the adult female specimen which he sent the tarsal fold of the skin, which is generally found in this species, is wanting. Its occasional absence may also be observed, though rarely, in Rana tigrina. Phrynella pulchra, Bler. (Pl. XVI. fig. B.) This toad was described and figured in this journal (1887, vol. xix. p. 346, pl. x. fig. 2) from two specimens obtained in the district of the town of Malacca. Mr. Wray has now sent a third specimen from an altitude of about 3000 feet on the hills of Perak which differs so much in coloration and general appearance from the types that [had some difficulty in recog- nizing it. But on perusing the notes sent by Mr. Wray with the specimen I have come to the conclusion that it must be referred to the same species. The specimen is a male; its colour is now almost uniform purplish black above and below, only more or less indistinct traces of the ornamental markings being visible; thus espe- cially the whitish and subtriangular mark above the vent and a spot of similar colour on the heel. Of the lower parts the throat is the darkest, the remainder being finely marbled with brown and grey. The extremity of the snout is more pointed and less square than in the figure quoted, the nostrils being closer together. The limbs, especially the toes, are shorter, and the disks of the fingers and also the toes broader, Very singularis the development of the subarticular tubercles of the fingers (see fig. B), The proximal portion of the fingers is stout and the tubercles are dilated into large, soft, trans- verse pads, two on each of the outer fingers and a single one on each of the two inner ones. On the outer fingers the pads of each pair are close together, the anterior fitting into a hollow of the posterior. The tongue is not entire as stated in the original generic diagnosis, but heart-shaped, being distinctly notched behind. I should describe the diapophyses of the sacral vertebra as much dilated. Mr. Wray writes about this specimen as follows :— “ Above dark olive-brown; from the eye an oblique yellow line to angle of mouth ; a pale olive-yellow mark across fore- head, through the eyes, and down the sides of the body to the 314 Dr. A. Giinther on Batrachians from Perak. thighs. This band is minutely spotted with dark brown principally along the centre. There isalsoa triangular dark- centred mark of the same colour on the anal region, extending to the top back surface of the thighs. The legs and arms banded in the same way. ‘“‘ Beneath, throat dark brown, passing into yellowish on breast; abdomen hair-brown, minutely spotted with whity brown. Legs and arms, palms of hands and feet the same. Irides red-brown, diamond-shaped, horizontal. The colour and form of markings are subject to considerable variation, and the intensity of colour is in a great measure subject appa- rently to the will of the animal. It may range from dark to pale brown. I have not been able to find out why they change colour; they do not seem to change when frightened, nor does the colour of the surface on which they rest have any effect on them, but when in the dark they are usually light- coloured, and when in the light dark-coloured. ““ They inhabit the hills of Perak from 3000 feet upwards, and live in holes in trees which are so situated as to contain more or less rain-water. ‘They have a loud, flute-like, musical note, which they utter at irregular intervals, principally during the night. The form and size of the hole in which they are seems to have a great deal to do with the loudness of the note, as specimens when extracted from their holes have far more feeble vocal powers than they had when in them. ‘The pitch of the note is also much altered by the resonant properties of the cavity. These frogs blow themselves out with air, and look more like bladders than anything else. When inflated they float on the surface of the water, and will remain motion- less for a long time with legs and arms stretched out.” Bufo quadriporcatus, Blgr. (Bb Oh, tie, Go) This species.was described and figured from a single and not very well-preserved specimen, apparently a male, in this journal, vol. xix. p. 347, pl. x. fig. 4 (1887). Mr. Wray has sent a female specimen in a better state of preservation. The whole of the surface is densely covered with larger and smaller conical or semiglobular tubercles, the larger tubercles being placed in a series continuous with the parotoid, and in an irregular row along each side of the vertebral line, also the eyelids and the head between the eyes are covered with small tubercles. Two metatarsal tubercles of moderate size. There is no tarsal fold of the skin, but its place is occupied by a row of four horny conical tubercles, each with an acute black Dr. A. Giinther on Batrachians from Perak. 315 point. Upper parts brownish, marbled with olive, some of the large tubercles surrounded by a black ring ; parotoids and the tubercles of the series behind it whitish, more or less distinctly edged with black ; limbs irregularly barred, lower parts white, marbled with brown, especially across the stomach. Mr. Wray says that this species is rare, he having obtained two specimens only, and that it inhabits the hills of Perak from 800 feet downwards. Polypedates leprosus, sp. n. (?). (Pl. XVI. figs. A, a, a!.) Habit hyliform, with very large and broad head. Vome- rine teeth rudimentary, on a short linear ridge, the ridge on each side being close to the choana. No conical papilla on the middle of the tongue. Snout very broad, with the can- thus rostralis angular, and the loreal region sloping ; nostril lateral, but close to the tip of the snout. Interorbital space wider than the upper eyelid. Tympanum distinct, not quite as wideas the eye. Fingers quite free; toes broadly webbed ; disks of fingers and toes large, the largest being at least half the size of the tympanum; subarticular tubercles well deve- loped, inner metatarsal tubercle ovoid. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the extremity of the snout, when the hind limb is drawn forward along the side of the body. All the upper and lateral parts are covered with rough tubercles, between which numerous very large ones like glands are scat- tered over the back, the upperside of the head, and the upper parts of the limbs; also a part of the tympanum shows some minute granules. ‘The whole frog is bluish black in spirit ; but some of the large tubercles are of a lighter colour, either entirely, or only the roughnesses with which they are covered are whitish ; lower parts coarsely granular, with vermiculated whitish lines. Distance between snout and vent 30 lines; distance between the angles of the mouth 11 lines; distance between the vent and extremity of fourth toe 49 lines. Mr. Wray gives the following notes :—“ Above rich warm chocolate-brown. The tops of the warts paler, some of those on the back yellow. eneath—body, legs, and arms jet- black, irregularly marked with pale bluish grey. Under sur- face of fingers and toes bright rose-red. Web to feet and top surface of all the disks same colour. Irides pale warm brown, pencilled radially with black, a fine yellowish-orange line forming inner edge to irides. 316 Miscellaneous. “ Pupil diamond-shaped, horizontal. ‘“‘'The colour and rugose character of the skin of this frog is evidently a means of protecting it from birds and other enemies, the whole upper surface being such a close copy of the bark of a tree that it is very hard to detect one when resting upon it. “ This species also lives in holes in trees, and the note pro- duced by it is not so loud as that of Phrynella, and has a more metallic ring in it. “¢ My specimens were obtained at an elevation of 4000 ft. on the hills of Larut, Perak.” Mr. Boulenger has directed my attention to the fact that this species resembles closely a frog from Padang, shortly noticed and rudely figured under the name of Hyla leprosa by Schlegel, in a popular work, ‘ Handb. der Dierk.’ 11. p. 55, pl. iv. fig. 68. Tschudi considered it the type of a distinct genus, Theloderma (Class. Batr. 1839, pp. 32, 73) ; and more recently it was more fully described by Horst (Notes Leid. Mus. v. p. 237). The two latter authors agree in ascribing to the frog a tongue cordate behind, but terminating in a single appendage. If this form of tongue is really characteristic of the Padang frog, the latter would have to be referred to a genus distinct from Polypedates; but if it be merely caused by some accident, our specimen may prove to be identical with that in the Leyden Museum. In either case the creation of a synonym will be avoided by adopting here the same specific name. Megalophrys longipes, Blgy. Megalophrys longipes, Blgr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 850, pl. lv. This species is rare and local, Mr. Wray having succeeded in obtaining three specimens only, of which one was captured at an elevation of 4400 feet. MISCELLANEOUS. Observation on Multiplication in Amoebe. By Linum KH. Horman. On the 4th of July, 1886, I was examining the forms of life con- tained in a Holman life-slide which had been filled for several hours. It contained different Infusoria, and, among other animals, specimens of Zolosoma. But it seemed for some time as if there were no Amebe in the slide, until I discovered a small one near the channel. In shape it seemed like an elongated triangle, and was rather torpid, or, at least, moved but little. While I was examining it, it moved up closer to the line of the channel, and another Am@ba, about twice the size of the first one, came gliding on the scene. It moved up yery close to the other, and in a few Miscellaneous. 317 moments I noticed that it looked as if it were trying to swallow the smaller Ameba in the same manner that it does its ordinary prey. As I had watched many Amebe, and had never seen anything like this, and as I knew that they did not prey on each other, and the question of their conjugation was a very doubtful one, I dismissed the idea of the larger absorbing the smaller, and concluded it was merely the fact that they were in too tight a place to allow of their passing each other which gave them this appearance. I watched them constantly for about half an hour, in the course of which time I became convinced that something unusual was going on. The larger Amba had entirely surrounded the smaller one, which, however, did not seem to lose its vitality. First it seemed to be under the endosare of the larger, and then above it. Some- times it would project a pseudopod out from beyond the ectosare of the larger animal. All the time it was distinctly visible in its own individuality, if one may so call it, and did not at all seem to be trying to escape. I called Mr. Holman’s attention to the singularity. of their behaviour, and expressed my belief that it was a case of either cannibalism or conjugation. He expressed his disbelief in either of these cases, and observing that the water in the slide was evaporating, we allowed a little to creep in under the closed edge of the cover-glass. This seemed to relieve the large Amaba from the constrained position and flat contour which it had assumed, and it immediately began to put out pseudopods and move away; and the smaller one moved off with it, evidently engulfed in the larger one, and quiescent in that position. The small Amoeba occupied a position in the upper part of the larger one. As this last moved on it seemed to push the small one in an opposite direction from that which its granules were taking till it reached about the centre of its body. Then it commenced an evident effort to expel the smaller one. It reached out its pseudo- pods in every direction, gradually expelling the smaller one, until it was completely discharged. ‘The smaller one by this time assumed an almost spherical shape. At last the large Amwba ceased moving, and began to expel refuse matter, as is common with them. It had anchored itself near some other refuse matter, probably vegetable, and really looked as if it was using it as a sort of grapple for the purpose of ridding itself of the rejected smaller Ameba. It was successful, for in a few moments it moved away to the upper part of the field, leaving the round ball, looking in every respect like an encysted Amba, near the little group of refuse. It went on in the field, and we followed it for some time, when it became quiet, and we went back to the encysted one. I watched it to see what would happen next, for it seemed as if there must be some strange sequel to our remarkable observation ; and the watching was not in vain. The flat disk began by a sort of contractile movement to throw out particles or granules, as if it were laying eggs. I can think of no other expression, although the particles, while approximate in size, had no regularity of shape. This continued till the Amba again assumed its clear and transparent appearance, and at last, seeming Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 22 318 } Miscellaneous. to fully regain its activity, put out a pseudopod and moved in the field, leaving behind it a group of the particles or granules. Only for a little while, however, did it move; ina few moments it lost its animation, seemed to become transparent, and at last faded into one of those disks which seem to be merely the shells of once active forms. I did not see it move again. This observation was carried on continuously during two hours and a half, and every stage watched most closely. I was at a loss what to call it, if not a clear case of conjugation and separation. The most convincing proof to my mind that this was a proceeding which was for a purpose was given when, two nights after, this slide, which was laid carefully aside for future examination, was found to be full of young Amebe. They literally swarmed; I counted in the field at one time twenty-four of uniform size, while I have no hesitation in saying that there were between one and two hundred in the slide, which had before held but two. The worn- out disk was recognized, and also what seemed to be the remains of the larger Amoba.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., Oct. 26, 1886, p. 346. On the Byssal Organ of the Lametlibranchiata. By M. Lupwie Rercet. My researches upon the byssal organ have led me to the following results, which differ from previous statements. From the observations of Réaumur and A. Miller it is generally regarded as proved that bivalye Mollusca which have once been attached by a byssus are thereby prevented from changing their place throughout their lives, unless they are torn away accidentally by external force. The animals can, however, temporarily regain their power of free movement, although not by tearing or separating the byssus-threads as the two naturalists referred to thought possible, but by throwing off the whole of the byssus, 72. ¢ with stem and root, when the organ is replaced by a new formation. This casting of the byssus is a process exactly analogous to the change of skin in the Arthropoda. In Dreissena polymorpha such a change of the byssus takes place regularly at the commencement of the cold season. In summer the animals are seated close to the surface of the water, so that they are easily reached by the hand from the bank; towards the end of autumn, however, they retire into the deep water, leaving their byssus behind them. As regards the formation of the byssus, it is almost universally regarded as the secretion of special glands. I cannot adopt this opinion, any more than that supported by von Nathusius-Konigsborn, that the byssus grows forth out of the tissues of the body of the animal, The byssus rather originates as a cuticular formation, the stem with the roots in the byssal cavity and the threads in the pedal groove. Thus in those Lamellibranchiata which are provided with a byssus the underside of the foot is traversed by a rather deep longitudinal groove, which opens at the base of the foot into a cavity, the so-called byssal cavity. In the opinion of those who adopt the theory of secretion the foot and the walls of the byssal Miscellaneous. 319 cavity are occupied by gland-cells which discharge their secretion into the groove, 7. é@. the cavity, and furnish the material for the formation of the byssus. No such gland-cells are present, howev,r, as I shall demonstrate more in detail in my completed memoir. The groove which traverses the foot shows two distinct parts, an outer one of simply fissure-ike form, and an inner one with a crescentic transverse section. This is quite in open connexion with the fissure, and is to be regarded merely as the sudden dilatation of the fissure towards the two sides. By the approximation of the margins of the fissure it can be closed so as to form a complete canal, which is called the crescentic canal from the form of its transverse section. It is exclusively in this part of the groove that the byssal threads originate as a cuticular formation of the epithelium which lines the canal. This is not a vibratile epithelium like that which forms the surface of the fissure, the processes which are seated upon the epithelial cells of the canal are the byssal substance formed by them, but not vibratile cilia, for which they have hitherto been taken. Two characters accentuate the distinction between the epithelium of the canal and the vibratile epithelium of the fissure. In the latter the cilia are seated upon a cell-membrane, which in transverse section is distinctly recognizable by a double contour. In the former, however, only a simple line appears beneath the processes, and this forms the boundary between the byssal substance and the epithelial cell. Further, each of these epithelial cells in the canal has only one process, while in the vibratile epithelium a number of cilia are seated upon each cell. As already indicated a byssus consists of a stem with its roots, and byssal threads seated upon the stem. According to the secretion-theory, threads are produced only when the stem is partially or completely developed, and they are attached or stuck to it. Further, a different mode of production from the threads is frequently ascribed to the stem, inasmuch as it is said to be formed by gland-cells which differ from those which are contained in the foot. This notion is, however, contradicted by observation. The stem and threads of the byssus originate in the same manner, simultaneously, and in immediate connexion with each other. This indeed is quite natural, for the crescentic canal opens into the byssal cavity, passing into it gradually, so that its wall passes into that of the cavity. Now if a cuticular formation occurs it will extend over the whole surface of the cavity and the groove, and in consequence the threads originating in the canal will be united with the formation in the cavity. The casting-off of the byssus is connected with a retrogression of the byssal cavity. This, in its normal state, is divided at the bottom by a great many perpendicular septa, standing in the longitudinal direction of the animal, into somany chambers or secondary cavities. At the casting of the byssus these septa are reduced. From the previously complicated byssal cavity is produced a simple cavity, showing only a few folds in its walls. The septa originate afresh only with the new formation of the byssus; their epithelium gives 320 Miscellaneous. origin to the roots of the byssus, which, in the form of lamella, ozcupy the chambers between these septa.—Zoologischer Anzeiger, N>. 260, September 12, 1887, pp. 488-490. Ovo-viviparous Generation in Tropidonotus. Professor Heilprin presented the following communication, dated April 15, 1887, from Mr. H. C. Young, of the Philadelphia Custom House, referring to a water-snake shot by that gentleman some fourteen years ago, at a locality about three miles above Salem, N.d.:— “Upon examining the snake (which was almost as thick as my forearm) I found it contained considerable of a bunch which I supposed to be something it had swallowed; but upon cutting it open I found it contained small snakes in a bag, each one in a sepa- rate division formed as 1t were by a twist in the bag. I took them out, and found there were thirty-three of them of different sizes, a number of the smaller ones having a portion of an egg attached to them, which they appeared to be absorbing, the larger ones having already absorbed theirs. I was then convinced that while the land-snakes lay eggs in the earth, to be hatched by the heat of the sun, the young of the water-snake are actually hatched in the belly of the mother.” Prof. Heilprin stated that the snakes had been presented by Mr. Young to the Academy, and on examination proved to be Z'’ro- pidonotus sipedon. ‘The case demonstrated beyond a question of doubt that the species was ovo-viviparous.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., April 26, 1887, p. 121. Literature of the Fossil Ganoid, Semionotus. By A. Surra Woopwarp. The appearance of the new part of Dr. Zittel’s admirable ‘ Hand- buch der Palzontologie’ has enabled me to discover Dr. Fraas’s description of Semionotus Kapffi, for which I had long sought in vain while preparing the list of species published in the last num- ber of the ‘Annals’ (p. 178). Both the description and figures will be found in the ‘ Wiurttembergische Jahreshefte,’ vol. xvii. (1861), p. 91, pl. i., and here are also made known two other Keuper forms, S. elongatus and S. serratus, which differ from the Brora Jurassic fossil, among other points, in the characters denoted by their respective specific names. Dr. Zittel likewise refers to some brief descriptions of Italian Jurassic species by Bellotti, in Stoppani’s ‘Studii geologici e paleontologici sulla Lombardia’ (1859), none of which apparently agrees with the new Semionotus Joasst. It may be well to point out, moreover, that in the figure of S. Joassi (supra, Pl. VIII. fig. 1) the artist has unfortunately omitted to include some fragments of the anal fin, which indicate that this appendage originally possessed more rays than are now completely shown, thus having a longer base and extending somewhat further back towards the tail. b CONTENTS OF NUMBER 118.—2ifth Series. Page XXIX. Bryozoa from New South Wales, North Australia, &. By ArrHur Wm. Waters.—Part III. (Plate VII.) ................ 253 XXX. Deseriptions of eight new Species of Asiatic Butterflies. By SEV, GOS i gMnlePehey yatta of cin. sare vn! ay clas Coles alee) oieeerereyavennys) al ces 265 XXXI. Description of a new Rat from North Borneo. By Oxp- REETD. DHOM SS yo weegee ey eens miele ye" ayia ates eis aie are, See ee aang 269 XXXII. Notes on Sphingide from the Malay Peninsula, and Description of a new Species of Ambulyw from North Borneo. By Wie Le DIstant 2c eae Nea Geauga RCAC RCV ery Cave coe eect ehemer aici 270 XXXIII. On the Interpretation of Polyparium ambulans, Korot- mete By: Prot. hr Prbneesiae sae feist yon ers nc cde ate) cia cicl ey etaber are 273 XXXIV. On a remarkable new Species of Cladorhiza obtained by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ By Arraur Denpy, B.Sc., F.LS., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum. (Plate XV.) 279 XXXYV. On the Classification of the Diplopoda. By R. Innes Pococx, Assistant Naturalist British Museum .................. 283 XXXVI. Descriptions of new or little-known South-American Frogs of the Genera Paludicola and Hyla. By G. A. Bounencrr .. 295 XXXVII. Notes from the St. Andrews Marine Laboratory (under the Fishery Board for Scotland).—No. VIII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, MED Tu Me EV WARES, Goce a ae Sa ly cte chesceattnts are Mae eae eras hohe Na 300 XXXVIII. A new Species of Zygana from the Kurrachee Harbour. By Jann A Muepay. Vict. Nats Hash. Unstags sys cise. act aie ca ana 304 XXXIX. Scent-organs in Phrygamde. By Dr. Witnerm Mirrer 305 XL. On the Sense-organs of the Turbellaria. By Dr. L. Boumie.. 308 XLI. Notes on Batrachians from Perak. By Dr. A. Gtnrunr, ORS 32: CHa pe Vib heist paca eda ac eeea ce chae auricle Seca Snr ag 312 es) MISCELLANEOUS. Observation on Multiplication in Amebe. By Linum KE. Horman .. 316 On the Byssal Organ of the Lamellibranchiata. By M. Lupwie TG TM NR AL ee cub cislbnt ci 0 WOln Ce ce eRe ERO E paneaN crore 318 Ovo-viviparous Generation in Tropidonotus ............02.2000. 320 Literature of the Fossil Ganoid, Semionotus. By A.Smrrx Woopwarp 16. *,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE — AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :— The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. Price £15. The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. » £2 4s. The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 18382 to 1850. SN oS The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. Sahl ecamele TaYLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :— The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10. The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. » £10. The Lhird Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. ee Or The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. we ed! TayLor and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. Vol. 20. ‘FIFTH SERIES. No. 119. aga | i | 235 THE ANNALS ae Ti. @ AND al MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, | ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. } | Cyc mi No. CXIX. a ee Mien NOV. 1887. CONDUCTED BY ' ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Px.D., F.R.S., Z WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.L.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., P.L.S., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S. BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS”? COMBINED WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Sold by Longmans, Green, and Co. ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.; Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. ES BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN. ZOOLOGY. Sincr September 1879, when the work was commenced, Sixty-two Parts _ Gneluding that now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed — as follows :— Mammalia. By E.R. Atsron. (Complete. Pp. xx and 220, pls. xxii.) Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i-xxxv., Temporary Titlepage.) Reptilia. By A. GinrHer. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i—xxv.) Arachnida Acaridea. By Orro Sroxz. (Pp. 1-16, pls. i.—xi.) Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1 (ApEPHAGa). By H. W. Bares. (Complete. Pp. x and 316, pls. xiii.) Coleoptera. Vol.I. part2 (ApEPHacA; HyprRopHitip# Xc.). By D.SHarp. (Pp. 1-800, pls. i.—xix.) Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsrLapHipm &c.). By D.SHarp. (Pp. 1- 72, pls. i., ii.) . Colcortera, Vol. II. part 2 (Pectrnicornra &c.). By H. W. Barss. (Pp. 1— 120, pls. i.vil. Capes, Vol. IIT. part 1 (Serricornta). By C. O. WarerHousse. (Pp. 1-48, pls. itil.) Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (MatacopErmata). By H. S. GorHam, (Complete. Pp. xii and 372, pls. xiii.) Coleoptera, Vol. IV. part 1 (HrrrzromEeRa). By G. C. Cuampion. (Pp. 1-328, pls. 1.—xili.) Coleoptera. Vol. V. (Loneicornia): by H. W. Bares. (Brucuipszs) : by D. Smarr. (Complete. Pp. xii and 526, pls. xxvi.) Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyTopHaca). ByM.Jacopy. (Pp. 1-560, pls. i—xxxi.) Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 2 (PHyToPHaaa, continued). By J. 8S. Baty. (Pp. 1-124, pls. i.-iv.) Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (HRoryitipz). By H. 8S. Goruam. (Pp. 1-82, at Z i eieerer By P. Cameron. (Pp. 1-416, pls. 1.-xvi.) Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol.I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin. (Pp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. Il. (Pp.1-104, pls. xlviii.— liv. evident Heterocera. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-256, pls. i—xxy.) Rhynchota Heteroptera. By W.L. Distant. (Pp. 1-304, pls. i.—xxviii.) Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. lL. Distant. (Pp. 1-82, pls. i-iv.) Diptera. By Baron C. R. von Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i—iii.} BOTANY. Of the Botany Twenty-three Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. 1., pp. 1-619 and titlepage, pls. i—xxxv.; Vol. IL, pp. 1-621 and titlepage, pls. xxxvi.-lxix.; Vol. ILL, pp. 1-711, pls. Ixx.-cix.; Vol. IV., pp. 1-298. : The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d. London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrrr, 10 Chandos Street, Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W. THE PISCATORIAL ATLAS OF THE NORTH SEA, ENGLISH AND ST. GEORGE’S CHANNELS. By O. T. OLSEN, F.L.S., F.B.G.S., &e., &e. SHOWING AT A GLANCE The Fishing Ports, Harbours, Species of Fish (How, Where, and When Caught), Boats and Fishing Gear, and other Special Information concerning ~ Fish and Fisheries. PRICE. With Fish coloured............+. fener eosenGale With Fish uncoloured.............. £2 2s. Od. Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FIFTH SERIES. ] No. 119, NOVEMBER 1887. XLII.—The True Nature of the “Madreporic System ” of Echi- nodermata, with Remarks on Nephridia. By Prof. Marcus M. Hartoa, D.Sc., M.A., F.R.U.L* | SHARPEY, in his article on ‘ Hchinodermata” in Todd and Bowman’s ‘ Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology,’ writes : “Tf the liquid contained in the feet of the starfish be sea- water, either pure or with an admixture of organic particles, which is probable from its chemical composition, may it not be introduced and perhaps again discharged through the pores of the disk [sc. madreporite] and the calcareous tube, the porous disk serving as a sort of filter to exclude im- purities?’’ He also describes the perivisceral liquid as a * clear Huid which, when filtered, yields no trace of animal matter, but agrees almost entirely in composition with sea- water.” These observations, apparently unchecked by subsequent experiment, seem to have been the origin of the widely adopted views that the cavities of Hchinodermata are filled with sea-water directly taken up pro re naté through the madreporite and madreporic canal, which for brevity we may * This paper was read in a less complete form at the British Associa- tion, Manchester, 1887. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 23 322 Prof. M. M. Hartog on the True Nature of the term the “madreporic system.’ Claus, Gegenbaur, and Huxley are all agreed on this point in their text-books. Having had my attention early directed to similar statements about the organ of Bojanus, and having been the first to demon- strate * that this latter organ could not possibly take up water, owing to the outward ciliary wash and the valvular orifice, I was naturally inclined to doubt the received views on the madreporite ; and latterly reflection on certain facts in vege- table physiology induced me to inquire more fully into the matter. The vegetable cell, containing in its cavities dissolved substances of high osmotic equivalent, and bounded by proto- plasm permeable to water but not to these substances, tends to take up into its cavities an excess of water, limited by various conditions which we need not discuss here; and thus the cell becomes turgescent, or erect as the animal physio- logist would say. The animal body, with its system of cavities and partially permeable walls, is in precisely the same condition as the vegetable cell; and if erection, turges- cence, or dropsy do not occur when the body is immersed in liquid (or air saturated with moisture), it is because of the existence of a variously disposed apparatus through which the excess of liquid is ejected, carrying off in solution various soluble waste products. Such an apparatus is termed a nephridium or kidney. We can see in Infusoria that when the contractile vacuole fails to act with its habitual regularity under certain abnormal conditions, the animal becomes dropsical, swells up, and finally bursts. In higher animals we find either ciliated funnels or special filter-pumps, or both, acting to remove the excess of liquid. If an erection in any part of an animal be needed, the liquid can be supplied either by the excess of endosmose over excretion, or by the flow of liquid from one part.to another. To these physiological considerations are added morpho- logical ones of great significance. ‘The accumulation of liquid takes place into the coelom, in Annelids and Vertebrata a mesothelial sac of which the first part of the nephridium is a diverticulum, to which an invaginated epiblastic duct is added. The whole ambulacral canal-system of Echinoderm- ata is a development of such a diverticulum of a mesothelial cavity, and the madreporic system is in great part at least an epiblastic invagination. In the HKehinopedium we must needs regard the madreporic system and the “ vasal’’ part of * ‘Journal of Anatomy and Physiology,’ 1879. “Madreporic System” of Echinodermata. 323 the left vasoperitoneal sac as constituting a left nephridium, the right having failed to receive a duct *. Of the numerous madreporic systems of some Holothurians I believe the deve- lopment has not been made out. If the madreporic system be really of nephric nature it would seem @ priort unlikely that the ciliary action should be reversed, despite the acquire- ment of other functions by the nephridium itself. These con- siderations determined the following experiments, which fully bear out the views which I have expressed. Exp. 1.—A fresh strong Echinus sphera was opened and the madreporic canal dissected out and cut off at either end, and then a longitudinal slit was made in one side; on exam- ining it in the perivisceral liquid I could easily see a strong inrush of particles through the slit and a corresponding out- rush through the cut distal end of the tube, ¢. e. that turned towards the madreporite. This was repeated and confirmed on six specimens. ‘The stony canal of Asterias was found unsuitable for similar experiments. Exp. 11.—From a live Echinus I cut out the madreporite with a short stump of duct attached, and examined it in sea-water to which a little charcoal powder was added. The disk lived for over sixteen hours with active ciliary currents and movements of the spines and pedicellarie. The flakes of charcoal were carried about in the currents, but never reached the surface of the disk except close around the bases of the spines, where there are no perforations. They seemed repelled from it, instead of settling down by gravitation; and this could only be due to an outward current through the ores. Exp. I1I1.—I excised the madreporite of a live Starfish with a short stump of the sand-canal, and examined it in the perivisceral liquid of Hchinus to which a little carmine was added, the ccelomic surface of course downwards. Examination was here possible by strong transmitted light (the full aperture of the Abbe condenser) as well as by reflected light. The surface is marked by radiating ridges (imper- forate), and if there were any indraught the carmine particles should be attracted towards the centre of the disk and the bottom of the grooves ; if there were merely no outrush they * It isinteresting to recall the development of the nephridium in Peri- patus :— The ventral half of each somite remains distinct, and consists of a small vesicle, leading from which is a small coiled tube (nephridium) which acquires an external opening ” (Haddon’s summary after Sedgwick, Embryology,’ p. 59). This is comparable to the division of the vaso- peritoneal sac into two in Echinodermata, the inferior (sc. ventral) portion going to form the ambulacral system. a 3 324 Prof. M. M. Hartog on the True Nature of the should gravitate towards the bottom of the grooves. But this did not oceur; on the contrary, the carmine esettled round the edge of the disk ; and in one or two places on the ridges, where, from their convergence, an eddy must necessarily exist ; not a particle entered the grooves. ‘Three madreporites were examined, all with the same results, even after three hours. Hap. 1V.—A Comatula (Antedon rosaceus) was examined disk upwards in sea-water with charcoal powder, the arms being removed to facilitate observation. During three hours no charcoal particles reached the surface of the disk, except along the ¢mperforate ambulacral grooves; on the contrary, as they floated down towards the disk they seemed arrested above its surface by an invisible screen, which could have been only due to an outward current through the coelomic pores. Kap. V.—The same observations on eviscerated disks of Comatula gave the same results. The above experiments show clearly that the perforations of the madreporite in Hcehinus and Asterias, and of the disk in Comatula, are purely excretory, and serve to eliminate the excess of water taken up by the body. It may now be urged, ‘“ How, then, can the Echinoderm take up the liquid that fills its perivisceral and ambulacral cavities?" One might as well ask how a Vertebrate takes up the liquid in its coelom, blood-vessels, and bladder. The answer 1s by osmosis, through the walls of the out (respira- tory siphon especially) Hethettube-teetrandiiiieycoullisecn melt will easily be seen that when a starfish protrudes its tube-feet rapidly the arm becomes limp from the evacuation of the ampulla, and when it retracts them the arm regains its tur- gidity, owing to the refilling of the ampulle. In Echinus the problem appears complicated by the close rigid shell, which would seem to prevent any ingress and egress of. liquid from its cavity ; but, in the first place, the soft peristome is protractile and retractile, and quite large enough to balance by its movements very considerable alterations in the capacity of the ampulla; and in the next place the intestine, through which water is constantly streaming, is also dilatable. In the majority of the Holothuria we find that the madre- porite has lost its connexion with the surface, and opens into the ccelom. ‘This admits of a ready explanation. The cloaca is rhythmically contractile, and receives the excess of the ceelomic liquid by what are physiologically nephrostomes attached to the respiratory trees, an arrangement physiolo- gicaliy the same as the nephridial apparatus of Rotifera. Théel “ Vadrenoric System” of Echinodermata. 325 2p YY has shown that in some Elasipoda which have no respiratory trees, the madreporite has retained its primitive position at the surface. A curious converse transformation may be noted in Amphibia, and seems to shed light on the matter. In the aquatic tadpole there are numerous nephrostomes opening into the kidney, and so on to the exterior. In the adult Anuran, living mostly on land, and consequently absorbing less water by osmosis, the nephrostomes have lost their con- nexion with the kidney and open into the veins. I have quoted Sharpey’s observation as to the nature of the ccelomic liquid, exaggerated by most zoologists into a statement that it was pure sea-water, till P. Geddes redis- covered the corpuscles (‘‘ organic particles’ of Sharpey). On filtering the coelomic liquid of Hchinus clear from the clot and boiling it down I obtained a flaky coagulum, which gave Millon’s reaction perfectly and which must be due to a dis- solved proteid, only coagulable on boiling, and distinct from the formed elements which compose the spontaneous coag- ulum. To summarize : 1. The madreporie system of Echinodermata is morpho- logically and ontogenetically a (left) nephridium. 2. Its ciliary current is directed outward through the madreporic disk, and an outward current takes place through the pores of the disk of Comatula. 3. There is no need for the taking up of sea-water by a perforated plate, sce osmosis is amply sufficient for the tur- gescence of dilatable organs. 4. The rapid contraction or erection of the tube-feet is due to the transference of liquid from one part to another; in Hchinoidea this may be balanced by the protrusion or retrac- tion of the peristome, or by contraction or dilatation of the gut, or in both these ways. ). ‘The change of position of the madreporite in most Holo- thuria is probably due to the usurpation of nephridial functions by the respiratory trees attached to the cloaca. 6. The coelomic liquid of Hchinus contains, besides cor- puscles, a dissolved albuminoid, coagulated on boiling. I take this opportunity of adding two notes on cognate subjects. Note I.—I think it very probable that when an Actinian is at rest the lips of the oral slit are closely appressed, and, in 326 Mr. A. Dendy on the fact, hermetically sealed. The turgescence of the body would then take place by osmosis, and the apical pores of the tentacles would have the double function (a) of the periodical or erhaps constant discharge in small quantities of the excess of liquid, (6) of its rapid discharge when, in defence, the animal wishes rapidly to reduce its bulk. Note 11.—The nephrostomes of Rotifers and many other lower Vermes are described as having a single long flagellum working inside them. Now from the same optical reasons that make it impossible to conclude from the mere microscopic picture what is the true structure of striated muscle or the markings of a Diatom, it is equally impossible to conclude what is the true structure of these “ flame-like ” nephrostomes. A lining of fine vibratile cilia would leave an undulating lumen that would be optically identical with the supposed single flagellum. ‘The precise attachments and working of such a flagellum form a problem that no one has attempted to tackle; whereas the view that there is a lining of fine cilia offers no such difficulties; and this view is hence the more plausible. It has, moreover, the advantage of completely homologizing these structures with the nephridia of their more highly organized allies. XLITI.— The New System of Chalinine, with some Brief Observations upon Zoological Nomenclature. By ARTHUR Denpy, B.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Depart- ment of the British Museum. THROUGH the kindness of my friend Dr. R. von Lendenfeld, F.L.S., I have lately received a copy of a recent paper by him on the Australian Chalinine*. For several reasons this important memoir, consisting of no less than 105 pages and illustrated by ten beautiful plates, seems to me to deserve special comment in this place. The paper is founded mainly on the large collection of Chalinine sponges made by the author during his residence in Australia; and he has also had access to the collection in the British Museum. We are informed that the author’s own * « Die Chalineen des australischen Gebietes.” Won Dr. R.v. Lenden- feld. Separatabdvuck aus den Zoologischen Jahrbiichern. Zweiter Band, 1887. New System of Chalinine. 327 collection, which is now in the possession of the British Museum, includes 153 species (and varieties), of which 131 are new, and that the number of known Chalinine is thereby increased from 96 to 227. The author possessed good spirit- material of 54 species, so that he was enabled to study care- fully the structure of individual representatives of the different groups. Under these circumstances he has found it necessary to create a new system of Chalinine. The main body of the paper is divided into four sections :— ““T, Morphologie der Chalinide ; Il. Das System der Chali- nine ; III. Die geographische Verbreitung der Chalinide ; IV. Die australischen Chalinine.”’ I. The Morphology of the Chalinine. I naturally consider the morphological section to be of the greatest general interest, and I can but wish that it were a little longer. One or two statements call for special remark. On page 726 we find the sentence ‘ Ks ist keine incrusti- rende Chalinide bekannt.”” In view of the facts of the case this seems to be a rather hasty generalization. In our Pre- liminary Report on the Monaxonida of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, published in this journal in 1886, Mr. Ridley and I have described an incrusting species of Chalina under the name Chalina rectangularis, and our specific diagnosis commences with the words “Incrusting, thin, with low mound-like prominences, each bearing a vent” *. Dr. von Lendenfeld, however, surmounts this difficulty in rather a novel fashion, namely by placing Chalina rectangularis, Ridley and Dendy, in a genus of his own, Dactylochalina, which he characterizes as “ dickfingrig” (!), wherein our incrusting Chalina appears under the name ‘Dactylochalina rectangularis Lendenteld.” But there is another difficulty which is not so easily got over, and that is that the author himself describes on p. 823 ot the work under consideration a new species under the name “ Hoplochalina incrustans n. sp., the diagnosis of which commences with the words “ Klein, incrustirend, 4 mm. hoch”! Any detailed information with regard to the canal-system of the Chalinine is, of course, of the highest importance, and it is disappointing to find that the section of the paper devoted to this subject is very brief. It will be best to give the gist of the author’s conclusions on this head in his own words :—“* Das Canalsystem der Chalineen ist sehr einfach. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xviii, p. 331. 328 Mr. A. Dendy on the Die Poren fiihren in miissig ausgedehnte Subdermalriume. .... Die von dem Subdermalraumboden entspringenden, einftihrenden Canile sind ziemlich weit und entbehren jeg- licher Kiappenvorrichtung. Besonders auffallend ist die sehr betrichtliche Weite der letzten Verzweigungen derselben, welche in einzelnen Fallen fast so weit wie die Stimme selbst sind. Sie itibertreffen den Durchmesser der Geisselkammern m vielen Fallen. Ihr Durchmesser sinkt nicht unter 0:02 mm. herab. “¢ Die Geisselkammern sind kugelig und besitzen eine kleine Ausstrémungséfinung, deren Durchmesser ein Viertel oder weniger von jenem der Kammer besitzt. Der Durchmesser der Kammern schwankt zwischen 0:02 und 0:04 mm. Die kleineren Kammern sind vorherrschend. ... . ‘¢ Die ausfiihrenden Canale sind ungefihr ebenso weit wie die zuftihrenden und entbehren, wie diese, der Klappenvorricht- ungen. Am Pseudosculum der réhrenformigen Formen wird selten, namentlich bei einigen Phylosiphonia-Arten, ein ringformiger Sphincter beobachtet, der durch ein specielles Skelet gestiitzt sein kann... .. “Ks geht hieraus hervor, dass das Canalsystem der zu der Gruppe Chalinine vereinten Formen ziemlich unverand- erlich ist, und es leistet diese Monotonie desselben in gewissem Grade Birgschaft fiir die Solidaritit der hier zur Subfamilie der Chalinine vereinten Spongien.” This brief account is supplemented by some very remark- able figures, which, however, are of doubtful assistance in clearing up the question as to the nature of the canal-system. In these figures (plate xxvii. figs. 14, 16), taken from two species (Phylosiphonia superba, Lendenfeld, and Cladochalina mollis, Lendenteld), the flagellated chambers are figured, not as opening direct into the wide exhalant canals, as would seem to be implied, though notexplicitly stated, in the letterpress, but through the intermediation of very remarkable, funnel-shaped canaliculi. If these canaliculi really exist, it is, of course, a very important fact, and it is indeed strange that no mention of them should be made either in the section on the canal- system or in the description of the plate. Hither we must suppose that the figures are of that more or less imaginative character which has unfortunately been so prevalent in works on sponges, or that the account of the canal-system is im- perfect. Judging from my own researches on the canal-system of Pachychalina spinosissima, | am inclined to accept the former hypothesis, and to donbt the existence of the tunnel-shaped canaliculi, In Pachychalina spinosissima | have lately figured New System of Chalinine. 329 and described* the exhalant canal-system as being typically eurypylous, the flagellated chambers opening directly by means of wide mouths into the wide exhalant lacune, a condition about the existence of which in that species there cannot be the slightest doubt, and which is thoroughly in harmony with Dr. von Lendenfeld’s and my own published opinions regarding the close relationship of the Chalinine to the Renierine. If, however, Dr. von Lendenfeld’s figures are correct, then we have two types of canal-system to deal with in the group Chali- nine, and his statement ‘‘ Ks geht hieraus hervor, dass das Canalsystem der zu der Gruppe Chalinine vereinten Formen ziemlich unveriinderlich ist, und es leistet diese Monotonie desselben in gewissem Grade Biirgschaft ftir die Solidaritiit der hier zur Subfamilie der Chalinine vereinten Spongien,”’ would seem to fall to the ground. The comparative length of the section on the spicules of the group is due to the fact that Dr. von Lendenfeld includes amongst his Chalininee a number of species possessed of other than oxeote megasclera, and also certain species which even have microsclera, a proceeding which, in my opinion, is quite unjustifiable. But I shall return to this question later on, and have only to remark, with regard to the spicules described and figured, that Gelliodes poculum, Ridley and Dendy, has certainly not got any sigmata of the very remarkable shape figured as belonging to that species (plate xxvii. fig. 9). The author’s discoveries with regard to the nervous system of the Chalinine are most important and worthy of the most careful attention. He finds that the nervous system consists of irregular cells, distributed in the neighbourhood of the pores. These always remain single, and there are usually from three to five to each pore. They appear to be ganglion-cells, and each one gives off a process which projects beyond the margin of the pore as a distinct “thorn” into its lumen (plate xxvil. fig. 15). Future investigators will do well to endeavour to confirm these very remarkable and important results. It is also very interesting to learn that the Chalinine possess spongoblasts hke those of the true horny sponges—a fact which was before almost certain from analogy, but which it is most important to have confirmed by direct observation. The embryological section calls for no special comment, and this part of the subject is left pretty much in statu quo. * Proce. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 524, woodcut, fig. 6. 330 Mr. A. Dendy on the II. The Systematic Position and Classification of the Chalinine. In dealing with this portion of our subject it is necessary in the first place to endeavour to decide the all-important question “ What is a Chalinine sponge ?”’ In our Preliminary Report* on the ‘Challenger’ Mon- axonida Mr. Ridley and I have divided the suborder Hali- chondrina (Vosmaer) (excluding the Spongillide) into the following four families :—(1) Homorrhaphidx, (2) Heteror- rhaphide, (3) Desmacidonide, (4) Axinellidee. The Homorrhaphide are characterized by the fact that the megasclera are all diactinal, either oxea or strongyla, and there are no microsclera. They are divided into two sub- families—(1) the Renierine, in which the spicules may be united together by a small proportion of spongin, but are never completely enveloped in it ; and (2) the Chalinine f, in which a considerable amount of spongin is present, typically forming a thick sheath, completely enveloping the spicules and uniting them into strong fibres. According to this arrangement, then, a Chalinine sponge is a Halichondrine with diactinal megasclera (skeleton- spicules) and no microsclera ( flesh-spicules), and with a large amount of spongin uniting the spicules into strong fibres. Since the publication of our Preliminary Report | have had occasion to pay very considerable attention to this group of sponges, and have not yet seen any reason to alter our original view. br. von Lendenfeld appears, however, to think differently upon this subject, and of course every man has a perfect right to his own opinion. Strange to say, however, in the paper under discussion he gives the following scheme of classifi- cation (p. 761) :— “Subordo HALICHONDRINA. 1. Fam. Spongillide. Mit Gemmule, 2. Fam. Homorrhaphide. Ohne Gemmule und ohne differente Fleischnadeln, * Tn this and other cases I refer to our Preliminary Report rather than to our complete Report, because at the time when Dr. von Lendenfeld wrote his paper the latter was not published. + By an oversight these names appear as “Renierina” and “Chalinina” in our Preliminary Report; this oversight is rectified in the full Report. New System of Chalinine. 331 3. Fam. Heterorrhaphide. Ohne Gemmule mit differenten Fleisch- nadeln ohne Anker, 4, Fam. Desmacidonide *. Ohne Gemmule, Fleischnadeln, Anker. Familia Homorrhaphide. 1. Subf. Renierne. Nadeln nicht vollstindig yon Spongin um- schlossen. 2. Subf. Chalinine. Das Skelet besteht aus einem Sponginfasernetz mit eingelagerten Nadeln.” In this classification the Axinellide appear to be altogether left out of account. Yet, in spite of this omission, it bears a very striking resemblance to that published by Mr. Ridley and myself, as given above. In fact Dr. von Lendenfeld appears to have adopted our classification in the main, but instead of giving it in the way we gave it and with the sig- nificance which we attached to the different groups, he has modified it to suit his present purposes, thereby, in my opinion, almost entirely destroying its value. Perhaps under these circumstances it is as well that he does not state the source whence he obtained it. The subfamily Chalinine is described on p. 761 as fol- lows :—‘‘ Homorrhaphides mit michtiger Entwicklung des Spongins—Cornacuspongie mit einem Skelet, welches aus einem Netz von Hornfasern besteht, in denen Stabnadeln eingelagert sind. Mit unbedeutenden Subdermalriumen, einfachem Canalsystem und ziemlich grossen, kugligen Geis- selkammern, welche mit einer kleinen Ausstrémungséfinung versehen sind. Mit nahezu hyaliner Grundsubstanz. Die Skeletfasern sind nicht durch vorstehende Nadeln stachelig. Fleischnadeln, wenn vorhanden, einfach, Toxius, Sigma, Amphitoxius, Spirula, Spirobacter. Keine Anker.” Now perhaps the most important feature of the classifica- tion proposed by Mr. Ridley and myself is the erection of the family Homorrhaphide to include those Halichondrina which * One of the most important features of our Preliminary Report was the use of the term Desmacidonide to include all those Halichondrine sponges in which chelez (anchorates) occur, and our diagnosis runs :—“ Family 3. Desmacidonidz. Skeleton-spicules of various forms. Anchorate flesh- spicules normally present.” It is therefore rather surprising to find, on p. 732 of Dr. von Lendenfeld’s work, the passage ‘‘ Anders verhalt es sich mit den Ankern. Diese bilden ein verwerthbares Criterium, und ich vereinige deshalb auch alle Cornacuspongie mit Ankern in eine Gruppe, Desmacidonide,” without the slightest reference to the fact that we had already done precisely the same thing. 332 | Mr. A. Dendy on the possess only diactinal megasclera and no microsclera; and Dr. von Lendenfeld, as we have seen, himself describes them as being ‘‘ ohne differente Fleischnadeln.”” What, then, are his “'Toxius, Sigma, Amphitoxius, Spirula, Spirobacter,” if not “ differente Fleischnadeln ” ? and how can he possibly include such forms as possess these spicules amongst the Chalinine ? It has been demonstrated again and again by various authors that the mere possession of a large amount of spongin in the skeleton is not a sufficient guide to the systematic position of a sponge; and to found a group on this character alone is totally out of accord with the present state of our knowledge. Spongin is enormously developed m many of the Desmacidonide, and it also occurs abundantly in the Heterorrhaphide and Axinellide. Amongst the Heterorrhaphide the subfamily Gelliine (Ridley and Dendy) is characterized by the presence of diactinal megasclera and microsclera in the form of sigmata or toxa. It contains three genera, Grellius, Gray, Gelliodes, Ridley, and Toxochalina, Ridley. Crelliodes differs from G'ellius solely in the possession of a larger proportion of spongin in the skele- ton; and yet Dr. von Lendenteld removes Gelliodes from the Gelliine and places it amongst the Chalinine ; and he does the same with Toaochalina, which also happens to possess much spongin. If he thinks that the characteristic micro- sclera (sigmata and toxa) of these two genera are not sufi- ciently “differente’’* to justify their separation from the Chalinine then the whole family Heterorrhaphide must, for him, fall to the ground, for none of the genera therein included, except Vomerula and Hamacantha, have more “ differente ” microsclera; but he accepts the family in his classification. It is clear that Gelliodes must go where Grellius goes, the mere presence of a greater or less amount of spongin cannot in this case be regarded as of more than generic value; but no one would think of calling Gell’us a Chalinine sponge. In fact it is obvious that we must depend on spicules rather then on spongin for guides to classification. In putting such forms as Grelliodes and Toxochalina amongst the Chalinine Dr. von Lendenfeld does away at once with all distinction between the Homorrhaphide and Heterorrhaphide ; and under such circumstances he has no business to retain these two groups in his system. * On p. 797, however, the “subgenus ” Toxochalina is defined thus :— ‘ Phylosiphonine mit ditferenten Fleischnadeln (Toxi),” which scarcely seems in accordance with the previous statement that the Homorrhaphide, as a family, are “ ohne differente Fleischnadeln ” (p. 761). New System of Chalinine. 333 The close relationship between the Chalinine and Renie- rine is now fully demonstrated, and if further proot were needed I think I may fairly claim to have given it in my recent papers on the West-Indian Chalinine * and on Pachy- chalina spinosissima t. Indeed the distinction between the two groups is an arbitrary one and of a quantitative rather than a qualitative character. Hence the two are united together in one family under the name Homorrhaphide, and I still think that the family Homovrrhaphide, as constituted by Mr. Ridley and myself, 1s a fairly natural one; but it would certainly no longer be so were we to include therein the genera Gelliodes and Loxochalina t. It would be too long and too difticult a task to offer in this place any detailed criticism of Dr. von Lendenfeld’s arrangement of his Chalinine; but for the information of the reader I will briefly give the classification of the group proposed by him. For diagnoses of the different subdivisions the reader is referred to the original memoir. Subfamilia CHALININ AL. 1. Tribus CHALININ ® RETICULAT2. I. Gruppe CacocHALININ®. 1. Genus Cacochalina, O. Schmidt, 1870. 2. ,, Chalinopora, n. g. 8. 4, Cladochalina, O. Schmidt, 1870, emend. 4, ,, Chalnella, n. g. Il. Gruppe PachycHaLininz&, . Genus Chalinissa, n. g. » Pachychalina, O. Schmidt, 1868, emend. » Ceraochalina, n. » Chalinopsis, O. Schmidt, 1870. DID II. Gruppe PLAcocHALININ»’. 9, Genus Antherochalina, nu. g. 10. ,, Euplacelia, un. g. ll. ,, Placochahna, n. ¢. 12. ,, Platychalina, Ehlers, 1870. IV. Gruppe GELLIODINZ”. 18. Genus Gelliodes, Ridley, 1884. 14. ,, ~~ Spirophora, n. ¢. * Abstracted in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 503. t Loe. cit. p. 524. t I take these as examples. Dr. von Lendenfeld also includes other genera, such as Sprrophora, n. g. (= Trachycladus, Carter), which, in my opinion, have no business in the group. 334 Mr. A. Dendy on the V. Gruppe SIPHONINZ. 15. Genus Sclerochalina, O. Schmidt, 1868. 16. ,, Phylosiphonia, ng. 1. Subgenus Toxochalina. ‘ op Anatoxwus. 17. 4 Stphonochalina, O. Schmidt, 1868, emend. 18. ,, Dasychalina*, Ridley and Dendy, 1886. 19. ,, Stphonella, n. g. VI. Gruppe EucHALININ2. 20. Genus Dactylochalina, Lendenfeld, 1885. 21. 4 Euchalinopsis, n. g. 22. Euchalina, n. g. 23. ,, Chalinodendron, n. g. VIL. Gruppe ARENOCHALININZE, 24, Genus Arenochalina, n. g. VIII. Gruppe CHaLINORHAPHINZ. 25. Genus Chalinorhaphis, n. g. 2, Tribus CHALININZ DENDROID4. TX. Gruppe HopLocHALInINz. 96. Genus Hoplochalina, n. g. Such, then, is Dr. von Lendenfeld’s arrangement of the group; I leave it to speak for itself, and will proceed at once to discuss the nomenclature adopted by him fer the genera and species. Ill. The Nomenclature of Genera and Species. On this subject a great deal might be said; but I will endeavour to make my remarks as short as possible. That Dr. von Lendenfeld holds very peculiar views on the subject of zoological nomenclature will be evident from what follows. Firstly with regard to his new genera, I would venture to point out that the very remarkable genus Spcrophora appears to be thoroughly identical with Mr. Carter’s Trachycladus, of which the type species (possibly identical with one of those described by Dr. von Lendenfeld) was fully described so far * Dr. v. Lendenfeld remarks, “ Diese Gattung soll eingezogen werden, wie Mr. Dendy mittheilt.” This is quite true; but he does not say what is to become of the three species included in it, viz. D. fibrosa, D. fragilis, and D. melior. In our ‘ Challenger’ Report we have included these three species in the genus Pachychalina. , New System of Chalininee. 335 back as 1879*. I have examined Dr. von Lendenfeld’s specimens of ‘Sptrophora,” and cannot conceive what possible claims they have to be included amongst the Chalinine. The genus T’rachycladus, as it must of course be called, is certainly a difficult one to locate; but it seems to me that it would be difficult to place it in a much less appropriate position. The creation of the new genus Phylosiphonia would seem to be equally unfortunate. It is a comprehensive genus,.and includes species both with and without microsclera. Accord- ingly it is divided into two subgenera :—(1) Toxochalina f, with microsclera, and (2) Anatoxius, without microsclera. The author seems a little doubtful as to the generic nomen- clature of the species described by him under the subgenus Toxochalina, so that we have the following curious result :— “1. Toxochalina foliodes Lendenfeld. “ Toxochalina foliodes Ridley. 2. Phylosiphonia robusta Lendenfeld. “ Toxochalina robusta Ridley.” All the remaining species, both of Toxochalina and Ana- towius, are described under the generic name Phylostphonia. But it is very difficult to understand why the new genus Phylesiphonia should have been introduced at all. The type species of Schmidt’s genus Stphonochalina (S. coriacea) is actually included in the list of species of Phylosiphonia, where it figures under the name “Phylosiphonia coriacea Lenden- feld.”’ Obviously then Siphonochalina is the correct generic name for all those species of “‘Phylosiphonia”’ which have no microsclera (subgenus Anatowius, Lendenfeld), while the correct generic name for those with microsclera (toxa) is Toxochalina, Ridley. To make Toxochalina, Ridley, generi- cally identical with Siphonochalina, Schmidt, appears to be an altogether unwarrantable proceeding. If possible the confusion here introduced is still worse con- founded by the fact that Dr. von Lendenfeld actually uses Schmidt’s name Stphonochalina for some of those species of tubular Chalininee ‘‘ mit conuldser Oberfliche,” and calls the genus “‘Siphonochalina O. Schmidt 1868 emend.,” quite regardless of the fact that Vosmaerf{ had already created a genus, Spinosella, which includes the conulose or spinose * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. May 1879, p. 343. + Ridley’s genus. { Bronn’s Klass. u. Ordnung. des Thierreichs, Porifera, p. 342, 336 Mr. A. Dendy on the species, as opposed to the genus Siphonochalina, Schmidt, which includes the smooth species, the type species of Szphono- chalina, S. coriacea, being perfectly smooth, as shown by Schmidt’s illustration thereof *. In short, the tubular Chalinine (excluding those forms with microsclera, which I cannot regard as Chalinine at all) may be very simply dealt with by dividing them between the two genera Stphonochalina, Schmidt, and Spinosella, Vosmaer. The new genus Phylosiphonia is then quite superfluous ; and the same remark also applies to Dr. von Lendenfeld’s new genus Siphonelia, whose species come under Spinosella, Vosmaer. The peculiarities in nomenclature, however, show them- selves most strikingly in the case of the specific names. In the first place Dr. von Lendenfeld attaches his own name to every species which he places in a genus different from that to which its real author had assigned it, thus, as it were, capturing all stray species and taking forcible possession of them. ‘This fact gives us some insight into his method of working, but it does not explain by any means all the notice- able peculiarities. Probably the printers have had some hand in the remark- able transformation of “ Pachychalina lobata Ridley,” into “Chalinissa oblata Lendenfeld,” as in the case of several other minor errors which need not be enumerated. We cannot, however, thus explain the nomenclature of the author’s ‘ Cerao- chalina papillata n. sp.” ‘This new species includes the following, as given by its founder :— Ceraochalina papillata n. sp. I. Varietas pergamentacea, Cladochalina armigera var. pergamentacea Ridley. Cledochalina pergamentacea Ridley. II. Varietas armigera. Cladochalina armigera O. Schmidt. Cladochalina armigera Ridley. Ill. Varietas macropora. IV. Varietas intermedia. V. Varietas micropora. * Spong. d. Kiiste v, Algier, Taf. ii. fig. 4. New System of Chalinine. 337 Whatever may be the real name of this comprehensive species, it certainly cannot be ‘“ Ceraochalina papillata es So | Again, let us take the following :— Ceraochalina nuda Lendenfeld. I. Varietas oxyus. Cladochalina nuda Ridley. Il. Varietas ovystrongylus. Cladochalina nuda, var. abruptispicula Ridley. This is beyond comment. On p. 813 “Chalina monilata Ridley ” is avowedly described under the name ‘“‘Dactylochalina australis Lendenfeld,” and on p- 815 we are informed that “‘Chalina oculata Bowerbank ”’ is Unten als Huchalinopsis oculata var. elegans Lendenfeld, beschrieben”’; var. elegans, however, does not again make its appearance, but under “‘Huchalinopsis oculata Lendenteld,” we find Chalina oculata, Bowerbank, given as a synonym. This free-and-easy system of nomenclature is doubtless very convenient for one engaged in the description of genera and species, and saves a good deal of time and trouble; but it can scarcely be recommended as being well adapted to promote our zoolcgical knowledge. The nomenclature of sponges is already in a state of dire enough confusion and does not require to be made any more in- volved. It is very tempting to overthrow the work of pre- vious authors and make a fresh start on one’s own account ; but it can scarcely be expected that such a method will obtain the approval of other workers. I do not wish to enter into any zoological polemics, but as a zoologist, and more espe- cially as a spongologist, I feel bound to enter a protest against such a mode of procedure. At the same time I do not wish in the slightest degree to underestimate the value of Dr. von Lendenfeld’s important contribution to our knowledge of the Chalinine. He under- took and has completed a most difficult and laborious task ; and I would especially call attention to the nine beautiful photographic plates of external form which accompany his memoir, the value of which for the identification ot species can scarcely be overestimated. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 24 338 Mr. G. Lewis on Japanese Silphide. XLIV.—A List of the Japanese Silphide. By Georce Lewis, F.L.S. THE following is a list of the Japanese Silphide, consisting of twenty-three species, of which three are treated of as new. Necrophorus concolor, Kraatz. Necrodes littoralis, Linn. japonicus, Harold. nigricornis, Harold. maculifrons, Avraats. Silpha japonica, Motsch. —— montivagus. brunnicollis, Kraatz. — 4-punctatus, Kraatz. venatoria, Harold. latifasciatus. perforata, Gebler. —— mortuorum, Fabr. sylvatica, Lewis. tenuipes. sinuata, abr. Ptomascopus morio, Kraatz. rugosa, Linn. plagiatus, Ménét., Motsch. — thoracica, Linn. 4-maculatus, Kraatz. Davidis, Fairm. playiatipennis, Lewis. subrufa, Lewis. nigropunctata, Lewis. atratus, Linn. The Silphide have a curious habit, common enough also with other insects, and well known to every one who studies them, of remaining stationary when alarmed, with outstretched legs and with the head and thorax bent towards the abdomen. The attitude is often expressed as “the feigning of death ;”’ but what the beetles really do in assum- ing this posture is to bring the edges of the hard chitinous epidermis together, and this is the only position in which the edges can meet. When the insects are active and the head on a plane with the thorax the soft membranous parts between the hard segments are exposed, and it is presumable that a wound or injury to these frail structures would be very harmful, if not mortal. We sometimes find a beetle with part of its chitinous covering broken or bruised; but it is probable that unless the membranous part beneath (for it extends under it) is injured, the damage done to the insect is not by any means immediately fatal. If, as suggested, the piercing or lacerating of the membranous film is mortal, there is a manifest object in the animal covering it when disturbed. Dr. Sharp, in an interesting paper on Hypocephalus armatus, Desmarest (C. R. ent. Belg. xxviii.), has already written on this subject. The stationary posture of the imago is similar to the recum- bent attitude of the insect when it is a pupa, except that the legs are free. When the beetles “feign death” their legs are thrust out away from the body, and this action closes the Mr. G. Lewis on Japanese Silphide. 339 coxal cavities; but to us it gives an appearance of great help- lessness, as the insect lies on its back or side. What the special enemies of Necrophorus are, or what the conditions of its life most disadvantageous to it may be, I cannot say. Acard often swarm on their bodies, but they do not apparently hurt the imagos, although we may well con- ceive that they are a source of intense discomfort to them. Hasty flight is apparently of less importance than the covering- up of the membranous surface ; yet after a minute or so the beetles run away fast enough. Oreophilus mazillosus, Linn., is a common English species which “ feigns death” before running, and the large larve of Sphingide, with retractile heads, will remain stiff on their food-plants, although they will jerk and sway their heads to and fro on the arrival of an ichneumon. ‘They will not crawl when first alarmed. Another benefit accruing from the closing of the harder plates over the thin membranous parts is that when the insects are hybernating or in repose desiccation is less, and the vital capital of the beetle is longer retained. It would thus get less hungry. Jt seems also that the chitinous part of the epidermis is the only portion of it which is exposed to the chemical action of the air &c. while the imago is yet soft after transformation; and this doubtless has always been an important incident in the economic history of a species. 1. Necrophorus concolor, Kraatz. Necrophorus concolor, Kraatz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 100. This species is abundant in South Japan and has been taken in Sado. It measures 30-36 millim., and is black, with a yellow club to the antenna. 2. Necrophorus japonicus, Harold. " Necrophorus japonicus, Harold, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 345. The hind tibiz of this insect are incurved in the male and the internal spine on the trochanter is long and conspicuous. The largest example in a series of fourteen specimens measures 27 millim. Found at Nagasaki, Hiogo, and Yokohama. 3. Necrophorus maculifrons, Kraatz. Necrophorus maculifrons, Kraatz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 101. Harold (J. c. p. 346) considered this species to be the same as N. nepalensis, Hope (Zool. Mise. 1831, p. 21); but this 24% 340 Mr. G. Lewis on Japanese Silphide. determination is not correct. The type of nepalensis is in the British Museum, and has been carefully examined and compared by Mr. C. O. Waterhouse and myself with Japanese specimens which are undoubtedly Kraatz’s N. maculifrons, and it is certain that the species are distinct. I have taken it at Nikko, Hiogo, and Yokohama. 4, Necrophorus montivagus, n. sp. Prxcedenti similis, sed multo minor; antennarum clava partim nigra; elytris fasciis duabus rufis. L. 11-14 mill. This species differs from N. maculifrons, Kraatz, in being much smaller; the antenne, especially the basal joint, stouter, with the apical joint alone red. It has also no frontal red spot, and the red fascie of the elytra in most specimens are less encroached upon by the black denticulation of the other part. The thorax is rounder and anteriorly less widened. The trochanters, like those of NV. maculifrons, are simply bifid. I obtained this insect first at Chiuzenji in June 1880, and on August 22, 1881, I took a series of twenty near the water- fall there, in bottles set with meat. 5. Necrophorus 4-punctatus, Kraatz. Necrophorus 4-punctatus, Kraatz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 100. Kraatz considered this a variety of N. maculifrons ; but beyond the colour there are other characters by which to separate it. The hind tibie in the male are swollen on the external surface, and the thorax is more rotundate. In the female the hind tibize are like those of the male of N. maculi- Tons. 2 I have one specimen in which the elytra are wholly black, and twelve others with the red bands as described by Kraatz, each having two isolated black spots. It oceurs in Central and South Japan, and is not un= common. 6. Necrophorus latifasciatus, sp. n. Niger, vix nitidus; elytris transversim late fasciatis, fasciis duabus rufis. lL. 14-16 mill. This species is similar in outline to N. 4-punctatus, Kraatz, but differs in the following essential details :—The head is much more enlarged behind the eyes, the thorax is dilated in front (as in NV. japonicus, Harold), the elytra are more densely punctured, with interstices somewhat coriaceous, the red bands are broad and only touch the base of the elytron under the Mr. G. Lewis on Japanese Silphide. 341 humeral angle, and the bands are not interrupted at the suture, the elytral striz are less distinct, and the hind tibize of the male are straight and not swollen externally. InN. 4-punctatus the trochanter is simply bifid, but in WV. latéfasciatus the internal spine is obtuse and hamate. I have tour examples of this species, and in all the mesosternum is thickly clothed with a golden pubescence. ‘Three of them are males, and one, which 1 think is of the other sex, has the trochanter simply bifid; but I am not sure about this, as the head is not enlarged behind the eyes and the clypeus has a small triangular red membra- nous space, which may be a character of an undeveloped male. Found at Sapporo and on Mount Niohozan. 7. Necrophorus mortuorum, Fabr. Necrophorus mortuorum, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. p. 248. Three examples were taken at Nikko and two at Sapporo. It occurs also in Kurope, Asia, and North America. 8. Necrophorus tenuipes, sp. n. N. humatori similis, at paulo minor; pedibus gracilibus ; antenna- rum claya nigra. L. 15-19 mill. The sculpture of this species is very similar to that of N. humator, Fabr.; but the club of the antenne is black and more lax, and the frontal sulci are more arched at the sides and much less widened out before the neck. The legs and antennee are more slender, but I see no other differences. I saw it in plenty on Nantaizan, August 20th, 1881, but most of the specimens were drowned in a tub containing rotten fish left by pilgrims, and only three good ones were secured. 9. Ptomascopus morio, Kraatz. Ptomascopus morio, Kraatz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1877, p. 104. Found in all the islands. 10. Ptomascopus plagiatus, Ménétr. Ptomascopus plagiatus, Ménétr., Motsch., kitud. Ent. 1854, p. 27. The synonymy of this species is first given in the ‘ Ento- mologist,’ Oct. 1887. It is not unfrequent near Pekin, and I have taken it at Kiu Kiang, on the Yangtsze Kiang. I have only one Japanese specimen. 342 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the 11. Necrodes littoralis, Linn. Necrodes littoralis, Linn. Fn. Suec. p. 450. Is not common in Japan. 12. Necrodes nigricornis, Harold. Necrodes mgricorms, Harold, Deutsche Abhandl. nat. Ver. Bremen, 1875, p. 286. This is one of the commonest of the Japanese Coleoptera, and occurs both inland and on the coast. The descriptions of Silpha sylvatica, subrufa, and nigro- punctata are given in the ‘ Entomologist,’ Oct. 1887. [Note.—Hudemonius, supra p. 72, must be changed to Eutriplax, as the first name has been used in Lepidoptera. ] XLV.—On the so-called Microdon nuchalis, Dixon, from the Chalk of Sussex, a new Species of Platax. By A. Samira Woopwarp, F.G.8., F.Z.S., of the British Mu- seum (Natural History). In his well-known work on ‘The Geology and Fossils of Sussex ’ (p. 369, pl. xxxii. fig. 7) Mr. Frederic Dixon figured and briefly noticed a small deep-bodied fish from the Chalk of Washington, Sussex, which he referred to the Pycnodont Microdon, and considered to represent a new species of that genus, named IM. nuchalis. The paragraph and figure were reprinted, without comment, in the revised edition of the work in 1878, and, so far as I am aware, the determination has hitherto been accepted as correct. The original specimen, however, is now preserved, with Mr. Dixon’s other fossils, in the British Museum, and a recent study of its characters has shown that it is in no respects allied to the Pycnodontide, but rather belongs to a truly Teleostean genus. The fossil is too fragmentary to allow of any very precise determination, but sufficient is pre- served to indicate approximately its affinities; and as it evidently represents a family hitherto undetected in the English Chalk, I propose briefly to enumerate the most important of its structural features. so-called Microdon nuchalis, Dixon. 343 The specimen is shown of the natural size in Mr. Dixon’s figure already quoted, though the details unfortunately are but slightly marked. It comprises a large portion of the crushed head, the pectoral and pelvic arches, the abdominal portion of the vertebral column, with some remains of dorsal interspinous bones, and a fragment of the caudal region. None of the sutures between the bones of the head can be distinguished, but part of the supraoccipital is conspicuous, from its being extended upwards in the form of a strong, laterally compressed, triangular crest. The facial profile is very steep and the orbit is relatively large. ‘The remains of two or three branchiostegal rays are recognizable, and possibly also the bases of some minute hollow teeth in the jaws. The vertebree, with their arches, are well ossified, and there are apparently ten in the abdominal region, while all but six of the caudal have been destroyed. The centra are much broken, so that it seems impossible to determine their exact form and characters. As in the skull, the elements of the pectoral arch are undistinguishable, and these are somewhat displaced backwards, both the so-called ‘ pelvic” bones and the first interhemal of the anal fin being crushed together with them. Of the pectoral fins no fragments remain; but each of the pelvic fins is represented by a single robust spine, all the soft rays, if ever present, having disappeared. The three small spines in advance of the anal fin are also pre- served; and above the vertebral column, behind the supra- occipital crest, are a number of large, broad, interspinous bones, evidently testifying to the original presence of a very high dorsal fin. ‘There are no traces of scales, which must thus have been either very delicate or absent. Such being the only characters shown by the fossil, it is obviously impossible to determine its exact position in the Teleostean series by a reference to ordinary systematic diag- noses. A careful comparison, however, with known types can leave no doubt that the Chalk species is an ally of the existing Carangide, and must thus be placed in this family or among the less differentiated forms, ancestral to the Caran- gidee, which flourished in the later Mesozoic seas. So far as preserved, indeed, the fossil is almost identical with certain more perfect specimens from the Upper Chalk of Mount Lebanon, which have been referred, with much probability of correctness, to the still-surviving genus Platax*. The only * F. J. Pictet, ‘ Poissons Fossiles du Mont Liban,’ 1850, p. 19, pl. ii. fig. 1; F. J. Pictet and A. Humbert, ‘Nouv. Rech. Poiss. Foss. M. Liban,’ 1866, p. 48, pl. iv. figs. 1-8; J. W. Davis, “On the Fossil Fishes of the Chalk of Mount Lebanon,” Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. [2] vol. iii. (1887), p- 524, pl. xxv. fig. 4. 344 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Leptiles from Cyprus. essential differences appear to be due to imperfections in preservation ; the facial profile at first sight seems sharply bent opposite the orbit, but this appearance is really due to a detached bone-fragment; the difference in the lower jaw is similarly owing to breakage, and so likewise is the deceptive appearance of elongation in the vertebral centra. The fish must thus be known by the provisional name of Platax nuchalis, until the discovery of more satisfactory specimens renders it possible to clearly define the species. It may also be interesting to point out, in connexion with this subject, that another Cretaceous fish, truly Teleostean so far as can be judged from the figure and description, has been doubtfully referred to the Pycnodont Microdon. This is a small fossil from Mount Lebanon, made known by Mr. James W. Davis under the name of Microdon? pulchellus *. XLVI.—List of Reptiles and Batrachians from Cyprus. By G. A. BOULENGER. At the request of Dr. Giinther [ herewith give a list of the Reptiles collected by Dr. Guillemard in Cyprus for Lord Lilford, and presented by the latter to the British Museum. All the species enumerated were previously known to occur in Cyprus}. Fortunately there is one specimen of the rare Acanthodactylus Schreibert in the collection. ‘The species peculiar to the island are marked with an asterisk. LIZARDS. 1. Agama stellio, L. *2. Acanthodaetylus Schreibert, Blgr. (A. Boskianus, Gthr., A. Savigny?t, Bttg.) #3. Ophiops Schluetert, Bttg. (O. elegans, Gthr.). Two female specimens, both with 42 scales round the body. Femoral pores 13-14 and 14-14. * J. W. Davis, loc. cit. p. 501, pl. xxiv. fig. 3. + Cf. Giinther, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 741, and Bottger, Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 132. On the Affinity of the North-American Lizard-Fauna. 345 4, Humeces Schneidert, Daud. Five specimens, three with 26, two with 24 scales round the middle of the body. 5. Chalcides ocellatus, Forsk. A single specimen, belonging to the var. A (B.M. Cat. Liz. i. p. 401). 6. Chameleon vulgaris, Daud. SNAKES. 7. Typhlops vermicularis, Merr. 8. Tropidonotus natriz, L. 9, Zamenis atrovirens, Shaw. 10. Zamenis Ravergiert, Mén. 11. Celopeltis lacertina, Wag). 12. Vipera euphratica, Mart. FROGS. 13. Rana esculenta, var. ridibunda, Pall. 14. Hyla arborea, var. Savignyt, Aud. XLVII.—On the Affinity of the North-American Lizard- Fauna. By G. A. BouLENGER. A RECENT work on the geographical distribution of animals, by Prof. Angelo Heilprin (Intern. Scientific Series, vol. lviit. 1887), contains the following remark (p. 317) :— ‘““'M. Boulenger has recently attempted to show (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. August 1885) that the North- and South- American Lacertilian faunas are, strictly speaking, one, the Neogean, a conclusion which is not borne out by the facts of distribution. The misconception arises from the incorporation of the tract lying south of the line indicated above [a line drawn from San Francisco to Galveston, in Texas] with the North-American faunal region proper, while in reality it is a transition-tract more nearly Neotropical in character than Nearctic.”’ 346 On the Affinity of the North-American Lizard-Fauna. What the facts are that do not bear out my conclusion the author omits to state, unless they be the presence of the “ Old- World genus of skinks, Humeces” (p. 316) and of the glass snake (Ophisaurus). With the latter 1 have dealt in the essay referred to, and shown that the Anguide, of which family Ophisaurus is a member, are essentially American, reaching their fullest development in Central America; that they are well represented in North and South America, and occur in two genera and three species in the Palearctic region ; and that if the affinity between Ophisaurus and Pseudopus is great, that between Anguis and the South-American Ophiodes is scarcely less. The idea that Humeces is an Old- World genus is erroneous. As now characterized it embraces thirty-one species, of which twenty-one are American (only half that number extending north of Mr. Heilprin’s line), nine Old-World, and one of unknown habitat. But, far better than any discussion, the following list of the few Lacer- tilia of British Columbia (a district well beyond the debat- able area and also the northernmost point reached by lizards in North America) will answer Mr, Heilprin’s criticism, in showing that even so far north that part of the fauna is purely Neogean. Lacertilia of British Columbia *. 1. Sceloporus gratiosus. undulatus. IGUANIDS .. 25° ~ 5. Phrynosoma Douglassi, 4 cornutum. ANGUIDE .. 5, Gerrhonotus ceruleus. ScINcCID® .. 6, Humeces Skiltonianus. All four genera attain their greatest development south of Mr. Heilprin’s line. A list of the lizards of any northern district of the United States would equally well support my view. Indeed I can only repeat my statement (/. c. p. 80), that the North- American lizards constitute no essentially distinct fauna, but are merely an offshoot of that of Central America. * Cf. J. K. Lord, Brit. Columb. ii. pp. 802, 307, and 308. Mr. E. A. Smith on Volutharpa Perryi. 347 XLVIII.—Notes on Volutharpa Perryi. By EpGar A. SMITH. Tue British Museum has recently obtained two specimens of Volutharpa Perryt, collected by Mr. H. Pryer at the Loo-Choo Islands. Only two brief notices of the animal of this species have been published, by Troschel* and Dunkerf. The latter’s account reads almost like a latin translation of the description of V. anpullacea given by A. Adams}. Troschel more par- ticularly describes the odontophore and notes (erroneously ?) the absence of an operculum. From an examination of the two specimens at hand I have drawn up the following description. The animal (in spirit) is of a pale orange colour, copiously mottled with black on the head, tentacles, siphon, and upper part of the body. ‘The creeping-disk is similarly coloured, but the lateral edges are unspotted. The body is rather large, narrowed posteriorly, and somewhat squarish in front, where there is a free edge, distinct from the foot-margin, as in Buccinum. ‘The head, tentacles, and the position of the eyes are about the same as in B. undatum. The odontophore, which I have examined, does not quite correspond with the figure given by Troschel. ‘The central teeth have six similar dentations, but the lateral plates are more regular than those depicted in his work; those on one side constantly have five dentations, those on the other six. ‘The outside tooth is the largest, the innermost the next in size, the rest gradually diminishing, so that the fourth on the one plate and the fifth on the other, or, in other words, those next to the large outer teeth, are the smallest. The most remarkable point in connexion with this species is the minuteness of the operculum, which has only a diam- eter of 1? millim. It is oval, very thick for its size, and externally appears to consist of four or five concentric layers. The under surface is excavated and irregular, but exhibits to some extent a concentric character of growth. Troschel states that his specimen was without an opercu- lum; but it seems to me quite possible that he may either have overlooked it on account of its minuteness, or it may have been knocked off, as is the case in one of the two speci- mens under examination. Its former presence, however, is * “Das Gebiss der Schnecken,’ vol. ii. p. 72, pl. vi. fig. 14. + Index Mollusc. Japon. p. 35. t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860, vol. vi. p. 109. 348 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. indicated by the very small operculigerous disk on the upper surface of the hind part of the foot. Dall * has shown that with regard to V. ampullacea, an allied form from the Ochotsk Sea, &c., the operculum is indifferently present or wanting. It may therefore be the same with the present form. The shell of this species differs from that of V. ampullacea in several points. It is usually thinner, has a deeper siphonal notch, a more acuminate spire, a non-canaliculate suture, and a more velvety epidermis; and adult specimens are usually larger than any examples of V. ampullacea that I have ever seen. The largest specimen in the Museum is 53 millim. long, whilst the finest example of the Ochotsk species has only a length of 46. The record of this species at Loo-Choo is interesting, as showing how far south species essentially of boreal type may be expected to extend. XLIX.—Descriptions of somenew Genera and Species of Cur- culonide, mostly Asiatic.—Part IV. By Francis P. Pasco#, F.L.S. &e. BRACHYDERINA. TANYRHYNCHINZ. Dermatodes mirandus. Exzetoderes, n. g. scabripennis. OTIORHYNCHIN #. : ALCIDINZE. Po ieHMs pommens. Aleides gallus. lati Re tetanicus, are one. censorius. vestitus. HYLoBIINz. —— nitidus. : geminatus. Hylobius arrogans. —— Oberthiirii. desuetus. — collaris, pumilus. clathratus, B : % ARIDINZ. Dirodes, n. g. f 2 russatus. Baris czlestis. eburifera. Mower Acythopeus genuinus. funereus. Euthycus incisus. Lystrus longimanus. * American Journ. Conch. vol. vii. p. 105, Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 349 Dermatodes mirandus. D. ovatus, squamis lete viridibus, aliis maculatim aureo-nitidis, tectus ; rostro capite continuato; antennis funiculo clavaque nigris. Long. 53 lin. (rostr. incl.). Hab. Zanzibar. Ovate, densely covered with rich glossy green scales, with golden scales interspersed ; head not broader than the rostrum and without the groove separating them; antenne with the scape passing behind the eye, the funicle filiform, black, the club also black, but covered with a whitish pubescence ; prothorax moderately transverse, broad at the base, the sides slightly rounded; scutellum small, distinct; elytra convex, gradually narrowing towards the apex, striate-punctate, strie very shallow; corbels of the posterior tibiee densely covered with whitish hairs ; claw-joint elongate. A richly coloured species, with an exceptionally long scape; the length, however, varies according to the species ; in some it does not or scarcely attains the eye, D. ceesicollis for example; in others it impinges more or less on it. Episomus gemmeus. E. oblongo-ovatus, niger, squamis viridi-aureis vestitus; antennis funiculo tenuato, clava pyriforme sed apice acuta; capite rostro- que linea angusta longitudinaliter impresso. Long. 64 lin. (rostr. incl.). Hab. Sumatra. Oblong, ovate, black, clothed above, but not closely, with golden-green scales, beneath, and especially the femora, with close-set, mostly paler scales; antenne with a comparatively slender funicle, its second joint elongate, the club pyriform, with the apex somewhat produced and pointed ; prothorax with slightly impressed transverse grooves at the sides, and with two black stripes on the disk; elytra punctured, the scales confined to the punctures. The species of Hpisomus are so variable in coloration that very little reliance can be placed on it to differentiate them ; the sculpture also is not very definite. The specimen here described has unusually lustrous scales, a comparatively slender funicle, a club tapering at the base, with a somewhat produced and pointed apex, &c. It may possibly be F. gra- cilicornis, very shortly described by Ritsema, but which is said by Chevrolat not to be a true Hpisomus. Episomus uniformis. E. ovatus, omnino griseo-squamosus; antennis funiculo crasso, 350 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. articulis 3°-6™ brevissimis, septimo elongato, cylindrico, nigro ; rostro quam caput ad apicem latiore; prothorace flexuoso-sul- cato. Long. 54-7 lin. Hab. Andaman. Ovate, entirely covered with brownish-grey scales; an- tenne rather slender, black, the third to the sixth joint very short, the seventh elongate, cylindrical, and closely united to the short club; rostrum somewhat broader at the apex than the head; prothorax with irregular, flexuous, transverse grooves; elytra striate-punctate, interstices narrow, slightly raised, each elytron with a black spot posteriorly ; body beneath and legs closely covered with small pale grey scales and a few markedly larger ones intermixed on the former, the legs with a few scattered sete. A uniformly grey or brownish-grey species, with the third to the sixth joint of the funicle markedly short, the seventh elongate, &ec. Episomus laticollis. E. ovatus, obscure griseo-squamosus ; prothorace valde transverso, utrinque rotundato, sulcis tribus impresso ; elytris striato-punc- tatis, interstitiils setigeris. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Pachebon. Ovate, covered with dull greyish scales; antenne with a short, nearly straight scape; funicle moderately long, the seventh joint closely united to the short ovate club; head and rostrum broad, with a continuous median groove and a shal- lower one on each side; prothorax very transverse, rounded at the sides, slightly pitted, and with three shallow grooves towards the base; elytra striate-punctate, the interstices slightly raised, each with a row of pale sete; body beneath and legs with greyish scales and sete. Allied to E. tconicus, in which, as in the above, the scu- tellum is apparently absent; it has, however, znter alia, a shorter and much broader prothorax ; the upper edge of the scape is nearly straight. Hylobius arrogans. H., robustus, fuscus, opacus, squamulis setulisque adspersus ; rostro incrassato, grosse punctato; prothorace rugoso-granulato, basi latiore ; elytris prothorace multo latioribus, seriatim punctatis, punctis mediocribus, quadratis; apice conjunctim rotundato. Long. 8 lin. Hab. Sumatra. Robust, dull brown, with a scattered scaly indumentum Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 351 mixed with small sete; rostrum stout, with four raised line , - the outer flexuous, the front coarsely punctured ; .antennee with the first joint of the funicle twice as long as the second ; pro- thorax not longer than broad, rounded at the sides, but expanding at the base, the disk roughly granulate ; scutellum cordiform ; elytra very broad at the base, gradually narrower to the broadly rounded apex, seriate-punctate, punctures middle-sized, quadrate ; body beneath with scattered punc- tures, each bearing a brownish-yellow seta, and more nume- rous at the sides of the abdominal segments; legs sparsely setulose; femora strongly toothed ; fore tibie slightly curved. The groove in front of the eye—one of the characters of Fylobius according to Lacordaire—is short and not well limited, and the posterior callus on each elytron is nearly obsolete. ‘This species may be placed atter H. crassirostris. Hylobius desuetus. H, robustus, fuscus, subnitidus, setulis fulvidis adspersus; rostro tenuato ; prothorace granulis conjunctis setigeris munito ; elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis parte basali granulatis. Long. 6-7 lin. Hab. Siam, Sarawak. Robust, rather glossy brown, with numerous small fulvous sete ; rostrum comparatively slender, with three principal grooves marked with coarse oblong punctures; antenne pitchy ; prothorax with the sides nearly parallel posteriorly, the disk with connected granules in oblique lines, each tipped with a curved seta; scutellum triangular ; elytra considerably broader at the base than the prothorax, striate-punctate, the punctures oblong, large, approximate, interstices not well marked, those on the basal half dotted with small glossy granules, each tipped with a procumbent seta; femora ob- tusely toothed. The more slender rostrum and the less convex elytra, with their interstices granulate, are the leading differential cha- racters of this species. In this and the preceding species there is a tendency of the setule to a closer approximation on the elytra behind the middle, forming a somewhat indistinct band. Hylobius pumilus. H. oblongus, fusco-ferrugineus, nitidus; antennis, femoribus basi, tibiis dimidio apicali tarsisque rufulis; rostro icrassato, grosse punctato; femoribus dente acuto armatis. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Sarawak. 352 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. Oblong, dark ferruginous, glossy, antenne, femora at the base, apical half of the tibiz and tarsi reddish ; rostrum stout, strongly marked throughout with oblong punctures ; antenne slender; prothorax without ocular lobes, slightly rounded at the sides, the disk with large, iregular, confluent granules ; scutellum triangular; elytra somewhat broader posteriorly, flattish above, striate-punctate, punctures large, approximate, the interstices flat; second abdominal segment as long as the two next together ; femora with an acute tooth. A small flattish species, differing from the genuine Hylobii in having no ocular lobes; but they are very slight in H. papulosus, after which it may be placed. ITylobius clathraius. H. oblongus, niger, parum nitidus, sparse setulosus; rostro sub- tenuato, sex-sulcato, sulcis intermediis basi approximatis ; pro- thorace oblongo, grosse granulato; elytris punctis quadratis magnis instructis, apicibus paulo divaricatis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. India. Oblong, black, slightly glossy, with small pale scattered sete, more condensed posteriorly; rostrum rather slender, coarsely punctured, with six irregular grooves in front, the two intermediate approximate at the base ; antenne with the two basal joints of the funicle equal; prothorax oblong, a little contracted at the base, coarsely granulate; elytra sub- cylindrical, the apices slightly divaricate, seriate-punctate, the punctures large, quadrate, the alternate interstices promi- nent, the intermediate interstices represented here and there by finely raised lines; body beneath sparsely punctured ; femora toothed ; tibize nearly entire. A very coarsely sculptured species allied to H. ruséticus, but, inter alia, with the posterior callus on each elytron strongly produced; the punctuation of the elytra is also different. DIRODES. Hylobio affinis. Scrobes valde oblique, infra rostrum conniventes. Oculi laterales, transversi, fortiter granulati. Abdomen sutura prima obsoleta. Ungwiculi connati. The claws being united at the base separates Lacordaire’s “‘ Pacholenides’”’ (a group of his ‘ tribu Hylobiides’’) from his group of true ‘‘ Hylobiides;”” but the shorter metasternum and the facies seem to me to indicate that the affinities of this genus are nevertheless with /Hylobius rather than with either se Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. BAR ? of the two genera of “ Pacholenides” enumerated by Lacor- - daire, Dirodes russatus. D. subeylindricus, rufo-brunneus, sparse setosulus ; antennis brevi- bus ; femora dentata; tibize anticee curvate. Long. 42 lin. flab. Sumatra. Subcylindrical, reddish brown, sparingly setulose; head convex in front; rostrum stout, curved, as long as the pro- thorax, thinly punctured; scrobes comparatively short, con- nivent beneath; antenne short ; first joint of the funicle sub- globose, second rather longer, the rest transverse, gradually broadening into the ovate club; prothorax subtransverse, roughly granulate, ocular lobes feeble; scutellum raised ; elytra nearly cylindrical, broader than the prothorax, the base shortly and abruptly sloping forwards, striate-punctate, punc- tures oblong, the interstices convex, finely granulate, poste- rior callus prominent; prosternum not emarginate; meta- sternum short; abdomen with the first suture obliterated, the conjoined segments very large and convex; femora with an acute tooth beneath; fore tibiee short and curved ; tarsi gradually broader to the third joint, which is strongly lobed, fourth joint elongate, its claws united at the base. Huthycus incisus. E. oblongus, niger; prothorace utrinque apicem versus linea pro- funda impressa instructo, disco fortiter bicanaliculato; elytris earinis alte elevatis munitis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. India. Oblong, black; rostrum rather long, stout, with numerous coarse, closely-set punctures; antenne ferruginous, second joint of the funicle nearly twice as long as the first; club pubescent ; prothorax longer than broad, rugose, having on each side a deeply incised vertical line near the apex, disk with two regular longitudinal groovesorcanals; no scutellum; elytra twice as long as the prothorax, broadly rounded at the apex, the sutural margin raised as well as two lines on each elytron, which unite posteriorly and are more or less covered with short, yellowish, erect sete, the intervals with coarse oblong punctures ; legs moderately long; femora toothed; posterior tibie elongate, curved. In size and outline like Phinthus porcatus, but with a peculiarly sculptured prothorax &c. I have placed it with Futhycus rather than with Plinthus, on account of the oblique Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 25 354 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. scrobes directed to the lower margin of the eye. The type is E. macilentus (Ann. Mus. Civico de Genova, ser. 2, vol. i. p. 220, tav. 1. fig. 6). EX £TODERES. Caput latum ; rostrum perbreve, capite angustius; scrobes ante oculos desinentes. Oculi rotundati, grosse granulati; scapus antenna- Tum pone oculum extensus. Prothoraa subtransversus, lobis ocularibus nullis. Hlytra conyexa, prothoracis basi ibi haud latiora. Femora mutica; tzbiew inermes; tars: tenues, articulo penultimo haud lobato. Pectus breve. Hpisterna metathoracica elytris celata, segmentum basale abdominis vix ampliatum. This genus wants two or three of the characters assigned to the Tanyrhynchine by Lacordaire, notably of the rostrum and tarsi; the former is very short and broad and the latter are nearly filiform, the claw-joint being received in a cavity of the preceding. Exetoderes scabripennis. E. subellipticus, tomento pilisque griseo-brunneis omnino tectus ; elytra elongato-cordata, lineis elevatis tuberculatis munita. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Capetown. Clothed with a uniformly greyish tomentum and paler approximate hairs. Head broad and convex in front; ros- trum much shorter and marked off by two oblique, slightly impressed lines; antenne ferruginous, pubescent; funicle with the first joint nearly as long as the two next together ; prothorax as long as broad, constricted anteriorly, the sides then rounded and covered with minute granules, each tipped with a recumbent hair, the middle with a short black line; scutellum not apparent; elytra oblong-cordate, each with seven more or less elevated tuberculate lines; tubercles small, many of them tipped with a hair much longer than those elsewhere; tibie straight, dilated at the apex. Alcides gallus. A. oblongus, nitide rufo-castaneus ; rostro elongato, subtiliter punc- tato ; prothorace granulato, in medio carinula lineare munito; elytris postice gradatim angustioribus, striato-punctatis, inter- stitiis subtransversim impressis. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Saylee. Oblong, glossy reddish chestnut; rostrum slender, nearly twice as long as the prothorax, minutely punctured ; antennz er Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 355 -pitchy, scape rather short, second joint of the funicle longer than the first; prothorax with darker irregular granules, the intervals with narrow silaceous scales, a narrow, raised, median line throughout; scutellum small, black; elytra gra- dually narrower from the base, a little depressed behind the scutellum, striate-punctate, punctures nearly contiguous, the interstices somewhat transversely impressed ; body beneath and legs sparsely covered with minute silaceous scales; fore tibiee very slightly bisulcate. In this species there is on the prothorax a well-marked median line continuous throughout; the depression behind the scutellum on the elytra is more circumscribed than on the following species. Alcides tetanicus. A, oblongus, nitide rufo-castaneus, parce silaceo-setosulus ; rostro valido, versus apicem latiore, tenuiter punctato ; prothorace granu- lato, ad apicem carinula lineare munito; elytris postice gradatim angustioribus, striato-punctatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctatis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Saylee. Oblong, glossy reddish chestnut, sparsely covered with small silaceous setee; rostrum stout, broader at the apex, finely punctured; antenne rather short, second joint of the funicle not longer than the first; prothorax slightly convex, granulate, a raised line at the apical half; scutellum black ; elytra gradually narrower from the base, the anterior part depressed, linearly punctured, punctures simall, round, the interstices broad, with a few granules at the base; body beneath sparsely covered with minute silaceous scales ; fore lees of moderate length, their tibize very slightly bisinuate ; anterior cox approximate. At once distinguished from the preceding by its stout ros- trum; the fore legs are comparatively short, the body at the shoulders is of considerable breadth, and the elytra towards the apex are much more markedly narrowed. Alcides censorius. A. oblongus, nigro-piceus, subtiliter parce griseo-pilosus; rostro elongato, tenuato, parte basali solo remote punctato; funiculo articulo secundo breviusculo ; prothorace granulato ; elytris striato- punctatis, interstitiis rude granulatis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Ceram. Oblong, pitchy black, covered with a thin greyish pilosity ; rostrum elongate. slender, the basal part only distinctly punc- % 356 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. tured; antennz black, second joint of the funicle shorter than the first ; prothorax closely granulate; scutellum roundish ; elytra convex, gradually narrower from the base, the anterior part slightly depressed, striate-punctate, punctures coarse, approximate, the interstices covered with irregular granula- tions ; body beneath rather closely covered with small whitish scales; fore legs elongate; tibie slightly bisinuate. Tt is only under a strong lens that the real sculpture of the elytra is seen; to the naked eye they seem minutely punc- tured in close regular lines. So far as the facies is concerned this species may follow A. decurvus. Alcides vestitus. A, cylindricus, niger, plerumque dense albido-pilosus, setulis inter- jectis; rostro tenuato, basi confertim punctato; prothorace granulato ; elytris modice convexis, lateribus parallelis. Long. 5 lin, Hab. Banda. Rather narrowly cylindrical, black, covered with large patches of a close-set whitish squamosity, studded with hair- like sete; rostrum slender, twice as long as the prothorax, the base with crowded punctures; antenne pitchy, second joint of the funicle longer than the first ; prothorax nearly as long as broad, the middle of the disk bare and closely granu- late, the sides densely covered with whitish scales; scutellum subquadrate ; elytra moderately convex, parallel at the sides, on each a bare oblique stripe in the middle, the rest with a dense covering of whitish scales; body beneath densely covered with minute yellowish scales; fore tibie strongly bisinuate. The close-set whitish or yellowish-white scales or squamo- sity, studded with hair-like sete, nearly covering the whole upper surface of this species, will at once differentiate it from any of its congeners. In the above four species the femoral tooth is very distinctly denticulate. Alcides nitidus. A, oblongus, glaber, nitide chalybeatus, supra squamulis albis macu- latim ornatus; rostro elongato, tenuato, fere recto, subtilissime punctato; prothorace leviter punctato; elytris punctis parvis serlatim instructis. Long. 4—5 lin. Hab. Batchian, Waigiou. Oblong, smooth, glossy steel-blue, more or less spotted with masses of white scales; rostrum slender, elongate, nearly straight, minutely punctured; antenne pitchy, funicle elon- Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. 357 gate, the two basal joints equal in length; prothorax with small remote punctures; scutellum roundish; elytra seriate- punctate, punctures small, remote, the interstices broad, flattish, each elytron with a white spot near the scutellum, three or four behind the middle, or connected so as to form a band, and two near the apex; body beneath smooth, the sterna more or less covered with close-set whitish scales; legs slender ; anterior tibie very slightly bisulcate. One of my specimens has the three intermediate abdominal segments margined with close-set white scales and an addi- tional white spot near the base of each elytron. This species is somewhat remarkable in having the rostrum extremely minutely punctured at the base as well as beyond to the apex. Alcides gemitnatus. A. oblongus, fuscus, lineis griseis e pilis condensatis ornatus ; rostro piceo, elongato, tenuato, apice dilatato ; prothorace ineequaliter punctato, granulis parvis intermixtis; elytris rude striato-punc- tatis. Long. 34 lin. Hab. Java. Oblong, dark brown, with a few lines of greyish hatrs ; rostrum pitchy, elongate, slender, much broader at the apex ; antenne ferruginous, the second joint of the funicle shorter than the first; prothorax irregularly punctured, with a few granules between the punctures, the disk with two narrow greyish stripes and one on each side; scutellum roundish ; elytra nearly parallel at the sides, with linear punctured strie, punctures subquadrate, the interstices rugose, each elytron with an elongate, oblique, slightly flexuous stripe proceeding from the shoulder, and ashorter oblique apical stripe directed towards the suture; body beneath with scattered scales, except on the sterna; anterior femora slender, their tibize slightly bisulcate. Very near A. intrusus, but with aslender elongate rostrum, and more slender but scarcely longer antenne, and the pro- thorax with two lateral instead of one median line on the disk &e. Alcides Oberthiiri. A, obovatus, fuscus, capite, rostro antennisque piceis ; elytris stria- tis, striis setulis silaceis repletis, interstitiis granulis nitidis plani- usculis confertim instructis. Long. 4 lin. Hab. India *. * IT owe my specimen to M. René Oberthiir. The habitat given on his ticket is ‘‘ Indes Orientales, Mts. Kodeicanel.’’ I cannot tind this name in Keith Johnston’s large atlas. I believe, however, that they are in Southern India, 358 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new OCurculionide. -Obovate, brown; head, rostrum, and antenne dark pitchy brown; rostrum stout, nearly straight, a little longer than the prothorax, remotely punctured throughout; second joint of the funicle considerably shorter than the first ; prothorax with rather large, flattish, and occasionally confluent granules, the interspaces finely setulose, the sides with close-set scales, trifid at the apex; elytra gradually broader behind, striate- punctate, the strie filled with silaceous hair-like scales, the interstices with large, flattish, approximate granules ; body beneath covered with greyish scales; legs comparatively short, the tooth on the femora not denticulate. The elytra broader behind and their strie filled with silaceous scales, forming well-defined lines alternating with the glossy interstices, will at once differentiate this very marked species. The scutellum is not to be distinguished from the surrounding parts. Alcides collaris. A, breviter ovatus, niger, nitidus, prothorace rufo-castaneo elytrisque albo-bifasciatis ; femoribus dente parvo integro instructis. Long. 34 lin, Hab. India. Shortly ovate, glossy black, the prothorax reddish chestnut, and the elytra with two white bands of close-set scales; ros- trum stout, shorter than the prothorax, gradually broader towards the apex, not curved, and approximately punctured throughout ; antenne pitchy, short, stout, first joint of the funicle twice as long as the second; prothorax somewhat globose, with large, flattish, crowded granules, each with a minute white scale behind, the middle with a few punctures ; scutellum small but distinct; elytra slightly narrower from the base, with large subapproximate punctures, the interspaces smooth, a transverse series of nearly united spots at the base, and just behind the middle a flexuous band, not meeting at the suture ; body beneath glossy black, with patches of white scales; legs comparatively short ; the anterior femora armed with a slender spiniform tooth, their tibie moderately bi- sinuate. The species of Alcides here described have bifid claws and elytra not, or scarcely, broader than the prothorax ; the latter more or less transverse, with the sides behind the contracted apex rounded, except at the base. In all the species of this large genus (I have about 140) the funicle is only six-jointed, and the base ot the prothorax is deeply bisinuate, the scutellar lobe especially advancing considerably between the elytra. Mr, F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionidae. 359 Baris celestis. B. elliptico-ovata, lete cerulea vel violacea, antennis tarsisque nigris ; rostro modice elongato, basi constricto ; elytris profunde striatis, interstitiis planatis, uniseriatim punctatis. Long. 3 lin. Hab. Delagoa Bay. Elliptic-ovate, clear blue or violet, antenne and tarsi black ; head finely punctured; rostrum rather elongate, the base compressed and coarsely punctured, beyond glossy black, with finer punctures; prothorax transverse, slightly concave, closely and coarsely punctured; scutellum equilaterally tri- angular, with the apex towards the prothorax; elytra nar- rowly striate-punctate, the striz blackish, with greenish specks between the punctures, interstices flat, each with a row of rather marked punctures ; body beneath and legs punctured, each puncture bearing a short white hair; tarsi with the three basal joints gradually broader. This species belongs to Schénherr’s first “stirps,’ ¢ e. those species with stout antenne. ‘The colour varies a little according to the light. The form of the scutellum is peculiar. Baris eburvfera. B. cylindrica, atra, opaca; elytris maculis sex albis basalibus munitis; rostro fortiter striato-punctato; pedibus ferrugineis. Long. 13 lin. Hab. India? : Cylindrical, opaque black, elytra with six spots at the base, formed of tufts of white or cream-coloured scales; rostrum stout, not longer than the prothorax, curved, closely punc- tured between slightly elevated longitudinal lines; antenn ferruginous, short, stout, the funicle gradually thickening into the club; prothorax nearly as long as broad, bisinuate at the base, closely punctured; scutellum small, triangular; elytra parallel for about half their length, then gradually rounded to the apex, striate-punctate, punctures oblong or shortly linear, interstices slightly raised; legs dark ferrugi- nous, with sparse greyish scales. This species has lately occurred in hothouses in England, imported with orchids from India or the Kast. It is one of the smaller kinds, like B. morio, but peculiar for its tufts of close- set white scales on the elytra, to the naked eye resembling little ivory points. Acythopeus genuinus. A. ovatus, mger, opacus; rostro basi haud gibboso; prothorace 360 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Curculionide. utrinque rotundato, sat fortiter punctato, punctis inter se sepa- ratis ; elytris interstitiis subtiliter granulatis. Long. 22 lin. ‘Hab. Malaisia. Ovate, black, opaque; rostrum not gibbous at the base, coarsely punctured, the punctures uniformly separated ; an- tennee black, the club ovate ; prothorax transverse, rounded at the sides, not narrowed at the base, and comparatively coarsely punctured, the punctures approximating but dis- tinctly separated ; scutellum nearly round; elytra narrowly striate, the interstices flat and minutely granulate, the granules few and in a somewhat irregular line; pygidium very short ; body beneath and legs sparingly punctured, each puncture with a short silver hair. Some time ago I received several specimens of this species from G. Saunders, Esq., in whose conservatory at Tunbridge Wells they were found in the stems of certain orchids ; like its congeners its habitat is probably some island of the Malay Archipelago. It differs from A. érist’s (Linn. Soc. Journ. xil. p. 62, pl. i. fig. 2) in the form and sculpture of the pro- thorax, the granulate interstices of the elytra, &c. Mr. C. Waterhouse has described another species (A. aterrimus, Ent. Month. Mag. vol. x. p. 226) closely allied to both, but differing in sculpture, the latter having the rostrum furrowed at the sides, the prothorax with glossy granules on the inter- spaces between the punctures, &e. Acythopeus funereus. A. ovatus, niger, opacus ; elytris basi singulatim macula parva alba notatis; rostro basi fortiter gibboso; oculis infra connexis; elytris interstitiis transversim sulcatis. Long. 23 lin. Hab. 'Tondano. Ovate, black, opaque, a small white spot on each elytron at the base; rostrum compressed and strongly gibbous or raised at the base, and roughly granulate, the rest smooth, glossy black, and nearly impunctate ; prothorax moderately transverse, closely punctured; scutellum indistinct; elytra narrowly striate, the interstices flat and transversely sulcate ; pygidium short; body beneath and legs studded with silvery hairs. In facies like the last, but at once differentiated by its gibbous rostrum, the eyes confluent beneath, sculpture of rostrum and elytra, &c. ‘The transverse grooves on the inter- stices of the elytra are apparently composed, at least in some places, of two partially connected punctures. On the Phylogeny and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 361 Lystrus longimanus. L. trapezoideus, fusco-niger, parum nitidus ; antennis ferrugineis ; rostro dimidio basali lineis elevatis instructo ; pedibus anticis valde elongatis, tibiis eorundem fortiter arcuatis. Long. 23 lin. Hab. Sumatra. Trapezoidal, brownish black, slightly glossy, antenne ferruginous ; rostrum moderately long, basal half with raised lines, the intervals punctured ; antennee with the club as long as the funicle; prothorax rapidly broader to the base, with close-set granules in short transverse lines; scutellum round’; elytra narrowly striate, the interstices broad, with contiguous punctures; body beneath densely covered with pale greyish scales; intermediate and posterior legs very short, ferrugi- nous, the tibize of the former with a tooth on the outer edge at the base; fore legs very long, their tibie strongly curved, their tarsi of moderate length. A. broader species than JL. latipennis (Linn. Soc. Journ. xu. p. 44, pl. i. fig. 1) and differently sculptured. It is possible that the remarkably long anterior legs may be a sexual distinction, at least to a certain extent. L.—On the Phylogeny and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. By Dr. Orro Hamann *. 1. Origin of the Echinodermata. If we set before us the question to what group of the Meta- zoa, with reference to the whole of their peculiarities of organization, are the Hchinodermata most nearly related, the answer will serve at the same time to throw light upon their phylogenetic origin. | have said if we take into considera- tion ‘‘ the whole of their peculiarities of organization,” and therefore the constitution of the nervous system, the body- cavity, &c., and would thereby indicate that I must regard as failures all the attempts which look only to a single system of organs, such as has lately been made by Kleinenberg, who, by taking into consideration only the nervous system, has been led into the most wonderful speculations as to the origin * The concluding chapter of a memoir on the Histology of the Echino- dermata, translated from the ‘ Jenaische Zeitschrift,’ Band xxi. pp. 232- 2518 362 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny of the Annelida from Medusz, speculations and ideas which can hardly find confirmation in nature. The larval forms of the Echinodermata, the formation of the body-cavity, the enteroccele, the origin and structure of the nervous system, will chiefly point towards worm-like creatures, and indeed to such forms as possess a typical enterocele of like origin and development, and in which the nervous system is either still situated in the ectoderm, as in the Asterida, or arranged in the same way as in the Kchinida and Holothurie. To ascribe to the Echinodermata a near relationship to the Ccelenterata, as has been done by Kleinenberg, although certainly only in a remark en passant *, will not do, for the agreement in the structure of the nervous system alone would not suffice to balance the great number of other differences of structure, as, for example, the existence of a body-cavity in the Echino- dermata. Among the groups of Vermes the Annelida, with their typical enteroccele, stand nearest to the Hchinodermata, as Hickel has long since shown; and, in fact, this notion is most particularly well supported, especially by the structure of the body-wall. In the Asterida there is in each arm a dermal muscular tube, consisting of a layer of annular and a layer of longitudinal muscles. In the Hchinida the former exists only in a rudimentary form (Ludwig), while in the Holothurie it appears to be confined to definite zones. As regards the structure of the nervous system, it 1s as simple as is conceivable in Asterida, consisting of epithelial sense-cells and nerve-fibres. But among the Vermes also, and, indeed, among the more highly developed of them, we find forms in which the whole nervous system persists through-: out life in the ectoderm. ‘This is the case in the Archanne- lida (Hatschek and Fraipont). There is consequently no reason to prevent us from regard- ing the Hchinodermata, although not as Annelida, yet as descending from Vermes provided with true body-cavities, in which the nervous system still remained in the lowest stage of development and in which a water-vascular system was probably already developed. But then the first question is, What group of Hchinodermata is to be regarded as the earliest, and are the different divisions deducible from each other ? It is remarkable that the majority of zoologists and geolo- gists regard the Crinoidea (or Cystidea) as those which have retained all organizational characters in their most primitive condition. * Zeitschr. fur wiss. Zool. Bd. xliv. and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 363 Crinoidea and Asteroidea are of the same antiquity. Both groups make their appearance as early as in the Silurian formation. But the species which here first come under our notice are such as can by no means pass as primordial forms. These have not been preserved for us. This becomes intelli- gible if we consider that in them the calcareous skeleton, and therefore the parts best adapted for preservation, will have been still but scantily developed, and that in general all the remains of Asterida appear to be very badly preserved, so that they generally occur only in fragments. Hence we cannot expect that paleontology will ever elucidate the phyletic history of this group. ‘This opinion, which has also been expressed by Zittel (Handb. der Pal. i. 1, p. 309), has not been adopted by other paleontologists, such as Neumayr*, but they have established a genealogy of the HWchinida almost exclusively upon paleontological data. Whether this genea- logy is reconcilable with the anatomical data is a matter which [ will briefly discuss. According to Neumayr the Cystidea are to be regarded as the stock-group of the Hchinodermata, therefore a group which others have united with the Crinoidea, and from them the Crinoidea are supposed to have branched off. This branching off is no further demonstrable, as both groups make their appearance side by side in the Lower Silurian, and earlier remains have not yet been found. ‘The assumption that the Cystidea are the most ancient Echinid group has therefore not even a paleontological foundation. Further, according to Neumayr, the Ophiuroasterida have branched oft trom the Cystidea, and the Echinida in another direction. Other naturalists have already raised the question whether, if certain forms of Cystidea, such as Agelacrinus, remind us of the Asterida, this is not due to mere accidental external resemblances. ‘The same applies no doubt to the resem- blances which have been found between Cystidea (such as Mesites) and Echinida. As Hoérnes says], the genetic rela- tions here are still very doubtful. If we add to this that important objections have been raised against the homologization of the basal plates of the Cri- noidal calyx with the apical plates of the Echinida (H. Carpenter), the probability of the derivation of the Echinida from the Crinoidea is still further diminished. To all this must be added, and this gives the finishing * “Morphologische Studien uber Echinodermen,” in Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad, Wiss. in Wien, Bd. Ixxxvi. (1881). + ‘lemente der Palaontologie,’ 1884, p. 175. 364 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny stroke, that anatomically and _ histologically it is impossible to accept the Crinoidea as the stock-group of the Hchino- dermata. Our present standpoint can only be that on the one side stand the Crinoidea and on the other the Asterida, from which the Echinida may be derived without any difficulty, and lastly the Holothurie. While the last-mentioned three groups can be derived, in their organization, from one another, the Crinoidea stand without any connexion. Quite peculiar and present in no [other] group are the remarkable calycine pores, through which the body-cavity communicates with the outer world. Above all, however, the nervous system is not in the primitive form which occurs in the Asterida. This (the nervous ring and ambulacral nerve-stems radiating from it) is no longer situated epithelially, but subepithelially (Ludwig). ‘The most important part of the nervous system of the Crinoidea is, however, placed dorsally, in the centro-dorsal plate; from a central organ fibrous cords are given off into each arm, and from these similar cords to the muscular fasciculi and appendages of the arms, as already described by W. B. Carpenter in 1865. A dorsal nervous system so constructed does not occur in the Asterida (Ophiuri), Echinida, or Holothurie. We have also to consider above all the body-cavity of the Crinoidea, which is probably to be regarded as a schizo- ceelar cavity, and the sexual organs, the structure of which differs from that of those of the other groups. I think, therefore, that the Crinoidea may be most natu- rally regarded as a lateral branch of the Echinodermata, about the origin of which we are still in doubt. As coming nearest to the truth we may perhaps suppose that the Cri- noidea and the Asterida have sprung from acommon root. I regard the latter as the stock-form of the most nearly allied chinodermata, referring especially to the structure and ecto- dermal position of the nervous system. How I suppose the Hchinida to have originated from them will be shown in the following pages. Consequently I come to the conclusion that those naturalists, with Hickel, G. O. Sars, and Lange at their head, who place the Asterida at the head of the Echinodermata, have hit upon the right course. Paleontology, it may be repeated, supports neither the one interpretation, according to which. the Crinoidea are to be regarded as the most ancient class of the Kchincdermata, most nearly approaching the stock-group (Claus), nor the other view, just maintained by me, as the two groups make their appearance together at the same time and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 365 in the Lower Silurian. The morphological data alone can be appealed to here for the decision of the question. 2. The Relationship between Asterida and Echinida. Having described the organizational characters of the Kehi- nida, I may attempt in what follows to bring together the reasons which give the greatest possible probability to the proposition that the Asterida must be regarded as the pri- mordial group most nearly approaching the stock-form of the Echinodermata, and the Echinida to be derived from them, as has already been supposed by Hiickel, Gegenbaur, and others. I know very well that with many this assumption passes as an established proposition. For such what follows is written only to a limited extent, so far as they, unlike myself, are of opimion that this proposition is still unproven. I would also further show that it 1s only possible to explain the organizational characters of the Echinida if we derive them from those of the Asterida, and that this assumption alone admits of an unforced explanation of their structure. Paleontology shows us that the Asterida are among the most ancient of organisms, and that there is nothing to pre- vent the HEchinida, which are already represented in the Lower Silurian, being derived from them. Of course in this we have to consider only the regular Sea-urchins, but not the irregular ones, such as the Spatangide, which may with great certainty be regarded as later formations. Hence, when in what follows I speak of Hchinida, it is especially only the regular Sea-urchins that I refer to. In deriving the Kchinid-organismm from that of the Asterida, the nervous system must be taken into consideration in the first place. In the Starfishes the nervous system originates in the ectoblast *, and retains its position in the ectoderm. This applies to the central nervous system, the cerebral ring, and five (or more) ambulacral nerve-trunks. The intestinal nervous system I leave on one side, as not essential in our comparison. In the Kchinida, when the animal is mature, the nervous system is no longer situated in the ectoderm ; it has come to he in the mesoderm; and in them we find it connected with the epithelium of the body only where sense-organs are present. But are the elements which constitute the central nervous * See Ludwig, Asterina gibbosa. 366 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny system in the Echinida the same as those of the Asterida, or derivable from those of the latter group? To decide this question we may refer briefly to the constitution of the ner- vous system of the Asterida. The cerebral ring and the ambulacral nerves consist of nerve-fibres intermixed with ganglion-cells, which run between the processes of the un-. usually elongated, filiform, epithelial cells of the ambulacral roove. ‘These epithelial cells I have named ‘ supporting- cells,” and their basal processes ‘ supporting-fibres ;”’ the latter are the so-called transverse fibres of older writers, which run perpendicular to the nerve-fibres. In the Hchi- nida the central nervous system consists of the following elements :—the nerve-fibres with the ganglion-cells, and, applied to these, cells the nature of which may be a matter of dispute. ‘This coating of cells, which lies peripherally upon the main nerve-stems and the central ring, is regarded by Vrédéricq as nervous—it is supposed that we have here to do with ganglion-cells which le upon the cords of nerve-fibres in the same way as is the case in many Vermes, for ex- ample. Whether these cells have acquired the function of ganglion- cells seems doubtful to me. Judging from their origin they are epithelial cells which have come to lie in the mesoderm together with the nerve-fibres originally (in the ectoblast) ept- thelially situated and produced. In the first place they func- tion as a covering epithelium, a protective coat for the fine nerve-fibres, as | have already shown in the Holothurie, and as seems to me to follow pretty certainly from a comparison with the Asterida. That these cells form a covering epithelium, a protective covering, appears further from their basal supporting-jibres, which traverse the nerve-jfibres perpendicularly. ‘These supporting-fibres have, however, hitherto escaped the notice of naturalists m the Hchinida. I believe that even those who are inclined to interpret the covering-epithelium as of nervous nature can no longer, after the discovery of the sup- porting-fibres, uphold this opinion to its full extent. But what further goes agaiust the nervous nature of these cells is their difference in form and size from the true nerve-cells in the main trunks, and the nerve-cells which form a peripheral coating at the point of bifurcation of the main nerve-cords. The ganglion-cells which are situated in the main trunks and the cerebral ring possess an oval nucleus, which always stains of a lighter colour than the nucleus of the covering- cells. A nucleolus is usually to be seen. ‘The size of the ganglion-cells is different from that of the covering-cells. and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 367 The latter are always smaller and generally possess a basal cell-process, a direct continuation of the cell-substance, which shows a different refractive power from the nerve-fibres, and therefore, if only on that account, has nothing to do with them, and, further, is much stronger and has a greater diameter. The ganglion-cells, as they occur in the peripheral parts of the nervous system, are of two different forms. If they lie within the nerve-fibres, the nerves of the skin (I am referring to nerve-cords), they have the same form as in the main trunks. Besides this kind cells oceur which are charac- terized by their size, their large pale nuclei, and their con- stantly distinct nucleoli. These le peripherally upon the nerve-cords, and where nerve-fibres issue from the nerve- cords, for example to run to the muscular fibres (in the pedi- cellarie the ramifications between the musc. adductores, in the basal annular nerve of the spines of Spheerechinus, Echinus, Centrostephanus, &c.), form a coating between the muscular fibres embraced by the nerve-fibres. These cells measure about 0°07 millim., and their circular nuclei 0:002-0:003 millim. That they differ widely from the cells of the covering-epithelium there can be no doubt. If I have discussed the question of the interpretation of these coating-cells in a detail which may appear superfluous to many, this is due to the wish to render my description as conclusive as possible. If we are to derive the Hchinida directly from the Star- fishes, we must seek in them for organs homologous with the tentacle and eye-spots. Asis well known there are upon the intergenital plates (ocellar plates) in many Sea-urchins pig- ment-spots which it has been supposed might be interpreted as eyes, seeing that they are situated in spots homologous with the ends of the arms of Starfish. As I have already shown, we have to do here by no means with structures resembling the eye-spots of Starfishes, but only with accumu- lations of pigment which may sometimes be present, some- times absent. But that we may in this case with some justice speak of degenerations of the eye-spots appears from the presence of a tentacle, although a modified one, in the Kchi- nida*. The tentacle pierces the intergenital plate, and thus comes to lie partly in and partly upon the latter. A water- vessel (ambulacral) and a nerve-trunk terminate in it in the same way as in the Starfishes. Nay, even mobility cannot be wholly denied to the Echinidan tentacle, seeing that it, or * See Hamann, “ Vorl. Mitth. zur Morphol. der Echiniden, No. 5,” in Sitzungsb. der med.-naturw. Gesellschaft zu Jena, 1886, Heft 2. 368 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny at least its terminal portion which rests upon the plate, can very well be inflated by the water-vessel which terminates eecally in it, and in this way may be pushed forth, though only to a limited extent. Perhaps Sea-urchins still exist in which there are eye-spots like those of the Starfishes, and in which the resemblance of the tentacles of the two groups will be still greater. ‘This, however, appears to be doubtful, inasmuch as, where true organs of vision are at present known in Sea-urchins, these have been found upon the surface of the test, where, especially when present in great number, they must be of essential service to the animals *. . Of equal importance for the question of the derivation of the Echinida from the Asterida is a comparison of their san- guiferous spaces, i. e. the whole of the schizocele structures. In the Starfishes there is in the body-wall a system of lacune and hollow spaces, which have been in part described as perihemal spaces (Ludwig). All these lacunz and spaces are gaps in the connective substance, schizoccele-spaces, as I have demonstrated in opposition to the previous supposition that they are parts of the enteroccele, by tracing their origin. In the ventral wall such a schizoccele-space runs into each arm. We find them again in the Sea-urchins in each ambu- lacrum, and here likewise terminating ceecally, in this case by the intergenital plate, in the former (Starfishes) by the ten- tacle. But while in the Starfishes these five spaces or canals unite in the centre to form an annular canal, which is con- nected through the tubular canal with the schizoccele-spaces in the dorsal body-wall, the conditions are different in the Echinida, seeing that in them a masticatory apparatus has been developed (probably from vertical plates), and the tubu- lar canal occurs only as a rudiment. Moreover, in the Sea- urchins there is retained only a remnant of the schizoccele- system of the dorsal wall of the Starfishes, in the form of the schizocelar anal ring, as I have already shown J, from which structures lead to the sexual organs, like those presented by the Starfishes. That all these phenomena may be easily explained by the origination of the Sea-urchin from the Star- fish is perfectly clear, while the reverse mode of origin seems almost inconceivable, or, at any rate, is less probable. In the five schizoccele-spaces (longitudinal canals) of the ventral wall (“ perihemal spaces” of Ludwig) of the Aste- rida connective partitions (septa) have, asis well known, been developed, and in these formation of unwalled spaces (the blood-lacunz) has taken place. * See Sarasin’s statements, Zool. Anz. 1885. + See also my “ Vorlaufige Mittheiluingen,” already quoted. and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 369 That we find the ventral longitudinal canals of the Asterida again in the Echinida I have already shown. But what we do not find in the Echinida (and Spatangida) are the septa, the longitudinal partitions of the ventral longi- tudinal canals with hollow spaces developed in them, the true blood-lacunee. This may be explained in the following way : In the Asterida, as the more ancient forms, the central ner- vous system remains throughout life in the ectoderm, where it originated, while in the Hchinida at a certain time it sepa- rates from the ectoderm and moves into the longitudinal canals. In the Sea-urchins the longitudinal canals (¢. e. the canals indicated as periheemal spaces in the Starfishes) are traversed throughout their whole extent by the five ambulaeral or radial nerve-trunks. By this means of course a development of partitions or septa is rendered impossible. If we speak of perihemal canals in the Starfishes, in the Sea-urchins we must call them perineural canals. These perineural canals have no connexion at all with the system of blood-lacune. The lacunar ring, which in the Starfishes runs round the cesophagus, has in the Hchinida come to be situated upon the lantern, and from it start the lacune to the intestine and the glands. In schizoccele-formations of the back the blood-lacune run, in the same way as in the Asterida, in septiform structures. Moreover the Asterida and Echinida exhibit similar struc- tures in the blood-lacune running to the sexual organs. In Starfishes a schizoccele-space runs to each sexual organ and is continued in lacuna of the connective substance of the wall of the organ. But in each schizoccele-space there runs also in the suspensory band a blood-vessel (according to Ludwig’s designation), which is connected with the glandular organ. I regard these canaliculi also as conductive lacune for the glandular organ. The cells in them will certainly have taken up materials from the sexual organs to be conveyed towards the glandular organ. That excretory materials are found in the lacune of the wall of the sexual organ may be easily proved by sections. Deposits of granules, sometimes of a brownish, sometimes of a yellow colour, occur every- where. Nay, it has even been said by one naturalist that the sexual organs, at the time when they do not form ova or semen, function as glands! In the Echinida the anatomical character is the same. In them also schizoccele-spaces pass to the organs and enclose. the peculiar lacune situated in the walls. ‘The foundation of the sexual organs is the same in both groups. Nay, the figures which show the sexual organ in the Echinida still in Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 26 370 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny the form of an oval vesicle projecting into a vacant space (schizoccele-space) might equally well be drawn from a Star- fish. In Asterida a follicular epithelium could be demonstrated. In Echinida the first foundation of the ovicell from epithelial cells is so far the same that here also a commencement of follicle-formation is made. It goes no further, however, and the developed Echinidan ovum possesses a resistant enve- lope, which, however, has been formed from the ovicell and not from a follicular epithelium. : An apparently great difference in the organism of the Sea- urchin is constituted by the presence of a special masticatory apparatus, the lantern. That this is produced by alteration and transformation from whorls of the Starfish seems to be probable. But that no Starfish can be produced from a Sea- ~ urchin provided with a masticatory apparatus is shown with certainty, in my opinion, by the position of the oral blood- lacunar ring and of the water-vascular annular canal. The peculiar positions of these organs in Hchinida are in relation to their simpler and more easily intelligible position in the Starfish under the condition of the changed position of the whorls. A further important agreement is shown by the water- vascular system. ‘The stone-canal of the Asterida is of very complex structure and forms a smooth-walled tube only in youth. Later on spiral convolutions of various forms appear in the lumen. In the Hchinida the canal remains a smooth tube and shows no organization indicative of the structures occurring in Starfishes. This retrogression, as I conceive the simplicity of this organ in the Hchinida to be, is closely con- nected with the mode of life of these animals. Their move- ment is in most cases limited in extent. The sucking-feet are only moderately effective, owing to the long spines, and locomotion takes place usually with the aid of the spines employed as stilts. ‘Through this a retrogression of the lon- gitudinal canals (ambulacral vessels) of the aquiferous vessels has taken place; the ampulle are less developed, and the valves occurring in Asterida have disappeared. In their place the transversely-stretched muscular threads provide for the closure of the ampulle, but of course only in a very insufficient manner. Most of the ambulacral feet are there- fore but little developed, and this applies particularly and in a still greater degree to the Spatangide, in which the retro- gression has gone much further. In two or three words I must refer to the disappearance of the musculature of the body-wall in the Echinida. In the and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. oral Starfishes I have demonstrated in the body-wall of each arm an annular and a longitudinal muscular layer, such as exist in the same way in the Vermes. In the Mchinida the rays (the arms) are amalgamated with the body, the calcareous secretions form a skeleton consisting of ten pairs of plates, for which muscles in the body-wall have become unnecessary. If, then, we assume that the Holothuriz have branched off from the Echinida, this must have occurred early, that is to say they must have originated from forms in which the musculature had not yet retrograded nor the skeleton been developed, as is the case in existing Echinida. According to Ludwig’s* discovery in Spatangide, on the dorsal surface between the rows of plates situated above the periproct there are muscular fibres at the point where they meet in the middle line. This musculature, which consists of short (1 millim. long), smooth, muscular fibres, notched at their extremities, is to be regarded as the remnant of the annular (and longitu- dinal) musculature of the body-wall, such as is shown by the Starfishes. 3. What Structures are we to regard as Sanguitferous Spaces in the Echinodermata ? The older naturalists supposed that in the Asterida the five or more longitudinal canals running in the ventral sur- face of the arms were the blood-vessels, and that the annular cavity surrounding the cesophagus, which unites these five or more canals, was the annular vessel. It was shown, however, by Lange and Teusch, that these radial or ambulacral longitudinal canals were divided in their whole length by a vertical band, and that this band in its whole extent was traversed by interstices and cavities. In the latter they recognized the true blood-vessels, or rather blood-lacune. That the conditions are the same in the dorsal body-wall, and that here also the true blood-lacune (the anal ring of blood-lacunze and the lacune leading to the sexual organs) lie in such canals, has been shown by Ludwig, who proposes the name of perthemal canals for the latter. At the same time, however, that naturalist supposed that the perihemal canals were in connexion with the body-cavity, the entero- ceele. I have shown, by demonstrating the origin of these canals as also of the ventral blood-lacune, that perihemal cavities as well as blood-lacune of the septa or suspensory bands are schizoccele-formations and therefore homologous structures. This applies also to the cavitary system dis- * “Ueber bewegliche Schalenplatten bei Echinoideen,” in Zeitschr. fir wiss. Zool. Bd. xxix. 26* (Sk) 12 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny covered by Greeff in the connective substance of the cutis of the dorsal wall. These cavities are connected with the peri- hemal spaces and the so-called tubular canal. Taking all this into consideration we have in the Asterida a series of schizoccele-structures to which the five or more ventral radial canals (perihemal spaces) belong, and, further, the blood-lacune running through septa, likewise schizoccele- cavities. What do we find of these two systems of cavities in the Kchinida ? In the regular Echinida we find the five longitudinal canals, in which the five ambulacral or radial nerve-trunks have come to lie. Further, we find a eavity enveloping the annular nerve at one of its surfaces, a homologue of the annular perihemal cavity in the Asterida. Besides these we have to note an anal annular schizocceele-cavity, with cavities which run to the sexual organs. These are the sole remains of the great dorsal canal-system of the Asterida ; in their wall, 7. e. in the wall of the anal schizoccele-cavity and partly projecting into it, lies the anal ring of blood- lacune, and, in the cavities running to the sexual organs, the blood-lacune. Consequently in the dorsal part of the Echinida the same conditions exist as in the Asterida. Here also we may speak of perihemal cavities. The different character of the ventral surface is to be explained by the formation of the masticatory apparatus and by displacement of the five radial nerve-trunks, which have deserted their epithelial position and moved into the schizoccele-cavities. ‘The septa with the blood-lacune (in the longitudinal canals), and therefore the true radial blood-lacune of the Asterida, have disappeared. But, on the other hand, a pericesophageal ring of blood-lacunze has become developed upon the lantern, and from this the blood-lacune run, as in the Asterida, to the gland, intestine, &c. In the Spatangida, which are quite certainly to be derived from the Hchinida, these conditions are as follows :—The masticatory apparatus has disappeared, and with it the peri- cesophageal ring of blood-lacune situated upon it. In the five longitudinal canals (perihemal canals) which open into an annular canal situated around the cesophagus lie the (radial) ambulacral nerve-trunks and the circumoral nerve- ring as in the regular forms. But the blood-lacunz (dorsal and ventral) of the cesophagus open into this annular schizo- ceele-canal. This, consequently, in the Spatangide is to be regarded as a blood-lacunar ring, and the five longitudinal canals given off from it as the five ambulacral blood-lacune. and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 373 Thus in the Spatangida there has occurred a fusion of the cavitary systems, which in the Asterida are separate. In the dorsal part the blood-lacune run in the wall of the schizoccele- sinus, as I have shown for the first time. In this, therefore, these forms agree with the regular Hchinida and the Asterida. Let us now consider the Holothurie. In Synapta there is a blood-lacunar ring of very feeble construction running in the wall of the annular water-vascular canal. [From this blood-lacunz issue to the tentacular canals. In this genus no schizoccele-cavity runs through the five ambulacra. In the toot-bearing Holothurie, which show more primitive con- ditions, however, we again find the five radial ambulacral schizoccele-cavities; here they may justly be denominated blood-lacunee. In the Crinoidea we find radial longitudinal canals, which, as I propose to demonstrate immediately, are likewise schizo- coele-structures, and are, certainly with justice, described as the radial blood-vessels by Ludwig. Greeff and Ludwig declared them to be homologous with the radial longitudinal canals (perihemal cavities of Ludwig) in the Asterida. Sub- sequently Ludwig has retracted this opinion, because he thinks that the longitudinal canals of the Asterida are not themselves blood-lacune, but that the latter are situated in the septa, so that the blood-lacune of the Asterida and Cri- noidea are quite different structures. The foundation of this opinion is to be found in the fact that Ludwig regarded the longitudinal canals as enteroccele-structures. When Ludwig further says that in the Crinoidea no perihemal cavities have yet come into development, either in the periphery of the oral blood-vascular ring or in that of the radial blood-vessels, we may reply as follows :—The radial blood-vessels (so-called) of the Crinoidea and their oral blood-vascular ring are nothing but the radial longitudinal canals (periheemal cavities) of the Asterida and their oral annular canal. But while in the Asterida special lacune, the true blood-lacune, have been developed in septa, the septa are wanting in the Crinoidea. ‘The blood moves in the longitudinal canals, as is partially the case in Spatangida and Holothurie. Further, the Crinoidea also possess other radial schizoccele- canals (homologous with the dorsal cavities of the other Echinodermata), and in these (in septa) blood-lacune occur, as will hereafter be shown in detail. Summing up briefly all these conditions, it appears that no decided difference exists between true blovd-lacune, situated ASTERIDA possess :-— ECHINIDA. SPATANGIDA. OCRINOIDEA. Ho1o- THURIA p- 374 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny in septa which are extended in the radial schizoccele-cavities and the latter themselves; both structures are schizoccele- structures, and originate as spaces and cavities in the con- nective substance. To this must be added that the young Asterias of perhaps a centimetre in diameter has no cavities in its septa of the ventral surface, but that in this case the longitudinal canals (perihemal cavities) must rather function as sanguiferous spaces. In future, when we speak of the blood-lacunar system in the Echinodermata it will no longer do to characterize as blood-vessels one set of structures in one group and another in another, but it will have to be shown how sometimes one and sometimes another part of the schizo- coele-structures conveys the true blood-fluid and stands con- nected with the intestinal lacune. We have therefore before us two different schizoccele-struc- tures, two contrary systems, at first (Asterida) separated from one another, but which may afterwards partially communi- cate. ‘lhe following table gives a summary representation of these schizoccele-structures :— Five or more radial (ambu- lacral) longitudinal canals (so-called periheemal ca- nals) an the ventral wall of the arms and an oral annular canal. Present (as neural canals). Present; the oral annular canal has become con- nected with the intesti- nal lacune ! Present; the oral annular canal connected with the intestinal lacune. Present; the oral annular canal connected with the intestinal lacune. Blood-lacune situated in the septa of the longitu- dinal canals and an oral blood-lacunar ring. lacunar ring upon the lantern, with no con- nexion with the longitu- dinal canals. Intestinal lacunee opening into it. Wanting; blood-lacunar ring deficient. Wanting. Wanting. Wanting ; pericesophageal Blood-lucune at the verti- cal pole in septa of the}, dorsal schizocele-cavities. Present. Present (situated partly in the arms). Wanting. and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 375 4. Summary of Results, with a Description of the Principal Conditions of the Anatomical Structure of the Sea-urchins. In giving the following description of the anatomical and histological structure of a Sea-urchin, I indicate only the principal results which seem to me to be of importance for the comprehension of the Sea-urchin’s body. At the same time I do not refer at all to the skeletal characters, seeing that these are already sufficiently known and investigated, especially through the works of Lovén and other naturalists. In the Holothuriz, which are destitute of any spines or similar structures, I have been able to describe the sense- organs situated in the skin. In the Sea-urchins these are nearly all (with the exception of the tentacles) placed upon stalked organs, the pedicellarie. By this means an efficiency is secured to them which sense-organs on the skin could not develop on account of the frequently very long spines. On the pedicellarie, with their three-valved forceps, the mechanism of which I have described in detail, supposed sense-organs were observed by Sladen only in one form, the so-called gemmiform pedicellariz ; but neither that naturalist nor Kohler succeeded in demonstrating nerve-terminations. Exquisite sense-organs occur in all pedicellarie—gemmi- form, tridactyle, and trifoliate. Special tactile eminences, often of complex structure, occur on the inner surface of the valves; these are beset with rigid sete. Nerve-branches run to these tactile eminences. In general three nerve-cords, composed of the finest nerve-fibres and ganglion-cells, were observed ; these pass into the capitular part, and while each gives off numerous lateral branches to the musculature, sense- epithelium, «&c., they could be traced to the tip of each valve. The glandular sacs in the wall of the pedicellariz are of par- ticular importance in the seizing of any objects; whether they exert a paralyzing action upon smaller animals, such as worms, is still to be ascertained. Following on these organs come the globifert, newly discovered organs which serve as weapons. ‘They occur only in a few genera. As further appendicular organs of the skin Lovén’s remarkable spheridia are to be mentioned. At their base may be found a nerve-ring of the same structure as that which is detected on the spines. From this basal nerve-ring, which shows itself externally by a thickened epithelium, an epithelial pad, nerve-fibres run sometimes to the musculature, sometimes running to the apex of the spine in the four, five, or more long ciliary bands. Similar nerve-structures occur 376 Dr. O. Hamann on the Phylogeny between the sutural lines or semites of the Spatangida; only in these the nerve-fibre layer, which is epithelial in position, is more strongly developed generally in the whole of the dorsal epithelium, but especially in that of these sutural lines. Nerve-terminations are observed in the ambulacral feet, especially in the peculiar pencil-like foot of the Spatangida. The complex structure which occurs in the sucking-plate of the foot of a regular Sea-urchin can only be described by reference to the figures. In the epithelium, the epidermis, which covers all the ex- ternal organs, nerve-fibres occur everywhere. ‘They are all epithelial in position, or only partially so; in the latter case they run subepithelially in the layer of connective substance, the cutis. The body-wall of a Sea-urchin is composed, as is well known, of the outer epithelium and the cutis with the calcareous plates or separate calcareous bodies, as, for ex- ample, in the buccal disk, or also at the vertical pole (in Centrostephanus longispinus). in the body-wall, and indeed in the middle of the paired, so-called ambulacral plates, run five longitudinal canals. ‘They commence at the vertical pole beneath the five intergenital (ocellar) plates, and run to the lantern, the masticatory apparatus. ‘They are schizoccele- structures, longitudinal canals, in the connective layer. Into them have been shifted the five ambulacral (or radial) nerve- trunks, which in the Starfishes are still situated in the ecto- derm. These nerve-trunks terminate on the one hand in the intergenital plates, on the other they pass into the lantern and form a nerve-ring which, on one side, is enveloped by a con- tinuation of the longitudinal canals. In and upon the inter- genital plates there is a rudimentary tentacle without any visual spots. ‘The nerve-trunks consist of very fine nerve- fibres and ganglion-cells and of a cellular coat which is in part composed of supporting cells. This epithelium is to be regarded as homologous with the epithelium of the ambu- lacral grooves of the Asterida, not only the nervous mass itself, but the whole epithelium, having come to be situated in the mesoderm, as in the Holothurie. From the nerve- or central ring nerve-cords are given off to the cesophagus, and these may be traced throughout the whole course of the intestinal tract. Parallel to the ambu- lacral nerve-trunks run the five ambu/lacral water-vessels ; they terminate cecally in the intergenital plates, while at the masticatory apparatus they ascend upon its outer surface and enter into the water-vascular ring, which lies upon the surface of the masticatory apparatus (the lantern) and sur- rounds the cesophagus. From this water-vascular ring the and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. 377 stone-canal takes its origin, ascends perpendicularly upwards, and opens outwards through the pores of madreporic plates. The latter possess no arrangement by which they can he closed; they are rather always open for the entrance and exit of the sea-water on the one hand, and of the fluid con- tents of the water-vascular system on the other. The sanguiferous cavities consist of the following parts :— In the first place the five longitudinal canals and the annular space enveloping the nerve-ring. In the EHchinida these structures have nothing to do with the true blood-lacune; the latter originate as ventral and dorsal intestinal lacune from the blood-lacunar ring which lies upon the surface of the lantern. From the dorsal intestinal lacuna branches ramify which run to the glandular organ (the so-called heart ot previous writers) and surround it. At its terminal portion (it extends into the body-wall and, indeed, into the schizoccele- sinus of the anal pole) Jacunee of the anal blood-lacunar ring are In connexion witb this organ. This lacunar ring runs in an annular schizoccele-sinus surrounding the anus, partly projecting into it, partly in its wall; from it blood-lacune are given off to the sexual organs. Peculiar organs are the five vesiculiform lobate structures situated upon the surface of the lantern, and previously described as Polian vesicles. From the water-vascular ring a canal leads into them, opening into their cavity, while blood moves in the connective wall in lacunee which stand in direct communication with the blood-lacunar ring. In the Spatangida there are present the five longitudinal canals and the cesophageal sinus communicating with them. The true blood-Jacunar ring has, however, disappeared with the lantern, and both the dorsal and ventral intestinal lacune open into this cesophageal sinus, in which the nerve-ring is situated, and which has been designated the blood-lacunar ring. ‘The dorsal lacuna, however, runs beside an intestinal water-vessel, which latter originates from the annular canal, which likewise concentrically surrounds the buccal aperture. ‘This water-vessel and the intestinal lacuna communicate with each other in their further course, and run along the gland until the true stone-canal, originating from the madreporic plate, enters into the web of vessels produced by the amalga- mation. In this way is produced a communication between the water-vascular system and the blood-lacunar system, and thus between cavities of entodermal and schizoccelar origin, such as occurs in no other group of Hchinodermata. ‘lhat this 378 = Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan. condition is secondary may be asserted most decidedly, as the Spatangida are paleeontologically the youngest forms. A remarkable organ is the “‘ovoid gland,” the structure formerly designated the heart. So far as one is justified in judging from the extant results, we may regard it as an organ in which materials no longer available for the body are depo- sited. Blood-lacune open at the ends into it or surround it, as in the Kchinida. No efferent duct has yet been found in any group. The origin of the sexual products is of especial interest ; they consist of primordial germ-cells ( Urkeimzellen), as I have proposed to name these cells. ‘They lie in the dorsal wall in an annular genital tube, on which five sacciform diverticula are formed, into which the primordial germ-cells pass. ‘These diverticula form the first foundations of the sexual tubes. From the primordial germ-cells the ovicells are produced by growth &c.; and by division &c. the sperm-cells, as well as the whole of the epithelium which afterwards lines the sexual organs. In mature animals these sexual tubes are atrophied. How far a similar origin of the sexual products from such primor- dial germ-cells prevails in all Echinodermata I shall show immediately in another place (Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. xlvi. Heft 1). LI.—On the Mammals collected by Captain C. E. Yate, C.S.I., of the Afghan Boundary Commission. By J. SCULLY *. Mr. Woop-Mason has asked me to contribute a paper on the collection of mammals and birds made by Captain C. K. Yate in Northern Afghanistan, and presented by that officer to the Indian Museum; the following notes are the result. The collection, I understand, was made after the departure of the naturalist of the Commission, so it may possibly include some forms not secured by him, and doubtless additional localities will now be made known for many of the species previously obtained. * From a separate impression from the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, part ii. 1887, communicated by the Author. [The section relating to the Birds has not been reprinted, as it consists, almost exclu- sively, of a list of the species observed. | Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan. 379 The collection contains 13 species of mammals and 110 species of birds, those comprised in the first class being particularly interesting. I have carefully examined every specimen entered in the following list, and the identifications are as accurate as I can make them with the rather limited means of effecting comparisons. The localities and dates are carefully entered by Captain Yate on every ticket. I have to express my thanks to Mr. Wood-Mason for giving me access to the collections under his charge at all sorts of unofficial hours, for permitting me to take most of Captain Yate’s collection to my house for identification, and for procuring for me from many quarters sundry works for reference. MAMMALIA. 1. Erinaceus albulus, Stoliczka. This hedgehog agrees well with typical examples of the species to which I have referred it, from Yarkand. The fur on the whole lower surface of the body is white, the head and cheeks are pale rufescent fawn, the ears pale isabelline behind and white in front; the hands and feet are brown above, with a few white hairs intermixed. ‘There is no nude area on the vertex; the spines measure 0°8 to 0°9 inch and have two dark and two pale bands, the tip being pale. Length of ear in front, from orifice, 1°45; fore foot 0°35, with claws 1:02; hind foot 1:4, with claws 1°53; tail 0°8. Teeth: «? half the size of “3; & has two fangs, anterior and posterior, 21 two distinct fangs, 2-2 three fangs, two buccal and one palatine. L. albulus seems quite distinct from #. auritus, with which I have compared it. 1. Maruchak, Murghab, Herat, May 23. 2. Badghis, Herat. 2. Helis caudata (Gray). A flat skin, without skull. Nose to insertion of tail about 29°5 inches, tail about 13, hairs at tip of tail 0°7, ear from orifice at front 2°2, longest whisker 3°5, palma 3°2, planta 1-4. The ears are pointed, with a small tuft of hair at the apex measuring about 0°25. The general colour of the fur is above a pale yellowish grey, with dusky streaks, mainly along the centre of the back from nape to root of tail. Below, the fur is creamy white, with dusky spots showing through 380 3=Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan. here and there. The fur is soft and moderately long, grey at the base all over the body, then isabelline, and, where dark markings appear on the surface, the tips of the hairs are blackish. ‘The head is grizzled grey, darker than the back, the sides of the nose pale fulvous, the cheeks white. The ears are pale isabelline behind, brown at the tips, and inside the hairs are whitish. The limbs are pale yellowish grey in front, with faint dusky markings near the body ; inner side whitish, except the plantar and palmar surfaces, which are brownish black. Tail above on proximal halt fulvous grey, with dusky dashes resembling those of the back, below whiter and almost free from dark markings like the belly ; rest of tail greyish white, with four black rings and a black tip 1 inch long. ‘This specimen is closer to £. caudata than to any other species with which I am acquainted; but from want of speci- mens for comparison and in the absence of the skull I cannot feel certain that the identification is correct. 1. Maimanah. 3. Canis lupus, Linn. A flat skin, without skull. Nose to root of tail 37-5 inches; tail 12; hair at end of tail 2°5; ear from orifice in front 3:8. There is no black on the ears or the hind limbs; the fore limbs have a narrow black stripe down the front, ending about 6 inches above the point of the toes. Down the middle line of the back and along the upper surface of the tail the hairs are mainly black, and the tip of the tail is quite black. J. Afghan Turkestan. 4, Vulpes montana, Pearson. These are again two flat skins, without skulls. From nose to root of tail they measure about 29 and 31 inches; tail 15:5; hairs at end of tail 2°5. The face is rufous, with the usual dark patch below the eye; the ears are wholly black behind, the ordinary dark cross on the shoulders is present, and the tail-tip is white. One skin has the greater portion of the front of the fore limbs black ; in the other this part is rufous ; in both specimens the underparts are grey. In the larger animal, probably a male, the fur is much longer and softer and the tail more bushy than in the other; and the claws, which in both are unusually large, curved, and sharp-pointed, are more powerful. Both these skins can be fairly matched Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan, 381 in the large series of V. montana which I collected in Gilgit, and to that species I accordingly refer them. 1,2. Afghan Turkestan. 5. Spermophilus bactrianus, sp. nov. Ear-conch rudimentary, soles of hind feet densely haired, tail short, not longer than hind foot ; hair on body harsh, very short, unicolorous. Head and body (from skin) 9°5 inches; tail 1:5, with hairs at end included 2°2; fore foot without claws 1:25; hind foot without claws 2°25. On the head and whole body above and below the hair is very short, harsh, closely adpressed, and of the same colour throughout from base to tip. Upper parts nearly uniform pale fawn, the head slightly darker and more brown, and the rump more tinged with rufous; a pale isabel- line band from nostril to eye. Tail like the rump, with a black subterminal ring and pale fulvous tip. Edges of lips, chin, throat, and whole lower surface, including inner aspect of limbs, creamy white. Outer aspect of limbs bright ful- vous; upper surface of fore and hind feet pale isabelline, below to root of digits covered with creamy white hairs. The outer toe has a long pencil of whitish hair on its under sur- face which exceeds the tip of the claw by about half an inch. The vibrissz are long, fine, and mostly brown, and a pencil of long glistening white hairs grows below the chin. The claws are black, with pale horny tips. There are three pairs of mamme. The skull is imperfect behind, and its total length cannot be given; the posterior end of the nasals extends further back than the termination of the premaxillee:— in. Greatest breadth of zygoma .............0.... 13 Breadth of brain-case behind postorbital processes 0:78 Teng thi otgmasal seiin sy wae cy sur ieceueta nt) nae ste s 6 0:8 Breadth of nasals behind ................... 0-2 py Olenasal Shineironter paneer iene. ae 0:26 Premolar to symphysis of premaxille.,........ 06 Posterior margin of palate to incisors .......... 0-98 Breadth of palate between 7™-2 .............. 0:27 Length of mandible, condyle to symphysis ...... 13 From the characters already given for this souslik it could not be referred to any species of Spyermophilus belonging to the section in which the hind feet are not haired below, e. g. S. fulvus, S. rufescens, S. erythrogenys, S. brevicauda, S. mugosaricus, S. concolor, or S. musicus. Of the section having well-haired soles 8. Hversmanni and allies are also 382 Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan. excluded by the length of the tail; Middendorff gives the length of tail in S. Hversmanni as 4:2 inches, with terminal hairs 5°5. Of the short-tailed subsection S. cdtellus, S. dauri- cus, S. guttatus, S. xanthoprymnus, and S. mongolicus are excluded for various but good and sufficient reasons, which to enumerate would be long. ‘The only likely species that remains is 9. leptodactylus of Lichtenstein, and to it I was at first disposed to refer the specimen collected by Captain Yate. The position of Lichtenstein’s species is, in the first place, involved in doubt; it was distinctly described as having the hind feet haired below; but, according to Brandt (Bull. Acad. Sc. St. Petersburg, ii. p. 359), Hversmann proved to his satisfaction that S. leptodactylus was the same species as 8. fulvus, which has the soles bare. However this may be, I have carefully compared Lichtenstein’s detailed description of his Citillus leptodactylus (‘ Siugethiere,’ tab. xxxil.) with the specimen under notice, and can only come to the conclu- sion that the latter is perfectly distinct, even if the question of hair on the soles be left out of consideration. In describing this species as new I have not overlooked Brandt’s caution about the young of bare-soled sousliks having sometimes that part tolerably well covered with hairs. 1. 2, Khamiab, Afghan Turkestan, June 12. 6. Gerbillus, sp. Head and body about 5:4; ear at front from orifice 0°6 ; fore foot 0°38, with claws 0°45; hind foot 1:2, with claws 1°3. Fur long, fine, and very soft. Bright rufous-brown or fawn- colour above, many of the hairs black-tipped, the basal parts of the hair leaden grey ; below the hairs white throughout their length. ars fairly well haired, fawn-coloured behind, with a white margin, in front with scanty white hairs at the margins; whiskers white. Fore limbs white above and below, the palms naked; hind feet isabelline above, with whitish hairs on the soles, including the toes, except part of the hinder portion of the tarsus. ‘The tail is imperfect ; but its basal part for about 2°5 inches is coloured like the back above, and is slightly paler below. The upper incisors are well grooved, the enamel folds of the upper molars are completely united in the middle, exactly as in G@. hurviane, and the hinder molar has not a vestige of any posterior talon—the outline of the crown as seen trom above being simply a narrow oval, with the points of the oval buccal and palatine. The following are the principal measurements of the skull :— Mr. J. Seully on Mammals from Afghanistan. 383 in. Potalblonct berries ss ais sleds este 1-58 iBreadt hrotaycomeabicraneht yer an sly tener dian: 0:85 », Of brain-case at posterior root of zygoma .. 0°69 Weng thor palategtoymersonsuys:.. 04 sa ration 0-69 pp cs (OWE SIUISTOIS) 5.8) Gita open ea anes ae eke Shae RR CS 0:6 Mandible, condyle to symphysis.................. 0:78 Although the upper molars agree best with those of G. hurriane, this specimen is quite different in character and colour of fur and in shape of skull; neither can it be referred to G. erythrurus, with which I have compared it. It pos- sibly represents a new species; but, as the tail is imperfect, I do not propose a name for it. 1. 5, Balkh, Afghan Turkestan, July 4. 7. Mus bactrianus, Blyth. This specimen agrees fairly well with typical examples of M. bactrianus; but the tail is shorter than the head and body, though this is not of importance in askin. In comparing this specimen, I have had occasion to examine many speci- mens of M. pachycercus, Blanford, from Yarkand; and I may note that that species is quite distinct from I. bactrianus and has been happily named. 1. g, Chahar Shamba, Maimanah, April 4. 8. Arvicola Guenther’, Danford and Alston. Head and body 4-4 inches; hind foot 0°77; ear at front 0-4. The external form and colours agree well with the original description of the species from Asia Minor (P. Z.S. 1880, p. 62), except that in this specimen the rudimentary thumb of the fore foot has a small nail. The pattern of the molar teeth is very similar to that of A. Guentherd, with the following exceptions :— In this specimen ™* has not the rudimentary fourth angle on the inner side so prominent; it is barely indicated. On m:2, however, this posterior inner angle is distinct and must be counted, although in the original description above cited it is omitted. “* has the posterior lobe less prolonged back- wards, and tends less to form an angle on the outside than in the Asia-Minor species. ™.1, too, has the anterior lobe more compressed laterally in the present specimen. The following table exhibits the molar pattern according to the usual mode of counting :— 384 Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan. External Internal Spaces. angles, angles. Ey Nee Bal sees Bei a OR Ne 3 _ 4 3 3 Bee ugh i Cig ae Syotie: Taner shee 4 ig aenies are ORD a een ines TRG ral hatecctc veke feze . 5 LC Lcd Dapiethae rt 9) ati ea aian Gararan ee tc 3 eles chek oe Sgie eens ads Cate oat eR 8 1. Afghan Turkestan. 9. Ellobius intermedius, sp. nov. Head and body (from skins) 4°5 to 5 inches; tail 0-4 to 0:45; hind foot 0°8 to 0°9; fore foot 0°55 to 0°67. Colour above, and on sides of head below the zygomatic projection, bright pale yellowish red (or bright rust-colour). Head dark brown. Below greyish white throughout. Tail pale fulvous, the terminal hairs at tip white. Fore and hind feet whitish. Fur short (about 0°35 on hinder part of back), very soft and fine; dark grey or leaden at the base, except on centre of belly, where it is white throughout its length. The bright colour of the upper surface being due to the short pale- coloured tips of the hair, any abrasion of these gives the animal a dark leaden-grey colour above. Seal in. millim. Breadth across hinder part of zygomatic arches .... 1°05 27 » of interorbital constriction .............. 0:21 55 ,, of brain-pan behind posterior termination of PRIME, go pgadeooondosongeddu aden aod 0:62 16 Length from anterior molar to incisors .......... 0:54 14 » Of upper molar series...................: 0:32 8 7 Of palate to incisors) 35 eee. ye ae: 0:86 22°5 Breadth of palate between anterior molars ........ 0-14 4 Length of lower jaw, condyle to symphysis........ 1:05 27 OtlowermnolarseMes irr cern eicrr rir 0:33 85 Dy) The nasals are shaped somewhat like a wine-bottle bent in at the sides, their external margins being nearly straight behind, then convex, then strongly concave, and, finally, convex again at the front end ; the posterior ends are pointed, not truncated. The posterior ends of the premaxille extend quite 3°5 millim. behind the ends of the nasals and the same distance beyond the origin of the zygomatic arch. The zygomatic arch is high throughout; the maxillary process does not reach the squamosal along the lower margin, a square process from the malar interposing itself and forming the lower edge of the arch for a length of 1°5 millim. Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan. 385 The skull differs from that of H. fuscocapillus in having the nasal portion shorter, the distance from anterior root of zygoma to symphysis of premaxillaries being 15 millim. in E. fuscocapillus, against 12 millim. in the present species. The zygomatic arch is quite differently shaped, being higher throughout, and the malar bone forms part of the lower margin, while in ZH. fuscocapillus the maxillary and squa- mosal processes meet along the lower margin, so as to exclude the malar; and the anterior palatine foramina are much smaller and narrower. From EL. talpinus the skull of the present species differs completely in the shape of the nasals and in the extension backwards of the end of the premaxille. The shape of the zygoma presents even a greater divergence than from £. fus- cocapillus; but the arrangement of the bones in the arch is closely similar in L. talpinus and EH. intermedius. The anterior palatine foramina are very much smaller than in E. talpinus ; and there are other differences which will be apparent on studying Mr. Blanford’s very clear account of the contrast between the skulls of H. fuscocapillus and E. talpinus in J. A. 8. B. vol. 1. pt. 2, 1834, pp. 122, 123. Teeth. The incisors are very long and pure china-white. The molar pattern is as follows :— External Internal angles. angles. 2 ta Se ih Pee 3 ee eee ORL t B09 SAGA 2 aly ile poe atin h Sheet 2 ERT gelesen (Malas tasAl hielo 5 UE ath REA Splits: a4 die 3 eS dee eae Situ ware 8 ™1and ™2do not differ from the corresponding teeth in E. fuscocapillus and H. talpinus in any important particular. m.3 differs markedly from the corresponding tooth in L. fusco- capillus, and resembles that of H. talpinus in wanting a pos- terior lobe behind the hindmost outer angle; both the internal angles too are less prominent in the present species, the last angle being much rounded. In wi the anterior lobe is less developed than in E. fusco- capillus, but still there are four external and five internal angles, not three and four as in E. talpinus. The three species of Hllobius may be thus contrasted :— Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. a(} SRO. =r) . Base of fur almost black. . Zygoma low, malar in- . Nasals convex externally. 386 E. intermedius. 1. Base of fur dark or leaden E. talpinus. grey. 2. Zygoma high throughout, malar interposed be- tween maxillary and squamosal processes in lower margin. 3. Nasals bottle-shaped, or external margin alter- nately convex and con- cave. terposed between maxil- lary and squamosal pro- cesses in lower margin. Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan. E. fuscocapillus. 1. Base of fur light grey. 2. Zygoma high in middle, maxillary and squa- mosal processes alone form lower margin. 3. Nasals bottle-shaped, or external margin alter- nately convex and con- cave. m. 3 has no posterior lobe behind last outer angle. — . m1 angles 3-4. . Premaxille terminate 4. Premaxille prolonged be- 4. Premaxille prolonged be- posteriorly opposite end hind hind end of nasals. hind hind end of nasals. of nasals, 5, m- 3 has no posterior lobe ehind last outer angle. outer angle. 6. m1 angles 4-5. 6. m. 1 angles 4-5. For the comparison of the three specimens collected by Capt. Yate, I have Mr. Blanford’s very full description of a skin and skull of ZH. fuscocapillus (with figure of skull and teeth) in the paper before cited, and three skins and a skull of the same species in the Indian Museum. | have no speci- men of £. talpinus for comparison, but Mr. Blanford has so clearly and, I am sure, accurately given the differences be- tween that form and ZL. fuscocapillus, that I have no hesitation in deciding that Capt. Yate’s specimen must be referred to a new species. The only known locality for H. fuscocapillus is Quetta, and the Russian H#. talpinus is recorded by Severtzoff from Western Turkestan ; so that the present species is inter- mediate in its habitat, as well as in its distinctive characters, between the two better known species of the genus. Severt- zoff calls his Turkestan specimens L. talpinus, var. rufescens, and these may prove to belong to the species I have de- scribed. Capt. Yate notes on the ticket of one of the specimens, “ Hyes scarcely visible; caught by day.” 1. Bokun, Murghab, Herat, May 10. Der Kala aliy sas » May 14. 3. 99 3 jy lay226: 10. Lagomys rufescens, Gray. The two examples collected belonging to a well-marked and well-known species need no extended notice; they agree per- fectly with specimens collected by Blanford in Persia. The species was originally described from a specimen obtained in Afghanistan. 1. Shadian, Afghan Turkestan, August 2. 2. 99 op 50 August 6. 5, m.3 has a prominent pos- terior lobe behind last Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghantstan. 387 11. Lepus Lehmannt, Severtzoff. This specimen is not in very good order, and I refer it rather doubtfully to the species described by Severtzoff (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, vol. xvii., “The Mammals of Tur- kestan’’), with which, on the whole, it seems to agree best. So many species of Asiatic hares have been described which differ only in minute particulars as to make the task of identifying a particular specimen difficult and uncertain ; for the number of nominal species probably greatly exceeds the constantly distinguishable forms. In the specimen obtained in the Hindu Kush the ears measure, from orifice in front, about 4:3 inches, at back 4°8, greatest breadth about 2°7. The anterior external part of the ear is coloured like the back; the posterior part being pale isabelline, black at the tip and partly down the posterior margin. The general colour above is mixed pale fawn and black. The chin and belly are white, and the throat and_ breast pinkish isabelline. The basal part of the fur above, and where coloured on the limbs and breast, is grey; on the belly the fur is white throughout its length. The premaxillaries end behind on a level with the nasals, the latter bones having the posterior end sloping inwards and the junction of their outer and hinder margins slightly rounded, The mandible from condyle to symphysis measures 3-4 inches. 1. Hindu Kush, Afghan Turkestan. 12. Gazella subguiturosa, Giildenst. Head and horns, with skin of head, preserved. Band from between horns to nostrils rufescent fawn. A pale isabelline band outside this from level of inner canthus of eye to upper lip. A dark rufous-fawn stripe from eye-pits to commissure ot lips. ‘The ear measures about 5°25 inches in length from orifice to tip in front. ‘The horns from the base curve out- wards, forwards, then backwards, and at the tips they curve inwards and forwards. ‘There are twenty rings on each horn, and these end about 2°5 inches from the tips. The horns measure 14:7 inches in length along the curve in front, the distance of the tips apart is 6°9, the greatest distance apart 7°5, and the girth at the base about 4:5. 1. ¢g, Badghis, Herat. 388 Mr. J. Scully on Mammals from Afghanistan. 13. Cervus cashmirianus, Falconer. This is a cast left antler of an elaphine stag, about which Capt. Yate gives the following information :—“ This was a horn from the banks of the Oxus, near Balkh, and will help to determine the identity of the deer found in the jungles along that river.” The antler is not perfect, as the beam is broken above the royal, so that the form of the crown cannot be ascertained ; the following are the measurements :— in. Length from burr to broken end of beam along curve WISTS yer ernie costa ae heeed G.ttue ere eee 17'8 9 Ofsbrowabine na DOUCI Tne eine nent 4:0 jmenOtebez tine mabowts;.0 Men wae meee emer eee 70 », Of royal tine along curve, about............ ULL » Of beam above upper angle of royal ........ 6:9 Viewed in front, the beam is nearly straight (though of course inclined outwards) as far as the royal, where it begins to curve inwards. Viewed from the outer side, it curves slightly back from the bez and forwards to the origin of the royal; above the royal it curves gently back, and then for- wards and inwards. The brow tine is straight and directed somewhat upwards: the much longer bez is directed outwards and upwards, and towards its tip it has a slight curve inwards ; the royal is directed first outwards, then it curves at about 3 inches from the beam strongly upwards and inwards, the point being well inside the line of the broken end of the beam. Without measurement the bez looks longer than the royal, and the middles of the bez and brow tines, measured along the middle line of the beam, are 2°5 inches apart, or from upper margin of brow to lower margin of bez at junction with beam about 1°7 inches. It is quite clear, I think, that this antler agrees better with that of CU. cashmirianus than with that of any other deer to which it could be referred. It is quite distinct from C. maral, as figured by Sclater in Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. I may mention that Mr. Wood-Mason, who examined this horn betore J saw it, came to the conclusion that it must be referred to C. cashizirianus. Of course the evidence of such a frag- ment is not conclusive proof that the stag of the Oxus basin is really identical with the Kashmir species ; complete speci- mens are necessary for the settlement of that point. 1. Banks of Oxus, near Balkh, Afghan Turkestan. Miscellaneous. 389 MISCELLANEOUS. On the Affinities of the so-called Torpedo (Cyclobatis, Egerton) from the Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon. By A. Smita Woopwarp, F.G:8., F-Z:8. In 1844, Sir Philip Egerton read a paper before the Geological Society of London, describing a small Selachian from the chalk of Mount Lebanon, under the name of Cyclobatis oligodactylus ; six years later Prof. F. J. Pictet figured a second specimen, showing further anatomical details ; and quite recently Mr. James W. Davis has published some notes on the genus, adding a new species, C. major. Following Egerton’s original determination, the fish seems to have been universally regarded up to the present time as referable to the Torpedinide, partly on account of its rounded shape, and partly on account of the supposed absence of dermal defences. The fine series of specimens now in the British Museum, however, ap- pears to demonstrate conclusively that these generally accepted views as to affinities of Cyclobatis have no sure foundation in fact. That the genus is truly referable to the Trygonidz seems evident from the following considerations :—(1) The pectoral fins are uninter- ruptedly continued to the end of the snout, and were thus probably confluent in front. (2) The pelvic arch is placed far forwards, and the rays of the pelvic fins scarcely extend posteriorly beyond the extremity of the pectorals. (3) There are no traces of median fins. (4) The skin is armed with spinous tubercles. The fact last named has not been noted before ; but on the dorsal aspect of the fish there is a longitudinal median row of large spinous tubercles, and the re- mainder of the body and fins is covered with innumerable prickles. In one small fossil the tail has the appearance of being completely encased in rows of the large tubercles. There is thus no evidence, as yet, of the existence of ‘electric rays’ of an earlier date than those made known by Volta and Baron de Zigno from the Eocene of Monte Bolca, near Verona, in Northern Italy.—Abstract, Section C, British Association, Manchester, 1887. Zygena dissimilis, Murray. GENTLEMEN,—In the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for October is a paper by Mr. Murray, of the Kurrachee Museum, who in describing a hammer-headed shark which he supposed to be new, observed upon it not being delineated in my ‘ Fishes of India.’ The reason seems to be that the species is the Zygena mokarran of Ruppell, figured in Taf. 17. fig. 3, ‘ Neue Wirbelthiere der Fauna Abyssinien,’ 1835, and who fully described the fish. I did not obtain it in India when there, neither did it exist in any of the local museums, which was my reason for not inserting it. Also Lamna Guentheri of the same author from the same locality, described in your journal, (5) vol. xiii. p. 849 (1884), is figured and described in my work as Carcharias tricuspidatus, p. 713, pl. 186. fig. 1. Cheltenham, Oct. 24, 1887. Francis Day. 390 Miscellaneous. On the Sexual Generation of Chermes abietis, Linn. - By Dr. F. Buocnmann. I was led by the preparation of my lecture “ Ueber ausgewihlte Kapitel aus der Fortpflanzungs- und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Thiere ” to attend in more detail to the cyclical development of the Aphides, and in this way I became aware of many still existing gaps in our knowledge. One such hiatus is to be found in the history of the reproduction of the genus Chermes, seeing that, notwithstanding the efforts of various distinguished observers, it was still undecided whether a sexual generation does or does not occur in its cycle of development. As the galls of Chermes are very abundant at many places here in Heidelberg, and especially on the so-called “‘ Himmelsleiter,” I took occasion during my walks to observe their development, in order to detect the sexual animals, the existence of which I fully expected to find from the great similarity of the course of development in Chermes and Phylloxera. In this I soon succeeded, and I would not omit giving a short communication here, especially because at the moment I am not in a position to furnish a detailed description with figures. For the most detailed observations upon the life-history of the Bark-lice we are indebted chiefly to Ratzeburg* and Leuckart r. What is known from them is as follows:—In the autumn we find at the bases of buds of the fir small wingless animals covered with grey wool, which have buried their long proboscis deeply in the tissues, and in this position live through the winter. In the spring they grow considerably, with several changes of skin, the sexual organs especially becoming developed. The investigation of the latter shows that the animals are all unfertilized females. They now begin to lay a great number (up to about 200) of peduncu- lated eggs, which remain lying under the mother, enveloped in dense white wool. These soon become developed into female larve, which crawl between the leaves of the expanding bud. ‘hese are already deformed at the base of the bud by the sucking of the mother, and become still more so now by the united efforts of the brood, so that the well-known pineapple-like galls are produced, I may state here that of the two species, which are usually distinguished by the formation of their galls, the one which makes the smaller galls (Chermes coccineus, Ratz.= C. strobilobius, Kalt.) has served for my investigations. In the galls the young animals increase in size, with several changes of skin, and develop wing-sheaths. At the beginning or middle of June the different chambers of the gall open, the nymphs crawl out upon the leaves of the nearest twigs, and then change their skin for the lasttime. After this moult they appear as winged insects, which, in fine weather quit the twig and settle themselves * Die Forstinsekten, Bd. iii. pp. 195-205 (1844). + “Die Fortpflanzung der Rindenlause,” in Arch. fur Naturg. 1859, pp. 208-231. Miscellaneous. 391 here and there, usually not far from the gall out of which they crept forth. Anatomical examination shows that these animals also are all females, but that they differ in the structure of the ovary, by a much smaller number of egg-tubes, from the hybernating generation, which remained wingless. Ratzeburg believed that he observed a few males among these winged animals; but this was certainly due to an error, as, indeed, Leuckarb has remarked. (Nevertheless O. Taschenberg still reproduces Ratzeburg’s figure with the erro- neous description—see ‘Die Verwandlungen der Thiere’ (1882), p. 224.) These winged females settle themselves almost exclusively on the underside of older leaves, cover themselves again with a light woolly secretion, and lay a small number (I usually observed 8-12) of eggs, which, in dying, they cover with their roof-like wings. From these, consequently also unfertilized eggs, small yellowish creatures are developed, which, according to the opinions hitherto prevalent, should become developed into the wingless female generation, hybernating at the base of the buds. This course of development was regarded as certain by Leuckart in his memoir above cited ; while subsequently *, from the analogy of the conditions of repro- duction in the true Aphides, he regarded the existence of a sexual generation as possible, especially as Claus had informed him that he had once examined male fir-lice. The supposition that the progeny of the winged females was the hybernating generation producing the galls in spring (which, however, no one had directly traced) was erroneous, for, in point of fact, their descendants are the sexual animals +. The newly- hatched animals remain for some time under the body of their mother, where they moult once; then they disperse themselves and creep briskly about on the bark of the twigs. Examination with the lens shows a difference among them. As already stated, they are in general of a yellowish colour. Some, however, strike one by the brownish extremity of the abdomen and also by their greater activity. These are the males. Anatomical examination shows in them two testes of considerable size, with mature and rather large spermatozoa, and a rather long penis beset with short hooklets. In the more sluggish females the end of the abdomen is not of darker colour. The sexual organs, as in the sexual generation of Phyl- lowera, consist of a single eqg-tube, which, in the specimens exam- ined, contains a single large ovum, which being not yet furnished with a chorion and vitelline membrane, is consequently not quite mature. On the oviduct are seated two lubricating glands and a large receptaculum seminis, which I have always found tightly packed with spermatozoa. It is further remarkable that both sexes possess * “Die Fortpflanzung der Blatt- und Rindenlause,” in Blomeyer, A Mitth. der landw. Inst. d. Univ. Leipzig, Heft i. (1875) p. 136. + Whether the eggs deposited by the winged animals are to be recog- nized, as in Phylloxera, by their size as male and female I cannot say, as I have omitted attending specially to this point. oy) 392 Miscellaneous. a well-developed proboscis and intestine, and therefore are certainly fitted for the reception of food. While the males run briskly about in all directions upon the twigs, the females wander slowly but uninterruptedly downwards, that is towards the trunk. Of course, during this progress they are met with by the rambling males, and I had frequent opportunities of observing them 7% copuld. The fertilized females then crawl away, and thus it happens that one usually finds many more males than females. ‘The latter creep upon the somewhat thicker branches _ into the fissures of the bark, and especially under the appendages at the base of the leaves, the so-called ‘‘ Stollen,” and here deposit their eggs. The females are easily found here, living or dead, along with the eggs. The latter are about (0°5 millim. in length and 0:22 millim. in thickness, enveloped in a little whitish wool. Usually two or three eggs lie together, and I regard it as not impossible that they are deposited by one female, as the latter might no doubt take nourishment, and so, after depositing the first egg, bring a second or even a third to maturity. I could detect the dead females and their eggs not only upon the twigs but also under scales of bark on the trunk itself. However, the firs on which I made these observa- tions are still young trees, about 5-6 metres in height. I observed the flying parthenogenetic females on the 19th of June. As many galls were then emptied, males and females were already present. I found the fertilized eggs deposited under the bark on the 2nd of July, and in all that came under observation the blastoderm was already developed. In this condition they remained until now (July 23*) according to observations made concurrently upon twigs in the open and preserved in glasses in the house. We may assume with certainty that from these eggs pro- ceeds the wingless hybernating generation which we find in October at the bottom of the buds. Hence we now perfectly know the developmental cycle of Chermes. It may be summarized as follows :— 1. A hybernating, wingless, parthenogenetic generation ; 2. A winged parthenogenetic generation ; 3. A generation of male and female wingless animals, from the fecundated eggs of which the first generation is again produced. The whole course of development thus closely approaches that of Phylloxera, the only difference being that in Chermes the wingless females proceeding from the fecundated eggs directly produce the winged generation, while in Phyllovera a greater number of wing- less generations intervenes between them.— Brologisches Centralblatt, September 15, 1887, Band vii. pp. 417-420. * The eggs remained in the same stage of development until August 14 (when the proof was corrected). /0 CONTENTS OF NUMBER 119.—Fifth Series. cua Page XLII. The True Nature of the ‘ Madreporic System ” of Echino- dermata, with Remarks on Nephridia. By Prof. Marcus M. Harrtoe, D.Sc: cMG AS pRaRe i leer nes Gre ect. wie take ck orienta ae ee 321 XLII. The New System of Chalinine, with some Brief Observa- tions upon Zoological Nomenclature. By Arraur Dznpy, B.Sc., F.L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museam 00 ee ao PIO Aer UTR 326 XLIV. A List of the Japanese Selphide, with feeerigiione of new Species. By Grorentinnass Geb ses ct sone wer gree uns Ss ier yo 338 XLV. On the so-called Microdon nuchalis, Dixon, from the Chalk of Sussex, a new Species of Platax. By A. Smita Woopwanp, F.G.S., F.Z.S8., of the British Museum (Natural History) ................ 342 XLVI. List of Reptiles and Batrachians from Cyprus. By G. A. IBOULENGER St oteke corded sbi ie at aeelah are cieh ccvemara apie oof Sap ay te eater 344 XLVII. On the Affinity of the North-American Lizard-Fauna. By Gr ACU BO MIERING BEN pein ancien deiiaer i Manilet ira? toh wiamep sc INEM pie ie eaves 345 XLVIII. Notes on Volutharpa Perryt. By Enear A. Surta.... 347 XLIX. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Curculio- nide, mostly Asiatic—Part IV. By Francis P. Pascoz, F.LS. &. 348 L. On the Phylogeny and Anatomy of the Echinodermata. By Tes) pene TL A MANN EON CCS amo ten 2 oes, Sos Mine be cies an Ue 361 LI. On the Mammals collected by Captain C, E. Yate, C.S.I., of the Afghan Boundary Commission. By J. Scunty .............. 378 MISCELLANEOUS. On the Affinities of the so-called Torpedo (Cyclobatis, Egerton) from the Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon. By A. Smira Woopwarp, GS BAe a inte MO VnE Scan ay eo maare peat inE ON ae an 389 Zygena dissimilis, Murray. By Francis Day, F.Z8. &e. ........ 0b. On the Sexual Generation of Chermes abietis, Linn. By Dr. F. BLOCHMANN .......... Bede ateoy Weta tetas a tereg aaa 2. tao te 390 *,% Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following — prices :— The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. Price £15. The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. 9) oon As, The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. ya nales The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. peel 557-15 fi Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE Qs. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :— The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10. The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. 3 | LALO. The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. att a COB The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. cet es Be TaYLoR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. ee // w/* Nb 2050 a FIFTH SERIES. Noi 120. x | 557 THE eee : 34. / BEB ND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HUSPORY, ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, aay GROLOGY. oeen 2 Pi ge < Sh. 2 ie a J ae Ne CONDUCTED BY f ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S., WILLIAM §. DALLAS, F.LS., he WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., P.LS., F.GS., WILLIAM FRANCIS, Pu.D., F.L.S. BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS ee COMBINED WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND GHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” WITH TWO PLATES. Illustrative of Mr. EH. A. Smith’s Paper on Argonauta Botigert, Prof. F. J. Bell’s on anew Species of Hvechinus, and Dr. W. Michaelsen’s on the Enchytreide. LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. * Sold by Longmans, Green, and Co. ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co.; Kent and Co.; Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére, Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Foster, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. Ss _ BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN. ZOOLOGY. SincE September 1879, when the work was commenced, Sixty-three Parts (including that now issued) have been published ; and the work has progressed as follows :— Mammalia. By E.R. Ausron. (Complete. Pp. xx and 220, pls. xxii.) Aves, Vol. 1. By O. Satvin andF.D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i—xxxv., Temporary Titlspage.) Reptilia. By A. Gtnruer. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i—xxv.) Arachnida Acaridea. By Orro Stott. (Pp. 1-16, pls. i—xi.) Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 1 (ApEpHAGcaA). By H. W. Barres. (Complete. Pp. x and 316, pls. xiii.) | Coleoptera. Vol. I. part 2 (ApEPHaGa &c.). By D. SHarp. (Complete. Pp. xvi and 824, pls. xix.) Coleoptera. Vol. IJ. part 1 (PsrLapHipm &c.). By D. SHarp and A. MartHews. (Pp. 1-88, pls. i., ii.) Sanaa Vol. Il. part 2 (Pecrinicornia &c.). By H. W. Barus. (Pp. 1- 136, pls. i.—vii. Galscptera: Vol. III. part 1 (Serricornta). By C. O. WareRrHouseE. (Pp. 1-48, pls. i.—ii.) Coleoptera. Vol. III. part 2 (MatacopErmata), By H. S. Goruam, (Complete. Pp. xii and 872, pls. xiii.) Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 1 (HrtTrRomeRA). By G. C. CHAmpion. (Pp. 1-328, pls. i—xili.) Coleoptera. Vol. V. (LonaicorniA): by H. W. Barres. (BRucHIDES): by D. SHarp. (Complete. Pp. xii and 526, pls. xxvi.) Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 1 (PHyropHaGa). By M.Jacospy. (Pp. 1-568, pls. i.—xxxii.) Coleoptera. Vol. VI. part 2 (PHYTOPHAGA, continued). By J. S. Baty. (Pp. 1-124, pls. i.-iv.) Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (ERoty1ipz). By H.S. Goruam. (Pp. 1-82, a i ye ons By P. Cameron. (Pp. 1-482, pls. i.—xvii.) Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Savin. (Pp. 1-487, pls. i-xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp.1-104, pls. xlviii.—- ly. Hee ae Heterocera. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-256, pls. i—xxv.) Rhynchota Heteroptera. By W.L. Distant. (Pp. 1-304, pls. i.—xxviii.) Rhynchota Homoptera. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i—v.) Diptera. By Baron C, R. Osten Sacxen. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i—ii.} BOTANY. Of the Botany Twenty-three Parts have been issued. They contain, of Vol. 1., pp. 1-619 and gee pls. i.—xxxv.; Vol. I., pp. 1-621 and titlepage, pls. xxxvi.-lxix.; Vol. ILL., pp. 1-771, pls. lxx.-cix.; Vol. IV., pp. 1-298. The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s., and of each Botanical Part 12s. 6d. London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrrr, 10 Chandos Street, Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W. THE PISCATORIAL ATLAS OF THE NORTH SEA, ENGLISH AND ST. GEORGE’S CHANNELS. By O. T. OLSEN, F.1.S., F.B.G.S., &e., &e. SHOWING AT A GLANCE The Fishing Ports, Harbours, Species of Fish (How, Where, and When Caught), Boats and Fishing Gear, and other Special Information concerning Fish and Fisheries. PRICE. With Fish coloured............00.- £2 19s. 6d. With Fish uncoloured..........200- £2 Qs. Od. Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FIFTH SERIES.] No. 120. DECEMBER 1887. LIT.—On “ Orthoceras [Endoceras] duplex,” Wahlenberg et auctt., with Descriptions of three new Species of Endo- ceras from the Ordovician of Sweden and Russia contained in the British Museum (Natural History). By ARTHUR H. Foorp, F.G.S. THERE are a great many specimens of Hndoceras in the British Museum from Sweden, Northern Germany, and Russia, bearing upon their labels the well-known name of “ Orthoceras duplex,’ Wahlenberg. But on referring to the original description of that species *, which is unaccompanied by any figures, one finds that it is insufficient for purposes of strict identification, and, in point of fact, many diverse forms of Hndoceras have consequently been united under Wahlenberg’s appellation. The essential part of his descrip- tion is contained in the following passage, translated from the Latin original :— “Orthoceratites duplex or giganteus is found in Westro- gothia, and there only complete and well developed, particu- larly in Mount Kinnekulle. ‘The diameter is mostly a hand’s breadth, and sometimes as much as five Parisian inches, a size of the tube surpassing that of any other univalved many- * Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Scient, Upsaliensis, 1821, vol. viii. p. 86. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. xx. 28 394 Mr. A. H. Foord on © Orthoceras chambered testaceous animal which I have seen alive or dead. Its form is rather cylindrical than conical, and in addition to its great breadth it has a length of six feet and more, so that we are convinced that it surpasses in magnitude all Ammonites hitherto discovered, and that it is thus the largest of all univalved testaceous animals. Its siphuncle is mostly situated quite on the margin or on the circumference of the shell, and not quite hidden by the joints of the external shell ; occupying about a third part of the entire shell. On account of its situation on the margin, the segmental par- titions [septa] of the shell form very oblique rings on the surface of the siphuncle, and at the same time run outwards over its face, whence it results that the siphuncle seems as it were to consist of hoods or wrappers, set or inserted upon one another, as if it sent out processes. The outer wall of the siphunele is entire and free from perforations, showing no point of communication between the cavity of the siphuncle and the chambers of the exterior shell.” The author then proceeds to describe the smaller Orthoceras: lodged in the siphunele of “‘Orthoceras duplex,” from which circumstance the specific name originated. It need hardly be said that the included Orthoceras was introduced by accident into the capacious siphunele of the larger one*. Judging by Wahlenberg’s description, which is almost confirmed by his reference to one of Klein’s figures (‘ Descriptiones Tubu- lorum Marinorum,’ 1731, tab. vi. figs. 1, 2), his species was most probably Hndoceras trochleare. It appears that Wahlenberg’s views regarding the im- prisoned specimen were not shared in by some of his scientific brethren, for he observes with much naiveté that “ many people interested in natural phenomena have regarded this internal Orthoceratites as a different species, on account of its. annular form; and the inhabitants of Mount Kinnekulle well distinguish it from the common Orthoceratites under the name ‘‘ Svecico skrufstenar’’ [Swedish screw-stone], a by no means. inapt sobriquet for Hndoceras trochleare. Selecting from Wahlenberg’s description of “ Orthoceras duplex” those parts of it which are essential to a specific diagnosis, they are found to consist of two only, viz. the form of the shell, which is said to be “rather cylindrical than * This is of course no uncommon thing. Barrande gives numerous figures of Endoceras and Orthoceras into whose siphuncles young or smaller shells belonging to those genera have been introduced after the death of the animal and the partial destruction of its shell. (See Syst. Sil. de la Bohéme, vol. ii. pl. cccexxxviii. figs. 9,11; also Pal. of New York, by James Hall, vol. 1, 1847, pl. xlviii. tig. 3.) [Endoceras] duplex,” Wahlenberg et auctt. 395 conical,” and the proportionate size of the siphuncle, “* occu- pying ‘about a third part of the entire shell.” These two characters would obviously not be sufficient for specific dis- tinction, and the vagueness of the original description has given rise to a number of widely differing forms being placed under one specific name, according to the inter pretation, gene- rally a very liberal one, that each author has put upon the description. ‘To make confusion worse confounded another of Wahlenberg’s species—“ Orthoceras commune ” —has become entangled in the nomenclature of “O. duplex.” According to aie. original description of the former (Nov. Act. loc. cit. p: 85) O. commune is not an Endoceras, but an Orthoceras, for the siphuncle is described as of moderate thickness, “equal to nearly a tenth part of the diameter of the whole shell, taken transversely,” and “is for the most part situated midw yay between the axis and the circumference of the shell.” Hisinger *, who was the first to give figures of fossils under Wahlenberg’s names “ duplex” and “ commune,” adds very little to our knowledge of those forms, and to his brief de- scription of the former he appends the words “an species distincta?’’ a somewhat significant phrase, which seems to suggest the difficulty he experienced in identifying Wahlen- berg’s species. Having thus failed in obtaining the required information from the ‘books, T explained my difficulties to Dr. Lindstrém, and he, with no less kindness than promptitude, caused inquiries to be made for me as to whether Wahlenberg’s types of “O. duplex” and “O. commune”’ still existed in the museum at Upsala, where some of his types are preserved. But they could not be found, so that there is now no possi- bility of identifying Wahlenberg’s species. Dr. Lindstrém informed me, moreover, that he had “searched in vain? in the “ Hisinger Collection”? of the Royal Museum, Stockholm, for the original specimens of “O. duplew” and “O. commune” figured by. Hisinger in the ‘ Letheea Svecica.’ "Under these circumstances it is desirable, as Dr. Lind- strém has suggested to me, that Wahlenberg’s names should be relinquished, and new ones imposed upon all Swedish and Russian Endocerata which have hitherto fallen under them. This task has been already partly accomplished by such able paleontologists as Dewitz and Schréder in Germany and Holm in Sweden, and, so far as I am aware, there remain now very few forms requiring emendation. The collection of Swedish specimens of Hndoceras in the British Museum has * ‘Letheea Svecica,’ 1837, p. 28. 28% 396 Mr. A. H. Foord on “ Orthoceras been greatly enriched within the last few years through the munificence of the late Mr. J. E. Lee, of Torquay, and it is principally upon this new material that the following descrip- tions are based. I have named the first species after the illustrious Swedish naturalist Wahlenberg. Lindoceras Wahlenbergi, sp. nov. 1732. Species vi. Orthoceratites siphone ad peripheriam posito crassiori, &c., Breynius, Dissertatio physica de Polythalamiis, p. 34, tab. iv. figs. 4-6. 1759. Orthocerati recti.. .. im Dahlia reperti. De rariori quadam Orthoceratitis Specie, in Suecica reperta, tractatus, &c., Nicholas de Himsel, Phil. Trans. vol. 1. pt. 2, p. 692, tab. xxiii. fig. A. 21775. Orthoceratites, Walch and Knorr, Monumens des Catastrophes de la Terre, tom. iii. suppl. p. 140, tab. tv e. fig. 1. eae Orthoceratites duplex, Hisinger, Lethzea Svecica, p. 28, tab. ix. o. 1. P1855. Orthoceras duplex, Barrande, in Leonhard and Bronn’s Neues Jahrb. p. 264, Taf. ii. figs. 11, 11*. 1857. Orthoceras commune, Bolt, Archiy fiir die Naturkunde von Mek- lenburg, p. 12, Taf. 11. figs. 4, a, 6 (not of Hisinger). 21861. Orthoceras duplex, Roemer, Fossile Fauna yon Sadewitz, p. 60, pl. vil. figs. 2, a, b. 1866. Endoceras (Orthoe.) duplex, Barrande, Syst. Sil. de la Bohéme, vol. ii. Texte iil. 1874, pp. 709, 713, pl. ecxxxiii. fig. 9, pl. eecexxviil. figs. 9-12. °?1869. Orthoceras duplex (giganteum), Karsten, Die Verstein. des Uebergangsgebirges in den Gerdllen der Herzogthiimer Schleswig und Holstein, p. 49, tab. xvii. fig. 6, a, 6. : P1875. Orthoceras duplex, Mallada, Bol. Com. Mapa Geol. Espana, tomo ii. p. 24. 1876. Orthoceras duplex, Roemer, Letheea Geognostica, Theil i, Leth. Paleeoz. Atlas, Taf. vi. fig. 2, a, b. 1880. Orthoceras duplex, Angelin-Lindstrom, Fragm. Silurica, p. 1, tab. iii. figs. 9-11. 1881. Endoceras duplex, Schroder, Schriften der physikalisch-okono- mischen Gesellsch. zu Konigsberg, Jahrg. xxii. Abth. i. p. 82, Taf. iii. figs. 1, A, B. 1882, Endoceras ef. duplex, Barrois, Terr. anciens des Asturies et de la Galice, p. 187, pl. iv. figs. 7, a, 6, ¢. 1885. Orthoceras (Endoceras) dupler, Roemer, Lethea erratica, in Dames and Kayser’s Paliontologische Abhandl. Band ii. Heft 5, p- 38, Taf. ii. figs. 2, a, d. Sp. char. Shell straight, very long. Tapering rather slowly at the rate of about 1 in 12, taking the average measurement of three adult specimens. Section circular. Body-chamber unknown. Septa moderately distant, that is, about 8 lines apart at a diameter of 24 inches, decreasing to a distance of 3 lines at a diameter of 8 lines. The distance of the septa varies considerably in different specimens, and even in different parts of the same individual. Thus in one [ Endoceras] duplex,” Wahlenberg et auctt. 397 measured the septa are 6 lines apart at a place where the diameter is 16 lines, while they are only 4 lines distant where Endoceras Wahlenbergi.—a, portion of the septate part of the shell (nearly one third of it), with some of the smooth inner shell-layer remaining, natural size (s, siphuncle); 0, portion of the test of another specimen, natural size ; c, part of section from fragment of a large specimen, showing siphuncle (s) and sheath (sh), natural size ; d, section and siphuncle of young individual, natural size; e, diagram to show average rate of tapering of the species. 398 Mr. A. H. Foord on “ Orthoceras the diameter has increased to 19 lines. But on the whole the septa increase their distance as the individual advances in age. Siphuncle proportionately larger in the young than in the adult, as is frequently the case in the testaceous Cepha- lopods ; that is to say, it attains to nearly half the diameter in the young shell (fig. 1, d), while in the adult it measures only about one third of the diameter (fig. 1,c). Test consisting apparently of two layers, the inner one being perfectly smooth and polished, whilst the outer, the surface of which is rarely reserved, is ornamented with transverse, irregular, slightly oblique riblets (fig. 1, 5). Remarks. The ‘Orthoceras commune” of Boll (not Hi- singer), which I believe to be identical with Hndoceras Wahlenberg?, is described by that author as having the ‘ shell in well-preserved examples marked with obscure lines of growth, and in badly preserved ones these are so eroded that their sculpture can scarcely be recognized ;” the latter is unfortunately the condition of most of the specimens in the National Collection. It has been a matter of great difficulty to me to select out of the numerous and divergent forms described and figured under the name of “ Orthoceras duplex” those whose characters harmonized sufficiently with the species I have now instituted, to justify their incorporation with it. The descriptions of “O. duplex” have often been based upon imperfect fragments, consisting of casts, or even of sections only, of a few of the chambers, in which the distinguishing characters are necessarily reduced to a minimum. In some instances the siphuncle only has been figured. In such circumstances I cannot vouch for the accuracy of all the references given above. The dubious ones are indi- cated by a note of interrogation. Amongst the specimens of L. Wahlenbergt from Westro- othia two attain a considerable size, the longest measuring 1 foot 73 inches, the diameter at the larger end being 24 inches and at the smaller end 10 lines. The other measures 1 foot 5 inches in length, with a diameter of 2 inches and 8 lines at the larger extremity and 14 lines at the smaller, where it is broken, the chambers being here filled with coarsely crystalline calcite (fig. 1, a). A marble slab from Sweden contains a section of an Hndoceras in which a portion of the body-chamber is preserved. ‘This individual measures 2 feet 74 inches in length and increases very slowly in diam- eter, measuring only 1 line at the apical and 1 inch at the basal extremity. On the whole it would seem to belong to a [Endoceras] duplex,” Wahlenberg et auctt. 399 more slender and slowly tapering species than L. Wahlen- bergi. : it is difficult to conceive how shells of such great length and thinness of texture could have been preserved from frac- ture even during the iifetime ef the animal. Professor Whitfield, of New York, who has had exceptional opportu- nities of studying the shells of Hndoceras in the rich deposits of the Trenton Limestone, as well as in the splendid collec- tions preserved in the American Museum of Natural History, affirms that he finds them “ nearly always in a fragmentary condition, the earher parts having been broken away or otherwise destroyed;”’ and he suppeses that the sheaths formed within the siphuncle served to protect that part of the body ef the animal which extended back into it im a “long finger-like projection.” ‘The sheaths, he adds, “‘ were not only formed in case of accidents already having taken place, but were probably often fermed to guard against future troubles; consequently we sometimes find them crowded together, so as to leave not more than an inch er so between them, and the intervening space filled with coarsely crystal- line caic-spar, showing that the one below had not been injured so as to admit the access of foreign matter, which is always sure to be the case where injury has occurred to the individual sheath below the cavity so filled.” With reference to the number and disposition of the sheaths Professor Whitfield observes that in the American species he can “find no regularity whatever in the distances at which they occur even in the same individual. They often occur quite close together, sometimes three or four of them being ensheathed within each other; and others again will have from 10 to 20 inches between them; and [ have seen examples of the shell from 2 to 4 feet long without a trace of a sheath ”’ *. _ This species resembles in some respects, as in the distance of the septa, and the proportionate size of the siphuncle, Endoceras belemnitiforme, Helm (Paliont. Abhandl. 1885, Bd. 3, Heft i. p. 5); but in the latter the septa are said to be equally distant from the very commencement of the shell, which is not the case with the presert species, in which the septa are much closer together in the apical portion of the shell than they are at later stages of its growth. The rare preservation of the apical end of these long and finely pointed shells will always make any characters founded upon the form of the apex but seldom available for purposes ee American Mus. Nat, Hist. no. 1, New York, Dec. 23, 1881, Pp: ° 400 Mr. A. H. Foord on “ Orthoceras of specific distinction ; and even when the apex is fortunately preserved, as in Holm’s species, I hold that such structures, connected as they admittedly are with embryonic development, have too wide an import to be employed in such a way. florizon. Orthoceras-Limestone (= Arenig *). Localities. Uitby, near Lake Siljan, and Kinnekulle Hill (Westrogothia), Sweden; Reval (Esthonia), Russia. Orthoceras kinnekullense, sp. nov. Sp. char. Shell elongate, tapermg at the rate of 1 in 9. Cylindrical in cross-section. The septa direct, distant about 4 the diameter, strongly arched, their convexity about 2 that of their diameter. Siphuncle a little eccentric, about 3 lines in diameter where the shell has a diameter of 21 lines. Test ornamented with regular, direct, flattened, transverse riblets, divided by narrow interspaces. Body-chamber unknown. Remarks. The most characteristic feature in the present species is the sculpture of the test, which is beautifully pre- served on most of the specimens that have come before me. The figure (2, 0) will enable the reader to realize the sculpture of the shell much better than a verbal description can do. It is necessary, however, to state that the riblets vary in width, so that in some places nearly five of them are contained in the space of 1 line, while in others, especially at the larger extremity of the shell, only about two and a half are required to fill that space. Ordinarily about four to four and a half are contained in one line. ‘These measurements include the interspaces. It will be understood from this that the orna- mentation of the test is visible to the naked eye. The dimensions of the largest specimen in the national collection (fig. 2) are as follows :—length 11 inches, greatest diameter 2 inches, least diameter 1 inch. Septa about 4 inch apart, but becoming a litle closer near the smaller extremity ot the shell. The very characteristic ornamentation of this species sepa- rates it from all other Ordovician species known to me, Horizon. Orthoceras-Limestone (= Arenig). Localities. K innekulle Hill (Westrogothia), and Oeland, Sweden. * See a valuable paper by Prof. F. Schmidt, of St. Petersburg, “On the Silurian (and Cambrian) Strata of the Baltic Provinces of Russia, as compared with those of Scandinavia and the British Isles,” in Quart, Journ. Geol, Soc. vol. xxxvili. p. 514 (1882) ; also J. E. Marr, ‘On the Classification of the Cambrian and Silurian Rocks, pp. 74 and 82 (1883). [Endoceras] duplex,’ Wahlenberg et auctt. 401 Piss 2, vay" ‘i t ai i yy i) | 4 iy f) i il Tayi Orthoceras kinnekullense.—a, fragment of the septate part of the shell (about one half of it), with some of the test remaining, natural size (s, siphuncle) ; &, portion of the test, greatly enlarged; c, outline of the entire specimen reduced one half; d, outline of section, restored from another specimen, showing siphuncle at s. Orthoceras revalense, sp. nov. Sp. char. Shell straight. Section elliptical, the ratio of 402 On “ Orthoceras [Endoceras] duplex.” the diameters being as 24:19. Very uniformly tapering at the rate of lin 6. Septa direct, undulating; distant about # the diameter. Siphuncle eccentric, cylindrical, its diameter about 4 the longer diameter of the shell. Body-chamber and test unknown. Remarks. The distinguishing feature of this species (fig. 3) is its relatively high rate of tapering. Horizon. Orthoceras-Limestone (= Arenig-Llanvirn). Locality. Reval (Esthonia), Russia. Fig. 3. Orthoceras vevalense.—a, part of a specimen, the whole of which measures eS (s, siphuncle) ; 4, section, showing siphuncle at s. Natu- ral size. Prof. F. J. Bell on a new Species of Evechinus. 403 LIL—Deseription of a new Species of E-vechinus. By F. Jerrrey Bet, M.A. [Plate XVIL figs. 7 & &] THERE has for some time been known‘ to me a form of the genus Hvechinus which did not appear to be the same as Z£. chloroticus ; as, however, the two specimens in the collection ot the British Museum are ef small size, and as the habitat is unknown, I have for several years delayed publishing the description in the hope that fresh material would come to hand. I now reverse the policy, in the hope that by directing attention to this undescribed ferm further information will be supplied by those wko may possibly have examples of it ander their care, or in their possession. Hvechinus rarituberculatus. This species may be distinguished from £. chloroticus by the foillowmg characters :—the primary tubercles are less numerous and less closely packed, there is a great reduction in the number of tubercles found in the interambuiacral areas, the actinostome, abactinal area, and anal area are propor- tionately larger, and the poriferous zone is narrower. Test discoidal, rather flattened, blackish brown, the promi- nent primary tubercles of the ambulacral areas faintly greenish. Madreporic plate large ; two oculars touch the anal border ; one large and distinct tubercle on the ordinary genital plates and a few small tubercles on the oculars. Actinal cuts dis- tinct but not deep; actinostome rather large. The primary tubercles of the ambulacral area, which are largest at the ambitus, diminish in size more rapidly below than above this line. In a test of rather more than forty millim. in width about fourteen may be counted in each row : the tubercle stands rather towards the ambulacral edge of the plate and has a circlet of miliaries around its base ; between the two rows of primary tubercles we find at and below the ambitus two rows of secondary tubercles, one on either side of the middle line; above the ambitus these rows rapidly become obscure. On the outer side of the primary tubercles we find an irregular row of small tubercles, which are largest just below the ambitus and quite lost halfway up the abac- tinal side of the test; of these one on each plate is distinctly larger than the rest. In the interambulacral areas, on the actinal face of the test, we find two rows of ordinary primary tubercles, rather closely 404 Prof. F. J. Bell on a new Species of Evechinus. packed and gradually and regularly increasing in size as they pass from the actinostome to the ambitus, where they are not, however, as large as the primary tubercles of the ambulacral area; between these there is a single row of secondary tubercles. Above the ambitus the primaries rapidly become smaller or completely disappear, and as much as half the abactinal surface of the test may be completely devoid of primary tubercles, when the plates are covered only by small tubercles, not very regularly arranged. . The auricles are strong, the foramen small, and the con- necting-ridge low. ‘The buccal apparatus is injured, but the radius would appear to have a shallow rounded notch. The spines are of moderate length, greenish in colour except at their tip, which is yellowish ; a specimen com- pletely covered with spines would probably have very much the same appearance as JL. chloroticus (though as compared with most dried specimens the spines are of a darker green), but might be distinguished from it by the greater number of short and the smaller number of long spines. The following table gives the more important measure- ments :— ; Percentage value of 2 S| ob Ze oe q A 3 a 32 Me SiO ete es 5S oS #8 8 [=| = N » 4 2) | B=] Sie | ee a s 3 Be aA fey | dass | || a 2 Be gs Loy |S Se ees S| 5 8 54 < | wa < |